(GRE) NOV Fiber Glass Systems Catalogue For GRE Pipe

BONDSTRAND
GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY AND

PHENOLIC PIPE SYSTEMS FOR
OFFSHORE APPLICATIONS
Historically, offshore production platform,
drilling rig and FPSO owners and operators
have had to face the grim reality of speciFications
continuously replacing most metal piping
because of severe corrosion. This has
resulted in piping systems costing two or iso
three times the original investment since The objective of ISO 14692 is to provide the oil &
steel and metal pipe systems are very gas industry and the supporting engineering and
costly to maintain. manufacturing industry with mutually agreed
Bondstrand GRE pipe systems are the
upon specifications and recommended
cost-effective, maintenance-free and
practices for the design, purchase,
lightweight solution that provides corrosion-
free and erosion-free operation during the manufacturing, qualification testing, handling,
service life of the vessel. storage, installation, commisioning and
operation of GRP (Glassfiber Reinforced Plastic -
the many advantages of bondstrand gre a generic terms including epoxy and other
pipe systems resins) piping systems.
ISO 14692, part 2, 3 and 4 follow the individual
Durable and corrosion resistant
phases in the life cycle of a GRP piping system,
Bondstrand GRE is highly resistant to
corrosion caused by (salt) water, chemicals, i.e. from design through manufacture to
residues and bacteria. operation. Each part is therefore aimed at the
Similarly, it resists corrosion even in relevant parties involved in that particular phase.
aggressive environments. Cathodic ISO 14692 is primarily intended for offshore
protection is not required.
applications on both fixed and floating topsides
facilities, but it may also be used as guidance
Lightweight – easy to install
Bondstrand GRE pipes weigh only a for the specification, manufacture, testing and
quarter to an eighth of steel pipes and are installation of GRE piping systems in other
easy to install without the need of heavy similar applications found onshore, e.g.
nstallation equipment, welding or protective produced water and firewater systems.
coating. For installation of GRE piping
systems no ‘hot’ work is required.
imo
In 1993, the International Maritime Organisation
Low installation and operating costs
Installation costs of Bondstrand GRE pipe (IMO) issued Resolution A.753(18) covering
systems are less than that of carbon steel; acceptance criteria for plastic materials in
total installed costs are comparable. piping systems, appropriate design and
Operating costs are reduced due to less installation requirements and fire test
energy needed to pump fluid through the performance criteria for assuring ship safety.
smooth internal bore.
Major certifying bodies (such as Lloyd’s
Registre, Bureau Veritas, Det Norske Veritas,
wide range of pipe systems
NOV Fiber Glass Systems offers a complete American Bureau of Shipping and United States
range of pipe systems in a variety of Coast Guard) have adopted and implemented
diameters and pressure classes for many these Guidelines in their respective Rules and
different applications. Pipe systems are Regulations for the Classification of Ships.
available in diameters up to 1000 mm (40
All Bondstrand pipe series that are used in the
inch), and standard lengths up
marine/offshore industry are Type Approved by
to 12 m (40-feet).
these major certifying bodies.
no contamination
Bondstrand GRE does not rust or scale.
This prevents plugging of nozzles, valves
and other components.
2
engineering capabiLities
With manufacturing locations all over the world,

NOV Fiber Glass Systems has experienced teams
of engineers supporting the customer with support
design, engineering analysis, spool and isometric
drawings and installation procedures.
NOV Fiber Glass Systems Engineering Service

can include:
■ General engineering calculations such as
support span, thrust loads, joint strength,
collapse pressure and internal pressure ratings,
etc.
■ Design drawings, stress- and surge analyses
■ Pipe Spool drawings from piping isometrics
■ Pipe support detailing
■ Material take offs (MTO)
■ Supervision and/or survey of installation
■ Special product design for custom made parts
■ Expertise on international specification work
towards approval authorities
■ Field service
■ Training to certify installers.
preFabrication
Bondstrand GRE systems are assembled using

standard manufactured components. Spools can
be pre-fabricated at the yard, or can be supplied
from NOV Fiber Glass Systems spooling operation
or one of the network partners. The need for
adhesive bonded joining on board can be limited.
If pipe spacing is a constraint, NOV Fiber Glass
Systems can offer custom made spools to meet
specific dimensions. NOV Fiber Glass Systems
team of piping engineers and fabricators can
assist to ensure that custom-made spools are
designed and fabricated to meet the project
requirements.
Pre-fabricated spools will reduce the number of
field joints and provide greater reliability because
of the high quality joints and testing at the
NOV Fiber Glass Systems factory.
Installers, trained and certified by NOV Fiber Glass
Systems – according to IMO standards – can
handle the complete installation.
NOV Fiber Glass Systems’ scope of supply may

vary from material supply to complete ’turn-key’
projects.
3
testing
Bondstrand fittings are tested to 1.5 times their

pressure rating before they leave the factory or
are used in spools. Small diameter fittings,
to 150 mm (6 inch) are air tested, when possible.
All others and the large diameter fittings are
hydrotested. NOV Fiber Glass Systems is the only
manufacturer to conduct unrestrained hydro-test
of fittings above 500 mm (20 inch) in diameter
using self-energizing test plugs. Unrestrained
testing is a more representative test as it
simulates the actual conditions to which the pipe
system is subjected in most Offshore
installations.
NOV Fiber Glass Systems has extensive testing

capabilities to meet special requirements.
Comprehensive qualification testing is done on
representative sizes before manufacturing.
Qualification test includes long-term hydrostatic
test in accordance with ASTM D-2992, medium
term survival test (1000-hour survival test) and
short time burst test in accordance with ASTM
D-1599. Mechanical and physical property tests
of Bondstrand pipe can also be conducted.
Fire enDurance
epoxy pipe
Under IMO Rules, Bondstrand epoxy products can
be used for systems (normally water filled) without
additional passive fire protection. Fire
exposure will cause the outer surface of the pipe
to char, but the functionality of the piping remains.
additional fire protection

Depending on the level of fire endurance required,
epoxy pipe with enhanced fire resistance
properties can be supplied.
phenolic pipe
Bondstrand jetfire protected PSX-L3 pipe can also
be used in normally wet service and in those
locations where smoke density and toxicity are of
concern. The PSX-JF pipe is used in normally dry
service (such as deluge lines).
4
cost comparison with wiDe range oF
conVentionaL steeL
systems appLications
Our corrosion-resistant piping systems can
totaL instaLLeD cost eQuaLs
be used in a wide range of applications.
traDitionaL steeL piping
A comparison of costs clearly
Typical application areas are:
shows the typical savings
during the service life of the
piping system. ● Ballast water
● Caissons
● Cooling water
● Disposal
noV Fiber gLass systems oFFers the worLD’s
most comprehensiVe seLection oF joining ● Deluge (dry)
systems For oFFshore pipe systems ● Drains
Quick-Lock® ● Drilling mud
An adhesive-bonded joint with straight spigot and tapered ● Fresh water
bell. The integral pipe stop in the Quick-Lock bell ● Potable water
provides accurate laying lengths in close
● Produced water
tolerance piping.
● Fire mains
Available in sizes 50-400 mm (2-16 in).
● Saltwater / seawater
taper-taper ● Sanitary / sewage
An adhesive-bonded joint with matching tapered ● Column piping
male and female ends offering superior joint
● Vent lines
strength by controlled adhesive thickness.
DoubLe o-ring wiDe range oF

A mechanical joint offering quick assembly between
male and female ends. Two “O” rings are
soLutions
employed to provide sealing.
As a leading producer NOV Fiber Glass
Systems offers the world’s most
comprehensive range of glassfiber
FLanges
reinforced epoxy and phenolic pipe
One-piece flanges and Stub-end flanges with
systems. Whether you need corrosion
movable rings.
protection, fire protection, or a conductive
system, NOV Fiber Glass Systems offers
the right choice.
Fittings Bondstrand GRE and Phenolic pipe series

Standard filament-wound Couplings; 30°, 45°, Sizes: 25-1000 mm (1–40 inch)
60°, and 90° Elbows; Tees and Reducing Tees; Pressure classes: up to 25 bar (365 psi)
Concentric Reducers; Flanges and Nipples. Internal liners: available if needed
Standard Flanges are available with the Conductive systems: available if needed
following drilling: ANSI B16.5 Class 150 & 300, Joining systems: Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper
DIN, ISO and JIS. Other drilling patterns are adhesive bonded joints.
available on request.
Available in sizes 50-1000 mm (2-40 inch)
bonDstranD conDuctiVe piping systems

Bondstrand conductive piping systems have been developed to
prevent accumulation of potentially dangerous levels of static
electrical charges.Pipe and flanges contain high strength
conductive filaments; the fittings include a conductive liner.
Combined with a conductive adhesive this provides an integral
electrically continuous system.
Grounding saddles can be bonded on the pipe. Integral grounding
cables are then bolted to the steel structure to drain accumulated
charges.
5
SALES OFFICES
United States Middle East Downhole Solutions
San Antonio, Texas Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Oilfield Products Phone: 9714 886 5660
Phone: 210 434 5043
Asia, Pacific Rim
Little Rock, Arkansas Singapore
C&I/Fuel Handling Products Phone: 65 6861 6118
Phone: 501 568 4010
Harbin China
Burkburnett, Texas Phone: 86 451 8709 1718 Drilling Solutions
Marine Offshore & Fuel Handling
Phone: 940 569 1471 Shanghai, China
Phone: 86 21 5888 1677
Mineral Wells, Texas
Centron Products Suzhou, China
Phone: 940 325 1341 Phone: 86 512 8518 0099
Canada Europe, Africa, Caspian

Use U.S.A. Contacts Geldermalsen, The Netherlands Engineering and Project Management Solutions
Phone: 31 345 587 587
Mexico, Caribbean,
Central America
Use U.S.A. Contacts
Headquarters
MANUFACTURING
South America FACILITIES
2425 SW 36th Street Recife, Pernambuco, Brazil Burkburnett, Texas USA
San Antonio, Texas 78237 USA Phone: 55 81 3501 0023 Mineral Wells, Texas USA
Phone: 210 434 5043 Wichita, Kansas USA Lifting and Handling Solutions
Fax: 210 434 7543 Central Asia / Russia Little Rock, Arkansas USA
Aktau, Kazakhstan San Antonio, Texas, USA
Phone: 7 701 5141087 Sand Springs, Oklahoma USA
Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Harbin, China
Malaysia
Recife, Brazil
Singapore
Sohar, Oman Production Solutions
Suzhou, China
Supply Chain Solutions
Tubular and Corrosion Control Solutions
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it is not intended
for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain the accuracy and reliability
of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes responsibility for liability for any loss, dam-
age or injury resulting from the use of information and data herein. All applications for the material
described are at the user’s risk and are the user’s responsibility.
All brands listed are trademarks of National Oilwell Varco. Well Service and Completion Solutions
One Company . . . Unlimited Solutions
fgspipe@nov.com w w w. f g s p i p e . c o m
© 2012 National Oilwell Varco. All rights reserved

MOS1100 supersedes FP 287 G - October 2012
BONDSTRAND
®
GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY PIPE SYSTEMS

FOR RETROFIT APPLICATIONS
Eliminate corrosion:
Retrofit your seawater systems
with Bondstrand®
Eliminate corrosion:
Retrofit your seawater systems
with Bondstrand
Ships operate in one of the most corrosive environments: sea water.
If steel or other types of metal piping were initially used in construction,
replace them with Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) when
corrosion causes them to fail.
Corrosion of metallic piping is a well known

problem on board seagoing vessels and
offshore units. Corrosion typically occurs
when metal piping is part of the seawater
system, as well as in systems carrying fluids
used for cleaning, degreasing and water
treatment.
Traditionally, corroded piping is replaced The question to ask is: "Do you have to
from time to time by new pipes made of the accept repeated pipe replacement due to
same material. This means the defect is corrosion problems in your seawater piping
repaired, but the problem is not solved. systems?" The answer is: "No. Corrosion
Future replacement of the same pipe is only problems can be eliminated with
a matter of time. Bondstrand."
Leaking seawater lines are a nuisance

aboard ships, especially in the engine SolutionS
room. Seawater spraying, or dripping from
leaking pipes may also result in collateral NOV Fiber Glass Systems offers the solution
damage to surrounding equipment and to your corrosion problems aboard ships
instruments. and offshore units. It is called Bondstrand.
Bondstrand GRE pipe systems have a
Corrosion For many shipowners and offshore

operators, the exchange of piping is
number of significant advantages when
compared to steel or other metallic piping.
regarded as part of the daily routine.
does not have The time it takes to have corrosion Bondstrand GRE pipe systems are extremely
problems can be predicted, based resistant to corrosion from salt water and to
to be a on experience and is often accepted as a a wide range of chemicals. Also, there is
fact of life. No questions are asked and very little scaling or fouling that will occur,
problem. systems are being repaired and replaced avoiding pressure loss. Bondstrand GRE
frequently. pipe systems are easy to install, lightweight
and require no "hot work". Bondstrand GRE
pipe can be designed to operate at
temperatures up to 121 °C.
Since 1957, Bondstrand GRE piping

systems have been installed successfully
and proven their performance on thousands
of ships and offshore units all over the world.
IMO recognizes the

increasing interest to use
materials other than steel
for pipes on ships. In 1993, IMO developed
guidelines (Res. A.753 [18]) to provide
acceptance criteria for plastic materials in
piping systems.
2
ClASS APPRoVED WiDE RAnGE oF
APPliCAtionS
Major certifying bodies such as
Lloyd’s Register, Bureau Veritas,  Air and equipment cooling water
Det Norske Veritas, American Bureau of  Ballast/segregated ballast
Shipping, GL, RINA, RMRS, etc. have  Brine
adopted and implemented the IMO  Chlorinated systems
Guidelines in their respective Rules and  Crude oil washing
Regulations for the Classification of Ships.  Deck hot air drying (cargo tanks)
Bondstrand pipe series that are used  Drainage/sanitary service/sewage
in the marine/offshore industry are  Eductor systems
Type Approved by all major certifying  Electrical conduit
bodies.  Exhaust piping
 Fire mains and sprinkler systems
Bondstrand GRE piping systems include  Fresh and salt water systems
easy to install standard filament wound  Inert gas effluent
fittings. When standard fittings can not be  Main engine cooling
used, laminated fittings and spools can be  Petroleum cargo lines (cargo tanks)
tailor-made to fit almost any system.  Discharge lines
Replacement can take place at sea during  Scrubbers
the voyage, at anchorage, during regular  Steam condensate
loading and discharge operations or during  Tankcleaning (salt water system)
dry dock periods.
NOV Fiber Glass Systems has a
world-wide network of dedicated installers
REDuCE CoStS who can carry out prefabrication, repairs
and retrofit jobs.
• on installation
• on material
• on downtime
• no painting required
• on improved flow characteristics
• on life-cycle maintenance
• one time investment
3
SALES OFFICES NOV DIVISIONS
United States Middle East Downhole Solutions
San Antonio, Texas Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Oilfield Products Phone: 9714 886 5660
Phone: 210 434 5043
Asia, Pacific Rim
Little Rock, Arkansas Singapore
C&I/Fuel Handling Products Phone: 656861 6118
Phone: 501 568 4010
Harbin China
Burkburnett, Texas Phone: 86 451 8709 1718 Drilling Solutions
Marine Offshore, Bondstrand Products
Phone: 940 569 1471 Suzhou, China
Phone: 86 512 8518 0099
Mineral Wells, Texas
Centron Products Europe, Africa, Caspian
Phone: 940 325 1341 Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Phone: 31 345 587 587
Canada
Use U.S.A. Contacts Engineering and Project Management Solutions
Mexico, Caribbean, MANUFACTURING

Central America FACILITIES
Use U.S.A. Contacts Burkburnett, Texas USA
Headquarters
Mineral Wells, Texas USA
South America Wichita, Kansas USA
2425 SW 36th Street Recife, Pernambuco, Brazil Little Rock, Arkansas USA
San Antonio, Texas 78237 USA Phone: 55 81 81312488 San Antonio, Texas, USA
Phone: 210 434 5043 Sand Springs, Oklahoma USA Lifting and Handling Solutions
Fax: 210 434 7543 Betim, Minas Gerais, Brazil Betim, Brazil
Phone: 55 31 3326 6900 Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
Harbin, China
Central Asia / Russia Malaysia
Aktau, Kazakhstan Recife, Brazil
Phone: 7 701 5141087 Singapore
Sohar, Oman
Moscow, Russian Federation Suzhou, China
Phone: 7 495 287 2685 Production Solutions
Supply Chain Solutions
Tubular and Corrosion Control Solutions
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it is not intended
for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain the accuracy and reliability
of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes responsibility for liability for any loss, dam-
age or injury resulting from the use of information and data herein. All applications for the material
described are at the user’s risk and are the user’s responsibility. Well Service and Completion Solutions
All brands listed are trademarks of National Oilwell Varco.
One Company . . . Unlimited Solutions
fgspipe@nov.com w w w. f g s p i p e . c o m
© 2012 National Oilwell Varco

March 2012 FP 1006 A
Bondstrand® 2000/2000G and 2410/3410
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems for Marine and Offshore services for 10 bar pressure
Uses and applications ● Ballast water ● Fire water ● Saltwater/seawater

● Cooling water ● Fresh water ● Sanitary/sewage
● Disposal ● Potable water ● Column piping
● Drains ● Produced water ● Vent lines
● Drilling muds
A complete library of Bondstrand pipe and fittings in PDS and PDMS-format is

available on CD-ROM; please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems for details.
For specific fire protection requirements, additional passive fire protection is
available. For pipe systems with external pressure requirements, please contact
your Bondstrand® representative.
Approvals ISO/FDIS 14692 is an international standard intended for offshore applications on

both fixed and floating topsides facilities. It is used as guidance for the
specification, manufacture, testing and installation of GRE (Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy) piping systems. The United Kingdom Offshore Operators Association
(UKOOA) Document Suite, issued in 1994, formed the basis of the ISO 14692
standard.
Bondstrand pipe series that are used in the offshore industry are designed in
accordance with the above standards and/or type-approved by major certifying
bodies. (A complete list is available, on request).
Characteristics Maximum operating temperature: up to 121°C;

Pipe diameter: 1-40 inch (25-1000 mm);
Pipe system design for pressure ratings up to 10 bar;
The pipe system is also available in higher pressure classes (up to 50 bar);
ASTM D-2992 Hydrostatic Design Basis (Procedure B -service factor 0.5);
ASTM D-1599 Safety factor of 4:1.
Bondstrand 2000G/3400
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AW for static hydrostatic design basis.
Bondstrand 2000/2400
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AX for static hydrostatic design basis.
Joining Systems Quick-Lock® joint

1-4 Inch
Taper/Taper joint
6-40 Inch
Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded joint Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joint

Table of Contents GENERAL DATA
Adhesive.................................................................................................................... 25
Conversions.............................................................................................................. 26
Engineering design & installation data..................................................................... 26
Hydrostatic testing.................................................................................................... 26
Important notice........................................................................................................ 26
Joining system and configuration.............................................................................. 3
Mechanical properties................................................................................................ 4
Physical properties..................................................................................................... 4
Pipe series................................................................................................................... 3
Pipe length.................................................................................................................. 4
Pipe dimensions and weights..................................................................................... 6
Pipe performance....................................................................................................... 5
Span length................................................................................................................. 7
Surge pressure......................................................................................................... 26
FITTINGS DATA
Couplings.................................................................................................................. 23
Crosses .................................................................................................................... 15
Deluge Couplings..................................................................................................... 15
Elbows ..................................................................................................................... 8-9
Flanges................................................................................................................. 21-23
Joint dimensions Quick-Lock® ................................................................................. 7
Joint dimensions Taper/Taper..................................................................................... 7
Laterals................................................................................................................. 16-17
Nipples...................................................................................................................... 24
Reducers.............................................................................................................. 19-20
Saddles............................................................................................... 15-16, 18, 24-25
Specials .................................................................................................................... 25
Stub-ends.................................................................................................................. 22
Tees...................................................................................................................... 10-14
2
Pipe series Pipe
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe for Bondstrand® adhesive-
bonding systems. MDA (diaminodiphenylmethane) or IPD (isophoronediamine) cured.
Fittings
A wide range of lined filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) fittings for
Bondstrand adhesive-bonding systems. For special fittings, not listed in this product
guide, please contact your Bondstrand® representative.
Flanges
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) heavy-duty and stub-end flanges
for Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonding systems. Standard flange drilling
patterns as per ANSI B16.5 (150 Lb). Other flange drilling patterns, such as ANSI B16.5
(> 150 Lb), DIN, ISO and JIS are also available.
Bondstrand® 2000/2000G
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; MDA or IPD cured;
Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner;
Maximum operating temperature: 93°C (IPD) or 121°C (MDA);
For higher temperatures, please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
Maximum pressure rating: 10 bar.
Bondstrand® 2410/3410
Conductive
Conductive pipe systems are available to prevent accumulation of potentially dangerous
levels of static electrical charges. Pipe, fittings and flanges contain high strength
conductive filaments. Together with a conductive adhesive this provides an electrically
continuous system.
Description Bondstrand Bondstrand Bondstrand Bondstrand

2000 2000G 2410 3410
Pipe Diameter 1-4 inch 1-4 inch 6-40 inch 6-40 inch
Joining system Quick-Lock Quick-Lock Taper/Taper Taper/Taper
Liner* 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm
Temperature** 121 °C 93 °C 121 °C 93 °C
Cure MDA IPD MDA IPD
Pressure rating 10 bar 10 bar 10 bar 10 bar
* Also available without liner.

** Above 93°C, derate the pressure rating lineairly to 50% at 121°C.
Joining system & Pipe

configuration 25-100 mm (1-4 inch):
Quick-Lock (straight/taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;
End configuration: Integral Quick-Lock bell end x shaved straight spigot.
150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):

Taper/Taper adhesive joint;
End configuration: Integral Taper bell x shaved taper spigot.
Fitting
25-100 mm (1-4 inch):
Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;
End configuration: integral Quick-Lock bell ends.
150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):

Taper/Taper adhesive joint. End configuration: Integral Taper bell ends.
Flange
25-100 mm (1-4 inch):
End configuration: integral Quick-Lock bell end.
150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):

Note: Pipe nipples, saddles and flanged fittings have different end configurations.
3
Typical pipe length Nominal Joining Approximate overall
Length*
Pipe Size System Europe Plant Asia Plant
[mm] [inch] [m] [m]
25-40 1-1½ Quick-Lock 5.5 3.0
50-100 2-4 Quick-Lock 6.15 5.85/9.0
150 6 Taper/Taper 6.1 5.85/9.0
200-600 8-24 Taper/Taper 6.1/11.7/11.8 9.0/11.89
450-1000 18-40 Taper/Taper 6.0/11.7/11.8 11.89
Typical physical Pipe property Units Value Method

properties Thermal conductivity pipe wall W(m.K) .33 NOV FGS
Thermal expansivity (lineair) 10-6 mm/mm °C 18.0 NOV FGS
Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150
Absolute roughness 10-6 m 5.3 —
Density kg/m3 1800 —
Specific gravity - 1.8 ASTM D-792
Typical mechanical Pipe property MDA cured Units 21°C 93°C Method
properties Bi-axial
Ultimate hoop stress at weeping N/mm2 250 — ASTM D-1599
Circumferential
Hoop tensile strength N/mm2 220 — ASTM D-2290
Hoop tensile modulus N/mm2 25200 ASTM D-2290
Poisson’s ratio axial/hoop — 0.65 0.81 NOV FGS
Longitudinal
Axial tensile strength N/mm2 80 65 ASTM D-2105
Axial tensile modulus N/mm2 12500 9700 ASTM D-2105
Poisson’s ratio hoop/axial — 0.40 0.44 ASTM D-2105
Axial bending strength — 85 — NOV FGS
Beam
Apparent elastic modulus N/mm2 12500 8000 ASTM D-2925
Hydrostatic Design Basis
Static N/mm2 124* — ASTM D-2992
(Proc. B.)

Pipe property IPD cured Units 21°C 93°C Method

Bi-axial
Circumferential
Hoop tensile modulus N/mm2 23250 18100 ASTM D-2290
Longitudinal
Beam
(Proc. B.)
* at 65°C.
4
Typical pipe Bondstrand 2000/2410 (MDA cured) at 21°C with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
performance Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Internal *Ultimate STIS Stifness Pipe
Pipe Pressure Collapse Factor Stiffness
Size **Rating Pressure
[mm] [inch] [bar] [bar] [N/m2] [lb.in] [psi]
25 1 10 499 3142383 502 16187
40 1½ 10 148 949574 502 4812
50 2 10 85 534665 554 2729
80 3 10 24.5 157309 554 796
100 4 10 26.6 154414 1281 863
150 6 10 0.97 4026 149 31
200 8 10 0.94 3907 327 30
250 10 10 0.72 3016 502 23
300 12 10 0.62 2589 730 20
350 14 10 0.56 2325 867 18
400 16 10 0.51 2137 1189 17
450 18 10 0.51 2126 1583 17
500 20 10 0.51 2139 2187 17
600 24 10 0.49 2053 3626 16
700 28 10 0.47 1953 6105 15
750 30 10 0.47 1959 7531 15
800 32 10 0.47 1963 9163 15
900 36 10 0.46 1907 12665 15
1000 40 10 0.46 1920 17415 15
* No safety factor included;
** At 93°C using NOV Fiber Glass Systems approved adhesive.
Bondstrand 2000G/3410 (IPD-cured) at 21°C with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

25 1 10 460 2087390 504 16251
40 1½ 10 137 620545 504 4831
50 2 10 78 351965 556 2740
80 3 10 22.6 102636 566 799
100 4 10 24.5 111283 1286 866
150 6 10 0.89 4024 149 31
200 8 10 0.87 3922 328 31
250 10 10 0.67 3028 504 24
300 12 10 0.57 2599 733 20
350 14 10 0.51 2334 871 18
400 16 10 0.44 1990 1107 15
450 18 10 0.38 1730 1286 13
500 20 10 0.47 2148 2195 17
600 24 10 0.39 1760 3104 14
700 28 10 0.36 1642 5124 13
750 30 10 0.32 1463 5612 11
800 32 10 0.29 1318 6130 10
900 36 10 0.25 1144 7561 9
1000 40 10 0.24 1094 9916 9


5
Typical pipe dimensions Bondstrand 2000/2410 (MDA-cured) with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
and weights Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Pipe Minimum Average Designation per
Pipe Inside Structural Wall Pipe ASTM
Size Diameter Thickness [t] Weight D-2996
[ mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] (RTRP-11...)
25 1 27.1 3.0 0.7 AW1-2112
40 1½ 42.1 3.0 1.3 AW1-2112
50 2 53.0 3.1 1.3 AW1-2112
80 3 81.8 3.1 1.8 AW1-2112
100 4 105.2 4.1 3.1 AW1-2113
150 6 159.0 2.0 2.1 AW1-2111
200 8 208.8 2.6 3.5 AW1-2112
250 10 262.9 3.0 5.0 AW1-2112
300 12 313.7 3.4 6.7 AW1-2112
350 14 344.4 3.6 7.8 AW1-2112
400 16 393.7 4.0 9.8 AW1-2113
450 18 433.8 4.4 11.7 AW1-2114
500 20 482.1 4.9 14.4 AW1-2115
600 24 578.6 5.8 20.0 AW1-2116
700 28 700.0 6.9 29.0 AW1-2116
750 30 750.0 7.4 33.0 AW1-2116
800 32 800.0 7.9 38.0 AW1-2116
900 36 900.0 8.8 47.0 AW1-2116
1000 40 1000.0 9.8 58.0 AW1-2116
Bondstrand 2000G/3410 (IPD-cured) with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or


[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] (RTRP-11...)
25 1 27.1 3.0 0.7 AX1-2112
40 1½ 42.1 3.0 1.3 AX1-2112
50 2 53.0 3.1 1.3 AX1-2112
80 3 81.8 3.1 1.8 AX1-2112
100 4 105.2 4.1 3.1 AX1-2113
150 6 159.0 2.0 2.1 AX1-2111
200 8 208.8 2.6 3.5 AX1-2112
250 10 262.9 3.0 5.0 AX1-2112
300 12 313.7 3.4 6.7 AX1-2112
350 14 344.4 3.6 7.8 AX1-2112
400 16 393.7 3.9 9.8 AX1-2112
450 18 433.8 4.1 11.7 AX1-2114
500 20 482.1 4.9 14.4 AX1-2115
600 24 578.6 5.5 20.0 AX1-2116
700 28 700.0 6.5 29.0 AX1-2116
750 30 750.0 6.7 33.0 AX1-2116
800 32 800.0 6.9 38.0 AX1-2116
900 36 900.0 7.4 47.0 AX1-2116
1000 40 1000.0 8.1 58.0 AX1-2116
6
Quick-Lock®
Dimensions for adhesive Quick-Lock spigots for adhesive Quick-Lock joints.
dimensions
Nominal Insertion Spigot D
iameter Spigot Length
Pipe Depth Min. Max. Min. Max.
Size DS Sd Sd L L
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
25 1 27 32.6 32.9 28.5 31.0
40 1½ 32 47.5 47.8 33.5 36.0
50 2 46 59.2 59.6 49.0 52.0
80 3 46 87.6 88.0 49.0 52.0
100 4 46 112.5 112.9 49.0 52.0
Taper/Taper
Dimensions for adhesive Taper Spigots for adhesive Taper/Taper joints.
dimensions
Nominal Taper Insertion Nominal Dia of
Pipe Angle Depth Spigot Spigot
Size Nose Thickn. at Nose
X DS nose Sd
[mm] [inch] [degrees] [mm] [mm] [mm]
150 6 2.5 50 1.0 161.0
200 8 2.5 80 1.0 210.8
250 10 2.5 80 1.0 264.9
300 12 2.5 80 1.0 315.7
350 14 2.5 80 1.5 347.4
400 16 2.5 110 1.5 396.7
450 18 2.5 110 1.5 436.8
500 20 2.5 110 2.0 486.1
600 24 2.5 110 2.0 582.6
700 28 1.75 140 4.0 708.0
750 30 1.75 140 4.0 758.0
800 32 1.75 170 4.0 808.0
900 36 1.75 200 4.0 908.0
1000 40 1.75 200 4.5 1009.0
Span length ondstrand 2000/2410 (MDA) and 2000G/3410 (IPD) at 21 °C

B

Nominal Single Continuous Single Continuous
Pipe Span* Span* Span* Span*
Size 2000/2410 2000/2410 2000G/3410 2000G/3410
[mm] [inch] [m] [m] [m] [m]
25 1 2.6 3.3 2.4 3.0
40 1½ 2.9 3.7 2.7 3.4
50 2 3.1 4.0 2.9 3.7
80 3 3.5 4.5 3.3 4.2
100 4 4.0 5.1 3.7 4.7
150 6 3.7 4.7 3.4 4.4
200 8 4.2 5.4 3.9 5.0
250 10 4.7 5.9 4.3 5.5
300 12 4.9 6.4 4.6 5.9
350 14 5.0 6.6 4.8 6.1
400 16 5.2 7.0 5.1 6.5
450 18 5.4 7.4 5.1 6.7
500 20 5.8 7.8 5.7 7.2
600 24 6.2 8.5 5.9 7.8
700 28 6.7 9.3 6.3 8.5
750 30 7.0 9.6 6.3 8.7
800 32 7.2 10.0 6.2 8.9
900 36 7.6 10.5 6.2 9.4
1000 40 8.0 11.1 6.4 9.8
* Span recommendations are based on pipes filled with water having a density of 1000 kg/m3 and
include no provisions for weights caused by valves, flanges or other heavy objects. At 93°C, span
lengths are approx. 10% lower.
7
Elbows 90º Filament-wound 90º elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

Nominal Laying Overall Average
Pipe Size Length (LL) Length (OL) Weight
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg]
25 1 65 92 0.3
40 1½ 81 113 0.4
50 2 76 122 0.5
80 3 114 160 1.1
100 4 152 198 1.6
150 6 240 290 4.2
200 8 315 395 8.6
Quick-Lock
250 10 391 471 14.2
300 12 463 543 21
350 14 364 444 30
400 16 402 512 35
450 18 472 582 49
500 20 523 633 72
600 24 625 735 112
700 28 726 866 123
750 30 777 917 196
800 32 828 998 252
900 36 929 1129 348
1000 40 1023 1223 480
Taper/Taper
8
Elbows 45º Filament-wound 45° elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

Pipe Length Length Weight
Size (LL) (OL)
25 1 22 49 0.2
40 1½ 29 61 0.3
50 2 35 81 0.4
80 3 51 97 0.8
100 4 64 110 1.1
150 6 106 156 2.5
Quick-Lock
200 8 137 217 6.9
250 10 169 249 9.8
300 12 196 276 18.1
350 14 125 205 19.1
400 16 142 252 20
450 18 204 314 31
500 20 225 335 42
600 24 268 378 63
700 28 310 450 90
750 30 331 471 107
800 32 352 522 139
900 36 394 594 193
1000 40 435 633 257
Taper/Taper
Elbows 22½º Filament-wound 22½°elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or


Size (LL) (OL)
25 1 9 36 0.1
40 1½ 9 41 0.2
50 2 13 59 0.5
80 3 21 67 0.7
100 4 29 75 1.0
Quick-Lock
150 6 60 110 1.4
200 8 76 156 4.6
250 10 68 148 6.0
300 12 77 157 8.9
350 14 71 151 12.5
400 16 85 195 13.6
450 18 106 216 19.7
500 20 116 226 24
600 24 136 246 45
700 28 157 297 60
750 30 167 307 70
800 32 177 347 94
900 36 197 397 137
1000 40 216 416 153
Taper/Taper
9
Equal Tees Filament-wound equal Tee with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch)
socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Average

Pipe Length Length Length Length Weight
Size total run total run branch branch
(LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2)
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
25 1 54 108 27 54 0.2
40 1½ 60 124 30 62 0.4
50 2 128 220 64 110 1.0
Quick-Lock 80 3 172 264 86 132 1.8
100 4 210 302 105 151 2.5
150 6 306 406 153 203 8.7
200 8 376 536 188 268 18.0
250 10 452 612 226 306 25
300 12 528 688 264 344 44
350 14 544 704 272 352 47
400 16 590 810 295 405 56
450 18 678 898 339 449 67
500 20 740 960 370 480 99
600 24 868 1088 434 544 130
700 28 994 1274 497 637 240
750 30 1046 1326 523 663 285
800 32 1118 1458 559 729 363
900 36 1248 1648 624 824 518
1000 40 1362 1782 691 891 683
Taper/Taper
Reducing Tees Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock
(1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Size (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2)
(runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch
40x40x25 1½x1½x1 30 62 30 57 0.6
50x50x25 2x2x1 64 110 57 84 0.9
50x50x40 2x2x1½ 64 110 57 89 1.0
80x80x25 3x3x1 86 132 76 103 1.6
Quick-Lock standard
80x80x40 3x3x1½ 86 132 76 108 1.6
80x80x50 3x3x2 86 132 76 122 1.7
100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 194 221 7.5
100x100x40 4x4x1½ 89 135 194 226 9.0
100x100x50 4x4x2 105 151 89 135 2.1
100x100x80 4x4x3 105 151 98 144 2.3
150x150x25 6x6x1 88 138 178 205 16.3
150x150x25 6x6x1½ 88 138 173 205 22
*150x150x50 6x6x2 153 203 124 174 8.0
*150x150x80 6x6x3 153 203 134 184 9.6
*150x150x100 6x6x4 153 203 140 190 9.6
200x200x25 8x8x1 88 168 202 229 25
200x200x40 8x8x1½ 88 168 197 229 25
200x200x50 8x8x2 88 168 183 229 25
*200x200x80 8x8x3 188 268 159 209 15.6
*200x200x100 8x8x4 188 268 172 222 16.2
Quick-Lock fabricated 200x200x150 8x8x6 188 268 178 228 17.3

Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees;
* 2, 3 and 4 inch branches of these reducing tees will be Taper/Taper;

Joint type can be altered to Quick-Lock using a transition nipple;
Also Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end.
10
Reducing Tees (C’tnd) Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quik-Lock

(runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch branch
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg)
250x250x25 10x10x1 88 168 229 256 30
250x250x40 10x10x1½ 88 168 224 256 30
250x250x50 10x10x2 88 168 210 256 30
250x250x80 10x10x3 100 180 210 256 32
Taper/Taper standard *250x250x100 10x10x4 226 306 194 244 23
250x250x150 10x10x6 226 306 204 254 24
250x250x200 10x10x8 226 306 213 293 26
300x300x25 12x12x1 88 168 255 282 35
300x300x40 12x12x1½ 88 168 250 282 35
300x300x50 12x12x2 88 168 236 282 35
300x300x80 12x12x3 100 180 236 282 37
*300x300x100 12x12x4 264 344 216 266 32
300x300x150 12x12x6 264 344 229 279 32
300x300x200 12x12x8 264 344 239 319 33
300x300x250 12x12x10 264 344 251 331 34
350x350x25 14x14x1 88 168 270 297 37
350x350x40 14x14x1½ 88 168 265 297 37
350x350x50 14x14x2 88 168 251 297 37
350x350x80 14x14x3 100 180 251 297 40
350x350x100 14x14x4 113 193 251 297 43
350x350x150 14x14x6 272 352 254 304 34
350x350x200 14x14x8 272 352 264 344 35
Taper/Taper fabricated 350x350x250 14x14x10 272 352 277 357 38
350x350x300 14x14x12 272 352 289 369 39
400x400x25 16x16x1 88 198 295 322 49
400x400x40 16x16x1½ 88 198 290 322 49
400x400x50 16x16x2 88 198 276 322 50
400x400x80 16x16x3 100 210 276 322 53
400x400x100 16x16x4 113 223 276 322 56
400x400x150 16x16x6 295 405 274 324 47
400x400x200 16x16x8 295 405 283 263 51
400x400x250 16x16x10 295 405 293 273 47
400x400x300 16x16x12 295 405 305 385 53
400x400x350 16x16x14 295 405 315 395 55
450x450x25 18x18x1 88 198 315 342 54
450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 198 310 342 54
450x450x50 18x18x2 88 198 296 342 54
450x450x80 18x18x3 100 210 296 342 58
450x450x100 18x18x4 113 223 296 342 61
450x450x150 18x18x6 138 147 292 342 68
450x450x200 18x18x8 339 449 316 396 66
450x450x250 18x18x10 339 449 329 409 66
450x450x300 18x18x12 339 449 329 409 71
450x450x350 18x18x14 339 449 330 410 72
450x450x400 18x18x16 339 449 330 440 75
500x500x25 20x20x1 88 198 339 356 59
500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 198 334 366 60
500x500x50 20x20x2 88 198 320 366 60
500x500x80 20x20x3 100 210 320 366 64
500x500x100 20x20x4 113 223 320 366 68
500x500x150 20x20x6 138 248 316 366 75
500x500x250 20x20x10 370 480 355 435 93
500x500x300 20x20x12 370 480 355 435 96
500x500x350 20x20x14 370 480 356 436 97
500x500x400 20x20x16 370 480 356 466 107
500x500x450 20x20x18 370 480 365 475 102

Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; Italic numbers are fabricated tees.
11
Reducing Tees (C’tnd) Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock

600x600x25 24x24x1 88 198 387 414 71
600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 198 382 414 71
600x600x50 24x24x2 88 198 368 414 71
600x600x80 24x24x3 100 210 368 414 75
Taper/Taper standard 600x600x100 24x24x4 113 223 368 414 80
600x600x150 24x24x6 138 248 364 414 89
600x600x300 24x24x12 434 544 405 485 112
600x600x350 24x24x14 434 544 406 486 123
600x600x400 24x24x16 434 544 406 516 126
600x600x450 24x24x18 434 544 428 538 130
600x600x500 24x24x20 434 544 428 538 137
700x700x25 28x28x1 88 228 448 475 97
700x700x40 28x28x1½ 88 228 443 475 97
700x700x50 28x28x2 88 228 429 475 97
700x700x80 28x28x3 100 240 429 475 102
700x700x100 28x28x4 113 253 429 475 107
700x700x150 28x28x6 138 278 425 475 118
700x700x350 28x28x14 497 637 475 555 202
700x700x400 28x28x16 497 637 483 593 207
700x700x450 28x28x18 497 637 483 593 209
700x700x500 28x28x20 497 637 491 601 212
700x700x600 28x28x24 497 637 491 601 217
750x750x25 30x30x1 88 228 473 500 103
750x750x40 30x30x1½ 88 228 468 500 103
Taper/Taper fabricated 750x750x50 30x30x2 88 228 454 500 103
750x750x80 30x30x3 100 240 454 500 109
750x750x100 30x30x4 113 253 454 500 114
750x750x150 30x30x6 138 278 450 500 126
750x750x350 30x30x14 523 663 501 581 243
750x750x400 30x30x16 523 663 501 611 245
750x750x450 30x30x18 523 663 509 619 247
750x750x500 30x30x20 523 663 509 619 250
750x750x600 30x30x24 523 663 517 627 256
750x750x700 30x30x28 523 663 517 657 268
800x800x25 32x32x1 88 258 498 525 124
800x800x40 32x32x1½ 88 258 493 525 124
800x800x50 32x32x2 88 258 479 525 123.8
800x800x80 32x32x3 100 270 479 525 130
800x800x100 32x32x4 113 283 479 525 136
800x800x150 32x32x6 138 308 475 525 148
800x800x350 32x32x14 559 729 529 609 300
800x800x400 32x32x16 559 729 537 647 303
800x800x450 32x32x18 559 729 537 647 306
800x800x500 32x32x20 559 729 545 655 309
800x800x600 32x32x24 559 729 545 655 315
800x800x700 32x32x28 559 729 553 693 329
800x800x750 32x32x30 559 729 553 693 332

12

900x900x25 36x36x1 88 288 548 575 155
900x900x40 36x36x1½ 88 288 543 575 155
900x900x50 36x36x2 88 288 529 575 155
Taper/Taper standard
900x900x80 36x36x3 100 300 529 575 161
900x900x100 36x36x4 113 313 529 575 168
900x900x150 36x36x6 138 338 525 575 182
900x900x450 36x36x18 624 824 603 713 427
900x900x500 36x36x20 624 824 603 713 430
900x900x600 36x36x24 624 824 611 721 437
900x900x700 36x36x28 624 824 611 751 452
900x900x750 36x36x30 624 824 618 758 458
900x900x800 36x36x32 624 824 618 788 468
1000x1000x25 40x40x1 88 288 598 625 170
1000x1000x40 40x40x1½ 88 288 593 625 170
1000x1000x50 40x40x2 88 288 579 625 170
1000x1000x80 40x40x3 100 300 579 625 177
1000x1000x100 40x40x4 113 313 579 625 184
1000x1000x150 40x40x6 138 338 575 625 197
1000x1000x500 40x40x20 691 891 669 779 570
1000x1000x600 40x40x24 691 891 669 779 578
1000x1000x700 40x40x28 691 891 677 817 596
1000x1000x750 40x40x30 691 891 677 817 601
1000x1000x800 40x40x32 691 891 685 855 614
1000x1000x900 40x40x36 691 891 685 885 632
Taper/Taper fabricated
Fabricated Reducing Fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) socket ends for adhesive
bonding and flanged branch.
Tees with Flanged Branch

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Average
Pipe Length Length Length Weight
Size (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) with flange
(runxrunxbranch) half run hafl run branch CL150
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
50x50x25 2x2x1 72 118 179 3.2
80x80x25 3x3x1 72 118 193 4.1
80x80x40 3x3x1½ 89 135 198 5.0
80x80x50 3x3x2 104 150 212 6.6
100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 225 8.0
Quick-Lock
100x100x40 4x4x1½ 89 135 230 9.7
100x100x50 4x4x2 104 150 244 12.0
100x100x80 4x4x3 104 150 245 12.8
Note: Other sizes, or multiple branched tees available on request. Please contact NOV Fiber Glass
Systems.
13
Fabricated Reducing Fabricated reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends and
flanged branch.
Tees with Flanged
Branch (C’tnd) Nominal Laying Overall Laying Average
150x150x25 6x6x1 88 138 251 17.8
150x150x40 6x6x1½ 88 138 256 23
200x200x25 8x8x1 88 168 275 25
200x200x40 8x8x1½ 88 168 281 26
200x200x50 8x8x2 88 168 316 26
250x250x25 10x10x1 88 168 302 30
250x250x40 10x10x1½ 88 168 308 31
250x250x50 10x10x2 88 168 343 31
250x250x80 10x10x3 100 180 343 34
300x300x25 12x12x1 88 168 328 35
Taper/Taper 300x300x40 12x12x1½ 88 168 333 36
300x300x50 12x12x2 88 168 369 36
300x300x80 12x12x3 100 180 369 39
350x350x25 14x14x1 88 168 343 38
350x350x40 14x14x1½ 88 168 348 38
350x350x50 14x14x2 88 168 384 39
350x350x80 14x14x3 100 180 384 42
350x350x100 14x14x4 113 193 384 46
400x400x25 16x16x1 88 198 368 50
400x400x40 16x16x1½ 88 198 373 51
400x400x50 16x16x2 88 198 409 51
400x400x80 16x16x3 100 210 409 55
400x400x100 16x16x4 113 223 409 59
450x450x25 18x18x1 88 198 388 55
450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 198 393 55
450x450x50 18x18x2 88 198 429 56
450x450x80 18x18x3 100 210 429 60
450x450x100 18x18x4 113 223 429 64
450x450x150 18x18x6 138 147 429 72
500x500x25 20x20x1 88 198 412 60
500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 198 417 61
500x500x50 20x20x2 88 198 453 61
500x500x80 20x20x3 100 210 453 65
500x500x100 20x20x4 113 223 453 70
500x500x150 20x20x6 138 248 453 78
600x600x25 24x24x1 88 198 460 71
600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 198 466 72
600x600x50 24x24x2 88 198 501 72
600x600x80 24x24x3 100 210 501 77
600x600x100 24x24x4 113 223 501 82
600x600x150 24x24x6 138 248 501 93
700x700x25 28x28x1 88 228 521 97
700x700x40 28x28x1½ 88 228 526 98
700x700x50 28x28x2 88 228 562 98
700x700x80 28x28x3 100 240 562 101
700x700x100 28x28x4 113 253 562 110
700x700x150 28x28x6 138 278 562 122
750x750x25 30x30x1 88 228 546 104
750x750x40 30x30x1½ 88 228 551 104
750x750x50 30x30x2 88 228 587 105
750x750x80 30x30x3 100 240 587 111
750x750x100 30x30x4 113 253 587 117
750x750x150 30x30x6 138 278 587 128
800x800x25 32x32x1 88 258 571 124
800x800x40 32x32x1½ 88 258 576 125
800x800x50 32x32x2 88 258 612 125
800x800x80 32x32x3 100 270 612 132
800x800x100 32x32x4 113 283 612 139
800x800x150 32x32x6 138 308 612 152
900x900x25 36x36x1 88 288 621 155
900x900x40 36x36x1½ 88 288 626 156
900x900x50 36x36x2 88 288 662 156
900x900x80 36x36x3 100 300 662 163
900x900x100 36x36x4 113 313 662 170
900x900x150 36x36x6 138 338 662 185
1000x1000x25 40x40x1 88 288 671 170
1000x1000x40 40x40x1½ 88 288 676 171
1000x1000x50 40x40x2 88 288 712 172
1000x1000x80 40x40x3 100 300 712 179
1000x1000x100 40x40x4 113 313 712 186
1000x1000x150 40x40x6 138 338 712 201
Note: Other sizes, or multiple branched tees available on request.
Please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems.

14
Crosses Filament-wound crosses with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-16 inch)

Size (L1) (OL1)
50 2 64 110 1.3
80 3 86 132 2.5
Quick-Lock 100 4 105 151 3.2
150 6 153 203 13.2
200 8 188 268 21
250 10 226 306 37
300 12 264 344 58
350 14 272 352 68
400 16 295 405 105
Taper/Taper
Deluge Couplings Filament-wound deluge couplings with reversed taper bushings with ½ inch or ¾ inch
threaded outlets with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-16 inch) socket
ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall Outside Average
Pipe Length Length Diameter Weight
Size (LL) (OL) (OD)
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm[ [kg]
50 2 60 152 95 1.0
80 3 60 152 126 1.3
Quick-Lock 100 4 60 152 147 1.7
150 6 160 260 201 4.1
200 8 160 320 251 5.5
250 10 160 320 305 7.6
300 12 160 320 356 9.7
350 14 160 320 387 10.3
400 16 160 380 436 12.6
Taper/Taper Note:
• Outlets are NPT or BSP, to be specified with order;
• Other configurations are available on request;
• Bushings are only available in titanium.
Deluge Saddles Filament-wound pipe saddles with stainless steel, ½ inch or ¾ inch threaded
bushings.*

Nominal Angle Saddle Saddle Average Required
Pipe Length Thickn. Weight Adhesive
Size α (B) (ts) Kits
α [mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [mm] [kg] [3 Oz] [6 Oz]
50 2 180 152 22 0.6 1 -
80 3 180 152 22 0.7 1 -
100 4 180 152 22 0.8 1 -
150 6 180 152 22 1.1 - 1
200 8 180 152 22 1.3 - 1
250 10 180 152 22 1.6 1 1
300 12 180 152 22 1.8 1 1
540 14 180 152 22 1.9 1 1
400 16 180 152 22 2.1 - 2
Note:
• Bushings are only available in titanium.
15
Bushing Saddles Filament-wound pipe saddles with stainless steel, ½ inch or ¾ inch threaded
bushings.*

[mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [mm] [kg] [3 Oz] [6 Oz]
50 2 180 100 14 0.5 1 -
80 3 180 100 14 0.6 1 -
100 4 180 100 14 0.8 1 -
125 5 180 100 14 0.9 - 1
150 6 180 100 14 1.0 - 1
200 8 180 100 14 1.2 - 1
250 10 180 100 14 1.6 1 1
300 12 180 100 14 1.9 1 1
350 14 180 100 14 2.1 1 1
400 16 180 100 14 2.5 - 2
450 18 90 100 14 3.3 - 1
500 20 90 100 14 3.7 1 1
600 24 90 100 14 4.4 - 2
* Consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for other type material, or other sized bushings.

45º Laterals Filament-wound 45° laterals with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or

50 2 64 110 203 249 1.6
80 3 76 122 254 300 3.0
100 4 76 122 305 351 3.9
150 6 99 149 378 428 12.3
Quick-Lock 200 8 124 204 455 535 27
250 10 137 217 531 611 43
300 12 150 230 632 712 52
350 14 150 230 632 712 69
400 16 150 260 632 742 95
Taper/Taper
16

Reducing Laterals Filament-wound 45° laterals with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Laying Overall Average
Pipe Length Length Length Length Length Length Weight
Size (L1) (OL1) (L2) (OL2) (L3) (OL3)
(mm) (inch) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
80x50 3x2 76 122 254 300 254 300 2.5
100x50 4x2 76 122 305 351 305 351 3.5
100x80 4x3 76 122 305 351 305 351 3.7
150x80 6x3 100 150 378 428 378 428 8.2
150x100 6x4 100 150 378 428 378 428 9.3
200x100 8x4 124 204 455 535 455 505 15.6
Quick-Lock
200x150 8x6 124 204 455 535 455 505 19.6
250x150 10x6 137 217 531 611 531 581 28
250x200 10x8 137 217 531 611 531 611 32
300x150 12x6 150 230 632 712 632 682 28
300x200 12x8 150 230 632 712 632 712 38
300x250 12x10 150 230 632 712 632 712 45
350x200 14x8 150 230 632 712 632 712 45
350x250 14x10 150 230 632 712 632 712 52
350x300 14x12 150 230 632 712 632 712 58
400x150 16x6 150 260 632 742 632 682 53
Taper/Taper 400x200 16x8 150 260 632 742 632 712 61
400x250 16x8 150 260 632 742 632 712 69
400x300 16x12 150 260 632 742 632 712 74
400x350 16x14 150 260 632 742 632 712 82
450x200 18x8 174 284 679 789 679 759 69
450x250 18x10 174 284 679 789 679 759 77
450x300 18x12 174 284 679 789 679 759 82
450x350 18x14 174 284 679 789 679 759 90
450x400 18x16 174 284 679 789 679 789 103
500x300 20x12 186 296 759 869 759 839 90
500x350 20x14 186 296 759 869 759 839 98
500x400 20x16 186 296 759 869 759 869 111
500x450 20x18 186 296 759 869 759 869 119
600x300 24x12 216 326 919 1029 919 999 98
600x350 24x12 216 326 919 1029 919 999 106
600x400 24x16 216 326 919 1029 919 1029 119
600x450 24x18 216 326 919 1029 919 1029 127
600x500 24x20 216 326 919 1029 919 1029 135
17
Flanged Reducing Fabricated flanged reducing saddles (2-24 inch).
Saddles
Nominal Laying Saddle Saddle Average
Pipe Length* Length Angle Weight
Size (LL) (B) α with flange
(runxbranch) CL150
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [deg] [kg]
50x25 2x1 133 152 180 0.9
α 80x50 3x1 133 152 180 0.9
80x40 3x1½ 133 152 180 1.2
80x50 3x2 174 152 180 1.9
100x25 4x1 152 152 180 1.6
100x40 1x1½ 152 152 180 1.7
100x50 4x2 194 152 180 2.4
100x80 4x3 194 241 180 3.4
150x25 6x1 187 152 180 2.7
150x40 6x1½ 187 152 180 2.7
150x50 6x2 229 152 180 3.3
150x80 6x3 229 241 180 4.8
150x100 6x4 229 305 180 5.8
200x25 8x1 206 152 180 3.9
200x40 8x1½ 206 152 180 3.9
200x50 8x2 248 152 180 4.5
α 200x80 8x3 248 241 180 6.6
200x100 8x4 248 305 180 8.0
200x150 8x6 271 432 180 10.0
250x25 10x1 232 152 180 4.7
250x40 10x1½ 232 152 180 4.7
250x50 10x2 274 152 180 5.3
250x80 10x3 286 241 180 7.8
250x100 10x4 299 305 180 9.5
250x150 10x6 299 432 180 12.2
300x25 12x1 264 152 180 5.4
300x40 12x1½ 264 152 180 5.4
300x50 12x2 306 152 180 6.0
300x80 12x3 306 241 180 8.9
300x100 12x4 306 305 180 10.9
300x150 12x6 324 432 180 14.2
350x25 14x1 279 152 180 5.9
350x40 14x1½ 279 152 180 5.8
350x50 14x2 321 152 180 6.4
350x80 14x3 321 241 180 9.6
350x100 14x4 321 305 180 11.8
350x150 14x6 340 432 180 15.5
400x25 16x1 305 152 180 6.6
400x40 16x1½ 305 152 180 6.6
400x50 16x2 347 152 180 7.2
400x80 16x3 347 241 180 10.8
400x100 16x4 347 305 180 13.3
400x150 16x6 366 432 180 17.5
450x25 18x1 330 152 90 3.8
450x40 18x1½ 330 152 90 3.8
450x50 18x2 372 152 90 4.4
450x80 18x3 372 241 90 6.4
450x100 18x4 372 305 90 7.8
450x150 18x6 391 432 90 9.8
500x25 20x1 356 152 90 4.2
500x40 20x1½ 356 152 90 4.2
500x50 20x2 399 152 90 4.8
500x80 20x3 399 241 90 7.0
500x100 20x4 399 305 90 8.5
500x150 20x6 417 432 90 10.8
600x25 24x1 406 152 90 4.9
600x40 24x1½ 406 152 90 4.9
600x50 24x2 448 152 90 5.5
600x80 24x3 448 241 90 8.1
600x100 24x4 448 305 90 9.9
600x150 24x6 467 432 90 12.8
* Connected dimension based on Quick-Lock flange.
18
Concentric Reducers Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

Size (LL) (OL)
(runxrun)
40x25 1½x1 32 91 0.2
50x25 2x1 64 137 0.3
50x40 2x1½ 32 110 0.5
Quick-Lock 80x40 3x1½ 76 154 0.5
80x50 3x2 54 146 0.5
100x50 4x2 76 168 1.1
100x80 4x3 73 165 0.9
*150x80 6x3 117 217 1.5
*150x100 6x4 124 224 1.8
*200x100 8x4 163 293 3.3
200x150 8x6 129 259 3.7
250x150 10x6 148 278 6.2
250x200 10x8 135 295 6.2
300x200 12x8 180 340 7.8
300x250 12x10 167 327 8.5
350x250 14x10 214 374 10.2
Taper/Taper 350x300 14x12 208 368 11.0
400x300 16x12 195 385 13.7
400x350 16x14 183 373 12.8
450x400 18x16 128 348 20
500x400 20x16 249 469 21
500x450 20x18 151 371 23
600x400 24x16 486 706 27
600x450 24x18 388 608 26
600x500 24x20 267 487 24
700x400 28x16 796 1046 62
700x450 28x18 698 948 60
700x500 28x20 577 827 58
700x600 28x24 340 590 52
750x400 30x16 915 1165 74
750x450 30x18 817 1067 73
750x500 30x20 696 946 70
750x600 30x24 459 709 64
750x700 30x28 149 429 58
800x400 32x16 1038 1318 94
800x450 32x18 940 1220 94
800x500 32x20 819 1099 90
800x600 32x24 582 862 83
800x700 32x28 272 582 77
800x750 32x30 153 463 72
900x500 36x20 1186 1496 130
900x600 36x24 1065 1375 122
900x700 36x28 828 1138 116
900x750 36x30 518 858 111
1000x900 40x36 278 678 146
* 3 inch and 4 inch side of these concentric reducers will be Taper/Taper;
Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end.
19
Eccentric Reducers Filament-wound eccentric reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends.

Nominal Laying Overall Eccentricity Average
Pipe Size Length Length Weight
(runxrun) (LL) (OL) (X)*
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm]
[kg]
40x25 1½x1 56 115 7 0.2
50x25 2x1 100 173 13 0.3
Quick-Lock 50x40 2x1½ 44 122 6 0.5
80x40 3x1½ 150 228 20 0.5
80x50 3x2 108 200 14 0.5
100x50 4x2 200 292 27 1.1
100x80 4x3 93 185 12 0.9
*150x80 6x3 320 420 38.4 2.0
*150x100 6x4 230 330 26.7 2.3
*200x100 8x4 415 545 51.6 5.2
200x150 8x6 215 345 24.9 5.8
250x150 10x6 420 550 51.95 9.7
250x200 10x8 235 395 24.9 9.9
300x200 12x8 420 580 52.45 12.2
300x250 12x10 220 380 25.4 13.3
350x250 14x10 340 500 41.25 15.9
350x300 14x12 150 310 15.9 17.2
400x300 16x12 335 520 40.5 21
400x350 16x14 215 405 24.65 20
Taper/Taper
450x350 18x14 365 555 44.7 31
450x400 18x16 180 400 20.1 46
500x400 20x16 365 585 44.7 47
500x450 20x18 215 435 24.7 46
600x400 24x16 725 945 92.95 91
600x450 24x18 575 795 72.9 94
600x500 24x20 390 610 48.3 96
750x400 30x16 960 1210 181 96
750x450 30x18 830 1080 160 95
750x500 30x20 705 955 136 91
750x600 30x24 450 700 88 87
750x700 30x28 290 570 25 75
800x600 32x24 580 860 112 108
800x700 32x28 325 635 49 100
800x750 32x30 290 600 24 94
900x600 36x24 830 1140 162 159
900x700 36x28 580 920 99 151
900x750 36x30 450 790 74 144
900x800 36x32 325 695 50 130
1000x700 40x28 897 1237 151 204

* 3 inch and 4 inch side of these eccentric reducers will be Taper/Taper;

Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end.
20
Heavy-Duty Flanges Filament-wound heavy-duty flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (8-40 inch) socket end for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall A
verage weight
Pipe Length Length ANSI ANSI DIN DIN
Size (LL) (OL) B16.5 B16.5 2632 2633
CL.150 CL.300 PN10 PN16
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg]
25 1 3 29 0.5 0.6 0.5 0.5
40 1½ 3 35 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0
50 2 5 51 1.3 1.7 1.8 1.8
80 3 5 51 1.8 2.6 2.4 2.4
100 4 5 51 2.8 3.8 2.7 2.7
Quick-Lock 150 6 5 55 3.7 4.2 3.8 3.8
200 8 6 56 5.5 6.1 5.5 5.5
250 10 6 86 10.6 11.6 10.3 10.6
300 12 6 86 15.3 16.5 14.1 14.6
350 14 6 86 18.7 20.5 17.7 15.2
400 16 6 86 23.0 25.0 21.8 22
450 18 6 86 24.0 26.9 23.2 24
500 20 6 116 38.0 42.1 36.4 39
600 24 6 116 49.0 55.1 47.0 51
700 28 6 146 67.0 74.8 64.7 66
750 30 6 146 73.0 81.0 71.6 72
800 32 6 176 117.0 127.0 112.0 113
900 36 6 206 148.0 192.0 141.0 143
Taper/Taper 1000 40 6 206 175.0 228.0 167.0 228
Note:
• Other drillings may be possible. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
• Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recom mended (3 mm thick).
Compressed fibre gaskets (3 mm thick), compatible with pressure, t emperature and medium
may also be used. Mechanical properties should be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400)
or equal;
• For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature;
• A torque-wrench must be used, since excessive torque may result in flange damage.

Orifice flanges Filament-wound orifice flanges, ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilling, with integral Quick-Lock

Size (LL) (OL) Flange (CL150)
[mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [kg]
50 2 40 86 2.2
80 3 39 85 3.0
100 4 39 85 4.7
150 6 54 104 8.3
200 8 54 104 11.0
250 10 55 135 18.0
300 12 55 135 25
350 14 55 135 31
400 16 55 135 37
450 18 55 135 46

Note:
• Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
• Flanges with 1/2” NPT female thread, 316 SS nipple and bushing;
• Other metals on request;
• Also available with 2 outlets spaced at 180 degree, on special request.
21
Stub-ends Filament-wound stub-ends, O-ring sealed or flat faced, with integral Quick-Lock
(1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket, for adhesive bonding with loose steel ring
flanges.

Nominal Laying Overall Face Ring Average
Pipe Length Length Diameter to Face Weight
Size (LL) (OL) (RF) (H) Stub-end
25 1 10 37 51 10 0.1
40 1½ 10 42 73 10 0.2
50 2 10 56 92 10 0.2
80 3 10 56 127 10 0.4
100 4 10 56 157 16 0.6
150 6 15 65 216 13 1.3
Quick-Lock 200 8 15 95 270 20 2.6
250 10 15 95 324 16 3.1
300 12 15 95 378 18 3.9
350 14 15 95 413 19 3.8
400 16 20 130 470 21 6.9
450 18 20 130 532 24 11.4
500 20 20 130 580 23 12.3
600 24 20 130 674 28 13.0
700 28 20 160 800 29 17.8
750 30 20 160 850 32 19.2
800 32 20 190 900 33 24
900 36 20 220 1000 36 30
1000 40 20 220 1100 46 35
Taper/Taper Note:
• Flat faced stub-ends can be sealed using reinforced elastomeric compressed fiber or steel
reinforced rubber gasket, depending on size;
• Make sure that when using O-ring sealed stub-end, its counter flange is compatible, e.g. use a
flat faced stub-end (without O-ring groove) or another flat surface flange as counter flange.

Steel Ring Flanges for Nominal ANSI Average ANSI Average DIN 2632 Average DIN 2633 Average
Stub-ends Pipe B16.5 Weight B16.5 Weight Weight Weight
Size CLASS.150 CLASS.300 PN 10 PN 16
(D) (D) (D) (D)
[mm] [mm] [kg]
[inch] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg]
25 1 14.3 0.8 17.5 1.3 16 1.0 16 1.0
40 1½ 17.5 1.2 20.6 2.3 16 1.7 16 1.7
50 2 19.0 1.8 22.2 2.5 18 2.2 18 2.2
80 3 23.8 3.2 28.6 4.8 20 3.0 20 3.0
100 4 23.8 4.2 28.6 7.0 20 3.1 20 3.1
150 6 25.5 5.2 36.5 12.2 22 4.9 23 5.1
200 8 28.8 8.5 41.3 18.3 25 7.1 27 7.3
250 10 35.6 13.5 47.6 26.0 28 9.3 32 11.8
300 12 40.0 23 50.8 38.7 29 10.7 35 15.4
350 14 41.6 32 54.0 56.3 36 21 40 26
400 16 47.9 42 58.2 70.1 40 27 44 33
450 18 50.2 40 63.6 86.5 42 27 50 41
500 20 52.0 51 66.5 104.1 45 35 54 60
600 24 63.7 86 78.4 182.9 52 55 63 72
700 28 69.0 101 96.0 213.4 57 79 59 102
750 30 71.6 117 99.9 229.3 - - - -
800 32 76.9 154 106.0 289.0 62 95 66 106
900 36 85.4 197 117.7 424.1 66 112 71 125
1000 40 94.0 303 103.0 438.9 74 242 82 291
Note:
• Ring flanges will standard be made from galvanised steel. Other materials are available on
request;
• Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
22
Blind flanges Compression molded blind flanges.

Nominal Flange Average Weight
Pipe Thickness ANSI B16.5 ANSI B16.5 DIN 2633/ISO 7005.2
Size (D) CLASS 150 CLASS 300 PN 10 PN 16
[mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg]
25 1 25 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.5
40 1½ 25 0.5 0.9 0.7 0.8
50 2 30 0.7 1.2 1.1 1.2
80 3 30 1.1 1.9 1.6 1.7
100 4 35 1.7 3.6 2.6 2.7
150 6 40 2.2 5.4 4.4 4.4
200 8 40 4.2 7.8 6.3 6.2
250 10 45 5.9 11.7 9.6 9.9
300 12 45 10.5 16.2 12.2 13.0
350 14 50 14.1 23 17.5 18.4
400 16 55 20 31 24 25
450 18 60 31 40 31 33
500 20 60 44 48 37 42
600 24 65 65 73 54 63
700 28 70 91 101 77 79
750 30 75 110 120 96 96
800 32 80 121 141 114 115
900 36 85 175 183 146 147
1000 40 105 238 206 207 214
Note: Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
Couplings Filament-wound couplings with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or


Size (LL) (OL) (OD)
25 1 10 64 42 0.1
40 1½ 10 74 58 0.1
50 2 10 102 72 0.3
80 3 10 102 100 0.4
100 4 10 102 129 0.6
150 6 70 170 180 1.5
Quick-Lock 200 8 70 230 230 2.5
250 10 70 230 286 3.4
300 12 70 230 339 4.5
350 14 70 230 370 4.8
400 16 70 290 419 6.4
450 18 70 290 460 7.3
500 20 70 290 510 14.4
600 24 70 290 606 18.9
700 28 70 350 737 24
750 30 70 350 787 25
800 32 70 410 840 27
900 36 70 470 943 29
1000 40 70 470 1037 33
Taper/Taper
23
Nipples Filament-wound nipples with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) male ends for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Gap Average
Pipe Length * Weight
Size (LL)
25 1 57 3 0.1
40 1½ 67 3 0.1
50 2 95 3 0.1
80 3 95 3 0.1
100 4 95 3 0.2
150 6 125 25 0.2
200 8 190 30 0.6
Quick-Lock 250 10 190 30 0.8
300 12 200 40 1.1
350 14 200 40 1.3
400 16 260 40 2.2
450 18 280 60 2.7
500 20 280 60 3.4
600 24 280 60 4.4
700 28 340 60 8.5
750 30 340 60 9.4
800 32 400 60 12.4
900 36 460 60 17.2
1000 40 460 60 21.0
Taper/Taper * Remaining gap after bonding (is distance between the edges of the socket ends).
Transition Nipples Filament-wound transition nippels with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) x Taper/Taper
(2-4 inch) male ends for adhesive bonding.

Size (LL)
50 2 130 34 0.1
80 3 130 34 0.1
100 4 130 34 0.1
* Remaining gap after bonding (is distance between the edges of the socket ends).
Support Saddles Filament-wound pipe saddles for wear, support and anchor.

Nominal Saddle Saddle Saddle Required Saddle Required
Pipe Angle Thickn. Weight Adhesive Weight Adhesive
Size α ts B=100mm Kits B=150mm Kits
α [mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [kg] [3 and 6 Oz] [kg] [3 and 6
Oz] 25 1 180 14 0.2 ½ - 0.3
1 -
40 1½ 180 14 0.3 ½ - 0.5 1 -
50 2 180 14 0.4 ½ - 0.6 1 -
80 3 180 14 0.5 ½ - 0.8 1 -
100 4 180 14 0.7 ½ - 1.1 1 -
150 6 180 14 0.9 1 - 1.4 - 1
200 8 180 14 1.1 1 - 1.7 - 1
250 10 180 14 1.5 - 1 2.3 - 1
300 12 180 14 1.8 - 1 2.7 - 1
350 14 180 14 2.0 - 1 3.0 - 1
400 16 180 14 2.4 1 1 3.6 - 2
450 18 180 16 - - - 3.2 1 1
500 20 180 16 - - - 3.6 1 1
600 24 180 16 - - - 4.3 1 1
700 28 180 16 - - - 5.1 - 2
750 30 180 16 - - - 5.5 - 2
800 32 180 16 - - - 5.8 - 3
900 36 180 16 - - - 6.5 - 4
1000 40 180 16 - - - 8.2 - 4
Note:

• Filament-wound support saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps,
as well as for anchoring purposes;
• Support and anchor saddles are standard 180°;
• Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm;
• For special saddle -lengths, -thickness and/or angles consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
• Wear saddles are standard 90°. 90° saddle weights are 50% of value shown.
24
Grounding saddles Filament-wound pipe saddles for grounding in conductive piping systems.

Nominal Saddle Saddle Saddle Average Required
Pipe Angle Length Thickness Saddle Adhesive
Size α B ts Weight Kits
[mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [mm] [kg] [3Oz]
25 1 90 76 14 0.1 1
40 1½ 90 76 14 0.1 1
50 2 90 76 14 0.1 1
80 3 90 76 14 0.1 1
100 4 90 76 14 0.2 1
125 5 90 76 14 0.3 1
150 6 90 76 14 0.3 1
200 8 45 76 14 0.2 1
250 10 45 76 14 0.2 1
300 12 45 76 14 0.2 1
350 14 45 76 14 0.3 1
400 16 45 76 14 0.3 1
450 18 22½ 76 16 0.2 1
500 20 22½ 76 16 0.2 1
600 24 22½ 76 16 0.3 1
700 28 22½ 76 16 0.3 1
750 30 22½ 76 16 0.4 1
800 32 22½ 76 16 0.4 1
900 36 22½ 76 16 0.4 1
1000 40 22½ 76 16 0.5 1
Note:
• Bondstrand conductive adhesive should be used for mounting;
• Saddles are supplied with integrated stainless steel cable with a length of 610 mm.
Adhesive Number of Adhesive Kits per joint with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

Nominal Required Minimum number
Pipe Adhesive Kit of Adhesive Kits
Size Size required per joint
[mm] [inch] [cm3] [Oz] nr.
25 1 88.7 3 ¼
40 1½ 88.7 3 ¼
50 2 88.7 3 ⅓
80 3 88.7 3 ⅓
100 4 88.7 3 ½
150 6 88.7 3 ½
200 8 88.7 3 ½
250 10 88.7 3 1
300 12 177.4 6 1
350 14 177.4 6 1
400 16 177.4 6 1
450 18 177.4 6 2
500 20 177.4 6 2
600 24 177.4 6 2
700 28 177.4 6 3
750 30 177.4 6 3
800 32 177.4 6 3
900 36 177.4 6 4
1000 40 177.4 6 5
Note:
• Adhesive Kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded;
• Required adhesive for saddles is shown in the dimension table of the respective saddles;
• For type of adhesive to be used, please refer to the Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide;
• Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints require different types of adhesive.
25
Engineering design & Consult de following literature for recommendations about design, installation and use
installation of Bondstrand® pipe, fittings and flanges:
Assembly Instructions for Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints FP 170

Assembly Instructions for Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints FP 1043
Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand fiberglass flanges FP 196
Bondstrand Corrosion Guide for fiberglass pipe and tubing FP 132
Bondstrand Pipe Shaver Overview FP 599
Bondstrand Marine Design Manual FP 707
Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for the latest version of the above mentioned
literature.
Specials Note: Elbows with non-standard angles, non-standard drilled flanges, multi branch tees
and special spools are available on request, please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
Field testing Bondstrand pipe systems are designed for hydrostatic testing with water at 150% of
rated pressure.
Surge pressure The maximum allowable surge pressure is 150% of rated pressure.
Conversions 1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2

1 bar = 105Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 inch = 25.4 mm
1 Btu.in/ft2h°F = 0.1442 W/mK
°C = 5/9 (°F-32)
National Oilwell Varco has produced this brochure for general information only, and it
is not intended for design purposes. Although every effort has been made to maintain
the accuracy and reliability of its contents, National Oilwell Varco in no way assumes
responsibility for liability for any loss, damage or injury resulting from the use of information
and data herein nor is any warranty expressed or implied. Always cross-reference the
bulletin date with the most current version listed at the website noted in this literature.
North America South America Europe Asia Pacific Middle East

2425 SW 36th Street Avenida Fernando Simoes P.O. Box 6, 4190 CA No. 7A, Tuas Avenue 3 P.O. Box 17324
San Antonio, TX 78237 USA Recife, Brazil 51020-390 Geldermalsen, The Netherlands Jurong, Singapore 639407 Dubai, UAE
Phone: +1 210 434 5043 Phone: +55 31 3326 6900 Phone: +31 345 587 587 Phone: +65 6861 6118 Phone: +971 4881 3566

www.fgspipe.com • fgspipe@nov.com
© 2012, NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO

® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP 943-10 A 02/12
Bondstrand® 2000/2000G and 2416/3416
Uses and applications ● Ballast water ● Drilling muds ● Saltwater/seawater

● Cassions ● Fresh water ● Sanitary/sewage
● Cooling water ● Potable water ● Column piping
● Disposal ● Produced water ● Vent lines
● Drains ● Fire water


standard.
Bondstrand pipe series that are used in the offshore industry are designed in

The pipe system is also available in lower and higher pressure classes
(10 bar, up to 50 bar);
Bondstrand 2000G/3400
Bondstrand 2000/2400

1-4 Inch
Taper/Taper joint
6-40 Inch

Adhesive................................................................................................................ 23
Conversions.......................................................................................................... 24
Engineering design & installation data................................................................. 24
Hydrostatic testing................................................................................................ 24
Important notice.................................................................................................... 24
Joining system and configuration.......................................................................... 3
Mechanical properties............................................................................................ 4
Physical properties................................................................................................. 4
Pipe series............................................................................................................... 3
Pipe length.............................................................................................................. 4
Pipe dimensions and weights................................................................................. 6
Pipe performance................................................................................................... 5
Span length............................................................................................................. 7
Surge pressure..................................................................................................... 24
FITTINGS DATA
Couplings.............................................................................................................. 21
Deluge Couplings................................................................................................. 16
Elbows ................................................................................................................. 8-9
Flanges............................................................................................................. 19-21
Joint dimensions Quick-Lock® ............................................................................. 7
Joint dimensions Taper/Taper................................................................................. 7
Laterals.................................................................................................................. 15
Nipples.................................................................................................................. 22
Reducers.......................................................................................................... 17-18
Saddles................................................................................................. 14-15, 22-23
Specials................................................................................................................. 23
Stub-ends.............................................................................................................. 20
Tees.................................................................................................................. 10-14
2
Pipe series Pipe
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe for Bondstrand adhesive-
Fittings
Flanges
Bondstrand® 2000/2000G
For higher temperatures, please contact Bondstrand®;
For higher temperatures, please contact Bondstrand®;
Conductive
continuous system.
Description Bondstrand Bondstrand Bondstrand Bondstrand

2000 2000G 2416 3416
Pipe Diameter 1-4 inch 1-4 inch 6-40 inch 6-40 inch
Joining system Quick-Lock Quick-Lock Taper/Taper Taper/Taper
Liner* 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 0.5 mm
Temperature** 121 ºC 93 ºC 121 ºC 93 ºC
Cure MDA IPD MDA IPD
Pressure rating 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar


Quick-Lock (straight/taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end;
150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):

Fitting
25-100 mm (1-4 inch):
End configuration: integral Quick-Lock bell ends.
150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):

Flange
25-100 mm (1-4 inch):
End configuration: integral Quick-Lock bell end.
150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):

3
Length*
Pipe Size System Europe Plant Asia Plant
[mm] [inch] [m] [m]
25-40 1-1½ Quick-Lock 5.5 3.0
50-100 2-4 Quick-Lock 6.15 5.85/9.0
150 6 Taper/Taper 6.1 5.85/9.0
200-600 8-24 Taper/Taper 6.1/11.7/11.8 9.0/11.89
450-1000 18-40 Taper/Taper 6.0/11.7/11.8 11.89

properties Bi-axial
Circumferential
Longitudinal
Beam
(Proc. B.)


Bi-axial
Circumferential
Longitudinal
Beam
(Proc. B.)
* at 65°C.
4
Typical pipe Bondstrand 2000/2416 (MDA cured) at 21°C with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
performance Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

25 1 16 499 3142383 502 16187
40 1½ 16 148 949574 502 4812
50 2 16 85 534665 554 2729
80 3 16 24.5 157309 554 796
100 4 16 26.6 154414 1281 863
150 6 16 3.7 12069 453 94
200 8 16 3.4 11085 941 86
250 10 16 3.3 10679 1809 83
300 12 16 3.3 10743 3092 84
350 14 16 3.4 11070 4218 86
400 16 16 3.3 10731 6105 84
450 18 16 3.3 10719 8158 83
500 20 16 3.3 10547 11015 82
600 24 16 3.3 10605 19148 83
700 28 16 3.2 10303 32924 80
750 30 16 3.3 10387 40831 81
800 32 16 3.2 10240 48843 80
900 36 16 3.2 10192 69208 79
1000 40 16 3.3 10328 96228 80
Bondstrand 2000G/3416 (IPD-cured) at 21°C with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or


25 1 16 460 2087390 504 16251
40 1½ 16 137 620545 504 4831
50 2 16 78 351965 556 2740
80 3 16 22.6 102636 556 799
100 4 16 24.5 111283 1286 866
150 6 16 2.4 7821 292 61
200 8 16 1.8 5991 504 47
250 10 16 1.9 6098 1024 47
300 12 16 1.8 5963 1700 46
350 14 16 1.8 5820 2195 45
400 16 16 1.8 5816 3277 45
450 18 16 1.8 5899 4447 46
500 20 16 1.8 5923 6130 46
600 24 16 1.8 5753 10288 45
700 28 16 1.8 5891 18659 46
750 30 16 1.8 5867 22858 46
800 32 16 1.8 5847 27644 46
900 36 16 1.8 5814 39130 45
1000 40 16 1.7 5787 53425 45
5
Typical pipe dimensions Bondstrand 2000/2416 (MDA-cured) with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
and weights Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

25 1 27.1 3.0 0.7 AW1-2112
40 1½ 42.1 3.0 1.3 AW1-2112
50 2 53.0 3.1 1.3 AW1-2112
80 3 81.8 3.1 1.8 AW1-2112
100 4 105.2 4.1 3.1 AW1-2113
150 6 159.0 2.9 3.0 AW1-2112
200 8 208.8 3.7 4.9 AW1-2112
250 10 262.9 4.6 7.5 AW1-2114
300 12 313.7 5.5 10.6 AW1-2116
350 14 344.4 6.1 12.8 AW1-2116
400 16 393.7 6.9 16.4 AW1-2116
450 18 433.8 7.6 19.8 AW1-2116
500 20 482.1 8.4 24 AW1-2116
600 24 578.6 10.1 35 AW1-2116
700 28 700.0 12.1 50 AW1-2116
750 30 750.0 13.5 58 AW1-2116
800 32 800.0 13.8 65 AW1-2116
900 36 900.0 15.5 82 AW1-2116
1000 40 1000.0 17.3 102 AW1-2116
Bondstrand 2000G/3416 (IPD-cured) with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or


25 1 27.1 3.0 0.7 AX1-2112
40 1½ 42.1 3.0 1.3 AX1-2112
50 2 53.0 3.1 1.3 AX1-2112
80 3 81.8 3.1 1.8 AX1-2112
100 4 105.2 4.1 3.1 AX1-2113
150 6 159.0 2.5 2.6 AX1-2112
200 8 208.8 3.0 4.0 AX1-2112
250 10 262.9 3.8 6.2 AX1-2113
300 12 313.7 4.5 8.7 AX1-2114
350 14 344.4 4.9 10.4 AX1-2115
400 16 393.7 5.6 13.4 AX1-2116
450 18 433.8 6.2 16.3 AX1-2116
500 20 482.1 6.9 20 AX1-2116
600 24 578.6 8.2 28 AX1-2116
700 28 700.0 10.0 42 AX1-2116
750 30 750.0 10.7 48 AX1-2116
800 32 800.0 11.4 54 AX1-2116
900 36 900.0 12.8 68 AX1-2116
1000 40 1000.0 14.2 83 AX1-2116
6
Quick-Lock®
Dimensions for adhesive Quick-Lock spigots for adhesive Quick-Lock joints.
dimensions
Nominal Insertion Spigot D
iameter Spigot Length
Pipe Depth Min. Max. Min. Max.
Size (Ds) Sd Sd L L
25 1 27 32.6 32.9 28.5 31.0
40 1½ 32 47.5 47.8 33.5 36.0
50 2 46 59.2 59.6 49.0 52.0
80 3 46 87.6 88.0 49.0 52.0
100 4 46 112.5 112.9 49.0 52.0
Taper/Taper
dimensions
X Ds nose Sd
150 6 2.5 50 1.0 161.0
200 8 2.5 80 1.0 210.8
250 10 2.5 110 1.0 264.9
300 12 2.5 140 1.0 315.7
350 14 2.5 140 1.5 347.4
400 16 2.5 170 1.5 396.7
450 18 2.5 170 1.5 436.8
500 20 2.5 200 2.0 486.1
600 24 2.5 230 2.5 583.6
700 28 1.75 230 5.5 711.0
750 30 1.75 260 6.0 762.0
800 32 1.75 290 5.5 811.0
900* 36 1.75 350 6.0 912.0
900** 36 1.75 260 6.0 912.0
1000* 40 1.75 320 8.0 1016.0
1000** 40 1.75 230 8.0 1016.0
* For Bondstrand 2416 only;
** For Bondstrand 3416 only.
Span length ondstrand 2000/2416 (MDA) and 2000G/3416 (IPD) at 21 °C

B

Size 2000/2416 2000/2410 2000G/3410 2000G/3410
[mm] [inch] [m] [m] [m] [m]
25 1 2.6 3.3 2.4 3.0
40 1½ 2.9 3.7 2.7 3.4
50 2 3.1 4.0 2.9 3.7
80 3 3.5 4.5 3.3 4.2
100 4 4.0 5.1 3.7 4.7
150 6 4.2 5.3 3.3 4.2
200 8 4.7 6.0 3.5 4.7
250 10 5.3 6.7 3.9 5.3
300 12 5.7 7.3 4.2 5.8
350 14 6.0 7.7 4.4 6.0
400 16 6.4 8.1 4.7 6.4
450 18 6.7 8.5 5.0 6.8
500 20 7.1 9.0 5.2 7.1
600 24 7.7 9.8 5.7 7.8
700 28 8.5 10.7 6.3 8.6
750 30 8.8 11.1 6.5 8.9
800 32 9.0 11.5 6.7 9.2
900 36 9.6 12.1 7.1 9.7
1000 40 10.1 12.8 7.5 10.2
* Span recommendations are based on pipes filled with water having a density of 1000 kg/m3 and
include no provisions for weights caused by valves, flanges or other heavy objects. At 93°C, span
lengths are approx. 10% lower.
7
Elbows 90º. Filament-wound 90º elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

25 1 65 92 0.3
40 1½ 81 113 0.4
50 2 76 122 0.5
80 3 114 160 1.1
100 4 152 198 1.6
150 6 240 290 4,2
Quick-Lock 200 8 315 395 12
250 10 391 501 16
300 12 463 603 26
350 14 364 504 37
400 16 402 572 53
450 18 472 642 76
500 20 523 723 125
600 24 625 855 228
700 28 726 956 238
750 30 777 1037 290
800 32 828 1118 364
900* 36 929 1279 595
Taper/Taper
900** 36 929 1189 544
1000* 40 1040 1360 650
1000** 40 1040 1270 610

8
Elbows 45º Filament-wound 45° elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

Size (LL) (OL)
25 1 22 49 0.2
40 1½ 29 61 0.3
50 2 35 81 0.4
80 3 51 97 0.8
100 4 64 110 1.1
150 6 106 156 2,5
200 8 137 217 7,4
Quick-Lock
250 10 169 279 12,4
300 12 196 336 22
350 14 125 265 29
400 16 142 312 41
450 18 204 374 54
500 20 225 425 75
600 24 268 498 130
700 28 310 540 177
750 30 331 591 226
800 32 352 642 272
900* 36 394 744 463
Taper/Taper 900** 36 394 654 382
1000* 40 450 770 340
1000** 40 450 680 300
Elbows 22½º Filament-wound 22½°elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

Nominal
Laying Overall Average
Size (LL) (OL)
25 1 9 36 0.1
40 1½ 9 41 0.2
50 2 13 59 0.5
80 3 21 67 0.7
100 4 29 75 1.0
150 6 60 110 1,4
Quick-Lock 200 8 76 156 5,1
250 10 68 178 9,7
300 12 77 217 15,5
350 14 71 211 21
400 16 85 255 24
450 18 106 276 39
500 20 116 316 56
600 24 136 366 93
700 28 157 387 123
750 30 167 427 158
800 32 177 467 198
900* 36 197 547 343
Taper/Taper
900** 36 197 457 266
9
Equal Tees Filament-wound equal Tee with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch)

(LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2)
25 1 54 108 27 54 0.2
40 1½ 60 124 30 62 0.4
50 2 128 220 64 110 1.0
Quick-Lock 80 3 172 264 86 132 1.8
100 4 210 302 105 151 2.5
150 6 306 406 153 203 8.7
200 8 376 536 188 268 21
250 10 452 672 226 336 31
300 12 528 808 264 404 50
350 14 544 824 272 412 55
400 16 590 930 295 465 87
450 18 678 1018 339 509 103
500 20 740 1140 370 570 209
600 24 868 1328 434 664 351
700 28 994 1454 497 727 476
750 30 1046 1566 523 783 591
800 32 1118 1698 559 849 727
900* 36 1248 1948 624 974 1213
Taper/Taper 900** 36 1248 1768 624 884 1080
1000* 40 1416 2056 708 1028 760
1000** 40 1416 1876 708 938 700
Reducing Tees Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock

[inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
40x40x25 1½x1½x1 30 62 30 57 0.6
50x50x25 2x2x1 64 110 57 84 0.9
50x50x40 2x2x1½ 64 110 57 89 1.0
80x80x25 3x3x1 86 132 76 103 1.6
80x80x40 3x3x1½ 86 132 76 108 1.6
Quick-Lock standard 80x80x50 3x3x2 86 132 76 122 1.7
100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 194 221 7.5
100x100x40 4x4x1½ 89 135 194 226 9.0
100x100x50 4x4x2 105 151 89 135 2.1
100x100x80 4x4x3 105 151 98 144 2.3
150x150x25 6x6x1 88 138 221 248 16.3
150x150x25 6x6x1½ 88 138 221 253 21.9
*150x150x50 6x6x2 153 203 124 174 8.0
*150x150x80 6x6x3 153 203 134 184 9.6
*150x150x100 6x6x4 153 203 140 190 9.6
200x200x25 8x8x1 88 168 245 272 24.6
200x200x40 8x8x1½ 88 168 246 278 24.7
200x200x50 8x8x2 88 168 179 229 24.6
*200x200x80 8x8x3 188 268 159 209 16.0
*200x200x100 8x8x4 188 268 172 222 16.7
Quick-Lock fabricated 200x200x150 8x8x6 188 268 178 228 13.2
*
2, 3 and 4 inch branches of these reducing tees will be Taper/Taper;
10
Reducing Tees (C’tnd) Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Quik-Lock

250x250x25 10x10x1 88 198 272 299 30
250x250x40 10x10x1½ 88 198 273 305 30
250x250x50 10x10x2 88 198 206 256 30
250x250x80 10x10x3 100 210 206 256 32
Taper/Taper standard *250x250x100 10x10x4 226 336 194 244 29
250x250x150 10x10x6 226 336 204 254 28
250x250x200 10x10x8 226 336 213 293 34
300x300x25 12x12x1 88 228 298 325 35
300x300x40 12x12x1½ 88 228 298 330 35
300x300x50 12x12x2 88 228 232 282 35
300x300x80 12x12x3 100 240 232 282 37
*300x300x100 12x12x4 264 404 216 266 43
300x300x150 12x12x6 264 404 229 279 42
300x300x200 12x12x8 264 404 239 319 45
300x300x250 12x12x10 264 404 251 361 51
350x350x25 14x14x1 88 228 313 340 37
350x350x40 14x14x1½ 88 228 313 345 37
350x350x50 14x14x2 88 228 247 297 37
350x350x80 14x14x3 100 240 247 297 40
350x350x100 14x14x4 113 253 247 297 43
350x350x150 14x14x6 272 412 254 304 41
350x350x200 14x14x8 272 412 264 344 54
350x350x250 14x14x10 272 412 277 387 62
350x350x300 14x14x12 272 412 289 429 66
400x400x25 16x16x1 88 258 338 365 50
400x400x40 16x16x1½ 88 258 338 370 50
400x400x50 16x16x2 88 258 272 322 50
400x400x80 16x16x3 100 270 272 322 53
400x400x100 16x16x4 113 283 272 322 56
400x400x150 16x16x6 295 465 274 324 51
400x400x200 16x16x8 295 465 283 363 56
400x400x250 16x16x10 295 465 293 403 63
400x400x300 16x16x12 295 465 305 445 67
400x400x350 16x16x14 295 465 315 455 71
450x450x25 18x18x1 88 258 358 385 54
450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 258 358 390 54
450x450x50 18x18x2 88 258 292 342 54
450x450x80 18x18x3 100 270 292 342 58
450x450x100 18x18x4 113 283 292 342 61
450x450x200 18x18x8 339 509 316 396 100
450x450x250 18x18x10 339 509 329 439 104
450x450x300 18x18x12 339 509 329 469 107
450x450x350 18x18x14 339 509 330 470 137
450x450x400 18x18x16 339 509 330 500 143
500x500x25 20x20x1 88 288 382 409 59
500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 288 382 414 59
500x500x50 20x20x2 88 288 316 366 59
500x500x100 20x20x3 100 300 316 366 63
500x500x150 20x20x4 113 313 316 366 67
500x500x200 20x20x8 370 570 350 430 175
500x500x250 20x20x10 370 570 355 465 180
500x500x300 20x20x12 370 570 355 495 186
500x500x350 20x20x14 370 570 356 496 188
500x500x400 20x20x16 370 570 356 526 195
500x500x450 20x20x18 370 570 365 535 200

11

600x600x25 24x24x1 88 318 430 457 71
600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 318 431 263 71
600x600x50 24x24x2 88 318 364 414 71
600x600x80 24x24x3 100 330 364 414 75
600x600x300 24x24x12 434 664 405 545 211
600x600x350 24x24x14 434 664 406 546 281
600x600x400 24x24x16 434 664 406 576 220
600x600x450 24x24x18 434 664 428 598 239
600x600x500 24x24x20 434 664 428 628 279
700x700x25 28x28x1 88 318 491 518 97
700x700x40 28x28x1½ 88 318 491 523 97
700x700x50 28x28x2 88 318 425 475 97
700x700x80 28x28x3 100 330 425 475 102
700x700x100 28x28x4 113 343 425 475 107
700x700x350 28x28x14 497 727 475 615 413
700x700x400 28x28x16 497 727 483 655 423
700x700x450 28x28x18 497 727 483 653 428
700x700x500 28x28x20 497 727 491 691 440
700x700x600 28x28x24 497 727 491 721 458
750x750x25 30x30x1 88 348 516 543 103
750x750x40 30x30x1½ 88 348 516 548 103
750x750x50 30x30x2 88 348 450 500 103
750x750x80 30x30x3 100 360 450 500 109
750x750x100 30x30x4 113 373 450 500 114
750x750x350 30x30x14 532 783 501 641 506
750x750x400 30x30x16 532 783 501 671 516
750x750x450 30x30x18 532 783 509 679 522
750x750x500 30x30x20 532 783 509 709 534
750x750x600 30x30x24 532 783 517 747 555
750x750x700 30x30x28 532 783 517 747 573
800x800x25 32x32x1 88 378 541 568 124
800x800x40 32x32x1½ 88 378 541 573 124
800x800x50 32x32x2 88 378 475 525 124
800x800x80 32x32x3 100 390 475 525 130
800x800x100 32x32x4 113 403 475 525 136
800x800x350 32x32x14 559 849 529 669 616
800x800x400 32x32x16 559 849 537 707 628
800x800x450 32x32x18 559 849 537 707 633
800x800x500 32x32x20 559 849 545 745 647
800x800x600 32x32x24 559 849 545 775 667
800x800x700 32x32x28 559 849 553 783 689
800x800x750 32x32x30 559 849 553 813 706
12

900x900x25* 36x36x1 88 438 591 618 155
900x900x40* 36x36x1½ 88 438 591 623 155
900x900x50* 36x36x2 88 438 525 575 155
900x900x80* 36x36x3 100 450 525 575 162
Taper/Taper standard 900x900x100* 36x36x4 113 463 525 575 168
900x900x450* 36x36x18 624 974 603 773 1035
900x900x500* 36x36x20 624 974 603 803 1052
900x900x600* 36x36x24 624 974 611 841 1082
900x900x700* 36x36x28 624 974 611 841 964
900x900x750* 36x36x30 624 974 618 878 986
900x900x800* 36x36x32 624 974 618 908 1008
900x900x25** 36x36x1 88 348 591 618 145
900x900x40** 36x36x1½ 88 348 591 623 145
900x900x50** 36x36x2 88 348 525 575 145
900x900x80** 36x36x3 100 360 525 575 152
900x900x100** 36x36x4 113 373 525 575 158
900x900x450** 36x36x18 624 884 603 773 947
900x900x500** 36x36x20 624 884 603 803 975
900x900x600** 36x36x24 624 884 611 841 878
900x900x700** 36x36x28 624 884 611 841 887
900x900x750** 36x36x30 624 884 618 878 909
900x900x800** 36x36x32 624 884 618 908 931
Fabricated Reducing Fabricated reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) socket ends for adhesive
bonding and flanged branch.
Tees with Flanged Branch
(runxrunxbranch) half run half run branch CL150
50x50x25 2x2x1 72 118 179 3.2
80x80x25 3x3x1 72 118 193 4.1
80x80x40 3x3x1½ 89 135 198 5.0
80x80x50 3x3x2 104 150 212 6.6
100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 225 8.0
Quick-Lock
100x100x40 4x4x1½ 89 135 230 9.7
100x100x50 4x4x2 104 150 244 12.0
100x100x80 4x4x3 104 150 245 12.8

Note: Other sizes, or multiple size branched tees available on request. Please contact
NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
13
Fabricated Reducing Fabricated reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper (6-36 inch) socket ends and
Tees with Flanged flanged branch.

Branch (C’tnd) Nominal Laying Overall Laying Average
150x150x25 6x6x1 88 138 251 18
150x150x40 6x6x1½ 88 138 256 23
200x200x25 8x8x1 88 168 275 25
200x200x40 8x8x1½ 88 168 281 26
200x200x50 8x8x2 88 168 316 26
250x250x25 10x10x1 88 198 302 30
250x250x40 10x10x1½ 88 198 308 31
250x250x50 10x10x2 88 198 343 31
250x250x80 10x10x3 100 210 343 34
Taper/Taper 300x300x25 12x12x1 88 228 328 35
300x300x40 12x12x1½ 88 228 333 36
300x300x50 12x12x2 88 228 369 36
300x300x80 12x12x3 100 240 369 39
350x350x25 14x14x1 88 228 343 38
350x350x40 14x14x1½ 88 228 348 38
350x350x50 14x14x2 88 228 384 39
350x350x80 14x14x3 100 240 384 42
350x350x100 14x14x4 113 253 384 46
400x400x25 16x16x1 88 258 368 50
400x400x40 16x16x1½ 88 258 373 51
400x400x50 16x16x2 88 258 409 51
400x400x80 16x16x3 100 270 409 55
400x400x100 16x16x4 113 283 409 59
450x450x25 18x18x1 88 258 388 55
450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 258 393 55
450x450x50 18x18x2 88 258 429 56
450x450x80 18x18x3 100 270 429 60
450x450x100 18x18x4 113 283 429 64
500x500x25 20x20x1 88 288 412 60
500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 288 417 61
500x500x50 20x20x2 88 288 453 61
500x500x80 20x20x3 100 300 453 65
500x500x100 20x20x4 113 313 453 70
600x600x25 24x24x1 88 318 460 71
600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 318 466 71
600x600x50 24x24x2 88 318 501 72
600x600x80 24x24x3 100 330 501 77
600x600x100 24x24x4 113 343 501 82
700x700x25 28x28x1 88 318 521 97
700x700x40 28x28x1½ 88 318 526 98
700x700x50 28x28x2 88 318 562 98
700x700x80 28x28x3 100 330 562 101
700x700x100 28x28x4 113 343 562 110
750x750x25 30x30x1 88 348 546 104
750x750x40 30x30x1½ 88 348 551 104
750x750x50 30x30x2 88 348 587 105
750x750x80 30x30x3 100 360 587 111
750x750x100 30x30x4 113 373 587 117
800x800x25 32x32x1 88 378 571 124
800x800x40 32x32x1½ 88 378 576 125
800x800x50 32x32x2 88 378 612 125
800x800x80 32x32x3 100 390 612 132
800x800x100 32x32x4 113 403 612 139
900x900x25* 36x36x1 88 438 621 155
900x900x40* 36x36x1½ 88 438 626 159
900x900x50* 36x36x2 88 438 662 156
900x900x80* 36x36x3 100 450 662 163
900x900x100* 36x36x4 113 463 662 170
900x900x25** 36x36x1 88 348 621 145
900x900x40** 36x36x1½ 88 348 626 149
900x900x50** 36x36x2 88 348 662 146
900x900x80** 36x36x3 100 360 662 153
900x900x100** 36x36x4 113 373 662 160

Note: Other sizes, or multiple size branched tees available on request. Please contact
NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
14
Deluge Couplings Filament-wound deluge couplings with reversed taper bushings with ½ inch or ¾ inch
threaded outlets with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-12 inch) socket
ends for adhesive bonding.

Size (LL) (OL) (OD)
50 2 60 152 95 1.0
80 3 60 152 126 1.3
Quick-Lock 100 4 60 152 147 1.7
150 6 160 260 201 4.0
200 8 160 320 251 5.4
250 10 160 380 305 9.0
300 12 160 440 356 11.0
Note:
Taper/Taper • Bushings are only available in titanium.
Deluge Saddles Filament-wound deluge saddles with reversed taper bushings with ½ or ¾ inch
threaded outlets

50 2 180 152 14 0.6 - -
80 3 180 152 14 0.7 - -
100 4 180 152 14 0.8 1 -
125 5 180 152 14 0.9 1 -
150 6 180 152 14 1.1 - 1
200 8 180 152 14 1,3 - 1
250 10 180 152 14 1,6 1 1
300 12 180 152 14 1,8 1 1
Bushing Saddles Filament-wound pipe saddles with stainless steel, ½ inch or ¾ inch threaded
bushings.*

50 2 180 100 14 0.5 1 -
80 3 180 100 14 0.6 1 -
100 4 180 100 14 0.8 1 -
150 6 180 100 14 1 - 1
200 8 180 100 14 1,2 - 1
250 10 180 100 14 1,6 1 1
300 12 180 100 14 1,9 1 1
350 14 180 100 14 2,1 1 1
400 16 180 100 14 2,5 - 2
450 18 90 100 14 3,3 - 1
500 20 90 100 14 3,7 1 1
600 24 90 100 14 4,4 - 2
* Consult Bondstrand® for other type material, or other sized bushings.
15
45º Laterals Filament-wound 45° laterals with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (6 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

50 2 64 110 203 249 1.6
80 3 76 122 254 300 3.0
100 4 76 122 305 351 3.9
Quick-Lock 150 6 99 149 378 428 12.3
Taper/Taper
45º Reducing Filament-wound 45° reducing laterals with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) or
Laterals Taper/Taper (6 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Laying Overall Average

Pipe Length Length Length Length Length Length Weight
Size (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) (LL3) (OL3)
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
80x50 3x2 86 136 264 314 264 314 3.2
100x50 4x2 86 136 315 365 315 365 4.3
100x80 4x3 86 136 315 365 315 365 5.2
150x80 6x3 100 150 378 428 378 426 8.2
Quick-Lock
150x100 6x4 100 150 378 428 378 428 9.3
Taper/Taper
Flanged Reducing Fabricated flanged reducing saddles (2-24 inch).

Saddles Nominal Laying Saddle Saddle Average
Pipe Length* Length Angle Weight
Size (LL) (B) α with flange
(runxbranch) CL150
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [deg] [kg]
50x25 2x1 133 152 180 0.9
80x50 3x1 133 152 180 0.9
80x40 3x1½ 133 152 180 1.2
80x50 3x2 174 152 180 1.9
100x25 4x1 152 152 180 1.6
100x40 1x1½ 152 152 180 1.7
100x50 4x2 194 152 180 2.4
150x25 6x1 187 152 180 2.7
150x40 6x1½ 187 152 180 2.7
150x50 6x2 229 152 180 3.3
200x25 8x1 206 152 180 3.9
200x40 8x1½ 206 152 180 3.9
200x50 8x2 248 152 180 4.5
250x25 10x1 232 152 180 4.7
250x40 10x1½ 232 152 180 4.7
250x50 10x2 274 152 180 5.3
300x25 12x1 264 152 180 5.4
300x40 12x1½ 264 152 180 5.4
300x50 12x2 306 152 180 6.0
350x25 14x1 279 152 180 5.9
350x40 14x1½ 279 152 180 5.8
350x50 14x2 321 152 180 6.4
400x25 16x1 305 152 180 6.6
400x40 16x1½ 305 152 180 6.6
400x50 16x2 347 152 180 7.2
450x25 18x1 330 152 90 3.8
450x40 18x1½ 330 152 90 3.8
450x50 18x2 372 152 90 4.4
500x25 20x1 356 152 90 4.2
500x40 20x1½ 356 152 90 4.2
500x50 20x2 399 152 90 4.8
600x25 24x1 406 152 90 4.9
600x40 24x1½ 406 152 90 4.9
600x50 24x2 448 152 90 5.5
* Connected dimension based on Quick-Lock flange.
16

Size (LL) (OL)
(runxrun)
40x25 1½x1 32 91 0.2
50x25 2x1 64 137 0.3
50x40 2x1½ 32 110 0.5
80x40 3x1½ 76 154 0.5
80x50 3x2 54 146 0.5
Quick-Lock 100x50 4x2 76 168 1.1
100x80 4x3 73 165 0.9
*150x80 6x3 117 217 1.5
*150x100 6x4 124 224 1.8
*200x100 8x4 163 293 4.3
200x150 8x6 129 259 4.3
250x150 10x6 148 308 6.2
250x200 10x8 135 325 6.9
300x200 12x8 180 400 9.9
300x250 12x10 167 417 10.8
350x250 14x10 214 464 17.0
350x300 14x12 208 488 16.8
Taper/Taper 400x300 16x12 195 505 22
400x350 16x14 183 493 23
450x400 18x16 128 468 27
500x400 20x16 249 619 36
500x450 20x18 151 521 35
600x400 24x16 486 886 70
600x450 24x18 388 788 70
600x500 24x20 267 697 70
700x400 28x16 796 1196 141
700x450 28x18 698 1098 140
700x500 28x20 577 1007 142
700x600 28x24 340 800 142
750x400 30x16 915 1345 177
750x450 30x18 817 1247 175
750x500 30x20 696 1156 177
750x600 30x24 459 949 177
750x700 30x28 149 639 165
800x400 32x16 1038 1498 216
800x450 32x18 940 1400 214
800x500 32x20 819 1309 217
800x600 32x24 582 1102 217
800x700 32x28 272 792 203
800x750 32x30 153 703 207
900x450** 36x18 1186 1706 358
900x500** 36x20 1065 1615 362
900x600** 36x24 828 1408 361
900x700** 36x28 518 1098 300
900x750** 36x30 399 1009 304
900x800** 36x32 276 916 307
900x450*** 36x18 1186 1616 314
900x500*** 36x20 1065 1525 314
900x600*** 36x24 828 1318 268
900x700*** 36x28 518 1008 261
900x750*** 36x30 399 919 265
900x800*** 36x32 276 826 269
* 3 inch and 4 inch side of these concentric reducers will be Taper/Taper;
Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end;
** For Bondstrand 2416 only;
*** For Bondstrand 3416 only.
17
Eccentric Reducers Filament-wound eccentric reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

Nominal Laying Overall Eccentricity Maximum Average
Pipe Size Length Length Working Weight
(runxrun) (LL) (OL) (X)* Pressure
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]
40x25 1½x1 56 115 7 16 0.2
50x25 2x1 100 173 13 16 0.3
50x40 2x1½ 44 122 6 16 0.5
80x40 3x1½ 150 228 20 16 0.5
Quick-Lock 80x50 3x2 108 200 14 16 0.5
100x50 4x2 200 292 27 16 1.1
100x80 4x3 93 185 12 16 0.9
*150x80 6x3 320 420 38 16 9.8
*150x100 6x4 230 330 27 16 5.3
*200x100 8x4 415 545 52 16 11.1
200x150 8x6 215 345 25 16 9.0
250x150 10x6 420 580 52 16 9.6
250x200 10x8 235 425 27 16 10
300x200 12x8 420 640 52 16 29
300x250 12x10 220 470 25 16 11
350x250 14x10 340 590 41 16 27
350x300 14x12 150 430 16 16 22
400x300 16x12 335 645 41 16 61
400x350 16x14 215 525 25 16 22
450x350 18x14 365 675 45 16 23
Taper/Taper
450x400 18x16 180 520 20 16 90
500x400 20x16 365 735 45 16 87
500x450 20x18 215 585 25 16 75
600x400 24x16 725 1125 93 16 115
600x450 24x18 575 975 73 16 90
600x500 24x20 390 820 48 16 142
700x400 28x16 1195 1595 156 16 416
700x450 28x18 1045 1445 136 16 153
700x500 28x20 860 1290 111 16 223
700x600 28x24 500 960 63 16 191
750x400 30x16 1380 1810 181 16 259
750x450 30x18 1235 1665 161 16 205
750x500 30x20 1050 1510 136 16 186
750x600 30x24 690 1180 88 16 134
750x700 30x28 220 710 25 16 96
800x600 32x24 875 1395 113 16 178
800x700 32x28 405 925 50 16 142
800x750 32x30 220 770 25 16 118
900x600** 36x24 1250 1830 163 16 284
900x700** 36x28 780 1360 100 16 260
900x750** 36x30 590 1200 75 16 243
900x800** 36x32 405 1045 50 16 271
900x600*** 36x24 1250 1740 163 16 204
900x700*** 36x28 780 1270 100 16 180
900x750*** 36x30 590 1110 75 16 163
900x800*** 36x32 405 955 50 16 191
* 3 inch and 4 inch side of these eccentric reducers will be Taper/Taper;
Quick-Lock pipe can be shaved Taper/Taper to fit the Taper/Taper socket end;
18
Heavy-Duty Flanges Filament-wound heavy-duty flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or
Taper/Taper (8-24 inch) socket end for adhesive bonding.

Nominal Laying Overall Average weight
Pipe Length Length ANSI ANSI DIN
Size (LL) (OL) B16.5 B16.5 2633
CL.150 CL.300 PN16
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg] [kg] [kg]
25 1 3 29 0.5 0.6 0.5
40 1½ 3 35 1.1 1.1 1.0
50 2 5 51 1.3 1.7 1.8
80 3 5 51 1.8 2.6 2.4
100 4 5 51 2.8 3.8 2.7
Quick-Lock
150 6 5 55 3,7 5.5 4.2
200 8 6 86 8,4 11.9 8.3
250 10 6 116 14,3 20 14.5
300 12 6 116 21 27 17.3
350 14 6 116 25 35 23
400 16 6 146 38 52 35
450 18 6 146 41 63 43
500 20 6 176 58 82 61
600 24 6 206 87 135 100
Note:
• Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recom mended (3 mm thick).
Taper/Taper
Compressed fibre gaskets (3 mm thick), compatible with pressure, t emperature and medium
may also be used. Mechanical properties should be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400)
or equal;
• For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand® literature;

Orifice flanges Filament-wound orifice flanges, ANSI B16.5 Class 150 drilling, with integral Quick-Lock

Size (LL) (OL) Flange (CL150)
[mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [kg]
50 2 40 86 2.2
80 3 39 85 3.0
100 4 39 85 4.7
150 6 54 104 8.5
200 8 55 135 14.7
250 10 55 165 23
300 12 55 165 40
350 14 55 165 44
400 16 55 195 50
450 18 55 195 57
500 20 55 225 75
600 24 55 255 118
Note:
• Other drillings are available. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
• Flanges with 1/2” NPT female thread, 316 SS nipple and bushing;
• Other metals on request;
• Also available with 2 outlets spaced at 180 degree, on special request.
19
Stub-ends Filament-wound stub-ends, O-ring sealed or flat faced, with integral Quick-Lock
(1-4 inch) or Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) socket, for adhesive bonding with loose steel ring
flanges.

25 1 10 37 51 10 0.1
40 1½ 10 42 73 10 0.2
50 2 10 56 92 10 0.2
80 3 10 56 127 10 0.4
100 4 10 56 157 16 0.6
Quick-Lock 150 6 15 65 216 13 1.3
200 8 15 95 270 20 2.6
250 10 15 125 324 23 4.0
300 12 15 155 378 26 5.9
350 14 15 155 413 27 5.8
400 16 20 190 470 32 9.6
450 18 20 190 532 35 16.1
500 20 20 220 580 39 19.8
600 24 20 250 674 47 22
700 28 20 250 800 51 26
750 30 20 280 850 46 29
800 32 20 310 900 48 34
Taper/Taper 900* 36 20 370 1000 53 41
900** 36 20 280 1000 53 36
1000* 40 20 250 1100 69 44
1000** 40 20 340 1100 69 37
Note:
• Flat faced stub-ends can be sealed using reinforced elastomeric, compressed fiber or steel
reinforced rubber gaskets, depending on size;
• Make sure that when using O-ring sealed stub-end, its counter flange is compatible, e.g. use a
flat faced stub-end (without O-ring groove) or another flat surface flange as counter flange.

Steel Ring Flanges for Nominal ANSI Average ANSI Average DIN 2633 Average
Stub-ends Pipe B16.5 Weight B16.5 Weight Weight
Size CLASS.150 CLASS.300 PN 16
(D) (D) (D)
[mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg]
25 1 14.3 0.8 17.5 1.3 16 1.0
40 1½ 17.5 1.2 20.6 2.3 16 1.7
50 2 19.0 1.8 22.2 2.5 18 2.2
80 3 23.8 3.2 28.6 4.8 20 3.0
100 4 23.8 4.2 28.6 7.0 20 3.1
150 6 25,5 5,2 36.5 12.2 23 5.1
200 8 28,8 8,5 41.3 18.3 27 7.3
250 10 35,6 13,5 47.6 26 32 11.8
300 12 40 23 50.8 39 35 15.4
350 14 41,6 32 54 56 40 26
400 16 47,9 42 58.2 70 44 33
450 18 50,2 40 63.6 87 50 41
500 20 52 51 66.5 104 54 60
600 24 63,7 86 78.4 183 63 72
700 28 69 100 95 213 59 102
750 30 71,6 117 99.9 229 - -
800 32 76,9 154 106 289 66 106
900 36 85,4 197 117.7 424 71 125
1000 40 94 303 103 439 82 291
Note:
• Ring flanges will standard be made from galvanised steel. Other materials are available on
request;
20
Blind flanges Compression molded blind flanges.

Nominal Flange Average Weight
Pipe T
hickness ANSI B16.5 ANSI B16.5 7005.2
Size (D) CLASS 150 CLASS 300 PN 16
[mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [kg] [kg]
25 1 25 0.4 0.5 0.5
40 1½ 25 0.5 0.9 0.8
50 2 30 0.7 1.2 1.2
80 3 30 1.1 1.9 1.7
100 4 35 1.7 3.6 2.7
150 6 40 2,2 2.9 2.3
200 8 45 4,2 5.7 4.1
250 10 50 5,9 7.8 5.7
300 12 60 10,5 13.3 9.5
350 14 65 14,1 16.9 13.4
400 16 70 20 23.6 18.8
450 18 70 36 45.0 36.7
500 20 70 44 54.1 46.0
600 24 85 65 82.3 69.4
700 28 85 91 118.0 87.7
750 30 90 110 135.3 106.7
800 32 100 135 158.0 126.1
900 36 85 175 206.5 162.8


Size (LL) (OL) (OD)
25 1 10 64 42 0.1
40 1½ 10 74 58 0.1
50 2 10 102 72 0.3
80 3 10 102 100 0.4
100 4 10 102 129 0.6
Quick-Lock
150 6 70 170 180 1.5
200 8 70 230 230 2.5
250 10 70 290 286 4.0
300 12 70 350 350 9.8
350 14 70 350 381 10.5
400 16 70 410 430 13.2
450 18 70 410 460 9.0
500 20 70 470 524 21
600 24 70 530 619 24
700 28 70 530 745 31
750 30 70 590 795 34
800 32 70 650 840 32
900* 36 70 770 951 50
Taper/Taper 900** 36 70 590 945 41
1000* 40 70 710 1065 86
1000** 40 70 530 1055 52

21
Taper/Taper (6-40 inch) male ends for adhesive bonding.

Size (LL)
25 1 57 3 0.1
40 1½ 67 3 0.1
50 2 95 3 0.1
80 3 95 3 0.1
100 4 95 3 0.2
150 6 125 25 0.3
200 8 190 30 0.7
Quick-Lock 250 10 250 30 1.3
300 12 320 40 2.4
350 14 320 40 3.0
400 16 380 40 4.6
450 18 400 60 5.6
500 20 460 60 8.3
600 24 520 60 13.3
700 28 520 60 19.7
750 30 580 60 26
800 32 640 60 30
900** 36 760 60 39
900*** 36 580 60 31
Taper/Taper 1000** 40 700 60 54
1000*** 40 520 60 35
* Remaining gap after bonding (is distance between the edges of the socket ends);
Transition Nipples Filament-wound transition nippels with integral Quick-Lock (2-4 inch) x Taper/Taper
(2-4 inch) male ends for adhesive bonding.
Size (LL)
50 2 130 34 0.1
80 3 130 34 0.1
100 4 130 34 0.1
* Remaining gap after bonding (is distance between the edges of the socket ends).

[mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [kg] [3 and 6 Oz] [kg] [3 and 6 Oz]
25 1 180 14 0.2 ½ - 0.3 1 -
40 1½ 180 14 0.3 ½ - 0.5 1 -
50 2 180 14 0.4 ½ - 0.6 1 -
80 3 180 14 0.5 ½ - 0.8 1 -
100 4 180 14 0.7 ½ - 1.1 1 -
150 6 180 14 0.9 1 - 1.4 - 1
200 8 180 14 1.1 1 - 1.7 - 1
250 10 180 14 1.5 - 1 2.3 - 1
300 12 180 14 1.8 - 1 2.7 - 1
350 14 180 14 2 - 1 3.0 - 1
400 16 180 14 2.4 1 1 3.6 - 2
450 18 180 16 - - - 3.2 1 1
500 20 180 16 - - - 3.6 1 1
600 24 180 16 - - - 4.3 1 1
700 28 180 16 - - - 5.1 - 2
750 30 180 16 - - - 5.5 - 2
800 32 180 16 - - - 5.8 - 3
900 36 180 16 - - - 6.5 - 4
1000 40 180 16 - - - 7.1 - 5
Note:

• Filament-wound support saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps,
as well as for anchoring purposes;
• Support and anchor saddles are standard 180°;
• Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm;
• For special saddle -lengths, -thickness and/or angles consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems;
• Wear saddles are standard 90°. 90° saddle weights are 50% of value shown.
22
Grounding saddles Filament-wound pipe saddles for grounding in conductive piping systems.

Nominal Saddle Saddle Saddle Average Required
25 1 90 76 14 0.1 1
40 1½ 90 76 14 0.1 1
50 2 90 76 14 0.1 1
80 3 90 76 14 0.1 1
100 4 90 76 14 0.2 1
150 6 90 76 14 0,3 1
200 8 45 76 14 0,2 1
250 10 45 76 14 0,2 1
300 12 45 76 14 0,2 1
350 14 45 76 14 0,3 1
400 16 45 76 14 0,3 1
450 18 22,5 76 16 0,2 1
500 20 22,5 76 16 0,2 1
600 24 22,5 76 16 0,3 1
700 28 22,5 76 16 0,3 1
750 30 22,5 76 16 0,4 1
800 32 22,5 76 16 0,4 1
900 36 22,5 76 16 0,4 1
1000 40 22,5 76 16 0,5 1
Note:
• Bondstrand conductive adhesive should be used for mounting;
• Saddles are supplied with integrated stainless steel cable with a length of 610 mm.
Adhesive Number of Adhesive Kits per joint with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

25 1 89 3 ¼
40 1½ 89 3 ¼
50 2 89 3 ¹/3
80 3 89 3 ¹/3
100 4 89 3 ½
150 6 89 3 ½
200 8 89 3 1
250 10 177 6 1
300 12 177 6 1
350 14 177 6 2
400 16 177 6 2
450 18 177 6 2
500 20 177 6 3
600 24 177 6 3
700 28 177 6 4
750 30 177 6 5
800 32 177 6 6
900* 36 177 6 7
900** 36 177 6 6
1000* 40 177 6 7
1000** 40 177 6 5
Note:
• Adhesive Kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the
same time, the surplus must be discarded;
• For type of adhesive to be used, please refer to the Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide;
• Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints require different types of adhesive.
23
installation of Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges:

literature.
Field testing Bondstrand pipe systems are designed for hydrostatic testing with water at 150% of
rated pressure.

1 bar = 105Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 inch = 25.4 mm
°C = 5/9 (°F-32)



FP 943-16 02/12
Uses and applications ● Ballast water ● Drilling muds ● Saltwater/seawater

● Cassions ● Fresh water ● Sanitary/sewage
● Cooling water ● Potable water ● Column piping
● Disposal ● Produced water ● Vent lines
● Drains ● Fire water


standard.
Bondstrand® pipe series that are used in the offshore industry are designed in

The pipe system is also available in lower and higher pressure classes
(10 bar, up to 50 bar);
Bondstrand 3400
Bondstrand 2400
Joining Systems Taper/Taper joint

2 - 28 Inch
Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joint

2
Adhesive................................................................................................................ 19
Conversions.......................................................................................................... 20
Engineering design & installation data................................................................. 20
Hydrostatic testing................................................................................................ 20
Important notice.................................................................................................... 20
Joining system and configuration.......................................................................... 3
Mechanical properties............................................................................................ 4
Physical properties................................................................................................. 4
Pipe series............................................................................................................... 3
Pipe length.............................................................................................................. 4
Pipe dimensions and weights................................................................................. 6
Pipe performance................................................................................................... 5
Span length............................................................................................................. 7
Surge pressure..................................................................................................... 20
FITTINGS DATA
Couplings.............................................................................................................. 17
Deluge Couplings................................................................................................. 13
Elbows ................................................................................................................. 8-9
Flanges............................................................................................................. 19-21
Joint dimensions Quick-Lock® ............................................................................. 7
Joint dimensions Taper/Taper................................................................................. 7
Nipples.................................................................................................................. 18
Reducers.......................................................................................................... 14-15
Saddles............................................................................................................ 18-19
Specials................................................................................................................. 20
Stub-ends.............................................................................................................. 16
Tees....................................................................................................................... 13
3
Pipe series Pipe
Fittings
Flanges
Conductive
continuous system.
Description Bondstrand Bondstrand

2425 3425
Pipe Diameter 2-28 inch 2-28 inch
Joining system Taper/Taper Taper/Taper
Liner* 0.5 mm 0.5 mm
Temperature** 121 °C 93 °C
Cure MDA IPD
Pressure rating 25 bar 25 bar


Fitting
50-700 mm (2-28 inch):
Flange
50-700 mm (2-28 inch):
4
Length* System
Pipe Size Europe Plant Asia Plant
[mm] [inch] [m] [m]
50 2-4 Taper/Taper 6.15 5.85/9.0
150 6 Taper/Taper 6.1 5.85/9.0
200-600 8-24 Taper/Taper 6.1/11.8 9.0/11.89
700 28 Taper/Taper 11.8 11.89

properties Bi-axial
Circumferential
Longitudinal
Beam
(Proc. B.)


Bi-axial
Circumferential
Longitudinal
Beam
(Proc. B.)
* at 65°C.
5
Typical pipe Bondstrand 2425 (MDA cured) at 21°C with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket
performance ends for adhesive bonding.

50 2 25 23.4 73612 108 573.1
80 3 25 11.9 37727 198 293.7
100 4 25 11.5 36595 408 284.9
150 6 25 10.5 33359 1281 259.7
200 8 25 10.0 31856 2767 248.0
250 10 25 10.1 32232 5590 250.9
300 12 25 9.8 31128 9163 242.3
350 14 25 9.9 31411 12238 244.5
400 16 25 10.0 31919 18585 248.5
450 18 25 10.0 31762 24737 247.3
500 20 25 9.9 31574 33748 245.8
600 24 25 9.8 31309 57839 243.8
700 28 25 9.4 29963 97906 233.3

Bondstrand 3425 (IPD-cured) at 21°C with Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.

50 2 25 23.4 73904 109 575.4
80 3 25 7.7 24662 128 192.0
100 4 25 7.3 23396 258 182.1
150 6 25 6.1 19347 733 150.6
200 8 25 6.2 19797 1700 154.1
250 10 25 5.7 18142 3104 141.2
300 12 25 5.8 18446 5364 143.6
350 14 25 6.1 19622 7561 152.8
400 16 25 6.0 19221 11059 149.6
450 18 25 5.9 18884 14529 147.0
500 20 25 5.9 18752 19801 146.0
600 24 25 6.0 19016 34721 148.0
700 28 25 5.3 16916 54562 131.7

6
Typical pipe dimensions Bondstrand 2425 (MDA-cured) with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
and weights adhesive bonding.

50 2 53.0 1.8 0.7 AW1-2111
80 3 81.8 2.2 1.2 AW1-2111
100 4 105.2 2.8 1.9 AW1-2112
150 6 159.0 4.1 4.1 AW1-2113
200 8 208.8 5.3 6.8 AW1-2116
250 10 262.9 6.7 10.7 AW1-2116
300 12 313.7 7.9 15.0 AW1-2116
350 14 344.4 8.7 18.1 AW1-2116
400 16 393.7 10.0 23.6 AW1-2116
450 18 433.8 11.0 28.5 AW1-2116
500 20 482.1 12.2 35.1 AW1-2116
600 24 578.6 14.6 50.1 AW1-2116
700 28 700.0 17.4 72.0 AW1-2116
Bondstrand 3425 (IPD-cured) with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.

50 2 53.0 1.8 0.7 AX1-2111
80 3 81.8 1.9 1.1 AX1-2111
100 4 105.2 2.4 1.7 AX1-2112
150 6 159.0 3.4 3.4 AX1-2112
200 8 208.8 4.5 5.8 AX1-2114
250 10 262.9 5.5 8.9 AX1-2116
300 12 313.7 6.6 12.6 AX1-2116
350 14 344.4 7.4 15.4 AX1-2116
400 16 393.7 8.4 19.9 AX1-2116
450 18 433.8 9.2 23.9 AX1-2116
500 20 482.1 10.2 29.4 AX1-2116
600 24 578.6 12.3 42.3 AX1-2116
700 28 700.0 14.3 59.2 AX1-2116
7
Taper/Taper
dimensions
X Ds nose Sd
50 2 1.75 50 1.0 55.2
80 3 1.75 80 1.0 83.8
100 4 1.75 80 1.0 107.2
150 6 2.5 110 1.0 161.0
200 8 2.5 140 1.0 210.8
250 10 2.5 170 1.5 265.9
300 12 2.5 200 1.5 316.9
350 14 2.5 170 2.0 384.4
400 16 2.5 230 2.5 398.7
450 18 2.5 200 2.5 438.8
500 20 2.5 230 3.0 488.1
600 24 2.5 260 3.5 585.6
700 28 1.75 350 7.0 714.0
Span length ondstrand 2425 (MDA) and 3425 (IPD) at 21 °C

B

Size 2425 2425 3425 3425
[mm] [inch] [m] [m] [m] [m]
50 2 2.9 3.6 2.6 3.4
80 3 3.3 4.2 3.0 3.8
100 4 3.7 4.7 3.4 4.3
150 6 4.5 5.7 4.0 5.1
200 8 5.1 6.5 4.6 5.8
250 10 5.7 7.3 5.1 6.4
300 12 6.2 7.9 5.5 7.0
350 14 6.5 8.3 5.8 7.4
400 16 6.9 8.8 6.2 7.9
450 18 7.3 9.3 6.5 8.2
500 20 7.7 9.7 6.8 8.7
600 24 8.4 10.6 7.5 9.5
700 28 9.2 11.7 8.1 10.3
* Span recommendations are based on pipes filled with water having a density of 1000 kg/m3
and include no provisions for weights caused by valves, flanges or other heavy objects. At
93°C, span lengths are approx. 10% lower.
8
Elbows 90°. Filament-wound 90° elbows with integral T
aper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.

50 2 87 137 0.6
80 3 110 190 2.1
100 4 155 235 3.8
150 6 240 350 8.7
200 8 315 455 24
250 10 391 561 39
300 12 463 663 61
350 14 374 544 51
400 16 402 632 84
Taper/Taper
450 18 497 679 87
500 20 548 778 173
600 24 650 910 266
700 28 726 1076 365
Elbows 45° Filament-wound 45° elbows with integral T

aper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.

Size (LL) (OL)
50 2 45 95 0.5
80 3 61 141 1.7
100 4 73 153 2.4
150 6 106 216 7.0
200 8 137 277 15.5
250 10 169 339 32
300 12 196 396 47
350 14 135 305 38
400 16 142 372 80
Taper/Taper 450 18 229 429 78
500 20 250 480 109
600 24 293 553 184
700 28 310 660 333
9
Elbows 22½º Filament-wound 22½°elbows with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.
Nominal Laying
Overall Average
Size (LL) (OL)
50 2 29 79 1.4
80 3 37 117 1.5
100 4 43 123 2.0
150 6 60 170 5.9
200 8 76 216 10.5
250 10 68 238 19.1
300 12 77 277 32
350 14 81 251 26
400 16 85 315 57
Taper/Taper
450 18 131 331 51
500 20 141 371 71
600 24 161 421 114
700 28 157 507 221
Equal Tees Filament-wound equal Tee with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.

(LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2)
50 2 148 248 74 124 1.6
80 3 192 352 96 179 3.6
100 4 230 390 115 195 6.4
150 6 306 526 153 263 18
200 8 376 656 188 328 37
250 10 452 792 226 396 55
300 12 528 928 264 464 92
Taper/Taper
350 14 564 904 282 452 80
400 16 590 1050 295 525 126
450 18 728 1128 364 564 218
500 20 790 1250 395 625 297
600 24 918 1438 459 719 483
700 28 994 1694 497 847 828
10
Reducing Tees Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper
(2-28 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.
80x80x50 3x3x2 96 176 86 136 3.0
100x100x50 4x4x2 115 195 99 149 5.4
100x100x80 4x4x3 115 195 108 188 5.5
150x150x50 6x6x2 153 263 124 174 12.2
150x150x80 6x6x3 153 263 134 214 12.6
150x150x100 6x6x4 153 263 140 220 13.7
200x200x2 8x8x2 88 228 179 229 24.6
200x200x80 8x8x3 188 328 159 239 19.3
200x200x100 8x8x4 188 328 172 252 26
200x200x150 8x8x6 188 328 178 288 33
250x250x80 10x10x3 100 270 206 286 32
250x250x100 10x10x4 226 396 194 274 42
250x250x150 10x10x6 226 396 204 314 42
250x250x200 10x10x8 226 396 213 353 53
300x300x50 12x12x2 88 288 232 282 35
300x300x80 12x12x3 100 300 232 312 37
300x300x100 12x12x4 264 464 216 296 60
300x300x150 12x12x6 264 464 229 339 86
300x300x200 12x12x8 264 464 239 379 90
300x300x250 12x12x10 264 464 251 421 92
350x350x50 14x14x2 88 258 247 297 37
350x350x80 14x14x3 100 270 247 327 40
350x350x150 14x14x6 282 452 254 364 66
350x350x200 14x14x8 282 452 264 404 69
350x350x250 14x14x10 282 452 277 447 74
350x350x300 14x14x12 282 452 289 489 79
400x400x50 16x16x2 88 318 272 322 50
400x400x80 16x16x3 100 330 272 352 53
400x400x150 16x16x6 295 525 274 384 97
400x400x200 16x16x8 295 525 283 423 102
400x400x250 16x16x10 295 525 293 463 107
400x400x300 16x16x12 295 525 305 505 117
400x400x350 16x16x14 295 525 325 495 100
450x450x50 18x18x2 88 288 292 342 54
450x450x80 18x18x3 100 300 292 372 58
450x450x200 18x18x8 364 564 316 456 158
450x450x250 18x18x10 364 564 329 499 165
450x450x300 18x18x12 364 564 329 529 172
450x450x350 18x18x14 364 564 340 510 172
450x450x400 18x18x16 364 564 330 560 182
500x500x50 20x20x2 88 318 316 366 59
500x500x80 20x20x3 100 330 316 396 63
500x500x250 20x20x10 395 625 355 525 257
500x500x300 20x20x12 395 625 355 555 265
500x500x350 20x20x14 395 625 366 536 267
500x500x400 20x20x16 395 625 356 586 279
500x500x450 20x20x18 395 625 390 590 285
600x600x50 24x24x2 88 348 364 414 71
600x600x80 24x24x3 100 360 364 444 75
600x600x300 24x24x12 459 719 405 605 422
600x600x350 24x24x14 459 719 416 586 423
600x600x400 24x24x16 459 719 406 636 438
600x600x450 24x24x18 459 719 453 653 448
600x600x500 24x24x20 459 719 453 683 462
700x700x350 28x28x14 497 847 485 655 700
700x700x400 28x28x16 497 847 483 713 720
700x700x450 28x28x18 497 847 508 708 726
700x700x500 28x28x20 497 847 516 746 745
700x700x600 28x28x24 497 847 516 776 774
Note: Regular numbers are filament wound tees; italic numbers are fabricated tees

11
Fabricated Reducing Tees Fabricated reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends and flanged
with Flanged Branch branch.

Size (LL1) (OL1) (LL2)
50x50X25 2x2x1 88 138 179 4.4
80x80x25 3x3x1 88 168 193 5.8
80x80X40 3x3x1½ 88 168 198 6.5
100x100x25 4x4x1 88 168 225 12.6
100x100x40 4x4x1½ 88 168 230 13.3
150x150x25 6x6x1 88 198 252 17.8
150x150x40 6x6x1½ 88 198 257 23
200x200x25 8x8x1 88 228 276 25
200x200x40 8x8x1½ 88 228 281 26
Taper/Taper 200x200x50 8x8x2 88 228 316 26
250x250x25 10x10x1 88 258 303 30
250x250x40 10x10x1½ 88 258 308 31
250x250x50 10x10x2 88 258 343 31
250x250x80 10x10x3 100 270 343 34
300x300x25 12x12x1 88 288 329 35
300x300x40 12x12x1½ 88 288 334 36
300x300x50 12x12x2 88 288 369 36
300x300x80 12x12x3 100 300 369 39
350x350x25 14x14x1 88 258 344 38
350x350x40 14x14x1½ 88 258 349 38
350x350x50 14x14x2 88 258 384 39
350x350x80 14x14x3 100 270 384 42
400x400x25 16x16x1 88 318 369 50
400x400x40 16x16x1½ 88 318 374 51
400x400x50 16x16x2 88 318 409 51
400x400x80 16x16x3 100 330 409 55
450x450x25 18x18x1 88 288 389 55
450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 288 394 55
450x450x50 18x18x2 88 288 429 56
450x450x80 18x18x3 100 300 429 60
500x500x25 20x20x1 88 318 413 60
500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 318 418 61
500x500x50 20x20x2 88 318 453 61
500x500x80 20x20x3 100 330 453 65
600x600x25 24x24x1 88 348 462 71
600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 348 467 72
600x600x50 24x24x2 88 348 501 72
600x600x80 24x24x3 100 360 501 77
Deluge Couplings Filament-wound deluge couplings with O-ring sealed reversed taper bushings with ½
inch or ¾ inch threaded outlets with integral Taper/Taper (2-24 inch) socket ends for
adhesive bonding.

Size (LL) (OL) (OD)
50 2 160 260 95 2.3
80 3 160 320 124 3.8
100 4 160 320 147 4.6
150 6 160 380 201 7.5
200 8 160 440 251 10.8
250 10 160 500 305 14.2
300 12 160 560 356 18.1
350 14 160 500 386 21
Taper/Taper
400 16 160 620 436 23
450 18 160 560 476 23
500 20 160 620 524 26
600 24 160 680 621 32
Note:
• Bushings to be specified with order.
12
Concentric Reducers Filament-wound concentric reducers with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends
for adhesive bonding.

Size (LL) (OL)
(runxrun)
80x50 3x2 74 204 0.9
100x50 4x2 96 226 2.7
100x80 4x3 94 254 2.0
150x80 6x3 117 307 3.9
150x100 6x4 124 314 4.2
200x100 8x4 163 383 9.5
200x150 8x6 129 379 9.5
250x150 10x6 148 428 14.5
250x200 10x8 135 445 16
Taper/Taper
300x200 12x8 180 520 33
300x250 12x10 167 537 35
350x250 14x10 224 564 31
350x300 14x12 218 588 34
400x300 16x12 195 625 42
400x350 16x14 193 593 45
450x400 18x16 153 583 51
500x400 20x16 274 734 81
500x450 20x18 201 631 78
600x400 24x16 511 1001 108
600x450 24x18 438 898 100
600x500 24x20 317 807 106
700x400 28x16 796 1376 264
700x450 28x18 723 1273 257
700x500 28x20 602 1182 262
700x600 28x24 365 975 263
13
Eccentric Reducers Filament-wound eccentric reducers with Taper/Taper (2-24 inch) socket ends
Nominal Laying Overall Eccentricity Average

Pipe Size Length Length Weight
(runxrun) (LL) (OL) (X)*
80x50 3x2 140 270 14 0.9
100x50 4x2 225 355 27 2.7
100x80 4x3 120 280 12 2.0
150x80 6x3 320 510 38 3.9
150x100 6x4 230 420 27 4.2
200x100 8x4 415 635 52 9.5
Taper/Taper 200x150 8x6 215 465 25 4.3
250x150 10x6 420 700 52 14.5
250x200 10x8 235 545 27 16
300x200 12x8 420 760 52 33
300x250 12x10 220 590 25 35
350x250 14x10 350 690 41 31
350x300 14x12 160 530 16 34
400x300 16x12 335 765 41 42
400x350 16x14 225 625 25 45
450x350 18x14 400 770 45 48
450x400 18x16 205 635 20 51
500x400 20x16 390 850 45 81
500x450 20x18 265 695 25 78
600x400 24x16 750 1240 93 108
600x450 24x18 625 1085 73 100
600x500 24x20 440 930 48 106
Heavy-Duty Flanges Filament-wound heavy-duty flanges with integral Taper/Taper (2-14 inch) socket end

Nominal Laying Overall Average Weight
Pipe Length Length ANSI DIN
Size (LL) (OL) B16.5 2634
CL.300 PN25
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg] [kg]
50 2 5 55 1.7 1.9
80 3 5 55 2.6 2.6
100 4 5 85 5.9 5.3
150 6 5 85 8.1 7.7
200 8 6 116 14.8 13.8
250 10 6 146 22.0 22.0
300 12 6 176 37.0 33.0
350 14 6 176 48.0 46.0
Note:
Taper/Taper • Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service t emperature and fluid.
Shore A durometer hardness of 60 ±5 is recom mended (3 mm thick). Compressed fibre gaskets (3 mm
thick), compatible with pressure, t emperature and medium m ay also be used. Mechanical properties should
be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal;
• For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature;
14
Stub-ends Filament-wound stub-ends, O-ring sealed or flat faced, with integral Taper/Taper
(2-28 inch) socket, for adhesive bonding with loose steel ring flanges.

50 2 15 65 92 10 0.2
80 3 15 95 127 16 0.7
100 4 15 95 157 16 1.1
150 6 15 125 216 23 2.3
200 8 15 155 270 29 4.0
250 10 15 185 324 33 5.5
300 12 15 215 378 38 7.6
350 14 15 185 413 33 6.5
400 16 20 250 470 47 11.6
Taper/Taper 450 18 20 220 532 42 17.9
500 20 20 250 580 47 22
600 24 20 280 674 57 23
700 28 20 370 800 63 26
Note:
• Flat faced stub-ends can be sealed using reinforced elastomeric, compressed fiber or steel reinforced
rubber gaskets, depending on size;
• Make sure that when using O-ring sealed stub-end, its counter flange is compatible, e.g. use a flat faced
stub-end (without O-ring groove) or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Steel Ring Flanges for Nominal ANSI Average DIN 2634 Average
Stub-ends Pipe B16.5 Weight PN25 Weight
Size CLASS.300
(D)
[mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg]
50 2 22.2 2.5 20 2.4
80 3 28.6 4.8 24 3.7
100 4 28.6 7.1 24 4.6
150 6 36.5 12.3 28 7.6
200 8 41.3 18.6 32 11.2
250 10 47.6 26.4 37 17.1
300 12 50.8 39 45 25
350 14 54.0 57 45 39
400 16 58.2 71 51 52
450 18 63.6 87 -- --
500 20 66.5 109 59 73
600 24 78.4 185 69 115
700 28 95.0 253 75 136
Note:
• Ring flanges will standard be made from galvanised steel. Other materials are available on request;
15
Couplings Filament-wound couplings with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends

Size (LL) (OL) (OD)
50 2 70 170 70 0.4
80 3 70 230 100 0.9
100 4 70 230 124 1.2
150 6 70 290 180 2.2
200 8 70 350 238 5.0
250 10 70 410 296 7.9
300 12 70 470 350 11.6
Taper/Taper
350 14 70 410 381 11.3
400 16 70 530 435 17.4
450 18 70 470 472 15.8
500 20 70 530 524 21
600 24 70 590 634 39
700 28 70 770 752 39
Nipples Filament-wound nipples with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) male ends

Pipe Length + Weight
Size (LL)
50 2 125 25 0.1
80 3 185 25 0.2
100 4 185 25 0.3
150 6 245 25 0.8
200 8 310 30 1.5
250 10 370 30 2.9
300 12 440 40 4.7
Taper/Taper
350 14 380 40 4.6
400 16 500 40 8.6
450 18 460 60 8.6
500 20 520 60 12.4
600 24 580 60 19
700 28 760 60 35
+ Remaining gap after bonding (is distance between the edges of the socket ends).
16
Adhesive Number of Adhesive Kits per joint with integral Taper/Taper (2-28 inch) socket ends

50 2 89 3 0.2
80 3 89 3 0.4
100 4 89 3 0.4
150 6 89 3 0.8
200 8 89 3 2.0
50 10 177 6 1.0
300 12 177 6 2.0
350 14 177 6 2.0
400 16 177 6 2.0
450 18 177 6 2.0
500 20 177 6 3.0
600 24 177 6 4.0
700 28 177 6 6.0
Note:
• Adhesive Kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the same time, the
surplus must be discarded;
• For type of adhesive to be used, please refer to the Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide.
17
installation of Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges:
Marketing Bulletin Engineering and Design Support Services FP 934

Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for the current version of the above literature.
Specials Note: Elbows with non-standard angles, non-standard drilled flanges, multi branch tees
Field testing Bondstrand® pipe systems are designed for hydrostatic testing with water at 150% of
rated pressure.

1 bar = 105Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 inch = 25.4 mm
°C = 5/9 (°F-32)
18
19



FP 943-25 02/12
Bondstrand® 2000M/7000M for marine
1 to 16 inch (Quick-lock® joint), 18 to 40 inch (Taper/Taper joint) with external pressure requirements
Uses and applications ● Ballast ● Portable discharge line

● Chlorination ● Stripping lines
● Draining ● Tankcleaning (salt water)
● Cargo line ● Fire protection mains
● Sanitary service & sewage ● Various other applications
A complete library of Bondstrand pipe and fittings in PDS and PDMS-format is available
on CD-ROM. Please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems for details.
For specific fire protection requirements, an outher layer of passive fire protection is
available.
For pipe systems without external pressure requirements, please contact your Bondstrand
representative.
Approvals In 1993, IMO (International Maritime Organisation) issued a resolution (A.18/Res. 753)
covering acceptance criteria for assuring ship safety. Major certifying bodies have adopted
and implemented these Guidelines in their respective Rules and Regulations for the
Classification of Ships.
All Bondstrand pipe series used in the marine industry are designed and type-approved
by the below major certifying bodies. (A complete list is available, on request)
● American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), U.S.A.;
● Bureau Veritas, France;
● Det Norske Veritas, Norway;
● Germanischer Lloyd, Germany;
● Lloyd’s Register, United Kingdom;
● Nippon Kaiji Kyokai, Japan;
● Registro Italiano Navale (RINA), Italy;
● United States Coast Guard (USCG), U.S.A..
Characteristics Maximum operating temperature: up to 121°C.

Pipe diameter: 1-40 inch (25-1000 mm).
Pipe system design for pressure ratings up to 16 bar.
ASTM D-2992 Hydrostatic Design Basis (Procedure B - service factor 0.5);
ASTM D-1599 Safety factor of 4:1. Design criteria for external pressure requirements are
in accordance with IMO regulations.
Bondstrand 2000M
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11FW for static hydrostatic design basis; MDA cured.
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11FX for static hydrostatic design basis; IPD cured.
Complies with ASTM F-1173 Classification.
Bondstrand 7000M
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AW for static hydrostatic design basis; MDA cured.
ASTM D-2310 Classification: RTRP-11AX for static hydrostatic design basis; IPD cured.
Complies with ASTM F-1173 Classification.

1-16 Inch
Taper/Taper joint
18-40 Inch
1
Table of Contents General Data
Adhesives......................................................................................................................27
Conversions..................................................................................................................28
Engineering design & installation data.........................................................................28
Hydrostatic testing........................................................................................................28
Important notice............................................................................................................28
Joining system and configuration..................................................................................3
Mechanical properties....................................................................................................4
Physical properties.........................................................................................................4
Pipe series.......................................................................................................................3
Pipe length......................................................................................................................4
Pipe dimensions and weights.........................................................................................7
Pipe performance....................................................................................................... 5-6
Span length.....................................................................................................................9
Surge Pressure.............................................................................................................28
Ultimate Collapse Pressures...........................................................................................8
Fittings Data
Adaptors.................................................................................................................. 26-27
Bell mouth.....................................................................................................................25
Couplings......................................................................................................................22
Elbows ...................................................................................................................... 9-11
Expansion coupling......................................................................................................26
Flanges.................................................................................................................... 20-22
Joint dimensions Quick-Lock® .......................................................................................8
Joint dimensions Taper/Taper.........................................................................................8
Laterals..........................................................................................................................17
Nipples..........................................................................................................................23
Reducers................................................................................................................. 18-19
Saddles................................................................................................................ 17 & 24
Specials .......................................................................................................................28
Tees......................................................................................................................... 11-16
2
Pipe series Pipe
Fittings
guide, please contact your Bondstrand representative.
Flanges
Filament-wound Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) heavy-duty flanges, hubbed and
stub-end flanges for Quick-Lock adhesive bonding systems. Standard flange drilling
(> 150 Lb), DIN, ISO and JIS are also availabe.
Bondstrand® 2000M
Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; IPD or MDA cured.
Standard 0.5 mm internal resin-rich reinforced liner.
Maximum operating temperature: 121°C for MDA cured and 93°C for IPD cured.
Minimum pressure: full vacuum.
External Pressure Requirements: In accordance with IMO Regulations.
Bondstrand® 7000M (* conductive)

Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe system; IPD or MDA cured.
Maximum operating temperature: 121°C for MDA cured and 93°C for IPD cured.
Minimum pressure: full vacuum.
External Pressure Requirements: In accordance with IMO Regulations.
* Conductive
Our conductive pipe systems have been developed to prevent accumulation of potentially
dangerous levels of static electrical charges. Pipe, fittings and flanges contain high strength
continuous system.

Description Bondstrand® 2000M Bondstrand® 7000M

Pipe diameter 1-40 inch 1-40 inch
Joining system Quick-Lock 1-16 inch Quick-Lock 1-16 inch
Taper/Taper 18-40 inch Taper/Taper 18-40 inch
Liner *0.5 mm -
**Temperature 121°C 121°C
Pressure Rating 16 bar 16 bar
* Also available without liner;


Quick-Lock (straight/taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end.
450-1000 mm (18-40 inch):

Taper/Taper adhesive joint.
End configuration: Integral Taper bell x shaved taper spigot
Fitting
25-400 mm (1-16 inch):
Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end.
End configuration: Integral Quick-Lock bell ends.
450-1000 mm (18-40 inch):

Taper/Taper adhesive joint.
End configuration: Integral Taper bell ends.
Flanges
25-1000 mm (1-40 inch):
Quick-Lock (straight/ taper) adhesive joint with integral pipe stop in bell end.
End configuration: Integral Quick-Lock bell end.
Note: * Pipe nipples, saddles and flanged fittings have different end configurations.
3
Length* Pipe Size System Europe Plant
Asia Plant
[mm] [inch] [m] [m]
25-40 1-1½ Quick-Lock 5.5 3.0
50-125 2-5 Quick-Lock 6.15 5.85/9.0
150 6 Quick-Lock 6.1 5.85/9.0
200 8 Quick-Lock 6.1/11.8 5.85/9.0
250 10 Quick-Lock 6.1/11.8 5.85/11.89
300-400 12-16 Quick-Lock 6.05/11.8 5.85/11.89
450-1000 18-40 Taper/Taper 11.8 11.89
* Tolerance +/- 50 mm.

Flow coefficient Hazen-Williams 150 —
Typical mechanical Pipe property IPD cured Units 21°C. 93°C. Method
properties Bi-axial
Circumferential
Longitudinal
Beam
(Proc. B.)
Pipe property MDA cured Units 21°C. 93°C. Method

Bi-axial
Circumferential
Longitudinal
Beam
(Proc. B.)
* At 65°C.
4
Typical pipe performance Bondstrand 2000M (MDA cured) at 21°C.
Nominal STIS Stifness Pipe

. Pipe Factor Stiffness
Size
[mm] [inch] [kN/m2] [lb.in] [psi]
25 1 2079.1 502 16187
40 1½ 618.1 502 4812
50 2 350.6 554 2729
80 3 102.2 554 796
100 4 110.8 1281 863
125 5 57.7 1281 449
150 6 33.4 1281 260
200 8 35.5 3092 276
250 10 36.6 6375 285
300 12 35.9 10627 280
350 14 36.8 13548 286
400 16 36.9 20308 287
450 18 36.2 28265 282
500 20 36.3 38976 283
600 24 36.6 67877 285
700 28 36.9 121531 288
750 30 36.8 148680 286
800 32 37.1 182139 289
900 36 36.8 256919 286
1000 40 37.7 361759 294
Bondstrand 2000M (IPD-cured) at 21°C.

Pipe Factor Stiffness
Size
25 1 2087.4 504 16251
40 1½ 620.6 504 4831
50 2 352.0 556 2740
80 3 102.6 556 799
100 4 111.3 1286 866
125 5 57.9 1286 451
150 6 33.5 1286 261
200 8 35.6 3104 277
250 10 36.8 6400 286
300 12 36.1 10669 281
350 14 36.9 13602 287
400 16 37.1 20389 289
450 18 36.3 28378 283
500 20 36.5 39130 284
600 24 36.6 68147 285
700 28 36.9 122013 289
750 30 36.8 149270 288
800 32 37.1 182862 290
900 36 36.8 257939 288
1000 40 37.7 363195 295
5
Typical pipe performance Bondstrand 7000M (MDA-cured) at 21°C.

Size
25 1 3142.4 797 24464
40 1½ 949.6 797 7393
50 2 534.7 867 4162
80 3 157.3 867 1225
100 4 154.4 1809 1202
125 5 80.6 1809 627
150 6 46.7 1809 363
200 8 39.4 3092 276
250 10 38.2 6375 285
300 12 37.2 10627 280
350 14 38.0 13548 286
400 16 37.2 20308 287
450 18 38.0 28265 282
500 20 37.2 38976 283
600 24 36.7 67877 285
700 28 37.1 121531 288
750 30 36.9 148680 286
800 32 37.3 182139 289
900 36 36.9 256919 286
1000 40 37.9 361759 294
Bondstrand 7000M (IPD-cured) at 21°C.

Size
25 1 3154.9 800 24561
40 1½ 953.3 800 7422
50 2 536.8 871 4179
80 3 157.9 871 1230
100 4 155.0 1816 1207
125 5 80.9 1816 630
150 6 46.9 1816 365
200 8 35.6 3104 277
250 10 36.8 6400 286
300 12 36.1 10669 281
350 14 36.9 13602 287
400 16 37.1 20389 289
450 18 36.3 28378 283
500 20 36.5 39130 284
600 24 36.7 68147 286
700 28 37.1 122013 289
750 30 36.9 149270 288
800 32 37.3 182862 290
900 36 36.9 257939 288
1000 40 37.9 363195 295
6
Typical pipe dimensions Bondstrand 2000M.
and weights
Nominal Pipe Minimum Average Designation
Pipe Inside Struct. Wall Pipe per ASTM
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] MDA IPD
25 1 27.1 3.0 0.7 RTRP-11 FW1-2112 FX1-3112
40 1½ 42.1 3.0 1.3 RTRP-11 FW1-2112 FX1-3112
50 2 53.0 3.1 1.3 RTRP-11FW1-2112 FX1-3112
80 3 81.8 3.1 1.8 RTRP-11FW1-2112 FX1-3112
100 4 105.2 4.1 3.1 RTRP-11FW1-2113 FX1-3113
125 5 131.9 4.1 3.5 RTRP-11FW1-2113 FX1-3113
150 6 159.0 4.1 4.6 RTRP-11FW1-2113 FX1-3113
200 8 208.8 5.5 7.4 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116
250 10 262.9 7.0 12 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116
300 12 313.7 8.3 17 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116
400 14 337.6 9.0 19 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116
400 16 385.8 10.3 25 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116
450 18 433.8 11.5 32 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116
500 20 482.1 12.8 39 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116
600 24 578.6 15.4 56 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116
700 28 700.0 18.7 75 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116
750 30 750.0 20.0 93 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116
800 32 800.0 21.4 102 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116
900 36 900.0 24.0 132 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116
1000 40 1000.0 26.9 165 RTRP-11FW1-2116 FX1-3116
Bondstrand 7000M.
Nominal Pipe Minimum Average Designation

Pipe Inside Struct. Wall Pipe per ASTM
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [kg/m] MDA IPD
25 1 27.1 3.5 0.7 RTRP-11AW1-2112 AX1-3112
40 1½ 42.1 3.5 1.3 RTRP-11AW1-2112 AX1-3112
50 2 53.0 3.6 1.3 RTRP-11AW1-2112 AX1-3112
80 3 81.8 3.6 1.8 RTRP-11AW1-2112 AX1-3112
100 4 105.2 4.6 3.1 RTRP-11AW1-2113 AX1-3113
125 5 131.9 4.6 3.5 RTRP-11AW1-2113 AX1-3113
150 6 159.0 4.6 4.6 RTRP-11AW1-2113 AX1-3113
200 8 208.8 5.5 7.4 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116
250 10 262.9 7.0 12 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116
300 12 313.7 8.3 17 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116
350 14 337.6 9.0 19 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116
400 16 385.8 10.3 25 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116
450 18 433.8 11.5 32 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116
500 20 482.1 12.8 39 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116
600 24 578.6 15.4 56 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116
700 28 700.0 18.7 75 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116
750 30 750.0 20.0 93 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116
800 32 800.0 21.4 102 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116
900 36 900.0 24.0 132 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116
1000 40 1000.0 26.9 165 RTRP-11AW1-2116 AX1-3116
7
Ultimate collapse pressure Ultimate collapse pressure (ultimate short term external failure pressure) at 21° C.
Nominal Internal 2000M 2000M 7000M 7000M

Pipe Pressure MDA IPD MDA IPD
Size static*
[mm] [inch] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar] [bar]
25 1 16 491 491 714 714
40 1½ 16 160 160 239 239
50 2 16 95 95 141 141
80 3 16 29 29 44 44
100 4 16 31 31 43 43
125 5 16 16.5 16.5 23 23
150 6 16 9.7 9.7 13.5 13.5
200 8 16 10.3 10.3 10.3 10.3
250 10 16 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7
300 12 16 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5
350 14 16 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7
400 16 16 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7
450 18 16 10.5 10.5 10.5 10.5
500 20 16 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6
600 24 16 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7
700 28 16 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8
750 30 16 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7
800 32 16 10.8 10.8 10.8 10.8
900 36 16 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.7
1000 40 16 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.0
* Up to 93°C.
Quick-Lock® dimensions Nominal Insertion Spigot Diameter Spigot

Length Pipe Depth Min. Max. Min.
Max.
Size (Ds) Sd Sd L L
25 1 27 32.6 32.9 28.5 31.0
40 1½ 32 47.5 47.8 33.5 36.0
50 2 46 59.2 59.6 49.0 52.0
80 3 46 87.6 88.0 49.0 52.0
100 4 46 112.5 112.9 49.0 52.0
125 5 57 139.5 139.9 58.5 61.5
150 6 57 166.2 166.6 59.0 62.0
200 8 64 217.1 217.5 65.0 68.0
250 10 70 271.3 271.7 71.0 74.0
300 12 76 322.2 322.6 78.0 81.0
350 14 89 353.8 354.2 89.0 93.0
400 16 102 404.1 404.5 103.0 106.0

Dimensions for Quick-Lock Spigots for bonding HD Flanges. Dia of Straight
Spigot [Sd]
450 18 111 455.8
500 20 111 506.6
600 24 127 608.2
700 28 152 736.3
750 30 165 788.4
800 32 178 840.5
900 36 163 943.4
1000 40 230 1051.4
Taper/Taper dimensions Dimensions for adhesive Taper spigots for adhesive Taper/Taper joints.

X Ds nose Sd
450 18 2.5 114 4.6 443.0
500 20 2.5 127 5.0 492.2
600 24 3.5 178 3.8 586.3
700 28 1.75 178 6.4 712.9
750 30 1.75 178 4.2 758.4
800 32 1.75 178 8.9 817.8
900 36 1.75 203 5.6 911.3
1000 40 1.75 410 8.1 1016.3
8
Span length Bondstrand 2000M.
Nominal Single MDA Contininuous Single IPD Continuous

Pipe Size Span* Span* Span* Span*
[mm] [inch] [m] [m] [m] [m]
25 1 2.6 3.3 2.4 3.0
40 1½ 2.9 3.7 2.7 3.4
50 2 3.1 4.0 2.9 3.7
80 3 3.5 4.5 3.3 4.2
100 4 4.0 5.1 3.7 4.7
125 5 4.3 5.4 4.0 5.0
150 6 4.5 5.7 4.2 5.3
200 8 5.1 6.5 4.8 6.1
250 10 5.8 7.3 5.3 6.8
300 12 6.3 8.0 5.8 7.4
350 14 6.5 8.3 6.0 7.7
400 16 7.0 8.8 6.4 8.2
450 18 7.4 9.3 6.8 8.7
500 20 7.7 9.8 7.2 9.1
600 24 8.5 10.8 7.9 10.0
700 28 9.3 11.8 8.6 11.0
750 30 9.6 12.2 8.9 11.3
800 32 10.0 12.7 9.2 11.7
900 36 10.5 13.4 9.8 12.4
1000 40 11.1 14.1 10.3 13.1
Bondstrand 7000M. MDA IPD

25 1 2.5 3.3 2.4 3.0
40 1½ 2.9 3.8 2.7 3.4
50 2 3.1 4.1 2.9 3.7
80 3 3.5 4.5 3.3 4.2
100 4 4.0 5.2 3.7 4.7
125 5 4.3 5.6 4.0 5.0
150 6 4.5 5.9 4.2 5.3
200 8 5.0 6.5 4.7 5.9
250 10 5.7 7.3 5.3 6.7
300 12 6.2 8.0 5.7 7.3
350 14 6.4 8.3 6.0 7.6
400 16 6.9 8.8 6.4 8.1
450 18 7.3 9.3 6.7 8.6
500 20 7.7 9.8 7.1 9.0
600 24 8.4 10.8 7.8 9.9
700 28 9.3 11.8 8.6 10.9
750 30 9.6 12.2 8.9 11.3
800 32 9.9 12.7 9.2 11.7
900 36 10.5 13.4 9.7 12.4
1000 40 11.1 14.1 10.3 13.0
* Span recommendations are based on pipes filled with water having a density of 1000 kg/m3
and include no provisions for weights caused by valves, flanges or other heavy objects.
Elbows 90° Filament-wound 90° elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or
Nominal Laying Overall Max. Working Average

Pipe Size Length (LL) Length (OL) Pressure Weight
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]
25 1 65 92 20 0.3
40 1½ 81 113 20 0.4
50 2 76 122 20 0.5
80 3 114 160 20 1.1
100 4 152 198 20 1.6
125 5 195 252 16 2.7
150 6 229 286 16 3.6
200 8 305 369 16 6.8
Quick-Lock
250 10 381 451 16 11.0
300 12 457 533 16 18.0
350 14 359 448 16 26.0
400 16 397 499 16 31.0
450 18 458 572 16 53.0
500 20 508 635 16 65.0
600 24 584 762 16 122.0
700 28 711 889 16 205.0
750 30 762 940 16 243.0
800 32 813 991 16 330.0
900 36 915 1118 16 417.0
Taper/Taper 1000 40 1040 1450 16 489.0
9
Elbows ANSI 90° Filament-wound 90° elbows with integral Quick-Lock male ends.*
short radius
Nominal Laying Maximum Average
Pipe Length Working Weight
Size (LL) Pressure
[mm] [inch] [mm] [bar] [kg]
50 2 110 12 0.4
80 3 135 12 0.7
100 4 160 12 1.0
150 6 198 12 2.4
200 8 224 12 3.9
250 10 275 12 6.3
300 12 300 12 13.3
* Also available with flanges.
Elbows 45° Filament-wound 45° Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or

Nominal Laying Overall Maximum Average

Pipe Length Length Working Weight
Size (LL) (OL) Pressure
25 1 22 49 16 0.2
40 1½ 29 61 16 0.3
50 2 35 81 16 0.4
80 3 51 97 16 0.8
100 4 64 110 16 1.1
125 5 84 141 16 1.8
150 6 95 152 16 2.4
200 8 127 191 16 4.3
Quick-Lock 250 10 159 229 16 7.3
300 12 191 267 16 11.0
350 14 121 210 16 17.0
400 16 137 239 16 20.0
450 18 191 305 16 33.0
500 20 210 337 16 40.0
600 24 252 430 16 82.0
700 28 295 473 16 140.0
750 30 322 500 16 164.0
800 32 337 515 16 283.0
900 36 400 603 16 283.0
Taper/Taper 1000 40 450 860 16 334.0
Elbows ANSI 45° Filament-wound 45°elbows with integral Quick-Lock male ends.*
Nominal Laying Maximum Average

Size (LL) Pressure
[mm] [inch] [mm] [bar] [kg]
50 2 60 12 0.2
80 3 71 12 0.4
100 4 97 12 0.9
150 6 121 12 1.9
200 8 134 12 3.9
250 10 159 12 8.3
300 12 186 12 10.0
* Also available with flanges.
10
Elbows 22½° Filament-wound 22½°elbows with integral Quick-Lock socket ends

Pipe Length Length Working Weight
Size (LL) (OL) Pressure
25 1 9 36 16 0.1
40 1½ 9 41 16 0.2
50 2 13 59 16 0.5
80 3 21 67 16 0.7
100 4 29 75 16 1.0
125 5 43 100 16 1.4
150 6 43 100 16 1.9
200 8 57 121 16 3.9
250 10 67 137 16 5.9
300 12 76 152 16 10.4
350 14 83 172 16 12.0
400 16 89 191 16 14.0
Equal Tees Filament-wound equal Tee with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or
Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Maximum Average

Pipe Length Length Length Length Working Weight
Size total run total run branch branch Pressure
(LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2)
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg]
25 1 54 108 27 54 16 0.2
40 1½ 60 124 30 62 16 0.4
50 2 128 220 64 110 16 1.0
80 3 172 264 86 132 16 1.8
100 4 210 302 105 151 16 2.5
Quick-Lock 125 5 254 368 127 184 16 5.0
150 6 286 400 143 200 16 6.7
200 8 356 484 178 242 16 10.0
250 10 432 572 216 286 16 18.0
300 12 508 660 254 330 16 29.0
350 14 534 712 267 356 16 37.0
400 16 584 788 292 394 16 56.0
450 18 648 876 324 438 16 69.0
500 20 712 966 356 483 16 92.0
600 24 838 1194 419 597 16 168.0
700 28 964 1320 482 660 16 285.0
750 30 1016 1372 508 686 16 337.0
800 32 1090 1446 545 723 16 459.0
900 36 1220 1626 610 813 16 581.0
Taper/Taper
1000 40 1416 2236 708 1118 16 686.0
11
Reducing Tees Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral
Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

Size (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) (OL2) Pressure
40x40x25 1½x1½x1 30 62 30 57 20 0.6
50x50x25 2x2x1 64 110 57 84 20 0.9
50x50x40 2x2x1½ 64 110 57 89 20 1.0
80x80x25 3x3x1 86 132 76 103 20 1.6
80x80x40 3x3x1½ 86 132 76 108 20 1.6
80x80x50 3x3x2 86 132 76 122 20 1.7
100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 194 221 20 7.5
100x100x40 4x4x1½ 89 136 194 226 20 9.0
Standard 100x100x50 4x4x2 105 151 89 135 20 2.1
100x100x80 4x4x3 105 151 98 144 20 2.3
125x125x50 5x5x2 127 184 102 148 16 3.4
125x125x80 5x5x3 127 184 111 157 16 4.0
125x125x100 5x5x4 127 184 118 164 16 4.6
150x150x25 6x6x1 83 140 221 248 16 11.7
150x150x40 6x6x1½ 101 158 221 253 16 13.8
150x50x50 6x6x2 143 200 114 160 16 5.4
150x150x80 6x6x3 143 200 124 170 16 6.0
150x150x100 6x6x4 143 200 130 176 16 6.2
150x150x125 6x6x5 143 200 136 193 16 6.5
200x200x25 8x8x1 84 148 245 272 16 15.0
200x200x40 8x8x1½ 101 165 246 278 16 17.5
200x200x50 8x8x2 116 180 246 292 16 19.9
200x200x80 8x8x3 178 242 149 195 16 9.1
200x200x100 8x8x4 178 242 162 208 16 9.7
Fabricated 200x200x125 8x8x5 178 242 168 225 16 10.6
200x200x150 8x8x6 178 242 168 225 16 11.4
250x250x25 10x10x1 83 153 273 300 16 18.1
250x250x40 10x10x1½ 100 170 273 305 16 21.0
250x250x50 10x10x2 115 185 273 320 16 24.0
250x250x80 10x10x3 115 185 273 320 16 24.0
250x250x100 10x10x4 216 286 184 230 16 14.8
250x250x125 10x10x5 216 286 194 251 16 15.2
250x250x150 10x10x6 216 286 194 251 16 15.5
250x250x200 10x10x8 216 286 203 267 16 16.5
300x300x25 12x12x1 84 160 298 325 16 21.2
300x300x40 12x12x1½ 102 178 298 330 16 25.0
300x300x50 12x12x2 117 193 298 344 16 29.0
300x300x80 12x12x3 117 193 298 344 16 29.0
300x300x100 12x12x4 254 330 206 252 16 21.0
300x300x150 12x12x6 254 330 219 276 16 22.0
300x300x200 12x12x8 254 330 229 293 16 23.0
300x300x250 12x12x10 254 330 241 311 16 24.0
350x350x25 14x14x1 81 170 314 341 16 24.0
350x350x40 14x14x1½ 99 188 314 346 16 28.0
350x350x50 14x14x2 114 203 314 361 16 31.0
350x350x80 14x14x3 114 203 314 361 16 31.0
350x350x100 14x14x4 114 203 314 361 16 31.0
350x350x150 14x14x6 267 356 244 301 16 29.0
350x350x200 14x14x8 267 356 254 318 16 30.0
350x350x250 14x14x10 267 356 267 337 16 32.0
350x350x300 14x14x12 267 356 279 355 16 34.0
400x400x25 16x16x1 85 187 338 365 16 29.0
400x400x40 16x16x1½ 103 205 338 370 16 33.0
400x400x50 16x16x2 118 220 338 384 16 37.0
400x400x80 16x16x3 118 220 338 384 16 37.0
400x400x100 16x16x4 118 220 338 384 16 37.0
400x400x150 16x16x6 292 394 264 321 16 37.0
400x400x200 16x16x8 292 394 273 337 16 38.0
400x400x250 16x16x10 292 394 283 353 16 41.0
400x400x300 16x16x12 292 394 295 371 16 45.0
400x400x350 16x16x14 292 394 292 381 16 49.0
Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral.
12
Reducing Tees Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends for adhesive bonding.

450x450x25 18x18x1 88 202 358 385 16 31.0
450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 202 358 390 16 31.0
450x450x50 18x18x2 88 202 358 404 16 22.0
450x450x80 18x18x3 100 214 358 404 16 35.0
450x450x100 18x18x4 113 227 358 404 16 38.0
450x450x150 18x18x6 138 252 367 424 16 45.0
450x450x200 18x18x8 324 438 306 370 16 53.0
450x450x250 18x18x10 324 438 319 389 16 60.0
450x450x300 18x18x12 324 438 319 395 16 67.0
450x450x350 18x18x14 324 438 317 406 16 66.0
450x450x400 18x18x16 324 438 319 421 16 69.0
500x500x25 20x20x1 88 215 382 409 16 35.0
500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 215 382 414 16 35.0
500x500x50 20x20x2 88 215 382 428 16 36.0
500x500x80 20x20x3 100 227 382 428 16 39.0
500x500x100 20x20x4 113 240 382 428 16 43.0
500x500x150 20x20x6 138 265 391 448 16 50.0
500x500x250 20x20x10 356 483 344 414 16 77.0
500x500x300 20x20x12 356 483 345 421 16 82.0
500x500x350 20x20x14 356 483 343 432 16 85.0
500x500x400 20x20x16 356 483 344 446 16 85.0
500x500x450 20x20x18 356 483 350 464 16 89.0
600x600x25 24x24x1 88 266 430 457 16 51.0
600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 266 430 462 16 51.0
600x600x50 24x24x2 88 266 430 476 16 52.0
600x600x80 24x24x3 100 278 430 476 16 56.0
600x600x100 24x24x4 113 291 430 476 16 61.0
600x600x150 24x24x6 138 316 439 496 16 69.0
600x600x200 24x24x8 419 597 412 476 14 78.0
600x600x250 24x24x10 419 597 386 456 16 85.0
600x600x300 24x24x12 419 597 408 484 16 85.0
600x600x350 24x24x14 419 597 394 483 16 101.0
600x600x400 24x24x16 419 597 395 497 16 123.3
600x600x450 24x24x18 419 597 413 527 16 137.0
600x600x500 24x24x20 419 597 406 533 16 156.0
700x700x25 28x28x1 88 266 491 518 16 59.0
700x700x40 28x28x1½ 88 266 491 523 16 59.0
700x700x50 28x28x2 88 266 491 537 16 59.0
700x700x80 28x28x3 100 278 491 537 16 64.0
700x700x100 28x28x4 113 291 491 537 16 70.0
700x700x150 28x28x6 138 316 500 557 16 80.0
700x700x350 28x28x14 482 660 490 579 16 147.0
700x700x400 28x28x16 482 660 500 602 16 166.0
700x700x450 28x28x18 482 660 500 614 16 189.0
700x700x500 28x28x20 482 660 506 633 16 210.0
700x700x600 28x28x24 482 660 506 684 16 252.0
750x750x25 30x30x1 88 266 516 543 16 63.0
750x750x40 30x30x1½ 88 266 516 548 16 63.0
750x750x50 30x30x2 88 266 516 562 16 63.0
750x750x80 30x30x3 100 278 516 562 16 69.0
750x750x100 30x30x4 113 291 516 562 16 74.0
750x750x150 30x30x6 138 316 525 582 16 85.0
750x750x300 30x30x12 508 686 756 832 16 118.0
750x750x350 30x30x14 508 686 722 811 16 157.0
750x750x400 30x30x16 508 686 698 800 16 178.0
750x750x450 30x30x18 508 686 488 602 16 202.0
750x750x500 30x30x20 508 686 495 622 16 225.0
750x750x600 30x30x24 508 686 481 659 16 270.0
13
Reducing Tees (C’tnd) Filament-wound standard and fabricated reducing tees with integral

800x800x25 32x32x1 88 266 541 568 16 66.0
800x800x40 32x32x1½ 88 266 541 573 16 67.0
800x800x50 32x32x2 88 266 541 587 16 67.0
800x800x80 32x32x3 100 278 541 587 16 73.0
800x800x100 32x32x4 113 291 541 587 16 79.0
800x800x150 32x32x6 138 316 550 607 16 90..0
800x800x500 32x32x20 545 723 523 650 16 257.0
800x800x600 32x32x24 545 723 523 701 16 310.0
Standard 800x800x700 32x32x28 545 723 532 710 16 348.0
800x800x750 32x32x30 545 723 534 712 16 387.0
900x900x25 36x36x1 88 291 591 618 16 78.0
900x900x40 36x36x1½ 88 291 591 623 16 78.0
900x900x50 36x36x2 88 291 591 637 16 78.0
900x900x80 36x36x3 100 303 591 637 16 85.0
900x900x100 36x36x4 113 316 591 637 16 92.0
900x900x150 36x36x6 138 341 600 657 16 105.0
900x900x400 36x36x16 610 813 563 665 16 270.0
900x900x450 36x36x18 610 813 563 677 16 290.0
900x900x500 36x36x20 610 813 563 690 16 323.0
900x900x600 36x36x24 610 813 541 719 16 387.0
900x900x700 36x36x28 610 813 570 748 16 459.0
900x900x750 36x36x30 610 813 584 762 16 484.0
1000x1000x400 40x40x1 120 530 641 668 16 92.0
Fabricated 1000x1000x450 40x40x1½ 120 530 641 673 16 92.0
1000x1000x500 40x40x2 120 530 641 687 16 92.0
1000x1000x600 40x40x3 132 542 641 687 16 100.0
1000x1000x600 40x40x24 708 1118 593 771 16 457.0
1000x1000x700 40x40x28 708 1118 632 810 16 541.0
1000x1000x750 40x40x30 708 1118 633 811 16 571.0
1000x1000x800 40x40x32 708 1118 652 830 16 605.0
1000x1000x900 40x40x36 708 1118 652 855 16 634.0
14
Fabricated Reducing Tees Fabricated Reducing tees with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) socket ends and
with Flanged Branch flanged branch.
Nominal Laying Overall Laying Maximum Average

Pipe Length Length Length Working Weight
Size (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) Pressure with flange
100x100x25 4x4x1 72 118 225 16 8.0
100x100x40 4x4x1½ 89 135 230 16 9.7
150x150x25 6x6x1 83 140 252 16 12.2
150x150x40 6x6x1½ 101 158 257 16 14.5
200x200x25 8x8x1 84 148 276 16 15.5
200x200x40 8x8x1½ 101 165 281 16 18.2
200x200x50 8x8x2 116 180 295 16 21.4
250x250x25 10x10x1 83 153 303 16 18.6
250x250x40 10x10x1½ 100 170 308 16 22.0
250x250x50 10x10x2 115 185 322 16 25.6
250x250x80 10x10x3 115 185 323 16 26.3
300x300x25 12x12x1 84 160 329 16 22.3
300x300x40 12x12x1½ 102 178 334 16 26.1
300x300x50 12x12x2 117 193 348 16 30.2
300x300x80 12x12x3 117 193 349 16 30.9
350x350x25 14x14x1 81 170 344 16 24.3
350x350x40 14x14x1½ 99 188 349 16 28.4
350x350x50 14x14x2 114 203 363 16 32.7
350x350x80 14x14x3 114 203 369 16 33.4
350x350x100 14x14x4 114 203 364 16 34.2
400x400x25 16x16x1 85 187 369 16 29.1
400x400x40 16x16x1½ 103 205 374 16 33.8
400x400x50 16x16x2 118 220 388 16 38.5
400x400x80 16x16x3 118 220 389 16 39.2
400x400x100 16x16x4 118 220 389 16 39.9
Note: Other sizes, or multiple size branched tees available on request.

15
Fabricated Reducing Tees Fabricated Reducing tees with integral Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends and
with Flanged Branch flanged branch.
Nominal Laying Overall Laying Maximum Average

Pipe Length Length Length Working Weight
Size (LL1) (OL1) (LL2) Pressure with flange
450x450x25 18x18x1 88 202 388 16 31.7
450x450x40 18x18x1½ 88 202 394 16 32.0
450x450x50 18x18x2 88 202 408 16 33.0
450x450x80 18x18x3 100 214 409 16 37.0
450x450x100 18x18x4 113 227 409 16 41.2
450x450x150 18x18x6 138 252 430 16 49.9
500x500x25 20x20x1 88 215 412 16 35.8
500x500x40 20x20x1½ 88 215 418 16 36.0
500x500x50 20x20x2 88 215 432 16 37.0
500x500x80 20x20x3 100 227 433 16 41.4
500x500x100 20x20x4 113 240 433 16 45.9
500x500x150 20x20x6 138 265 454 16 54.8
600x600x25 24x24x1 88 266 460 16 51.9
600x600x40 24x24x1½ 88 266 467 16 52.0
600x600x50 24x24x2 88 266 480 16 53.0
600x600x80 24x24x3 100 278 481 16 58.2
600x600x100 24x24x4 113 291 481 16 63.4
600x600x150 24x24x6 138 316 502 16 73.7
700x700x25 28x28x1 88 266 521 16 59.3
700x700x40 28x28x1½ 88 266 527 16 59.3
700x700x50 28x28x2 88 266 541 16 60.5
700x700x80 28x28x3 100 278 542 16 66.5
700x700x100 28x28x4 113 291 542 16 72.6
700x700x150 28x28x6 138 316 563 16 84.5
750x750x25 30x30x1 88 266 546 16 63.2
750x750x40 30x30x1½ 88 266 552 16 63.4
750x750x50 30x30x2 88 266 566 16 64.4
750x750x80 30x30x3 100 278 567 16 70.8
750x750x100 30x30x4 113 291 567 16 77.1
750x750x150 30x30x6 138 316 588 16 89.8
800x800x25 32x32x1 88 266 571 16 66.9
800x800x40 32x32x1½ 88 266 576 16 67.2
800x800x50 32x32x2 88 266 590 16 68.1
800x800x80 32x32x3 100 278 590 16 74.9
800x800x100 32x32x4 113 291 590 16 81.6
800x800x150 32x32x6 138 316 610 16 94.9
900x900x25 36x36x1 88 291 621 16 78.3
900x900x40 36x36x1½ 88 291 627 16 78.6
900x900x50 36x36x2 88 291 641 16 79.6
900x900x80 36x36x3 100 303 642 16 87.0
900x900x100 36x36x4 113 316 642 16 94.4
900x900x150 36x36x6 138 341 663 16 109.2
1000x1000x25 40x40x1 120 530 672 16 92.3
1000x1000x40 40x40x1½ 120 530 677 16 92.6
1000x1000x50 40x40x2 120 530 691 16 93.7
1000x1000x80 40x40x3 132 542 692 16 103.0
Note: Other sizes, or multiple size branched tees available on request.

16
Bushing Saddles Filament-wound pipe saddles with stainless steel, 1/2 inch and 3/4 inch
threaded bushings.*

Nominal Angle Saddle Saddle Maximum Average Required
Pipe Length Thickn. Working Weight Adhesive
Size α (B) (ts) Pressure Kits
[mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg] [3 Oz] [6 Oz]
50 2 180 100 14 16 0.5 1 -
80 3 180 100 14 16 0.6 1 -
100 4 180 100 14 16 0.8 1 -
125 5 180 100 14 16 0.9 - 1
150 6 180 100 14 16 1.0 - 1
200 8 180 100 14 16 1.2 - 1
250 10 180 100 14 16 1.6 1 1
300 12 180 100 14 12 1.9 1 1
350 14 180 100 14 12 2.1 1 1
400 16 180 100 14 12 2.5 - 2
450 18 90 100 14 12 3.3 - 1
500 20 90 100 14 12 3.7 1 1
600 24 90 100 14 12 4.4 - 2
* Consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems for other type material, or other sized bushings.
45° Laterals Filament-wound 45° laterals with integral Quick-Lock socking ends.

50 2 64 110 203 249 16 1.6
80 3 76 122 254 300 16 3.0
100 4 76 122 305 351 16 3.9
125 5 89 146 337 394 16 5.8
150 6 89 146 368 425 16 6.8
200 8 114 178 445 509 16 12.0
250 10 127 197 521 591 12 21.0
300 12 140 216 622 698 12 30.0
350 14 140 229 622 711 12 39.0
400 16 140 242 622 724 12 54.0
17

(runxrun) (LL) (OL) Pressure
40x25 1½x1 32 91 16 0.2
50x25 2x1 64 137 16 0.3
50x40 2x1½ 32 110 16 0.5
80x40 3x1½ 76 154 16 0.5
80x50 3x2 54 146 16 0.5
100x50 4x2 76 168 16 1.1
100x80 4x3 73 165 16 0.9
125x80 5x3 74 177 16 1.4
Quick-Lock 125x100 5x4 74 177 16 1.5
150x80 6x3 97 200 16 1.8
150x100 6x4 94 197 16 1.8
150x125 6x5 110 224 16 1.8
200x100 8x4 138 248 16 2.9
200x125 8x5 126 247 16 2.8
200x150 8x6 98 219 16 2.7
250x150 10x6 117 244 16 3.7
250x200 10x8 105 239 16 3.6
300x200 12x8 149 289 16 5.0
300x250 12x10 137 283 16 4.6
350x250 14x10 184 343 16 7.2
350x300 14x12 178 343 16 7.3
400x300 16x12 165 343 16 8.9
400x350 16x14 152 343 16 9.0
450x400 18x16 103 319 16 12.7
500x400 20x16 225 454 16 22.6
500x450 20x18 123 364 16 18.9
600x400 24x16 453 733 16 48.4
Taper/Taper 600x450 24x18 353 645 16 44.3
600x500 24x20 230 535 16 38.5
700x400 28x16 765 1045 16 79.0
700x450 28x18 661 953 16 74.0
700x500 28x20 542 847 16 69.0
700x600 28x24 311 667 16 67.3
750x400 30x16 876 1156 16 111.6
750x450 30x18 775 1067 16 106.6
750x500 30x20 653 958 16 99.6
750x600 30x24 422 778 16 87.2
750x700 30x28 111 467 16 57.2
800x400 32x16 1023 1303 16 139.4
800x450 32x18 920 1212 16 125.4
800x500 32x20 798 1103 16 108.8
800x600 32x24 570 926 16 94.3
800x700 32x28 259 615 16 81.8
800x750 32x30 148 504 16 70.9
900x500 36x20 1029 1359 16 210.0
900x600 36x24 799 1180 16 176.1
900x700 36x28 487 868 16 140.2
900x750 36x30 375 756 16 125.9
1000x900 40x36 285 898 16 182.0
18
Eccentric Reducers Filament-wound Eccentric Reducers with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or

Nominal Laying Overall Eccentricity Maximum Average
(runxrun) (LL) (OL) (X) Pressure
40x25 1½x1 56 115 7 16 0.2
50x25 2x1 100 173 13 16 0.3
50x40 2x1½ 44 122 6 16 0.5
80x40 3x1½ 150 228 20 16 0.5
80x50 3x2 108 200 14 16 0.5
100x50 4x2 200 292 27 16 1.1
100x80 4x3 93 185 12 16 0.9
125x100 5x4 101 204 14 16 1.5
Quick-Lock
150x80 6x3 293 396 39 16 1.8
150x100 6x4 200 303 27 16 1.8
150x125 6x5 100 214 13 16 1.8
200x100 8x4 390 500 52 16 2.9
200x150 8x6 190 311 25 16 2.7
250x150 10x6 392 519 53 16 3.7
250x200 10x8 202 336 27 16 3.6
300x200 12x8 390 530 53 16 5.0
300x250 12x10 190 336 26 16 4.6
350x250 14x10 308 467 42 16 7.2
350x300 14x12 118 283 16 16 7.3
400x300 16x12 306 484 41 16 8.9
400x350 16x14 188 379 25 16 9.0
450x300 18x12 450 640 63 16 15.6
450x350 18x14 322 525 43 16 14.2
450x400 18x16 197 413 18 16 12.7
500x400 20x16 324 553 39 16 23.0
500x450 20x18 197 438 22 16 18.9
Taper/Taper 600x400 24x16 580 860 93 16 48.0
600x450 24x18 450 742 73 16 44.0
600x500 24x20 325 630 48 16 39.0
750x400 30x24 451 807 86 16 87.0
900x400 36x24 832 1213 161 16 176.0
19
Heavy-Duty Flanges Filament-wound Heavy-Duty flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-40 inch) socket end.

Nominal Laying Overall Maximum Average weight DIN 2632 DIN 2633
Pipe Length Length Working ANSI ANSI
Size (LL) (OL) Pressure B16.5 B16.5
CL.150 CL.300 PN10 PN16
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg]
25 1 3 29 16 0.5 0.6 0.5 0.5
40 1½ 3 35 16 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0
50 2 4 51 16 1.3 1.7 1.8 1.8
80 3 5 51 16 1.8 2.6 2.4 2.4
100 4 5 51 16 2.8 3.8 2.7 2.7
125 5 5 62 16 3.8 5.4 4.0 4.0
150 6 6 63 16 4.5 6.7 4.9 4.9
200 8 6 70 16 5.0 9.9 7.1 6.9
250 10 6 76 16 9.5 13.2 9.1 9.8
300 12 5 81 16 14.5 19.2 11.2 12.7
350 14 8 97 16 20.5 29.8 18.6 20.5
400 16 8 110 16 27.0 40.0 25.0 27.4
450 18 10 114 16 32.0 - - -
500 20 10 121 16 40.0 - - -
600 24 11 138 16 58.0 - - -
700 28 14 165 16 73.0 - - -
750 30 14 178 16 88.0 - - -
800 32 14 192 16 112.0 - - -
900 36 14 178 16 116.0 - - -
1000 40 15 245 16 162.0 - - -
Note: Other drillings may be possible. Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
1) Full-face elastomeric gaskets may be used suitable for the service pressure, service
temperature and fluid. Shore A durometer hardness of 60 +5 is recom mended (3 mm thick).
Compressed fibre gaskets (3 mm thick), compatible with pressure, temperature and medium
may also be used.
Mechanical properties should be in accordance with DIN 3754 (IT 400) or equal.
2) For maximum bolt torque refer to the appropriate Bondstrand literature.
A torque-wrench must be used, since excessive torque may result in flange damage.
3) Size 18-40 inch can be bonded directly to a fitting by using a Quick-Lock to Taper/Taper
transition nipple. For bonding to pipe, a Quick Lock (straight) spigot has to be shaved on
the pipe.
Hub Flanges Filament-wound Hubbed flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-36 inch) socket end.

Nominal Laying Overall Flange M
aximum Average weight DIN 2632
DIN 2633
Pipe Length Length Thickness Working ANSI ANSI
Size Pressure B16.5 B16.5
(LL) (OL) (E) CL.150 CL.300 PN10 PN16
[mm] [inch] [mm] [mm] [mm] [bar] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg]
50 2 4 51 30 12 0.9 1.1 1.0 1.0
80 3 5 51 30 12 1.5 1.8 1.6 1.1
100 4 5 51 33 12 2.2 2.9 2.1 2.1
125 5 5 62 47 12 3.7 4.9 3.6 3.6
150 6 6 63 47 12 3.7 5.4 3.9 3.9
200 8 6 70 54 12 6.2 8.4 6.0 6.0
250 10 6 76 54 12 8.4 11.1 7.6 8.2
300 12 5 81 56 12 12.3 15.3 9.0 10.2
350 14 8 97 72 12 17.3 22.6 14.1 15.5
400 16 8 110 85 12 26.0 32.9 20.6 22.6
450 18 10 114 89 12 30.0 - - -
500 20 10 121 96 12 35.0 - - -
600 24 11 138 113 12 48.0 - - -
700 28 14 165 114 12 67.0 - - -
750 30 14 178 121 12 77.0 - - -
800 32 14 192 124 12 85.0 - - -
900 36 14 178 140 12 93.0 - - -
20
Stub-end Flanges Filament-wound O-ring sealed stub-end flanges with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or
Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket ends with loose steelrings.

Nominal Laying Overall Face Ring Maximum Average
Pipe Length Length Diameter to Face Working Weight
Size (LL) (OL) (RF) (H) Pressure Stub-end
25 1 10 37 51 10 16 0.1
40 1½ 10 42 73 10 16 0.2
50 2 10 56 92 10 16 0.2
80 3 10 56 127 10 16 0.4
100 4 10 56 157 16 16 0.6
125 5 10 67 186 16 16 1.0
150 6 10 67 216 16 16 1.2
Quick-Lock 200 8 10 74 270 16 16 1.8
250 10 10 80 324 23 16 2.5
300 12 10 86 378 23 16 3.3
350 14 10 98 413 27 16 3.8
400 16 10 112 470 27 16 5.7
450 18 20 134 532 35 16 11.1
500 20 20 147 580 39 16 13.2
600 24 20 198 674 47 16 17.2
700 28 20 198 800 51 16 21.0
750 30 20 198 850 46 16 24.4
800 32 20 198 900 48 16 21.8
900 36 20 223 1000 53 16 30.8
1000 40 20 430 1100 58 16 470
Taper/Taper Note: Up to 12 bar flat faced stub-ends suitable for elastomeric gaskets can be used.
From 12 bar and above O-ring sealed stub-ends should be used.

Make sure that when using O-ring sealed stub-end, its counter flange is compatible, e.g. use a flat
faced stub-end (without O-ring groove) or another flat surface flange as counter flange.
Steel Ring Flange for Nominal ANSI Average ANSI Average DIN 2632 Average DIN 2633 Average
Stub-end Pipe B16.5 Weight B16.5 Weight Weight Weight
Size CLASS.150 CLASS.300 PN 10 PN 16
(D) (D) (D) (D)
[mm] [inch] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg]
25 1 14.3 0.8 17.5 1.3 16 1.0 16 1.0
40 1½ 17.5 1.2 20.6 2.3 16 1.7 16 1.7
50 2 19.0 1.8 22.2 2.5 18 2.2 18 2.2
80 3 23.8 3.2 28.6 4.8 20 3.0 20 3.0
100 4 23.8 4.2 31.7 7.0 20 3.1 20 3.1
125 5 23.8 4.4 34.9 9.5 22 3.6 23 3.8
150 6 25.5 5.2 36.5 12.2 22 4.9 23 5.1
200 8 28.8 8.5 41.3 18.3 25 7.1 27 7.3
250 10 35.6 13.5 47.6 26.0 28 9.3 32 11.8
300 12 40.0 23.0 50.8 38.7 29 10.7 35 15.4
350 14 41.6 32.0 54.0 56.3 36 21.3 40 26.3
400 16 47.9 42.0 58.2 70.1 40 26.6 44 33.0
450 18 50.2 39.7 63.6 86.5 42 27.2 50 40.9
500 20 52.0 50.6 66.5 104.1 45 34.7 54 59.8
600 24 63.7 86.1 78.4 182.9 52 55.3 63 72.2
700 28 69.0 100.5 95.6 213.4 57 78.8 59 101.9
750 30 71.6 117.0 99.9 229.3 - - - -
800 32 76.9 153.5 106.2 289.0 62 95.3 66 105.7
900 36 85.4 197.2 117.7 424.1 66 111.8 71 125.1
1000 40 93.7 - 102.8 - 74 - 82 -
Note: Other materials and/or drillings are available.

Please consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
21
Blind Flanges Filament-wound blind flanges.

Nominal Flange Maximum Average weight Average weight
Pipe Thickness Working ANSI B16.5 ANSI B16.5 DIN 2632 DIN 2633
Size (D) Pressure CLASS 150 CLASS 300 PN 10 PN 16
[mm] [inch] [mm] [bar] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg]
25 1 25 16 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.5
40 1½ 25 16 0.5 0.9 0.7 0.8
50 2 30 16 0.7 1.2 1.1 1.2
80 3 30 16 1.1 1.9 1.6 1.7
100 4 35 16 1.7 3.6 2.6 2.7
125 5 35 16 2.6 3.8 3.0 3.1
150 6 40 16 2.9 5.7 4.4 4.6
200 8 45 16 5.2 9.2 7.1 7.3
250 10 50 16 7.2 13.8 10.6 11.5
300 12 60 16 11.4 23.0 16.3 17.8
350 14 65 16 16.4 31.0 23.0 25.0
400 16 70 16 23.0 41.0 31.0 33.0
450 18 70 16 43.0 52.0 40.0 43.0
500 20 70 16 52.0 63.0 48.0 54.0
600 24 85 16 85.0 106.0 79.0 91.0
700 28 85 16 110.0 136.0 104.0 106.0
750 30 90 16 132.0 160.0 129.0 116.0
800 32 95 16 145.0 184.0 155.0 125.0
900 36 100 16 206.0 239.0 191.0 192.0

Nominal Laying Overall Outside Maximum Average

Pipe Length Length Diameter Working Weight
Size (LL) (OL) (OD) Pressure
25 1 10 64 42 16 0.1
40 1½ 10 74 58 16 0.1
50 2 10 102 72 16 0.3
80 3 10 102 100 16 0.4
100 4 10 102 129 16 0.6
125 5 10 124 153 16 0.9
150 6 10 124 183 16 1.1
200 8 10 138 235 16 1.7
Quick-Lock
250 10 10 150 289 16 2.3
300 12 10 162 340 16 2.8
350 14 19 197 372 16 4.6
400 16 19 223 422 16 7.2
450 18 70 298 460 16 10.7
500 20 70 324 514 16 13.0
600 24 70 426 619 16 18.8
700 28 70 426 742 16 23.5
750 30 70 426 795 16 24.5
800 32 70 426 848 16 27.0
900 36 70 476 950 16 34.5
Taper/Taper 1000 40 70 890 1057 16 40.7
22
Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) male ends.
Nominal Laying Gap* Maximum Average

Size (LL) Pressure
25 1 57 3 16 0.1
40 1½ 67 3 16 0.1
50 2 95 3 16 0.1
80 3 95 3 16 0.1
100 4 95 3 16 0.2
125 5 117 3 16 0.3
150 6 118 3 16 0.4
Quick-Lock 200 8 130 3 16 0.6
250 10 143 3 16 0.9
300 12 156 3 16 1.1
350 14 184 3 16 3.1
400 16 210 3 16 4.4
450 18 278 50 16 5.9
500 20 304 50 16 7.8
600 24 406 50 16 12.0
700 28 406 50 16 21.0
750 30 406 50 16 22.0
800 32 406 50 16 24.0
900 36 456 50 16 36.0
Taper/Taper 1000 40 870 50 16 51.0
* Remaining gap after bonding.
Transition Nipples Filament-wound transition nippels with integral Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) male ends.
Nominal Laying Gap* Maximum Average

Size (LL) Pressure
450 18 238 19 16 6
500 20 263 25 16 7
600 24 338 33 16 9
700 28 374 44 16 15
750 30 386 44 16 22
800 32 400 44 16 30
900 36 410 43 16 40
1000 40 685 45 16 45
* Remaining gap after bonding.
23

[mm] [inch] [degree] [mm] [kg] [3 and 6Oz] [kg] [3 and 6 Oz]
25 1 180 14 0.2 1 - 0.3 1 -
α 40 1½ 180 14 0.3 1 - 0.5 1 -
50 2 180 14 0.4 1 - 0.6 1 -
80 3 180 14 0.5 1 - 0.8 - 1
100 4 180 14 0.7 1 - 1.1 - 1
125 5 180 14 0.8 - 1 1.2 - 1
150 6 180 14 0.9 - 1 1.4 1 1
200 8 180 14 1.1 - 1 1.7 1 1
250 10 180 14 1.5 1 1 2.3 - 2
300 12 180 14 1.8 1 1 2.7 1 2
350 14 180 14 2.0 1 1 3.0 1 2
α 400 16 180 14 2.4
450 18 180 16
- 2 3.6
- - - 3.2 - 2
- 3
500 20 180 16 - - - 3.6 - 2

600 24 180 16 - - - 4.3 - 2
700 28 180 16 - - - 5.1 - 3
750 30 180 16 - - - 5.5 - 3
800 32 180 16 - - - 5.8 - 3
900 36 180 16 - - - 6.5 - 4
1000 40 180 16 - - - 8.2 - 4
Notes:
1) Filament-wound support saddles are intended for protection of pipe at supports and clamps,
as well as for anchoring purposes. Support and anchor saddles are standard 180°.
Saddles are supplied in standard lengths of 100 mm and 150 mm.
2) For special saddle -lengths, -thickness and/or angles consult NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
3) Wear saddles are standard 90°. Weights of 90° degree saddles are 50% of value shown.
Grounding Saddles Filament-wound pipe saddles for grounding in conductive piping systems.
Nominal Saddle Saddle Saddle Average

Required
25 1 90 76 14 0.1 1
40 1½ 90 76 14 0.1 1
50 2 90 76 14 0.1 1
80 3 90 76 14 0.1 1
100 4 90 76 14 0.2 1
125 5 90 76 14 0.3 1
150 6 90 76 14 0.3 1
200 8 45 76 14 0.2 1
250 10 45 76 14 0.2 1
300 12 45 76 14 0.2 1
350 14 45 76 14 0.3 1
400 16 45 76 14 0.3 1
450 18 221/2 76 16 0.2 1
500 20 221/2 76 16 0.2 1
600 24 221/2 76 16 0.3 1
700 28 221/2 76 16 0.3 2
750 30 221/2 76 16 0.4 2
800 32 221/2 76 16 0.4 3
900 36 221/2 76 16 0.4 3
1000 40 221/2 76 16 0.5 3
Notes:
1) Bondstrand conductive adhesive should be used for mounting.
24
Bell Mouths Filament-wound bell mouths with adhesive-bonded HD-flange.
Nominal Overall Length of Internal Internal Average

Pipe Length Bell Mouth Diameter Diameter Weight*
Size (OL) (H1) (D1) (D2)
50 2 269 115 110 110 3.1
80 3 274 120 220 220 5.0
100 4 289 135 275 275 8.4
125 5 323 158 400 400 12.7
150 6 324 158 450 450 14.7
200 8 533 340 750 418 26.0
250 10 594 395 850 518 39.0
300 12 569 365 850 510 51.0
350 14 605 375 850 510 60.0
400 16 588 345 850 510 67.0
450 18 627 360 900 548 90.0
500 20 724 450 1100 548 119.0
600 24 831 540 1300 648 171.0
* Weights provided are for bell mouth with CL150 flange.
25
Assembly of double
O-ring expansion joint
Expansion Coupling Filament-wound Key-Lock expansion coupling with integral double O-ring Key-Lock
female end one side and double O-ring female end on other side.
Nominal Laying Overall O-ring Key Average

Pipe Length Length Size Size Weight
Size (LL) (OL)
50 2 50 222 7 x 59.7 6 x 305 1.3
80 3 50 222 7 x 88.3 6 x 400 1.7
100 4 50 222 7 x 113.7 6 x 483 3.5
125 5 50 264 9 x 135 8 x 580 4.6
150 6 50 270 10 x 161.3 8 x 660 6.6
200 8 50 337 10 x 225.5 10 x 840 15.4
250 10 50 356 12.5 x 302 12 x 1270 19.9
300 12 50 410 12.5 x 342.3 15 x 1270 21.0
350 14 50 430 12.5 x 342.3 15 x 1360 25.0
400 16 50 450 12.5 x 393.1 18 x 1585 32.0
450 18 50 416 15.0 x 445.0 15x1750 27.0
500 20 50 433 15.0 x 490.0 15x1930 32.0
600 24 50 479 18.0 x 580.0 18x2240 52.0
700 28 50 560 20.0 x 685.0 20x2700 99
Key-Lock Adapter for Filament-wound double O-ring male Key-Lock adapter with integral Quick-Lock
Expansion Coupling (2-16 inch) or Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket end.
Nominal Laying Overal Pressure Weight

Pipe Length Length
Size (LL) (OL)
50 2 85 131 16 0.4
80 3 85 131 16 0.6
100 4 85 131 16 0.9
125 5 102 159 16 1.6
150 6 105 162 16 1.8
200 8 138 202 16 5.1
Quick-Lock 250 10 148 218 16 11.8
300 12 175 251 16 14.6
350 14 185 274 16 10.7
400 16 195 297 16 15.9
450 18 193 307 16 19.5
500 20 201 328 16 23.5
600 24 224 402 16 25.0
700 28 265 443 16 29.0
750 30 272 450 16 34.0
800 32 307 485 16 42.0
900 36 362 465 16 50.0
Taper/Taper 1000 40 355 765 16 64.0
26
Double O-ring Adapter Filament-wound double O-ring male adapter with integral Quick-Lock (1-16 inch) or
for Expansion Coupling Taper/Taper (18-40 inch) socket end.

Size (LL) (OL)
50 2 85 131 0.4
80 3 85 131 0.7
100 4 85 131 0.9
125 5 102 159 1.6
150 6 105 162 1.8
200 8 138 202 5.1
Quick-Lock 250 10 148 218 11.8
300 12 175 251 14.6
350 14 185 274 10.7
400 16 195 297 15.9
450 18 193 307 19.5
500 20 201 328 23.5
600 24 224 402 25.0
700 28 265 443 29.0
750 30 272 450 34.0
800 32 307 485 42.0
900 36 362 465 50.0
1000 40 355 765 64.0
Taper/Taper
Adhesive Number of Adhesive Kits per joint.

25 1 88.7 3 1/5
40 1½ 88.7 3 1/5
50 2 88.7 3 1/4
80 3 88.7 3 1/3
100 4 88.7 3 1/2
125 5 88.7 3 1
150 6 88.7 3 1
200 8 88.7 3 1
250 10 177.4 6 1
300 12 177.4 6 1½
350 14 177.4 6 2
400 16 177.4 6 2
450 18 177.4 6 2
500 20 177.4 6 3
600 24 177.4 6 4
700 28 177.4 6 4
750 30 177.4 6 5
800 32 177.4 6 5
900 36 177.4 6 6
1000 40 177.4 6 6
Notes:
1) Adhesive Kits should never be split. If remainder is not used for other joints made at the same
time, the surplus must be discarded.
2) Required adhesive for saddles is shown in the dimension table of the respective saddles.
3) For type of adhesive to be used, please refer to the Bondstrand® Corrosion Guide.
27
Engineering design & Consult de following literature for recommendations pertaining design, installation and
installation use of Bondstrand pipe, fittings and flanges:

literature.
Specials
Note: Elbows with non-standard angles, non-standard drilled flanges, multi branch tees
Field testing
Pipe system is designed for hydrostatic testing with water at 150% of rated pressure.
Surge pressure
Maximum allowable surge pressure is max. 150% of rated pressure.
Conversions
1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2
1 bar = 105Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 inch = 25.4 mm
°C = 5/9 (°F-32)



28 ® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP 918 A 02/12
Assembly instructions for Conical-Cylindrical (Quick-Lock®)
adhesive-bonded joints
1. Introduction
This document describes the method to assemble Conical-Cylindrical (Quick-Lock) adhesive bonded joints.
To ensure that the performance of the installed joint complies with the requirements used for the design, it is essential that
all personnel involved in the bonding procedure is familiar with and fully understands the techniques described in this
document.
The instructions in this document are as complete as possible. However, it is not possible to describe all circumstances
that might be encountered in the field. Therefore, our experienced supervisors may deviate from the described method in
order to achieve an optimum solution using the latest bonding techniques and processing methods.
Besides, our supervisors may be consulted for clarification of statements made in this document and for advice about
specific problems encountered in the field.
Annex A shows schemes of the complete assembly process; Annex A1 shows the spigot dimensioning process and Annex
A2 shows the adhesive bonding process.
Definition of words used in these instructions:

- The word “shall” indicates a requirement
- The word “should” indicates a recommendation.
2. References
These instructions are completed with the following referenced documents:
Documentation Reference number

Operating instructions M74 Pipe Shaver FP 696
Operating instructions for Bondstrand Heating Blankets FP 730
RP60B epoxy adhesive for bonding GRE pipe & fittings FP 458
Operating instructions for B-1 Tool pipe shaver FP 810
3. Quality
It is advised that the bonder possesses a valid Jointer/Bonder Qualification Certificate, issued by the pipe manufacturer or
a Qualified Certifier.
After preparation of spigot- and bell end, the actual bonding and finishing of the adhesive joint shall be performed
continuously and without any interruption or delay.
4. Inspection
All pipes, fittings or components used in the pipeline/piping system shall be inspected for damages, prior to the actual
bonding activity. Rejected items shall be separated and quarantined from undamaged materials to avoid unintentional use.
Adhesive kits shall be inspected prior to use. Do not use adhesive kits or containers showing evidence of damage or
leakage.
The adhesive shall be used before the expiry date, which is shown on the adhesive kit.
Make sure that storage of adhesive kits complies with the storage requirements.
Ensure all necessary tools and materials are available. Take notice of the safety precautions stated in this document and
those in the referenced instructions.
2
Table of contents
1. General 1
2. References 1
3. Quality 1
4. Inspection 1
5. Requirements for bonding surface and ambient conditions 4

5.1 Cleaning of a plain pipe end or an unprepared bell end 4
5.2 Unprepared and prepared surface 4
5.3 Ambient conditions and conditioning of bonding surfaces 4
5.4 Cleaning of a machined spigot end or a sanded bell end 5
5.5 Sanding of spigot and bell end 5
6. Dimensioning of Conical-Cylindrical spigot end 6

6.1 Cutting of pipe 6
6.2 Shaving of pipe end 7-8
7. Preparing for bonding 9

7.1 Sanding and conditioning of both bonding surfaces 9
7.2 Dry fit and marking 9
7.3 Installation of pulling equipment 9
8. Bonding 10
8.1 Preparation of adhesive 10
8.2 Application of adhesive 10
8.3 Assembly of the spigot in the bell 11
8.4 Curing of the adhesive 12
9. Materials, tools and consumables 13

9.1 Materials 13
9.2 Tools 13
9.3 Consumables 13
10. Health and safety 14
Annex A Schemes assembly process Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint 15

Annex A1 Scheme of spigot dimensioning process 15
Annex A2 Scheme of adhesive bonding process 16
Annex B Minimum cut length 17
Annex C Dimensions Conical-Cylindrical Spigot 18

Annex C Table of Dimensions Conical-Cylindrical Spigot 18
Annex D Curing time Conical-Cylindrical joints 19
11. Important notice 20
3
5. Requirements for bonding surface and ambient conditions
This section gives descriptions of specific conditions of
the pipe surfaces meant for adhesive bonding, as well as
methods to obtain the required condition of the bonding
surfaces.
5.1 Cleaning of a plain pipe end or an unprepared
bell end
Both, the outer surface of a plain cut (not machined)
pipe end and the inner surface of an unprepared (see
section 5.2) bell must be clean and dry before starting
any operation. If these unprepared surfaces of product
ends have been in contact with oil or grease, they must
be cleaned using a clean cloth, which is soaked in clean
acetone, M.E.K. (Methyl Ethyl Ketone) or M.I.B.K. (Methyl
Iso Butyl Ketone). Dry the cleaned surface with a clean, dry
and non-fluffy cloth. If there are no traces of oil or grease
contamination on these pipe ends, clean the surfaces using
a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth (see fig. 5.1.a).
Fig. 5.1.a
5.2 Unprepared and prepared surface

An unprepared surface is a surface on the inside of a bell
or on the outside of a pipe end, where the original resin
rich coating is still intact as it were after completion of
the manufacturing process. Any manual or mechanical
abrasion process, such as sanding or sand blasting, has
never reduced the original thickness of these resin rich
layers. A prepared surface is a surface on the inside of a
bell or on the outside of a pipe end that has been abraded
manually or mechanically. By the abrasion process,
the reinforcement of the composite may come in direct
contact with the environment and is therefore sensitive for
contamination.
5.3 Ambient conditions and conditioning of

bonding surfaces
If the bonding surfaces are visibly wet, these surfaces
must be dried and heated. If the temperature of the
bonding surfaces is less than dew point plus 3 ºC, these
surfaces must be heated in order to avoid condensate
on the bonding surface. If the relative humidity of the
environment is > 95 %, if it is foggy, or if there is any
form of precipitation (e.g. rain, snow, hail), precautionary
measures must be taken to create an environment where
the bonding process can be performed under conditioned
circumstances (e.g. a shelter). Drying of wet surfaces
is performed using a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth and
is followed by heating of the bonding areas. Heating of
surfaces that are wet or below dew point plus 3 ºC is
performed with a heating source such as a hot air blower
or a heating blanket. The humidity of a (sheltered) bonding
environment is reduced with e.g. a hot air blower. Raise the
temperature of the bonding surfaces during the heating
process up to maximum 80 ºC or set the temperature of the
heating blanket at maximum 80 ºC.
If the environment heats the bonding surface above 40 ºC,
protect it from direct radiation by sunlight. The temperature
of the bonding surfaces of spigot and bell, during the
bonding procedure, shall be kept between 15 ºC and
40 ºC, but also at least 3 ºC above dew point. Precautionary
measures shall be taken to guarantee the compliance with
the required humidity and temperature conditions during
the complete bonding procedure.
4
5.4 Cleaning of a machined spigot end or a sanded
bell end
A machined, prepared or sanded bonding surface that
has been in contact with oil or grease shall not be used
and must be cut. Machined, prepared or sanded bonding
surfaces that are contaminated by other means than oil or
grease can be cleaned by sanding (see section 5.5).
In case of doubt about the nature of the contamination
cut the concerned spigot or bell. If there are no traces of
a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth. Do not touch the cleaned
surface, nor allow it to be contaminated.
5.5 Sanding of spigot and bell end

The sanding operation of the bonding surfaces of both,
Fig. 5.5.a
spigot- and bell end, shall be performed within 2 hours
from the actual bonding. Bonding surfaces must be clean
and dry at the start of the sanding operation (see sections
5.1, 5.3 and 5.4). Sanding of unprepared bell ends is
performed mechanically, using an emery cup with a grid of
grade P40 to P60 (see fig. 5.5.a).
Sanding of factory prepared bell ends and machined spigot

ends is performed mechanically using an emery cup, a
flapper wheel or emery cloth with a grid of grade P40 to
P60. A correctly sanded surface does not change in colour
when continuing sanding (see fig. 5.5.b). Bonding surfaces
must be sanded equally in circumferential direction.
The bonding surface must stay smooth by applying an
even pressure on the sanding equipment. Break sharp
edges of the tip of the machined spigot end.
The bonding surface is cleaned using a dry and clean dust Fig. 5.5.b
bristle (see fig. 5.5.c). Sanded surfaces must have a dull,
fresh finish, not a polished look. Do not touch the cleaned
Fig. 5.5.c
5
6. Dimensioning of Conical-Cylindrical spigot end
In case a pipe with the correct length and (factory) shaved
spigot end is available, then continue with section 7 of
these instructions. This section 6 is relevant in case the
pipe length has to be adjusted or a cylindrical spigot end
has to be shaved. Make sure to comply with the relevant
requirements stated in section 5 before starting a next step
in the activities to complete the bonding procedure.
6.1 Cutting of pipe

a Contaminated pipe surfaces must be cleaned prior
to perform any operation on the pipe (see relevant
requirements stated in section 5).
b Ensure that the pipe is adequately supported or clamped

on a pipe vice.
Fig. 6.1.c
Use rubber padding having a minimum thickness of
2 mm or similar to protect the pipe from damage.
c Determine the required length from the product drawing

or by measurement (see fig. 6.1.c).
d Scribe the pipe at the required length, using a pipe

fitters’ wrap-around (see fig. 6.1.d); take notice of the
minimum cut length (see Annex B).
e Cut the pipe square using a diamond or carbide coated

hacksaw or an abrasive wheel.
f Ensure that the squareness of the cut end remains within

required tolerance (A) (see fig. 6.1.e and table 6.1.f).
Fig. 6.1.d
Table 6.1.f Tolerance cut end
ID (mm) A (mm)
25 - 400 ±3
Fig. 6.1.e
6
6.2 Shaving of pipe end
a Various types of shavers are available (see fig. 6.2.a).
To operate the shaver, carefully follow the applicable
shaver instructions (see section 2).
b The pipe end to be shaved shall be clean (see relevant

requirements in section 5) and must be adequately
supported (see section 6.1.b and fig. 6.2.b).
c Start the shaving procedure (see fig. 6.2.c), using a

maximum shaving feed of 2 mm.
Be careful shaving the first layer as the pipe wall might
have an unequal thickness over the circumference.
Fig. 6.2.a.
Fig. 6.2.b
Fig. 6.2.c
7
d Repeat the shaving action until the required spigot
dimensions (see Annex C, table C) are achieved.
Indications of the spigot dimensions are obtained by
measuring these dimensions while the shaver is
mounted.
The spigot diameter (S1) is determined at about half of

the spigot length (SA) (see fig. 6.2.d1).
The wall thickness of the spigot (T) is measured at
a number (3 - 6) of positions at the end of the spigot,
equally spaced in the circumference (see fig. 6.2.d2).
The actual spigot dimensions shall be determined after

dismantling of the shaver from the pipe end.
The spigot dimensions shall comply with the
requirements of Annex C, table C.
Fig. 6.2.d1
• In case of non-compliance with dimensional

requirements, following corrective action shall be taken:
In case of non-compliance with dimensional

requirements, following corrective actions shall be taken:
Cut the shaved spigot end and put the left pipe section
aside; this section can be used for a shorter assembly.
Continue the assembly process starting from section 6.1.
Fig. 6.2.d2
8
7. Preparing for bonding
Before any actual bonding activity can start, the spigot-
and bell end to be jointed shall be prepared as described
below. Especially in the small diameter range, more joints
may have to be prepared, as more joints can be made with
one adhesive kit; in some cases it may be advantageous
to assemble more joints at the same time see adhesive
instructions (section 2).
7.1 Sanding and conditioning of both bonding surfaces

a Make sure to comply with the relevant requirements
stated in section 5.
Note:
The maximum number of sanding operations for each of the Fig. 7.2
bonding surfaces, either the spigot- or the bell end, is two.
In case the spigot is re-sanded the relevant spigot
dimensions shall be checked by measuring.
For dimensional requirements see Annex C, table C.
Determine the spigot diameter (S1).

The wall thickness of the spigot (T) is measured at a
number (>= 6) of positions at the end of the spigot, equally
spaced in the circumference.
In case the number of sanding operations of the bonding

surfaces is more than two, or the spigot dimensions are not
in compliance with the requirements, the product shall not
be used or the spigot end shall be cut.
7.2 Dry fit and marking

In order to be able to check the required final position of
the spigot relative to the bell, the joint of a pipe and a fitting
is marked with an alignment mark.
Scribe a longitudinal line on the outer surface of the bell,

continuing on the outer surface of the pipe containing the
shaved spigot end (see fig. 7.2).

7.3 Installation of pulling equipment
a If possible, the Conical-Cylindrical adhesive bonded joint
is assembled without the use of mechanical pulling
equipment. However, starting from DN200 (8”) it is
allowed to mount the spigot in the bell using pulling
equipment.
b The pulling equipment is installed on both sides of the

joint; normally two winches will suffice. The position of
the winches is equally spaced over the circumference
of the parts to be jointed in order to realise centric
entrance of the spigot in the bell. Make sure there is
enough space to apply adhesive on the bonding
surfaces.
c Respect the required alignment of the parts to be jointed

as well as the support during the bonding operation.
9
8. Bonding
The actual bonding starts with the preparation of the
adhesive and finishes when the adhesive between the
jointed parts is cooled down to ambient temperature, after
completion of curing of the adhesive.
The adhesive shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer.
Be aware that the bonding procedure shall be performed
continuously and without any interruption or delay, within
the potlife/working life of the adhesive. This means that
the period within mixing of the adhesive components until
the spigot has been pulled into the bell shall fall within the
potlife/working life.
8.1 Preparation of adhesive

a Select the proper type and kit size of adhesive, if
applicable. Fig. 8.2.c
Determine the number of adhesive kits required for
one joint, or the number of joints which can be made
with one kit. For detailed information about the adhesive,
reference is made to the relevant document
(see section 2).
b The temperature of the adhesive shall comply with the

requirements stated in the relevant document
(see section 2).
c Apply the adhesive immediately after finishing the mix

procedure.
d Never use adhesive that has started to cure; this is the

case when the mixture gets clotted, toughens and the
temperature rises significantly. Fig. 8.2.d
8.2 Application of adhesive

a Use a fresh spatula or adhesive scraper for the
application of adhesive on the freshly prepared bonding
surfaces. In case the spatula used for mixing is also
used for the application of the adhesive, the spatula
must be cleaned first.
b Wet the sanded surfaces of bell- and spigot end with

some force with a thin, uniform coating of adhesive
(hardly any thickness).
c Apply a thin (0.5 – 0.8 mm) and uniform layer of

adhesive on the adhesive coated bonding surface of the
bell end. Apply a somewhat thicker (0.8 – 1.0 mm) and
uniform layer of adhesive on the adhesive coated
bonding surface of the spigot end.
Do not apply more adhesive than strictly necessary to
avoid an excessive resin bead on the inside of the joint,
resulting in flow restrictions.
Make sure to apply an adhesive layer on the cut end of
the spigot and on the pipe stop shoulder in the bell end
(see fig. 8.2.c and fig. 8.2.d).
d Protect the adhesive coatings on the bonding surfaces

and prevent any contamination.
10
8.3 Assembly of the spigot in the bell
a Parts to be jointed shall be aligned as true as possible.
Any visual misalignment is unacceptable.
b Insert the spigot in the bell and push it home while

rotating slowly one quarter of a rotation, if possible.
Pay attention to the alignment mark on the outer surface
with regard to the orientation of the parts to be jointed.
c When using pulling equipment for joints DN >200mm

(8”), the winches are hooked, each winch is equally
loaded and the sections to be bonded are pulled
together with a smooth movement.
d Make sure that the spigot is inserted centrically into the

bell until the entrance of the spigot is stopped by the Fig. 8.3.d1
shoulder in the bell.
Note
Continuation of activities on the pipeline/piping system may
never result in displacement of the position of the spigot
relative to the bell in whatever direction or orientation.
e Remove the excessive adhesive from the outer surface

(see fig. 8.3.d1) and if possible from the inside of the
joint. The fillet on the head of the bell should be
smoothly rounded; the inside might be cleaned with a
plug (see fig. 8.3.d2).
Fig. 8.3.d2
11
8.4 Curing of the adhesive
a Until completion of the cure of the adhesive the joint
shall not be moved, vibrated or otherwise disturbed.
b Wrap the required size and voltage heating blanket

around the joint, ensuring full coverage of the bond
area and keeping the power supply cable free from the
blanket.
Tie the heating blanket down using e.g. a string or steel
wire and assuring an optimal surface contact with the
bell (see fig. 8.4.b).
c Overlapping ends of oversized blankets risk to be

over-heated. Insulate overlapping ends and position the
overlap outside the insulation.
Fig. 8.4.b
d Insulate the heating blanket with suitable insulating
material (by preference a fire blanket or equivalent).
Close at least one open end of the jointed pipe line
sections in order to avoid cooling down by draught.
Insulating material should overlap the sides of the
blanket with at least 100 mm and should match the
pipe (see fig. 8.4.d).
e Apply electric power to the heating blanket.

If applicable, adjust the temperature of the blanket such
that the surface temperature of the jointed parts
complies with the requirements stated in the relevant
adhesive instructions (see section 2).
Check the functioning of the heating blanket at least at
the start and at the end of the curing process by
measuring the surface temperature of the bell using a
(digital) thermometer.
Fig. 8.4.d
f The curing time starts when the required surface
temperature of the jointed components is
reached. Write the starting time of the curing on the
pipe, next to the heating blanket (see fig. 8.4.d).
For the required curing time, see Annex D.
g Adhesive bonded flanges shall be cured by placing the

heating blanket against the inner surface of the flange.
For an optimal heat transfer the blanket shall be
pressed against the inner surface of the jointed parts,
after the excess adhesive has been removed from the
inside of the joint (see fig. 8.4.g).
h If the curing process does not comply with the

requirements of the curing cycle, the complete curing
cycle shall be repeated.
i The electrical power to the heating blanket shall be

Fig. 8.4.g
switched off after completion of the curing time and
after having checked the surface temperature for the
last time.
Indicate the end time of the curing cycle on the pipe.
It is advised to mark the joint, indicating that the
adhesive is cured.
Allow the joint to cool down before loading
mechanically or hydrostatically
12
9. Materials, tools and consumables
9.1 Materials
• Adhesive*
9.2 Tools
• Shaver *
• Heating blanket (plus temperature controller, if
applicable) *
• Measuring tape and/or folding rule

• Vernier calliper
• Pi-tape
• Pipe fitters’ wrap-around
• Level and marker
• Pipe vice or stable supports (brackets) with rubber
coated clamping device
• Hacksaw, disc grinder or power jigsaw
• Protractor
• Small electrical or air driven grinding machine
• Pairs of whinches or come-alongs (if applicable)
• Pairs of band clamps with puller rings (if applicable)
• Insulation material or blankets
• Digital temperature gauge for surface temperature
measurement
• Dew point meter
• Thermometer
• Relative humidity meter
• Infra-red thermometer
• Hot air blower (if applicable)
• Tenting (subject to weather conditions)
* To be supplied by the pipe manufacturer.
9.3 Consumables
• Cutting disks
• Emery disks, emery cups, emery cloth, flapper wheels
(all grade P40 to P60)
• Spatula (rubber scraper plate, filling knife), marker pen,
dust (paint) brush
• Rubber gloves, working gloves, dust masks, safety
goggles
• Cleaning plug
• Overalls, safety shoes, safety helmet
• Cleaning rags, cleaning fluid such as acetone, Methyl
Ethyl Ketone (MEK) or
Methyl Iso Butyl Ketone (MIBK)
13
10. Health and safety
When working with GRE products, following safety
precautions shall be taken:
• Wear at all time suitable protective clothing.
• Use Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE), such as:
- Long sleeves
- Hard head (if required by site conditions)
- Safety shoes
- Glasses
- Gloves (for mechanical and chemical protection)
- Dust mask (during machining and sanding)
- Ear protection (during mechanical operations)
For health and safety data reference is made to the

applicable instructions (see section 2).
14
Annex A Schemes assembly process Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint
Annex A1 Scheme of spigot dimensioning process
Spigot dimensioning process
Check pipe surface and

see section 5
ambient conditions
see section 6.1 Cutting pipe
see section 6.2 Shaving pipe end
Check spigot Not OK Too small, Yes

see section 6.2.d dimensions: too big, out of
diameter, length, tolerance
OK
Adhesive bonding
see Annex A2 process
15
Annex A2 Scheme of adhesive bonding process
Adhesive bonding process
Check pipe surface

and ambient see section 5
conditions
Sanding
see section 5.5
spigot and socket
Clean
see section 5.4
spigot and socket
Marking
see section 7.2
spigot
Installation
see section 7.3
pulling equipment
Control temperature
of spigot, socket and see section 7.1, 8.1
adhesive
Preparation adhesive see section 8.1
Applying
see section 8.2
adhesive
Assembly see section 8.3
Curing see section 8.4
16
Annex B Minimum cut length
ID
Lo
Fig. B1 Minimum cut length (Lo) for pipe Conical-Cylindrical bell - spigot
ID ID PN (bar)
(mm) (inch) 12 16 20
25 1 - - 150
40 1½ - - 150
50 2 - - 150
80 3 - - 150
100 4 - - 150
125 5 - 170 -
150 6 - 170 -
200 8 185 - -
250 10 250 - -
300 12 250 - -
350 14 250 - -
400 16 270 - -
Table B1 Minimum cut length (Lo) (mm)
17
Annex C Dimensions Conical-Cylindrical Spigot
T
Fig. C Conical-Cylindrical Spigot dimensions
Table C Dimensions Conical-Cylindrical Spigot

PN ID ID Tmin* Tmax* S1* S1* SA* SA*
min max min max
(bar) (mm) (inch) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
25 1 2.6 3.2 32.6 32.9 25.5 28.5
40 1½ 2.6 3.2 47.5 47.8 33.5 36.5
20 50 2 3 3.6 59.2 59.6 49 52
80 3 2.8 3.4 87.6 88 49 52
100 4 3.5 4.1 112.5 112.9 49 52
125 5 3.7 4.3 139.5 139.9 58.5 61.5

16
150 6 3.5 4.1 166.2 166.6 59 62
200 8 3.9 4.7 217.1 217.5 65 68

250 10 3.9 4.9 271.3 271.7 71 74
12 300 12 3.8 5 322.2 322.6 78 81
350 14 4.2 5.6 353.8 354.2 89 92
400 16 4.6 6.2 404.1 404.5 103 106
* (Tnom) = Nominal wall thickness of the spigot (for reference only)
* S1 = Nominal Spigot Diameter
* SA = Nominal Spigot Length
18
Annex D Curing time Conical-Cylindrical joints
Conical-Cylindrical joints - Standard Conical-Cylindrical joints - Marine
(BS 2000, 4000 & 7000 series) (BS 2000M & 7000M series)
1-16 inch (25-400mm) 8-16 inch (200-400mm)
Conical-Cylindrical joints - Marine

(BS 2000M & 7000M series)
≤6” (≤150mm)
Pipe-to-pipe joints 60 90
Pipe-to-fitting joints 90 90
Pipe-to-flange joints 60 60
Note 1: Curing time starts when the required surface temperature (125°C) of the jointed components is reached.
Note 2: Pipe-to-flange joints are cured from the inside.
19



F6301 06/12
Assembly instructions for Taper (Taper/Taper) adhesive-bonded
joints
1. Introduction
This document describes the method to assemble taper adhesive-bonded joints. To ensure that the performance of the
installed joint complies with the requirements used for the design, it is essential that all personnel involved in the bonding
procedure is familiar with and fully understands the techniques described in this document.
The instructions in this document are as complete as possible. However, it is not possible to describe all circumstances that
might be encountered in the field. Therefore, our experienced supervisors may deviate from the described method in order
to achieve an optimum solution using the latest bonding techniques and processing methods.
Besides, our supervisors may be consulted for clarification of statements made in this document and for advice about
specific problems encountered in the field.
Annex A shows schemes of the complete assembly process; Annex A1 shows the spigot dimensioning process and Annex
A2 shows the adhesive bonding process.
“The word shall indicates a requirement. The word should indicates a recommendation”.
2. References
These instructions are completed with the following referenced documents:
Documentation Reference number

Operating instructions M86 XL Pipe Shaver FP 919
Operating instructions M87 XL Pipe Shaver FP 455
Operational safety instructions ---
Operating instructions for Bondstrand Heating Blankets FP 730
RP60 B epoxy adhesive for bonding GRE pipe & fittings FP 458
3. Quality
It is advised that the bonder possesses a valid Jointer/Bonder Qualification Certificate, issued by the pipe manufacturer
or a Qualified Certifier.
After preparation of bell- and spigot end, the actual bonding and finishing of the adhesive joint shall be performed
continuously and without any interruption or delay.
4. Inspection
All pipes, fittings or components used in the pipeline system shall be inspected for damages, prior to the actual bonding
activity. Rejected items shall be separated and quarantined from undamaged materials to avoid unintentional use.
Adhesive kits shall be inspected prior to use. Do not use adhesive kits or containers showing evidence of damage or
leakage. The adhesive shall be used before the expiry date, which is shown on the adhesive kit. Make sure that storage
of adhesive kits complies with the storage requirements.
Ensure all necessary tools and materials are available. Take notice of the safety precautions stated in this document and
those in the referenced instructions.
Table of contents
1. General 1
2. References 1
3. Quality 1
4. Inspection 1
5. Requirements for bonding surface and ambient conditions 4

5.1 Cleaning of a plain pipe end or an unprepared bell end 4
5.2 Unprepared and prepared surface 4
5.3 Ambient conditions and conditioning of bonding surfaces 4
5.4 Cleaning of a machined spigot end or a sanded bell end 5
5.5 Sanding of spigot and bell end 5
6. Dimensioning of taper spigot end 6

6.1 Cutting of pipe 6
6.2 Shaving of pipe end 7-9
7. Preparing for bonding 10

7.1 Sanding and conditioning of both bonding surfaces 10
7.2 Dry fit and marking 10
7.3 Installation of pulling equipment 11
8. Bonding 12
8.1 Preparation of adhesive 12
8.2 Application of adhesive 12
8.3 Assembly of the spigot in the bell 13
8.4 Curing of the adhesive 14
9. Materials, tools and consumables 15

9.1 Materials 15
9.2 Tools 15
9.3 Consumables 15
10. Health and safety 16
Annex A Schemes assembly process Taper-Taper bonded joint 17

Annex A1 Scheme of spigot dimensioning process 17
Annex A2 Scheme of adhesive bonding process 18
Annex B Minimum cut length 19
Annex C Shaving dimensions Taper Spigot 20

Annex C1 Shaving dimensions Taper Spigot (10 bar) 20
Annex D Instructions dimensional check shaving dimensions Taper Spigot 24 - 25
Annex E Determine required curing time 26

Annex E1 Determine required curing time pipe to pipe joints 26
Annex E2 Determine required curing time pipe to fitting joints 26
11. Important notice 28
3
5. Requirements for bonding surface and ambient conditions
This section gives descriptions of specific conditions of Precautionary measures shall be taken to guarantee the
the pipe surfaces meant for adhesive bonding, as well as compliance with the required humidity and temperature
methods to obtain the required condition of the bonding conditions during the complete bonding procedure.
surfaces.
5.1 Cleaning of a plain pipe end or unprepared
bell end
Both, the outer surface of a plain cut (not machined)
pipe end and the inner surface of an unprepared (see
section 5.2) bell must be clean and dry before starting
any operation. If these unprepared surfaces of product
ends have been in contact with oil or grease, they must
be cleaned using a clean cloth, which is soaked in clean
acetone, M.E.K. (Methyl Ethyl Ketone) or M.I.B.K. (Methyl
Iso Butyl Ketone). Dry the cleaned surface with a clean, dry
and non-fluffy cloth. If there are no traces of oil or grease
a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth (see fig. 5.1.a).
5.2 Unprepared and prepared surface

An unprepared surface is a surface on the inside of a bell Fig. 5.1.a
or on the outside of a pipe end, where the original resin
rich coating is still intact as it were after completion of
the manufacturing process. Any manual or mechanical
abrasion process, such as sanding or sand blasting, has
never reduced the original thickness of these resin rich
layers.
A prepared surface is a surface on the inside of a bell
or on the outside of a pipe end that has been abraded
manually or mechanically. By the abrasion process,
the reinforcement of the composite may come in direct
contact with the environment and is therefore sensitive for
contamination.
5.3 Ambient conditions and conditioning of

bonding surfaces
If the bonding surfaces are visibly wet, these surfaces
must be dried and heated. If the temperature of the
bonding surfaces is less than dew point plus 3 ºC, these
surfaces must be heated in order to avoid condensate
on the bonding surface. If the relative humidity of the
environment is > 95 %, if it is foggy, or if there is any
form of precipitation (e.g. rain, snow, hail), precautionary
measures must be taken to create an environment where
the bonding process can be performed under conditioned
circumstances (e.g. a shelter). Drying of wet surfaces
is performed using a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth and
is followed by heating of the bonding areas. Heating of
surfaces that are wet or below dew point plus 3 ºC is
performed with a heating source such as a hot air blower
or a heating blanket. The humidity of a (sheltered) bonding
environment is reduced with e.g. a hot air blower. Raise the
temperature of the bonding surfaces during the heating
process up to maximum 80 ºC or set the temperature of the
heating blanket at maximum 80 ºC.
If the environment heats the bonding surface above 40 ºC,
protect it from direct radiation by sunlight. The temperature
of the bonding surfaces of spigot and bell, during the
bonding procedure, shall be kept between 15 ºC and
40 ºC, but also at least 3 ºC above dew point.
4
5.4 Cleaning of a machined spigot end or a sanded
bell end
A machined, prepared or sanded bonding surface that
has been in contact with oil or grease shall not be used
and must be cut. Machined, prepared or sanded bonding
surfaces that are contaminated by other means than oil or
grease can be cleaned by sanding (see section 5.5).
In case of doubt about the nature of the contamination,
cut the concerned spigot or bell. If there are no traces of
a clean, dry and non-fluffy cloth. Do not touch the cleaned
surface nor allow it to be contaminated.
5.5 Sanding of spigot and bell end

The sanding operation of the bonding surfaces of both,
Fig. 5.5.a
spigot- and bell end, shall be performed within 2 hours
from the actual bonding. Bonding surfaces must be clean
and dry at the start of the sanding operation (see sections
5.1, 5.3 and 5.4). Sanding of unprepared bell ends is
performed mechanically, using an emery cup with a grid of
grade P40 to P60 (see fig. 5.5.a).
Sanding of factory prepared bell ends and machined spigot

ends is performed mechanically using an emery cup, a
flapper wheel or emery cloth with a grid of grade P40 to
P60. A correctly sanded surface does not change in colour
when continuing sanding (see fig. 5.5.b). Bonding surfaces
must be sanded equally in circumferential direction.
The bonding surface must stay smooth by applying an
even pressure on the sanding equipment. Break sharp
edges of the tip of the machined spigot end.
The bonding surface is cleaned using a dry and clean dust Fig. 5.5.b
bristle (see fig. 5.5.c). Sanded surfaces must have a dull,
fresh finish, not a polished look. Do not touch the cleaned
Fig. 5.5.c
5
6. Dimensioning of taper spigot end
In case a pipe with the correct length and (factory) shaved
spigot end is available, then continue with section 7 of
these instructions. This section 6 is relevant in case the
pipe length has to be adjusted or a tapered spigot end
has to be shaved. Make sure to comply with the relevant
requirements stated in section 5 before starting a next step
in the activities to complete the bonding procedure. L L
6.1 Cutting of pipe

a Contaminated pipe surfaces must be cleaned prior
to perform any operation on the pipe (see relevant
requirements stated in section 5).
b Ensure that the pipe is adequately supported or clamped

on a pipe vice.
Fig. 6.1.c
Use rubber padding having a minimum thickness of
2 mm or similar to protect the pipe from damage.
c Determine the required length from the product drawing

or by measurement (see fig. 6.1.c).
d Scribe the pipe at the required length, using a pipe

fitters’ wrap-around (see fig. 6.1.d); take notice of the
minimum cut length (see Annex B).
e Cut the pipe square using a diamond or carbide coated

hacksaw or an abrasive wheel.
f Ensure that the squareness of the cut end remains within

required tolerance (A) (see fig. 6.1.f and table 6.1.f).
Fig. 6.1.d
Table 6.1.f Tolerance cut end
ID (mm) A (MM)
25 - 600 ±3
700 - 900 ±4
1000 - 1200 ±6
Fig. 6.1.f
6
6.2 Shaving of pipe end
a Various types of shavers are available (see fig. 6.2.a).
To operate the shaver, carefully follow the applicable
shaver instructions (see section 2).
b The pipe end to be shaved shall be clean (see relevant

requirements in section 5) and must be adequately
supported (see section 6.1.b and fig. 6.2.b).
c Start the shaving procedure (see fig. 6.2.c), using a

maximum shaving feed of 2 mm.
Be careful shaving the first layer as the pipe wall might
have an unequal thickness over the circumference.
Fig. 6.2.a.
Fig. 6.2.b
Fig. 6.2.c
7
d Repeat the shaving action until the required spigot
dimension (see Annex C) is achieved.
Measurement of the nose thickness (T) at a number
spots (3 - 6) in the circumference of the head of the
spigot (see fig. 6.2.d) can be used to obtain an indication
of having achieved the required spigot diameter (S1).
e Use an unprepared (dummy) bell to check the

correctness of the shaved spigot end dimensions by
determining the actual insert depth of the spigot in the
bell.
Mark the actual insert depth of the spigot in the (dummy)
bell on the section containing the spigot end
(see fig. 6.2.e). The spigot diameter (S1) is checked by
comparing the actual insert depth with the allowable
Fig. 6.2.d
values of the insert depth (see Annex C).

The actual insert depth shall comply with the following
requirement:
The actual insert depth shall be:
- Equal to or smaller than the maximum insert depth
- Equal to or greater than the minimum insert depth.

(Minimum insert depth ≤ Actual insert depth
≤ Maximum insert depth).
If the actual insert depth of the spigot in the (dummy)

bell is too long (> maximum insert depth, Annex C, table
C1), this means that the spigot diameter (S1) is too
small.
Choose for one of the following corrective actions:
- Cut the shaved length to comply with the required
insert depth.
- Cut the shaved spigot at about 50 % of the shaved Fig. 6.2.e
length and repeat dimensioning starting from section 6.1
If the actual insert depth of the spigot in the (dummy)

bell is too short (<minimum insert depth, see Annex C,
table C1), this means that the spigot diameter (S1) is too
big. Choose for the following corrective action:
Cut the shaved spigot at about 50 % of the shaved

length and repeat dimensioning starting from section
6.1.
8
f The eccentricity of the shaved spigot diameter (S1)
relative to the inner diameter (ID) is determined from a
number (≥ 6) of measurements of the nose thickness (T)
in the circumference of the spigot diameter (S1).
The maximum allowable difference between the
measured nose thicknesses (Tolmax) is indicated in table
insert depth
C1 of Annex C.
An explanation of a check of the eccentricity of the
shaved spigot diameter is given in Annex D, Re. 2.
If the actual tolerance on the nose thickness (Tolact) is

too big (> Tolmax, see Annex C, table C1), this means
that the eccentricity of the shaved spigot diameter (S1) add. insert depth
relative to the inner diameter (ID) is too big.
Choose for the following corrective action:
Fig. N1
Cut the shaved spigot at about 50% of the shaved length
and repeat dimensioning starting from section 6.1.
Note:
Shaving the spigot diameter (S1) 1 mm smaller (nose
thickness 0.5 mm less) results in an additional insert depth
of the spigot in the bell depending on the taper angle
(see fig. N1):
- For a taper angle α= 1.75 º,
the additional insert depth= 16.4 mm.
- For a taper angle α= 2.50 º,
the additional insert depth= 11.5 mm.
9
7. Preparing for bonding
Before any actual bonding activity can start, the spigot
and bell end to be jointed shall be prepared as described
below. Especially in the small diameter range, more joints
may have to be prepared, as more joints can be made with
one adhesive kit; in some cases it may be advantageous to
assemble more joints at the same time.
7.1 Sanding and conditioning of both bonding surfaces

a Make sure to comply with the relevant requirements
stated in section 5.
Note:
The maximum number of sanding operations for each of
the bonding surfaces, either the bell or the spigot, is two.
In case a bonding surface is subjected to more than two Fig. 7.2.c
sanding operations the dimensions shall be checked by
determination of the insert depth of the spigot in the bell to
be bonded. In this situation, the check of the insert depth
shall be performed with the actual bell of the joint to be
made, instead of using a dummy bell end.
7.2 Dry fit and marking

a A joint of two pipe sections is marked with an insertion
mark. A joint of a pipe and a fitting is marked with an
insertion mark as well as an alignment mark.
b In order to be able to check the required final position of

the spigot relative to the bell a marking shall be made on
the outer surface:
- An insertion mark is made on the pipe containing the
spigot end in order to check the insert depth of the
spigot in the bell.
- An alignment mark is made on both, the bell and the
pipe containing the spigot, in order to check the
required orientation.
c For an insertion mark:

Measure distance Y (see Annex D, Table D1) back from
the head of the spigot and scribe a line in circumferential
direction on the outer surface of the pipe (see fig. 7.2.c).
Note:
Y is derived from the following equation:
Y= Minimum insert depth + X (Eq.1)

Where:
- For Minimum insert depth see Annex C, Table C1.
- X is taken as a default value of 50 mm in
Annex D, Table D1.
In case the value of X = 50 mm is not workable,
choose another practical value of X and
determine Y using equation (Eq.1).
10
d For an alignment mark:
Scribe a longitudinal line on the outer surface of the
bell, continuing on the outer surface of the pipe
containing the shaved spigot end (see fig. 7.2.d).
7.3 Installation of pulling equipment

a The mechanical equipment to pull the spigot centrically
in the bell is installed on both sides of the joint
(see fig. 7.3.a).
Normally two winches will suffice; if needed more
winches can be used.
The position of the winches is equally spaced over the
circumference of the parts to be jointed in order to
realise centric entrance of the spigot in the bell.
Make sure that there will be sufficient space to apply Fig. 7.2.d
adhesive on the bonding surfaces.
b Respect the required alignment of the parts to be jointed

as well as the support during the bonding operation.
Fig. 7.3.a
11
8. Bonding
The actual bonding starts with the preparation of the
adhesive and finishes when the adhesive between the
jointed parts is cooled down to ambient temperature, after
completion of curing of the adhesive.
The adhesive shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer.
Be aware that the bonding procedure shall be performed
continuously and without any interruption or delay, within
the potlife/working life of the adhesive. This means that
the period within mixing of the adhesive components until
the spigot has been pulled into the bell shall fall within the
potlife/working life.
8.1 Preparation of adhesive

a Select the proper type and kit size of adhesive, if
applicable. Fig. 8.2.c
Determine the number of adhesive kits required for
one joint, or the number of joints which can be made
with one kit. For detailed information about the adhesive,
reference is made to the relevant document
(see section 2).
b The temperature of the adhesive shall comply with the

requirements stated in the relevant document
(see section 2).
c Apply the adhesive immediately after finishing the mix

procedure.
d Never use adhesive that has started to cure; this is the

case when the mixture gets clotted, toughens and the
temperature rises significantly. Fig. 8.2.d
8.2 Application of adhesive

a Use a fresh spatula or adhesive scraper for the
application of adhesive on the freshly prepared bonding
surfaces. In case the spatula used for mixing is also
used for the application of the adhesive, the spatula
must be cleaned first.
b Wet the sanded surfaces of bell- and spigot end with

some force with a thin, uniform coating of adhesive
(hardly any thickness).
c Apply a thin (≈ 0.5 mm) and uniform layer of adhesive

on the adhesive coated bonding surface of the spigot
end. Do not apply more adhesive than strictly necessary
to avoid an excessive resin bead on the inside of the
joint, resulting in flow restrictions.
Make sure to apply an adhesive layer on the cut end of
the spigot (see fig. 8.2.c and fig. 8.2.d).
d Make sure to apply sufficient adhesive on the cylindrical

end of the spigot that will be covered by the bell
(see fig. 8.2.c and fig. 8.2.d).
e Protect the adhesive coatings on the bonding surfaces

and prevent any contamination.
12
8.3 Assembly of the spigot in the bell
a Parts to be jointed shall be aligned as true as possible.
Any visual misalignment is unacceptable.
b Insert the spigot in the bell and pay attention to the

alignment mark on the outer surface with regard to the
orientation of the parts to be jointed.
c Hook the winches, apply an equal load on each

winch and pull the sections to be bonded in a smooth
movement together until the spigot does not enter
anymore into the bell (see fig. 8.3.c); respect the
marking on the outer surface.
Make sure that the spigot is inserted centrically into the
bell until the joint is firmly fixed together.
Fig. 8.3.c
d Determine the distance (Dist) measured from the head
of the bell to the insertion mark (see fig. 8.3.d); this
distance (Dist) shall comply with the requirement stated
in Annex D, Re. 1.
The distance (Dist) may depend on the type of adhesive.
e It may be necessary to create some space between the

winch cables and the pipe outside to ease positioning of
the heating blanket.
The load on the pulling equipment may only be
changed within the potlife/working life of the adhesive.
Note:
Continuation of activities on the pipeline system may never
influence the load on the pulling equipment in either
positive or negative sense. Fig. 8.3.d
g Keep the tension load on the pulling equipment until the

adhesive is fully cured.
If the load on the jointed parts is released within
the potlife/working life of the adhesive, the bonding
procedure shall be repeated starting from section 8.2.
If the load on the jointed parts is released after the
potlife/working life of the adhesive, but before
completion of the curing cycle, then the joint is rejected
and the bonding procedure shall be repeated starting
from section 7.
h Remove the excessive adhesive from the outer surface

(see fig. 8.3.h) and if possible from the inside of the
joint. The fillet on the head of the bell should be
smoothly rounded; the inside might be cleaned with a Fig. 8.3.h
plug (see fig. 8.3.h.1).
Fig. 8.3.h.1
13
8.4 Curing of the adhesive
a The tension on the pulling equipment shall not be
changed until completion of the cure of the adhesive.
Until completion of the cure of the adhesive the joint
shall not be moved, vibrated or otherwise disturbed.
b Wrap the required size and voltage heating blanket

around the joint, ensuring full coverage of the bond
area and keeping the power supply cable free from the
blanket. Tie the heating blanket down using e.g. a
string or steel wire and assuring an optimal surface
contact with the bell (see fig. 8.4.b). More details can
be found in the heating blanket instruction
(see section 2).
c Overlapping ends of oversized blankets risk to be Fig. 8.4.b

over-heated. Insulate overlapping ends and position
the overlap outside the insulation.
d Insulate the heating blanket with suitable insulating

material (by preference a fire blanket or equivalent).
Close at least one open end of the jointed pipe line
sections in order to avoid cooling down by draught.
Insulating material should overlap the sides of the
blanket with at least 100 mm and should match the
pipe (see fig. 8.4.d).
e Apply electric power to the heating blanket.

If applicable, adjust the temperature of the blanket such
that the surface temperature of the jointed parts
complies with the requirements stated in the relevant
adhesive instructions (see section 2).
Check the functioning of the heating blanket at least at
the start and at the end of the curing process by
measuring the surface temperature of the bell using a
(digital) thermometer.
f The curing time starts when the required surface

temperature of the jointed components is reached.
Write the starting time of the curing on the pipe, next
to the heating blanket. For the required curing time
see Annex E.
g Adhesive bonded flanges shall be cured by placing the

heating blanket against the inner surface of the flange. Fig. 8.4.d
For an optimal heat transfer the blanket shall be
pressed against the inner surface of the jointed parts,
after the excess adhesive has been removed from the
inside of the joint (see fig. 8.4.g).
h If the curing time or the curing temperature does not

comply with the requirements of the curing cycle, the
complete curing cycle shall be repeated.
i The electrical power to the heating blanket shall be

switched off after completion of the curing time and
after having checked the surface temperature for the
last time. Indicate the end time of the curing cycle on
the pipe. It is advised to mark the joint, indicating that
the adhesive is cured. Allow the joint to cool down
before loading mechanically or hydrostatically.
Fig. 8.4.g
14
9. Materials, tools and consumables
9.1 Materials
• Adhesive*
9.2 Tools
• Shaver*
• Heating blanket*
(plus temperature controller, if applicable)
• Dummy of bell end*
• Measuring tape and/or folding rule

• Vernier calliper
• Pipe fitters’ wrap-around
• Level and marker
• Pipe vice or stable supports (brackets) with rubber
coated clamping device
• Hacksaw, disc grinder or power jigsaw
• Small electrical or air driven grinding machine
• Pairs of winches or come-alongs
• Pairs of band clamps with puller rings
• Insulation material or blankets
• Digital temperature gauge for surface temperature
measurement
• Dew point meter
• Temperature meter
• Relative humidity meter
• Digital thermometer for measurement of surface
temperature during curing process
• Hot air blower
• Tenting (subject to weather conditions)
* To be supplied by the pipe manufacturer.
9.3 Consumables
• Cutting disks
• Emery disks, emery cups, emery cloth, flapper wheels
(all grade P40 to P60)
• Spatula (rubber scraper plate, filling knife), marker pen,
dust (paint) brush
• Rubber gloves, working gloves, dust masks, safety
goggles
• Cleaning plug
• Overalls, safety shoes, safety helmet
• Cleaning rags, cleaning fluid such as acetone, Methyl
Ethyl Ketone (MEK) or Methyl Iso Butyl Ketone (MIBK)
15
10. Health and safety
When working with GRE products, following safety
precautions shall be taken:
• Wear at all time suitable protective clothing.
• Use Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE), such as:
- Long sleeves
- Hard head (if required by site conditions)
- Safety shoes
- Glasses
- Gloves (for mechanical and chemical protection)
- Dust mask (during machining and sanding)
- Ear protection (during mechanical operations)
For health and safety data reference is made to the

applicable instructions (see section 2).
16
Annex A Schemes assembly process Taper bonded joint
Annex A1 Scheme of spigot dimensioning process
Spigot dimensioning process
Check pipe surface

see section 5 and ambient
conditions
see section 6 .1 Cutting Pipe
Cut to length or
see section 6.2 Shaving Pipe
make new spigot
Yes
Check insert Too long No

Not OK
see section 6.2.e depth
OK
Check Not OK Too big

Yes
see section 6.2.f tolerance nose
thickness
OK
Adhesive bonding
see Annex A2 process
17
Annex A2 Scheme of adhesive bonding process
Adhesive bonding process
Check pipe surface

and ambient see section 5
conditions
Sanding
see section 5.5
spigot and socket
Clean
see section 5.4
spigot and socket
Marking
see section 7.2
spigot
Installation
see section 7.3
pulling equipment
Control temperature
of spigot, socket and see section 7.1, 8.1
adhesive
Preparation adhesive see section 8.1
Applying
see section 8.2
adhesive
Assembly see section 8.3
Curing see section 8.4
18
Annex B Minimum cut length
Fig. B1 Minimum cut length (Lo) for pipe Taper bell - Taper spigot
ID PN (bar)
Inch mm 10 16 20 25
2 50 500 500 500 500
3 80 500 500 500 500
4 100 500 500 500 500
6 150 500 500 500 500
8 200 580 580 580 640
10 250 580 610 610 670
12 300 580 640 640 700
14 350 580 640 640 700
16 400 610 670 670 730
18 450 610 670 670 730
20 500 610 700 720 860
24 600 610 730 730 860
28 700 870 1150
30 750 870 1150
32 800 870 1150
36 900 900 1060
Table B1 Minimum cut length (Lo) (mm)
19
Annex C Shaving dimensions Taper spigot (10 bar)
Fig. C1 Dimensions Taper spigot
General pipe info 10 bar
Nominal Shave Eccentric DRY FIT Nose Spigot Spigot

Pipe size angle Tolerance insert thickness diameter Length
α (°) depth (reference) (reference) (reference)
Ds (Tnom) (S1) (SA)
mm inch +/- 10’ mm +/- 5mm mm mm mm

50 2 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 55.0 26.2
80 3 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 83.8 26.2
100 4 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 107.2 26.2
150 6 2.5 0.6 50 1.0 161.0 22.9
200 8 2.5 0.6 80 1.0 210.8 36.6
250 10 2.5 0.8 80 1.0 264.9 45.8
300 12 2.5 0.9 80 1.0 315.7 55.0
350 14 2.5 1.1 80 1.5 347.4 48.1
400 16 2.5 1.2 110 1.5 396.7 55.0
450 18 2.5 1.4 110 1.5 436.8 59.5
500 20 2.5 1.5 110 2.0 486.1 66.4
600 24 2.5 1.8 110 2.0 582.6 80.2
700 28 1.75 2.1 140 4.0 708.0 81.8
750 30 1.75 2.3 140 4.0 758.0 88.4
800 32 1.75 2.4 170 4.0 808.0 94.9
900 36 1.75 2.7 200 4.0 908.0 111.3
1000 40 1.75 3.0 200 4.5 1007.5 117.8
Table C1 Shaving dimensions 10 bar
Note:
For pipeline installation: a dummy or the actual bell can be used for dry fit
For spoolbuilding: the actual bell shall be used for dry fit
Dry fit insertion depth = according table
Using unfilled adhesive type (RP44. RP48, RP55): bonded insertion = dry fit insertion -0 / +10mm
Using filled adhesive type (RP60B, RP34C): bonded insertion = dry fit insertion -10 / +10mm
Eccentric tolerance (= max nose thickness - min nose thickness) = 0,6 OR 0,003 * ID which is highest
20

Ds (Tnom) (S1) (SA)

50 2 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 55.0 26.2
80 3 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 83.8 26.2
100 4 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 107.2 32.7
150 6 2.5 0.6 50 1.0 161.0 34.4
200 8 2.5 0.6 80 1.0 210.8 45.8
250 10 2.5 0.8 110 1.0 264.9 64.1
300 12 2.5 0.9 140 1.0 315.7 80.2
350 14 2.5 1.1 140 1.5 347.4 77.9
400 16 2.5 1.2 170 1.5 396.7 93.9
450 18 2.5 1.4 170 1.5 436.8 107.6
500 20 2.5 1.5 200 2.0 486.1 112.2
600 24 2.5 1.8 230 2.5 583.6 130.6
700 28 1.75 2.1 230 5.5 711.0 147.3
750 30 1.75 2.3 260 6.0 762.0 153.8
800 32 1.75 2.4 290 5.5 811.0 193.1
900 36 1.75 2.7 260 6.0 912.0 222.6
1000 40 1.75 3.0 230 8.0 1014.5 202.9
Note:
21

Ds (Tnom) (S1) (SA)

50 2 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 55.0 26.2
80 3 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 83.8 26.2
100 4 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 107.2 32.7
150 6 2.5 0.6 80 1.0 161.0 43.5
200 8 2.5 0.6 80 1.0 210.8 57.3
250 10 2.5 0.8 110 1.0 264.9 75.6
300 12 2.5 0.9 140 1.0 315.7 96.2
350 14 2.5 1.1 140 1.5 347.4 93.9
400 16 2.5 1.2 170 1.5 396.7 114.5
450 18 2.5 1.4 170 1.5 436.8 128.3
500 20 2.5 1.5 200 2.0 486.1 132.8
600 24 2.5 1.8 230 2.5 583.6 162.6
700 28 1.75 2.1 290 5.5 711.0 193.1
750 30 1.75 2.3 230 6.0 762.0 202.9
800 32 1.75 2.4 320 6.5 813.0 216.0
900 36 1.75 2.7 260 7.5 915.0 232.4
Note:
22

Ds (Tnom) (S1) (SA)

50 2 1.75 0.6 50 1.0 55.0 26.2
80 3 1.75 0.6 80 1.0 83.8 29.5
100 4 1.75 0.6 80 1.0 107.2 45.8
150 6 2.5 0.6 110 1.0 161.0 55.0
200 8 2.5 0.6 140 1.0 210.8 80.2
250 10 2.5 0.8 170 1.5 265.9 91.6
300 12 2.5 0.9 200 1.5 316.7 116.8
350 14 2.5 1.1 170 2.0 348.4 123.7
400 16 2.5 1.2 230 2.5 398.7 135.1
450 18 2.5 1.4 200 2.5 438.8 153.5
500 20 2.5 1.5 230 3.0 488.1 164.9
600 24 2.5 1.8 260 3.5 585.6 201.6
700 28 1.75 2.1 260 7.0 714.0 238.9
750 30 1.75 2.3 290 8.0 766.0 242.2
800 32 1.75 2.4 290 8.5 817.0 258.6
Note:
23
Annex D Instructions dimensional check shaving dimensions Taper
spigot
The correctness of the shaving dimensions of the taper
spigot end is checked by measurement of:

1. The insert depth of the spigot in the bell
2. The actual tolerance on the nose thickness
Note:
The nominal Spigot Length (SA) is given in Annex C, Table
C1, for reference only. The Spigot Length (SA) shall not be
used as quality criterion.
Re. 1 The insert depth of the spigot in the bell

A check of the required minimum insert depth of the
spigot in the bell, after assembly of the spigot in the bell, is
performed by measurement of the distance (Dist) from the Fig. D1
head of the bell to the insertion mark (see section 8.3.d).
A correct insertion depth shall comply with the following

requirement:
Filled adhesive (e.g. RP 60 B / RP 34)

(X-10) ≤ Dist ≤ X (Eq. D1)
Unfilled adhesive (e.g. RP 48 / RP 44, RP 55)

(X-10) ≤ Dist ≤ (X+10) (Eq. D2)
Example for position of insertion mark

(see section 7.2.c, fig. D1 and fig. D2):
In case for X= 50 mm is chosen, the insertion mark shall

be scribed at a distance Y (mm), measured from the head
of the spigot; for Y see following table D1.
Fig. D2
Nominal pipe size PN (bar)
Inch mm 10 16 20 25
2 50 95 95 95 95
3 80 95 95 95 125
4 100 95 95 95 125
6 150 95 95 125 155
8 200 125 125 125 185
10 250 125 155 155 215
12 300 125 185 185 245
14 350 125 185 185 215
16 400 155 215 215 275
18 450 155 215 215 245
20 500 155 245 245 275
24 600 155 275 275 305
28 700 185 275 335 305
30 750 185 305 275 335
32 800 215 335 365 335
36 900 245 305 305
40 1000 245 275
24
Re. 2 Eccentricity of spigot end
A check of the deviation on the nose thickness (Tdev) is
an indirect method to check the eccentricity of the spigot
diameter (S1) relative to the inner diameter (ID).
The deviation of the nose thickness (Tdev) is obtained
from measurements of the nose thickness (T) in the
circumference of the spigot diameter (S1), (see fig. D3).
The minimum value of the deviation on the nose thickness

(Tdevmin)= 0; in this case the spigot diameter (S1) is centric
relative to the inner diameter (ID).
The maximum allowable deviation on the nose thickness
(Tdevmax) indicates the maximum allowable eccentricity of
the spigot diameter (S1) relative to the inner diameter (ID).
The deviation on the nose thickness (Tdev) is determined Fig. D3

from measurements of the actual nose thickness (T) and is
compared with the maximum allowable tolerance (Tolmax),
which is listed in Annex C, table C1.
The deviation on the nose thickness (Tdev) is derived from

following equation:
Tdev = Tmax - Tmin (Eq. D2)
Tmax and Tmin are respectively the maximum and minimum

value of the measured nose thickness (T).
The nose thickness (T) is measured at least 6 times, equally
spaced over the circumference of the spigot diameter (S1),
(see fig. D3).
The eccentricity of the spigot diameter (S1) relative to the

inner diameter (ID) is correct if the deviation (Tdev) complies
with the following requirement:
Tdev ≤ Tolmax (Eq. D3)
Table D1 Position insertion mark at distance Y (mm) from head of the spigot, for X=50mm
25
Annex E1 Determine required curing time pipe to pipe joints
Curing time (hours) pipe to pipe joints
Inch mm 10 16 20 25
2 50 1 1 1 1
3 80 1 1 1 1
4 100 1 1 1 1
6 150 1 1 1 1
8 200 1 1 1 1
10 250 1 1 1 1
12 300 1 1 1 1.5
14 350 1 1 1 1.5
16 400 1 1 1.5 2
18 450 1 1.5 1.5 2
20 500 1 1.5 2 3
24 600 1 2 2 4
28 700 1 3
30 750 1.5 3
32 800 1.5 3
36 900 1.5 4
40 1000 2 4
Table E1 Curing time pipe - pipe
Annex E2 Determine required curing time pipe to fittings joints

Curing time (hours) pipe to fittings joints
Inch mm 10 16 20 25
2 50 1 1 1 1
3 80 1 1 1 1
4 100 1 1 1 1
6 150 1 1 1 1
8 200 1 1 1 1.5
10 250 1 1.5 1.5 2
12 300 1 1.5 2 3
14 350 1 1.5 2 3
16 400 1 2 3 4
18 450 1.5 2 3 4
20 500 1.5 3 4 4
24 600 1.5 4 4
28 700 2 4
30 750 2 4
32 800 2 4
36 900 3
40 1000 4
Table E2 Curing time pipe - fitting
26
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________



FP 1043 B 04/12
Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand® fiberglass flanges
Scope
These instructions present NOV Fiber Glass Systems recommendations for the proper use of Bondstrand fiberglass
flanges. The mounting of flanges on the pipe is addressed by the assembly instructions for the particular joint type and
adhesive used.
Bondstrand fiberglass
Bondstrand flanges are Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) filament-wound epoxy pipe flanges in diameters 25 through
1000 mm (1-40 inch) designed to be used in combination with Bondstrand pipes. Flanges are used in Bondstrand pipe
systems to connect appendages and equipment, or to make connection with other lines of similar or other material.
It also gives the ability to divide a pipeline into several (prefabricated) sections making it easier to install. Three type of
flanges are available. Depending on the application and pressure one of the below described flanges can be used.
Bondstrand flange types

Hubbed type flange
Applicable for low pressure up to a maximum of 12 bar (174 psi),
and only in combination with flat face counter flanges.
Never use this type of flange against raised face flanges or
in combination with wafer type valves. Hubbed type flanges are
available in sizes 2-16 inch (50-400 mm) with
Quick-Lock® adhesive bonded joints.
Photo 1 - Hubbed flange
Heavy Duty (HD) type flange

The Heavy Duty type flanges are used for pressures up to
50 bar (725 psi). HD type flanges are available with a Quick-Lock
sizes 1-16 inch (25-400 mm) or Taper/Taper sizes 2-40 inch
(50-1000 mm) adhesive bonded joint. Heavy duty tupe flanges can
be used when connecting to raised faced metal flanges and wafer
type valves.
Photo 2 - HD flange
Stub-end (lap joint) type flange

Stub-end type flanges are suitable for high pressures upto
100 bar (1450 psi) . Stub end flanges can be supplied with an
o-ring groove or a flat face in combination with suitable gasket.
Stub-end type flanges are available with a Quick-Lock sizes
1-16 inch (25-400 mm) or Taper/Taper sizes 2-40 inch (50-1000)
Photo 3 - Stub-end flange
adhesive bonded joint. Stub-end type flanges can be used when
connecting to raised faced metal flange and wafer type valves.
Stub-end (lap joint) type flanges consist of 2 parts; A Bondstrand GRE stub with a steel backing ring flange.
Always use a flat faced (stub end) flange against an o-ring sealed stub end flange, when using stub-ends as flange
pairs.
Tooling
Check the presence and quality of joint material (bolt, nut, washer, gas-
ket) and tooling (Photo 4). The tooling and joint material listed below are,  
as a minimum, required to make a flanged joint. A torque wrench and a
ring spanner are required for proper assembly of Bondstrand fiberglass
 
flanges.

1. Level
2. Torque wrench 
3. Ring spanner 
4. Flange square
5. Winches
6. Band clamp
7. Steel cross
Gaskets
• For hubbed flanges use a full-face gasket of a reinforced elastomer;

• For heavy duty flanges use a full-face or raised face gasket of a reinforced elastomer or
compressed fiber;
• For o-ring sealed stub end flanges use an o-ring. For flat faced stub end flanges use a
raised face gasket of a reinforced elastomer or compressed fiber;
• Gasket material must be suitable for the service pressure, temperature and fluids in the
system. Gaskets should be 3 mm (⅛ inch) thick.
The hardness should be 60-75 Shore A;
• When connecting to rubber lined valves, use either flat faced stub end flanges or insert a
spacer ring between valve and flange.
See table 1 for pressure rating of the different gasket types.

Size Range Reinforced Compressed Steel O-Ring
Elastomer Fiber Reinforced (stub end)
Rubber
(inch) (mm) (bar) (psi) (bar) (psi) (bar) (psi) (bar) (psi)
1-12 25-300 16 232 20 290 50 725 100 1450
14-24 350-600 16 232 16 232 40 580 75 1088
26-40 650-1000 16 232 16 232 25 363 50 725
Alignment
Flange joints shall be installed aligned and stress free. Never pull flanges together by
tightening the bolts. See table below for maximum misalignment allowance.
Table 2: Maximum misalignment allowance
Flange Size Range A B

(inch) (mm) (bar) (mm) (bar) (mm)
1-16 25-400 5/128 1 5/64 2
18-40 450-1000 5/64 2 5/32 4
Leakage problems due to misalignment could be solved by using o-ring type gaskets (e.g.
Kroll & Ziller G-ST-P/S or Elastomet OR).
Bolt length
Note that Bondstrand flanges are thicker than metal flanges and require washers.
This should be taken into account when calculating the bolt length.
For flange thickness see the appropriate product datasheet, dimension data.
2
Connecting to other pipe systems
When Bondstrand pipe is connected to metal pipe systems, the interface should be anchored
to prevent movement or loads being transmitted to the Bondstrand pipe system.
Assembly of Quick-Lock flanges

Prepare the cut pipe end by shaving the appropriate spigot. Apply adhesive to the pipe spigot
and flange socket. Refer to the Bondstrand Quick-Lock assembly instructions for detailed
instruction on joint preparation and assembly.
Photo 5 - Apply adhesive
Without delay, slowly push the Quick-Lock flange onto the Quick-Lock spigot in a straight
forward motion. Do not rotate or jiggle the flange.
Photo 6 - Push flange onto

spigot
After joint assembly, check the alignment of the bolt holes.
Carefully turn the flange to position the bolt holes.
Photo 7 - Check bolt holes

alignment
Final seating of the spigot can be accomplished by carefully tapping on a wooden block
placed on the flange face. The spigot end should be seated against the bell stop of the
socket.
For sizes ≥ 6 inch (≥ 150 mm) a steel cross (see photo 15) can be used to get final seating.
Photo 8 - Final seating
Check the alignment of the flange face using a flange square.
Photo 9 - Check alignment of

flange face
Once again check the alignment of the bolt holes.

Remove excessive adhesive.
Photo 10 - Remove excessive

adhesive
Support the flange from underneath while curing to maintain proper alignment.
Cure the adhesive joint using an NOV Fiber Glass Systems approved heating blanket.
Check the position of the thermostat. It should be facing inwards (6 o’clock position) and
must be covered by the blanket. For the smaller sizes 1-3 inch (25-80 mm) special inner
blankets are available.
Photo 11 - Cure adhesive joint
3
Assembly of Taper/Taper flanges
Prepare the cut pipe end by shaving the appropriate spigot. Apply adhesive to the
pipe spigot and flange socket. Refer to the Bondstrand Taper/Taper assembly instructions for
detailed instruction on joint preparation and assembly.
Photo 12 - Apply adhesive
Without delay, slowly push the Taper/Taper flange onto the

Taper/Taper spigot in a straight forward motion. Do not rotate or jiggle the flange.
Photo 13 - Push flange onto

spigot
After joint assembly, check the alignment of the bolt holes.

Carefully turn the flange to position the bolt holes.
Photo 14 - Check boltholes

alignment
Pull the joint together using the winches. Check the insertion depth.
Photo 15 - Check insertion

depth
Check the alignment of the flange face using a flange square, or by using a level and a
measuring tape.

flange face
Once again check the alignment of the bolt holes. Remove excessive adhesive.

bolt holes
Cure the adhesive joint using an NOV Fiber GLass Systems approved heating blanket.
Check the position of the thermostat. It should be facing inwards (6 o’clock position) and
must be covered by the blanket. For the smaller sizes 1-3 inch (25-80 mm) special inner
blankets are available. Do not remove the winches while curing the joint.
Photo 18 - Cure the adhesive

joint
4
Flange jointing
Place the gasket between the two flange faces.
Photo 19 - Place gasket
Insert the bolts and finger-tighten all nuts. Bolt threads must be clean and lubricated to
attain proper torque. Use lubricated washers under both nuts and bolt heads to protect
flange back face.
Photo 20 - Insert bolts
Tighten all nuts following the sequences shown under “tightening sequence”.
Do not exceed the torque increments given in “Recommended Bolt Torques.”
After all bolts have been tightened to the recommended torque, re-check the torque on
each bolt in the same sequence, since previously tightened bolts may have relaxed.
Photo 21 - Tighten bolts
Caution: Excess torque can damage the flange and prevent sealing.
Note! Always use washers on the back-facing of glassfiber hubbed and heavy duty
flanges. For stub end flange assembly with metal flange rings washers are optional.
Tightening sequence
12 1
20 13
11 1 16 1
5 1 8 9
3 1 8 5
7 5
12 5 16 17
3 7
3 9
4 13 4 9
10 4
8 4
14 3 10 3
2 4 6 8
2 6 2 12 18 15
6 11
10 7 6 7
2 15 14 19
24 1
16 9 2 11
8 17 24 1
12 13
20 20 25
5
8 5
12 13
28 17
4 21 16 9
22 3 4 21
14 11 22 3
16 28 1 17 10 15
24 9 6 19
8 29 18 7 18 27
32 10 15
5 2 23 6 7
12 21 26 19
14 11
2 23
20 13
D
4 25 C
B
A
26 3 Date
Symbol Revision By Appv'd
This document contains infor- Fiberglass-Composite Pipe Group
14 19 mation proprietary to Ameron.
It shall not be reproduced,
Ameron B.V.
De Panoven 20, P.O. Box 6
used ot disclosed to anyone 4190 CA Geldermalsen, The Netherlands
without the prior written per- AMERON Phone : (+31) 345 587 587
22 11 mission of Ameron. Fax : (+31) 345 587 561
Title:
6 31 TIGHTENING SEQUENCE
30 7 ALL DIM. IN mm By Date ECN No.
10 23 DRAWING SIZE : A3
Drawn S.P. 30-10-7 Sheet1 of1
18 15 Checked DWG No. Rev
2 27 DWG. Scale
1:4
Appv´d
2-CD2684 -
5
Recommended bolt torques
Table 3: Hubbed Flanges
Flange Size Initial Torque Torque
Full Pressure Seal
(inch) (mm) (N·m) (ft·lb) (N.m) (ft·lb)
2-4 50-100 10 7 30 22
6-12 150-300 20 15 40 30
14-16 350-400 30 22 70 52
Table 4: Heavy Duty Flanges and blind

Full Pressure Seal
(inch) (mm) (N·м) (ft·lb) (N·м) (ft·lb)
1-1.5 25-40 10 7 30 22
2-4 50-100 20 15 60 44
6-8 150-200 30 22 80 59
10-14 250-350 50 37 150 111
16 400 100 74 250 184
18-20 450-500 200 148 400 295
22-40 550-1000 250 184 500 369
Table 5: Stub end Flanges

Full Pressure Seal
(inch) (mm) (N·м) (ft·lb) (N.м) (ft·lb)
1-4 25-100 20 15 90 66
6-12 150-300 50 37 150 111
14-16 350-400 100 74 300 221
18-24 450-600 200 148 600 443
26-40 650-1000 300 221 800 590
6
Troubleshooting
If the assembled flange joint leaks, loosen and remove all bolts, nuts, washers and gasket.
Check for alignment of assembly. Rebuild to correct alignment as required.
Check the gasket for damage. If damaged, discard and replace it with a new, undamaged
gasket. Check flanges for seal ring damage. In particular, check the condition of the inner
seal rings. Flanges with damaged inner seal rings must be
removed and new, undamaged flanges installed. If leaks occur as a result of
deficiencies in non-fiberglass components of the piping system, consult the
manufacturer of the defective components for recommended corrective procedures. Clean
and re-lubricate old threads and washers before rejoining. Repeat the joining procedure out-
lined above. After corrective action has been taken, retest the joint.
Safety
Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye protection at all times.
Photo 22 - Safety gear
7



FP196 D 04/12
Assembly Instructions for Bondstrand® Fiberglass Saddles
Scope
These instructions describe the proper procedures for mounting Bondstrand filament-wound epoxy saddles on epoxy
pipe. This procedure is suitable for all saddle types.
Bondstrand fiberglass saddles

Bondstrand saddles are Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) filament-wound epoxy pipe saddles in diameters
25 through 1000 mm (1-40 inch) designed to be used in combination with Bondstrand pipes. Reducing saddles are
used in Bondstrand pipe systems to connect appendages, e.g. pressure gauges. Several types of saddles are available.
Depending on the application one of the below described saddles can be used.
Tooling
Check the presence and quality of the material (saddle), adhesive and tooling. The tooling listed below is, as a
minimum, required to mount the saddle.
1. Level;
2. Band clamp;
3. Hole saw;
4. Flapper wheel sander grid 40/60. 1
Tooling
1
Bondstrand Reducing saddle with flanged branch
saddle types These saddles are available in pressure classes up to 16 bar depending on the
size. Flanged reducing saddles are available in size 2”- 40” with either Quick-Lock
or Taper adhesive bonded flanges. Refer to the product datasheets for available
branch sizes. Flanged reducing saddles are generally used to connect vents and
drains or temperature and pressure gauges. To connect branch lines reducing tees
are recommended.
Reducing saddle with flanged branch
Reducing saddle with socket outlet

The socket reducing saddles are, depending on size, suitable up to 16 bar.
This type of reducing saddle is available in size 3”-40” with either a Quick-Lock
or Taper adhesive bonded bell end. Refer to the product datasheets for available
branch sizes. In general socket reducing saddles are used to connect short branch
lines (e.g. drain or vent lines). Reducing tees are recommended to connect to
branch lines.
Reducing saddle with socket outlet
Reducing saddle with bushing

Bushing saddle can be used for pressures up to 16 bar (depending on size) and
are available in sizes 2”-40”. The outlet can be NPT or BSP threaded. Thread sizes
up to 1” are available. Bushing saddles are used to connect pressure and
temperature gauges.
Reducing saddle with bushing
2
Deluge saddle
Deluge saddles are available up to 16 bar (depending on size). Deluge saddles are
manufactured using titanium reversed taper bushings that are bonded in the
saddle. The outlet can be NPT or BSP threaded. Thread sizes up to 1” are
available. Deluge saddles are used in deluge piping to connect deluge nozzles.
Deluge saddle
Support saddle
Available in sizes 1” up to and including 40”. Support saddle can be used at sliding
supports (wear saddle) or at anchor supports to restrict movement of the pipe.
Support saddle
Grounding saddle
Grounding saddles are used to ground conductive pipe. They are available in
size 1” – 40” and are bonded to the pipe using RP-60 conductive adhesive.
Grounding saddle
3
Asssembly of saddles
Mark the outline of the saddle on the surface of the pipe.
Mark outline saddle
Sand the area with a flapper wheel, using a grid 40 or 60 abrasive.

Sand the bonding area until the resin rich outer layer is completely
removed. After sanding, the surface should show a dull, fresh finish
(not a polished look).
Sand area with flapper wheel
If a hole in the pipe is required, mark and drill the hole opening. Do not use
oil or other lubricants for drilling. Make the hole just slightly larger than the
outer diameter of the protuted part of the branch at the inner radius of the
saddle. A hole saw with a pilot drill and a carbide cutting works best for
¾-inch and larger holes, while a standard drill bit for steel will usually
suffice for smaller holes.
Examine the inside surface of the pipe around the newly cut hole for
cracks in the liner. Chipped or cracked liner material must be sanded off
and a thin layer of adhesive added to the affected areas.
When required mark and drill the hole
opening
Sand the inside surface of the saddle using a flapper sander. Lightly
re-sand the pipe surface and the edge of the hole, especially if the surface
may have been contaminated while drilling the hole.
All mating surfaces, plus the edge of the hole, must be clean and dry and
must be sanded within two hours of assembly.
After sanding, surfaces to be bonded should show a dull, fresh finish

(not a polished look).
Sand the inside surface of the saddle
Thoroughly wipe the sanded saddle and pipe surfaces with a clean, dry
paper cloth or use a duster brush to remove dust particles.
If surfaces become wet, warm with Bondstrand heating blanket until dry,
then re-sand. Protect the mating surfaces from moisture during wet
weather by tenting over the working area. Do not touch the prepared
surfaces with bare hands or any article that would leave an oily film.
Never use solvents for cleaning bonding surfaces.
Wipe the sanded saddle and pipe surfaces

clean
4
Unless the project specifications or the Bondstrand Chemical Resistance
Chart recommend a special adhesive for your particular service, one
should use Bondstrand RP-34 Epoxy Adhesive. If a different Bondstrand
adhesive is required, substitute for the RP-34 an equal quantity of the
desired adhesive.
Instructions for mixing and using the adhesive are found in the package.
Grounding saddles are bonded using RP60 conductive adhesive.
Use required Bondstrand Epoxy adhesive kit
Apply enough adhesive to completely cover the mating surfaces of both

pipe and saddle and a thin layer to the hole edge in the pipe with the
spatula supplied in the adhesive kit. Then add a liberal amount of
adhesive in the central area of the pipe mating surface so that excess
adhesive will be forced to flow from the central area to the saddle edges
when the saddle and pipe are banded. If saddle is to be mounted over a
hole, avoid excess flow towards the hole by placing the excess adhesive
around the hole, about halfway between the hole and the edge of the
saddle.
Apply enough adhesive
Push the saddle into place and check the alignment of the outlet using a
level.
Push saddle into place and check the

alignment
Draw the saddle against the pipe using two band clamps at each end of
the saddle.
Do not over tight as this will squeeze out all the adhesive. Put just enough
tension on the band clamps until adhesive is shown at all edges.
Remove excess adhesive for a nice finish. Once again check the
alignment.
Use band clamps
Cure the adhesive bonded saddle at ambient temperature for at least 8

hours, leaving the bandclamps in place.
Remove the bandclamps and heat cure the adhesive using NOV FGS
heating blankets. Use two blankets for reducing saddles, one at each side
of the outlet. The required curing time is two hours.
Use NOV FGS heating blanket for heat cure
5
Safety
Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye protection at all times.
Personal protective equipment (PPE)



6 ® Trademark of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO
FP 1010 04/12
Installation guide for GRE pipe systems
1. Introduction
1.1. Scope
This manual gives general information about various
aspects that are relevant for the installation of Glassfiber
Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems. Respect for the
requirements, methods and recommendations given in
this guide will contribute to a successful operating pipeline
system.
Authorized, trained and certified personnel can only

contribute to a reliable pipeline system. Note that the
remarks about the various joints in this document are for
guidance only.
More specific and detailed information about underground

and aboveground installations, as well as various joining Fig. 1.1. Offshore unit
methods, is given in manufacturers’ referenced documents.
Table of contents
1. Introduction 1
1.1. Scope 1
1.2. References 4
1.3. Notification 5
2. Product introduction 6
2.1. Systems 6
2.2. Pipe fabrication process 6
2.3. Advantages and disadvantages of GRE compared with steel 6
2.3.1. Advantages 6
2.3.2. Disadvantages 7
2.4. Product identifcation 7
3. Material handling, storage and transportation 7

3.1. Handling 7
3.1.1. Loading 7
3.1.2. Unloading 8
3.2. Storage 9
4. Joining systems and preparation methods 10

4.1. Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint 10
4.2. Taper-Taper bonded joint 10
4.3. Laminate Joint 11
4.4. Flange Joint 11
4.5. Mechanical O-Ring Lock Joint 12
4.6. Mechanical O-Ring Joint 12
4.7. Mechanical Coupler 12
5. Tools and materials 13

5.1. Tools 13
5.1.1. Non-consumables 13
5.1.1.2. Heating blanket 13
5.1.1.3. Pullers and band clamps 14
5.1.1.4. Others 14
5.1.2. Consumables 14
5.2. Materials 15
5.2.1. Adhesive 15
5.2.2. O-ring 15
5.2.3. Locking key 15
5.3. Check of incoming material 15
5.3.1. Quality check 15
5.3.2. Quantity check 15
6. Installation of underground pipe systems 16

6.1. Trench construction 16
6.2. System assembly 16
6.2.1. Positioning components in the plant 16
6.2.2. Joining of components 17
6.3. Backfilling 17
6.3.1. Procedure and requirements 17
6.3.2. Backfill material specification 18
6.3.3. Other backfilling methods 18
6.4. Special underground installations 18
6.4.1. Road crossing 18
6.4.1.1. Jacket pipe 18
6.4.1.2. Relief plates 18
6.4.1.3. Burial depth 18
6.4.1.4. Pipe stifness 18
6.4.2. Channel crossing 19
6.5. Alignment 19
6.6. Settlement 19
6.7. Pipe cast in concrete 19
2
7. Installation of aboveground pipe systems 20
7.1. Supports 20
7.1.1. General 20
7.1.2. Fixed support points 20
7.2. Pipe clamps 21
7.3. Valves 21
7.4. Bellows 22
7.5. Pipe connections through walls 22
7.5.1. GRE pipe with sealing puddle flange 22
7.5.2. Sand coated GRE pipe 22
7.5.3. Link seal 22
7.5.4. Special sealing shape 23
7.5.5. Plain wall passing 23
7.6. Joining with other materials 23
7.7. UV-resistance 23
8. Quality Control/Quality Assurance 24

8.1. General 24
8.2. Joint traceability 24
8.3. Possible installation defects 24
9. Field Test Procedure 25

9.1. General 25
9.2. Preparation 26
9.3. Filling, stabilizing, testing and depressurizing 26
9.3.1. Filling and stabilizing 26
9.3.2. Testing 26 - 27
9.3.3. Depressurising 27
10. Repair 27
11. Tolerances 28
12. Safety precautions 29

12.1. Resin, hardener, adhesive and lamination sets 29
12.2. Cutting, shaving and sanding 29
12.3. Environment 29
3
1.2. References
Following documentation gives additional and detailed information about various subjects, which are described in this
manual
Chapter Subject Reference number
2.4 Product Identification ---
3.1 Packing and handling instructions FP 167
4.1 Assembly instructions for Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints FP 170
4.2 Assembly instructions for Taper-Taper adhesive bonded joints FP 564
4.3 Jointing Instructions Laminate ---
4.4 Assembly instructions for Flanges FP 196
4.5 - 4.6 Assembly instructions for Key-Lock mechanical joints FP 161
5.1.1 Operating instructions M74 Pipe Shaver FP 696
5.1.1 Operating instructions M86 XL Pipe Shaver FP 919
5.1.1 Operating instructions M87 XL Pipe Shaver FP 455
5.1.1 Operating instructions B1-Tool FP 810
5.1.1.3 Operating instructions for NOV FGS Heating Blankets FP 730
It is the user’s responsibility to ensure that he has the latest revision of the listed documents.
Documents can be obtained via fg-nld-customerservice@nov.com
4
1.3. Notification
This manual provides the following information:
• A general overview on tooling and materials for
pipe system installation
• A description of joining methods and systems
• Handling, storage and transporting materials
• Installation systems and procedures
• System control and safety measures
Please note that the instructions in this manual are for

guidance only. Specifications written for a particular project
will be normative.
We cannot describe all possible circumstances met in the

field. For this reason, our experienced supervisors may
deviate from given descriptions in order to achieve the
optimum solution for the particular situation, using the latest Fig. 1.2. Water injection
techniques and methods.
Fig. 1.3. Mine application
5
2. Product introduction
2.1. Systems
GRE pipeline systems are made from glass fibers, which
are impregnated with an aromatic- or cyclo-aliphatic amine
cured epoxy resin.
This thermoset resin system offers superior corrosion
resistance together with excellent mechanical, physical and
thermal properties.
The glass fiber reinforced epoxy pipeline is resistant to the

corrosive effects of mixtures with a low concentration of
acids, neutral or nearly neutral salts, solvents and caustic
substances, both under internal and external pressure. Fig. 2.1. Filament winding process
A reinforced resin liner can protect the helical wound
continuous glass fibers of the reinforced wall of the pipes
and the structural reinforcement of the fittings internally.
2.2. Pipe fabrication process THETHE

WALL STRUCTURE
WALL STRUCTURE
GRE pipes are manufactured using the filament winding
method. In this mechanical process, continuous glass fiber
rovings are impregnated with epoxy resin. RESIN GLASS
0,3mm EPOXY COATING ...... 100% 0%
The production of GRE starts with the preparation of a steel
mandrel, which may be completed with a socket mould. E-GLASS WALL .......... 30% 70% E-GLASS
The dimensions of these tools determine the inner 0,5mm RESIN RICH LINER ... 70% 30% C-GLASS
dimensions of the pipe, fitting and joint system.

Glass fibers are guided through a resin bath, which is filled
with epoxy resin and are wound under constant tension in a
specific pattern around the polished mandrel.
This process continues until the required wall thickness W
is reached. Generally, the higher the pressure class, the AXIAL
greater the wall thickness of the product will be.
The winding process ends with curing the epoxy resin in an
oven, extraction of the mandrel/ mould from the product,
finishing the product by cutting to length and machining the
ends. The products are subjected to visual and dimensional
controls as well as a hydro test. Fig.2.2. GRE pipe wall build-up
2.3. Advantages and disadvantages of GRE

compared with steel
2.3.1. Advantages
Glass Reinforced Epoxy pipe systems have a number of
advantages over conventional pipe systems, of which the
most important are:
• Durable/corrosion resistant
GRE piping is resistant, both internally and externally,
to the corrosive effects of water, oil and many
chemicals.
Cathodic protection or coating is not required.
• Low weight/easy to install
The specific weight of GRE is only 25 % of steel; due
to the low weight, GRE pipeline components are Fig.2.3. Spool manufacturing
easier to handle without the need of heavy (lifting)
equipment.
• No initial painting or conservation
The epoxy topcoat on the outer surface of GRE pipe
components is resistant to the influences of
the installation environment and an additional external
conservation is initially not required.
6
2.3.2. Disadvantages
Attention should be paid to the following disadvantages of
GRE when comparing with conventional pipe systems, such
as:
• Impact resistance
The pipe system is more susceptible to impact
damage due to the brittle nature of the thermoset resin
system.
• Handling
GRE installations require more and careful preparation
due to other joining methods, handling- and
transportation requirements and installation
techniques.
• Flexibility Fig. 3.1. Vacuum lifting device
The flexible GRE piping system requires specific
support design.
2.4. Product identification

Products are marked with labels, which contain relevant
product information.
For specific and detailed information, reference is made to
manufacturers’ documentation.
3. Material handling, storage

and transportation
3.1. Handling
GRE products must be handled carefully to avoid any Fig. 3.2. Spool handling
damage. Handling and transportation of GRE is not
restricted by temperature. This section lists the most
important requirements for handling materials before and
after shipment and for storage.
3.1.1. Loading
Mind following requirements:
• Pipes, fittings and prefabricated parts (spools) must be
transported by suitable trucks having flat bed floors
• Forklifts may be used for handling provided that the
forks are padded with a protective material such as
rubber or plastic
• Check for and remove any projections, nails or other
sharp edges from the supporting floor before each load
• Any contact of the truck or steel container with the
GRE products shall be separated by wood or rubber Fig. 3.3. Pipe handling (unloading)
• Avoid direct contact between individual GRE products
during transportation
• Pipes and spools shall be lifted at least at two points
by using nylon or canvas sling belts with a minimum
width of 100 mm. Use the largest spool diameter to
balance the load during the lift
• Secure materials by wooden wedges and supports
having a minimum width of 100 mm
• Pipe supports shall be spaced at ≈3 m intervals,
minimal 1 m from the ends; the support distance of
nested pipes shall not exceed ≈2 m
• Tie the products in place by using either nylon or
canvas sling belts
• Chains and steel cables may never be used for lifting
or fixation Fig. 3.4. Pipe handling (loading)
7
• Avoid support on sharp edges
• Fittings can be properly transported in crates or on
pallets
• Flanges must be secured against sliding when stored
on the sealing face
• Pipe ends and machined surfaces must be protected
(e.g. with PE-foil)
3.1.2. Unloading
The client is responsible for unloading ordered material,
unless agreed otherwise.
Mind following:
• Use nylon or canvas sling belts with a minimum width
of 100 mm
• Standard pipe lengths shall be lifted at minimal two Fig. 3.5. Crate handling
supporting points
• Fix at least one sling belt around the section with the
greatest diameter
• Unload one (packed) item at a time
Fig. 3.6. Crate handling
Fig. 3.7. Spool handling
Fig. 3.8. Stacked pipe in stock
8
3.2. Storage
In order to avoid damage to GRE products, the following
recommendations shall be respected:
• Provide a flat and horizontal supporting surface
• Do not store the pipes directly on the ground, onto
rails or concrete floors
• Ensure suitable supports such as clean, nail free
wooden beams
• Machined ends must be protected (e.g. with PE-foil)
• Bell and/or spigot ends may not touch each other
Fig. 3.9. Pipe stacking
• Pipes can be stacked economically by alternating the
orientation of spigot- and socket end
• Avoid pipe bending by locating supports between the
layers of stacked pipe vertically above each other
• Supports must be spaced at a maximum interval of
3 m and ≈1 m from each pipe end
• The allowable stacking height is 1.5 m or 2 layers,
whichever is higher
• Product diameters may flatten when stacked too high
and/or too long, specially at elevated temperature
• Long term storage is recommended under tarpaulins
or PE-sheets
• Pipe stacks must have side supports (e.g. wooden
wedges) to prevent rolling or slipping
• Unprotected flange sealing faces shall not be placed
directly on the ground or on supporting floors
Fig. 3.10. Wooden wedge
• Spools shall not be stacked
• No other materials shall be loaded on top of GRE
products
• Do not drop, walk, or stand on GRE products
• Avoid point loading due to careless stacking
Raw materials such as O-rings, gaskets, locking keys,

adhesive kits, resin, hardener, woven roving and lubricants
shall be stored in the original packaging, in a dry
environment, at recommended temperatures.
The shelf life of adhesives and resins must be respected.
If any damage is observed due to transportation or during

installation (e.g. excessive scratches, cracks) contact the
supplier.
Fig. 3.11. Storage of fittings
Never use damaged materials.
9
4. Joining systems and preparation methods
For the joining of GRE pipe components, various types of
joints can be used. This section details the characteristics of
each of these joints.
4.1. Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint

This type of adhesive bonded joint consists of a slightly
conical socket and a cylindrical spigot. This joint allows for
an accurate assembly length with narrow tolerance and may
be used for above- and underground pipe systems.
For this adhesive joint the following tools and materials are
required:
• Gloves, dust mask, safety glasses
• Measuring tape, marker, bench, pipe fitters wrap-a
round
• Angle cutter, hand saw or jig saw
• Shaver, grinding tools
• Rubber scraper, pulling equipment, adhesive kit
• Heating blanket or air gun, insulation blanket,
digital temperature gauge
• Cleaning brush, non-fluffy cleaning rags, cleaning
fluids
Summarized, the bonding procedure consists of cutting,

cleaning, machining, and application of adhesive, joining
and curing. The installation time depends on proper
Fig. 4.1. Conical-Cylindrical bonded joint
preparation, diameter and personnel.
4.2. Taper/Taper bonded joint

This adhesive bonded joint consists of a conical socket and
conical spigot.
When comparing with the conical-cylindrical adhesive

bonded joint this type of joint is also available in
higher-pressure classes.
For specific dimensions, specific instructions are required.

The tools, materials, joining procedure and installation time
for the taper-taper bonded joint are similar to those of the
conical-cylindrical adhesive bonded joint.
Fig. 4.2. Taper/Taper bonded joint
10
4.3. Laminate Joint
The laminate joint is used to join plain-ended pipe sections.
After preparation of the pipe surfaces, a specific thickness
of resin impregnated glass reinforcement is wrapped over a
certain length around the pipes to be joined; the thickness
and the length of the laminate are related to diameter and
pressure.
This joint requires following tools/materials:

• Gloves, dust mask and safety glasses
• Measuring tape, marker and pipe fitters wrap around
• Angle cutter, jig saw or hand saw
• Grinding tools and flexible support disc
• Rubber scraper, scissors, brushes, resin, hardener and
glass reinforcement
• Air gun, gas burner or field oven with insulation Fig. 4.3. Scheme laminate joint
blanket and digital temperature gauge
• Cleaning brush, non-fluffy cleaning rags and cleaning
fluids
The successive activities for a laminate joint are cutting,

sanding, cleaning, mixing, fitting, laminating and curing.
4.4. Flange Joint

The flange joint connects appendages and equipment
as well as other lines of different materials. Based on the
application and pressure, several types are available.
For a flange joint following tools and materials are required:

Fig. 4.4. Laminate joint
• Ring spanner, torque wrench
• Bolts, nuts and washers
• Gasket
It is of major importance that GRE flanges are aligned with

the counter flange. Excessive misalignment may cause high
stresses, which lead to premature material failure.
Generally, flange joints facilitate connections with steel
piping and allow easy assembly and disassembly of piping
systems.

Fig. 4.5. Flanged joint
Fig. 4.6. Flange detail
11
4.5. Mechanical O-Ring Lock Joint
The mechanical O-ring lock joint is a tensile resistant
type of joint. This restrained type of joint can be used in
unrestrained environments, e.g. aboveground.
The following tools and materials are required to make

such a joint:
• Pipe clamps and pulling equipment
• Lubricant, O-ring, locking key(s) and plastic or wooden
mallet to drive the locking key in position
• Non-fluffy cleaning rags and cleaning fluids
The assembly procedure starts with cleaning and lubricating

surfaces, then mounting clamps, aligning, pulling the spigot
in the socket and mounting the locking key(s). The joint can
be disassembled, but is not designed as such. Fig. 4.7. Mechanical O-Ring lock joint (2-key)
4.6. Mechanical O-Ring Joint

The mechanical O-ring joint is a non-tensile resistant type
of joint. This unrestrained type of joint can be used in a
restrained environment, e.g. underground.
This type of joint is made with the following tools and

materials:
• Pipe clamps and pulling equipment
• Lubricant, O-ring
• Non-fluffy cleaning rags and cleaning fluids
Joining starts with cleaning and lubricating surfaces; then

mounting clamps, aligning and pulling of the spigot in the
socket. For specific and detailed information, reference is
made to manufacturers’ documentation. Fig. 4.8. Mechanical O-Ring lock joint (1-key)
4.7. Mechanical Coupler

Generally, mechanical couplers are used for joining plain-
ended GRE pipes to pipes made from other materials. A
step coupler can join pipes with different outer diameters.
This type of joint is unrestrained. These couplers can also
be used for preliminary repairs.
Specific information can be obtained from the supplier of

the coupler.
Fig. 4.9. Scheme mechanical coupler
Fig. 4.10. Various mechanical couplers
12
5. Tools and material
For details on tooling and materials, reference is made to
manufacturers’ detailed documentation.
5.1. Tools
Tools are divided in two main categories:
non-consumables and consumables.
5.1.1. Non-consumables
Non-consumable tools can be used multiple times.
5.1.1.1. Shaver
A GRE pipe shaver is a custom designed tool, which is
used to prepare a spigot end for an adhesive bonded joint Fig. 5.1. M95 shaver type
on a pipe. Pipes are standard supplied with the appropriate
end figuration, but an adjustment to length at site requires
shaving of a spigot in the field.
The shaver is mounted on an arbor. The arbor is mounted

and centred in the pipe and fixed against the inner surface
of the pipe by expanding the diameter.
The shaver arm rotates around the central shaft of the arbor;
the machining tool shapes the spigot end.
5.1.1.2. Heating blanket

Heating blankets are designed to cure adhesive bonded
and laminate joints.
Fig. 5.2. Mounted shaver (M87 type)
Blankets are made from a coiled resistance wire, which is
sandwiched between two layers of silicon rubber.
To control the temperature, each blanket is furnished with a

thermostat.
It is important to store the heating blanket properly in order

to keep this tool in an optimal condition.
Heating blankets shall never be folded; these blankets may

only be stored flat or rolled.
Fig. 5.3. Arbor
Fig. 5.4. Heating blanket
13
5.1.1.3. Pullers and band clamps
Pullers and band clamps are used to make Taper-Taper
adhesive bonded joints, large diameter Conical-Cylindrical
bonded joints and mechanical O-ring (lock) joints.
Band-clamps with pulling lugs must be applied at both pipe

ends to be joined. The positions of the pulling lugs shall
face each other.
The Taper-Taper joint must be kept under tension until

curing of the adhesive is completed to avoid joint
detachment.
Rubber protection pads are placed underneath the ratchets

before tightening the band clamps. Put a wooden wedge
between the pipe and the pulling lug to create a gap for
mounting of the heating blanket.
Fig. 5.5. Pulled adhesive joint
For bonding of large diameters 3 to 4 pullers are required.
Check the pullers on defects on a regular base.
5.1.1.4 Others
Other non-consumables may be required such as:
• Air gun, gas burner or field oven

• Angle cutter, hand saw or jig saw
• Pipe fitters wrap-a-round
• Pi Tape
• Grinding tool
• Insulation blankets
• Digital temperature gauge
• Generator
Fig. 5.6. Pull mechanism
5.1.2. Consumables
Consumable tools can only be used once.
Following tools are supposed to be consumable:
• Measuring tape
• Pair of scissors
• Marker
• Sand paper/grinding discs P40 – P60
• Brushes
• Rubber scrappers, bucket
• Cleaning fluids, joint lubricant
• Dust masks, gloves and safety glasses
Fig. 5.7. Wedge between pipe and pulling lug
 Powerpull (2x)
 Joint lubricant

 Band clamps (2x) 
 Pulling rings (4x)
 O-ring
 Bucket with water

 Screw driver
 Hammer 
 Key  
 


Fig. 5.8. Tools for joint assembly
14
5.2. Materials
5.2.1. Adhesive
Different types of adhesive are available depending on the
application. Adhesive can be conductive or non-conductive.
An adhesive kit contains resin, hardener, mixing spatula and

bonding instructions.
Adhesive kits contain chemicals that are sensitive to
temperature and moisture.
It is important to check the expiry date of the adhesive,

which is printed on the package.
Do not use adhesive or resin after indicated expiry date.
5.2.2. O-ring
A rubber O-Ring provides sealing of the mechanical O-ring Fig. 5.9. Adhesive kit
(lock) joint. Standard O-rings are made of Nitryl Butadiene
Rubber (NBR).
Depending on the medium and/or temperature, other types

of rubber can be supplied.
O-rings must be stored properly and flat, in a dry, cool and

dark environment, free from dust and chemicals, which may
attack the material.
Direct sunlight must be avoided.
5.2.3. Locking key

Locking keys block the longitudinal displacement of the
spigot in the socket of a mechanical O-ring lock joint.
Locking keys must be stored in a dry and cool location Fig. 5.10. O-rings
without direct exposure of sunlight. Improper storage may
affect the mechanical properties negatively. For further
details, reference is made to manufacturers’ detailed
documentation.
5.3. Check of incoming material
5.3.1. Quality check

The condition of containers, crates, boxes and pallets must
be checked on possible damage upon arrival. If damage
has occurred to any material package, the contents might
be damaged too. Check pipes and fittings on impact
damage. Materials and tooling must be dry at arrival.
The damaged state of materials and/or products when

delivered must be reported and documented (e.g. clarified
with pictures). Damaged materials shall be separated
and quarantined from undamaged materials to avoid Fig. 5.11. Locking keys
unintentional use.
5.3.2. Quantity check

Check the delivered quantities and the reported quantities
on the packaging list. The recipient is advised to check the
contents of the deliveries.
Quantity, size and configuration of materials and products

should be physically checked against the data on the
packing list.
15
6. Installation of underground pipe systems
GRE pipes are used for various applications in various soils
conditions. Underground pipeline systems require accurate
trench structuring, product assembly and installation.
For detailed information about underground installation,
reference is made to manufacturers’ documentation.
6.1. Trench construction

The trench construction highly depends on the soil
parameters, such as type, density and moisture content.
The construction of the trench should comply with following
requirements and recommendations:
• The trench shape is determined by the classification of
the soil, which can be unstable or stable
• Top sides of the trench must be cleared from rocks or
any other sharp/heavy materials Fig. 6.1. Trench in unstable soil
• The trench foundation shall consist of a compacted
sand layer without stones or sharp objects
• Loosen a hard and uneven trench foundation in order to
prevent point loading
• Keep the trench dry during installation; if necessary use
of a pumping system and drainage
• The minimum width (W) at the bottom of the trench for a
single pipe shall be: W = 1.25 * OD + 300 mm
• The space between the pipe and the trench wall must
be 150 mm wider than the used compaction equipment
• Respecting pipe stiffness, operating conditions, soil
characteristics and wheel load the minimum burial depth
is 0.8 m
• The crown of the pipe must be installed below frost level
Fig. 6.2. Trench in stable soil
6.2. System assembly
The assembly procedure of a piping system may vary per
project. Generally, this procedure deals with positioning and
joining of components in the plant.
6.2.1. Positioning components in the plant

After positioning of the pipe system elements next to the
trench, these components have to be handled into final
position in the trench:
• Small diameter pipe sections can be lowered manually
using ropes, slings or light lifting devices
• Large diameter piping requires heavier equipment
during final positioning Fig. 6.3. General scheme of trench construction
• To avoid damage the minimum bending radius of a pipe
shall be respected
• Avoid unwanted objects falling into the trench during
lowering pipe sections
• Use nylon sling belts or special designed equipment
during product handling
Fig. 6.4. Assembly in process
16
6.2.2. Joining of components
Respect next requirements and recommendations for
joining of underground pipe systems:
• Inspect all products before installation
• Components with mechanical O-ring joints shall be
assembled in the trench
• Adhesive bonded and laminated joints can be
assembled either inside or outside the trench
• Never move or disturb a joint during the curing process
• Standard pipe lengths may be doubled in order to
reduce the installation time
• Ensure sufficient space around joints for proper align
ment and joining
• Keep the system centred in the trench
• Respect the allowable joint angular deflection and pipe Fig. 6.5. Main assembly inside the trench
bending radius
• Bending of a joint shall be avoided unless allowable by
system design
• Changes in directions in non-restrained pipeline
systems must be anchored
• Ensure stretching of the O-ring lock joints; this prevents
axial displacement of the pipeline and overloading of
fittings when pressurising the system
• The pipeline can be stretched by pressurizing at 0.8 *
operating pressure. Mechanical stretching is
recommended. Precautions shall be taken to avoid
overloading of fittings
• Branches shall be left free or are installed after
stretching of the header completely
Fig. 6.6. Scheme trench construction stable soil
6.3. Backfilling
Backfilling shall be performed according standard
procedures. Trench filling, proper compaction and
stabilizing of the system shall be performed in accordance
with the requirements.
6.3.1. Procedure and requirements

The procedure and the requirements comprise:
• Temporary installation devices must be removed prior to
backfilling
• The maximum particle size for pipe zone embedment is
related to the pipe diameter and is described in the
backfill material specification
• Dumping large quantities of backfill material at one spot Fig. 6.7. Scheme trench construction unstable soil
on top of the pipe may cause damage; spread the
applied backfill material
• Backfill material shall be compacted in layers of 150
mm. The pipe may not be displaced due to backfilling
• When reaching a compaction height of 0.3 * ID below
the crown of the pipe, compaction may be continued in
layers of 300 mm
• Each layer of backfill shall have a compaction grade of
at least 85 % Standard Proctor Density (SPD)
• Compaction is performed on both sides of the pipe,
never across the pipe. A vibrating plate with an impact
force of 3000 N is used
• Do not use heavy pneumatic hammers or vibrating
equipment until having reached a backfill level of
500 mm over the crown of the pipe.
• Avoid any contact between compaction tools and
GRE-product Fig. 6.8. Pipe assembly in process in prepared trench
17
6.3.2. Backfill material specification
For classification of various backfill materials and types of
embedment, reference is made to AWWA Manual M45 or
ASTM D 3839.
Note that highly plastic and organic soil materials are not
suitable for backfilling and must be excluded from the pipe
zone embedment.
6.3.3. Other backfilling methods

Use of the saturation method does not give any better result
than the above-described method.
The grade of compaction is lost if compaction by saturation

is performed after mechanical compaction. When saturating
the trench, avoid floating of the pipeline as well as erosion
of the side support. Do not backfill if the ground is already
saturated.
The saturation method may only be used for free draining

soils, when the drainage pumps are kept in operation and
the pipe system is completely filled with liquid.
6.4. Special underground installations

Road crossings and channel crossings demand particular
attention and requirements.
6.4.1. Road crossing

Precautions shall be taken to protect pipes, which cross
underneath roads against the possible consequences of
traffic loads.
Possible alternatives are: Fig. 6.9. Compaction of backfill material
• Jacket pipe
• Relief plate
• Burial depth
• Pipe stiffness
6.4.1.1. Jacket pipe

The GRE pipe is nested in a jacket pipe. In order to avoid
direct contact between both pipes, spacers centre the
GRE pipe. These spacers also support the GRE pipe at a
maximum distance of 3 m. The jacket pipe should be longer
than the width of the road.
6.4.1.2. Relief plates Fig. 6.10. Jacket pipe at road crossing

Relief plates are used if pipes are installed at shallow depth
in well compacted sandy soils or in case the soil- and traffic
load cause an excessive loading or deformation of the GRE.
The plate is specially designed and dimensioned to
minimise the transfer of wheel load on the pipe.
6.4.1.3. Burial depth

Generally, the influence of the wheel load of traffic passing a
buried pipe reduces with increasing burial depth.
However, with increasing burial depth the soil load on the
buried pipe increases.
Our engineers may assist to determine an optimal solution.
6.4.1.4. Pipe stiffness

Pipes with higher stiffness are better resistant to external
loads due to traffic loads. Stiffness of pipe can be increased
Fig. 6.11. Relief plate
by increasing the wall thickness.
18
6.4.2. Channel crossing
The common method to install underwater mains is to
assemble the pipe on the bank of the canal or river. The
pipe can be lowered using a floating crane or other lifting
equipment; care should be taken to ensure sufficient pipe
supports.
The process starts by sealing the ends of the pipe and

pulling the system into the water; the pipe keeps floating.
Then, the pipe is filled and carefully sunk into its final
position.
Flexible joints can be used for underwater piping if the

installation is performed using a cofferdam construction;
this makes the installation similar to an onshore assembly.
Fig. 6.12. Lowering underwater main
Note that underwater pipes should be covered sufficiently to
prevent floating and damage (e.g. by anchors).
6.5. Alignment
Undulating land levels with minor difference in height can
be followed by the flexibility of the system.
Joints or pipe bending, if assessed by system design,
ensures no lateral displacement while allowing angular
deflection.
6.6. Settlement
Flexible joints have to be installed in pairs; one joint is
placed at the beginning of the deviation while the other is
located at the end of this area, in order to create a rocker
pipe. The rocker pipe will act as a hinge.
The longer the rocker pipe, the higher the loads on the
joints. This can be avoided by adding more joints that are Fig. 6.13. Pipe alignment
flexible. Based on the soil parameters, the number of joints
is determined.
Note that the length of the sections shall be limited in order

to avoid excessive bending which may result in failure of
pipe or joint.
The section length = ID + minimal 0.5 m. Mechanical
O-ring joints shall be installed at both ends to
accommodate further settlements.
6.7. Pipe cast in concrete

In some cases, pipe systems may be cast in concrete. Such
applications require following:
Fig. 6.14. Settlement
• Do not pour concrete directly onto pipe

• The vibrating poker must be kept at least 300 mm away
from the pipe
• The pipe system must be pressure tested prior to
casting
• Cradles are provided with steel clamps and rubber lining
in order to prevent floating
• Buckling of the pipe during casting can be prevented by
pressurizing the system
Note that concrete shrinks when setting; this may result

in extra loading of the GRE pipe system. Ensure that the
allowable pressure is not exceeded by using pressure relief
valves.
Fig. 6.15. Pipe cast in concrete
19
7. Installation of aboveground pipe systems
Aboveground pipe systems may be subjected to various
loadings resulting from operation of the system.
Next to the information in this section, reference is made to
specific manufacturer’s documentation.
7.1. Supports
Supports not only provide system fixation, loading relief and
clinching but also protection. Prior to installation, supports
are checked for location, type and span as detailed in
drawings and specifications of the project. Supports can
be differentiated as fixed, guided sliding and free sliding
supports.
7.1.1. General
Functional pipe supporting can be obtained with the aid of
system design analysis. Fig. 7.1. Aboveground pipe system
Following aspects need to be respected:
• Pipes resting on sleepers are supplied with 180°
saddles, which are bonded to the pipe at the support
location to protect the pipe against wear damage from
possible pipe movements
• The length of the wear saddle must be 50 mm longer
than the calculated pipe displacement plus the support
width
• Allow pipe expansion within a clamp
• In vertical pipe assemblies, the sockets of O-ring joints
shall point downwards, so water cannot be trapped in
the socket. Entrapped water in the socket may cause
joint damage when freezing
• For clamp dimensions, reference is made to
manufacturers’ detailed documentation Fig. 7.2. Pipe supports
• Mechanical O-ring joints require minimal one support
per pipe length
The distance of the support to the joint is maximal 20 %
of the pipe length
7.1.2. Fixed support points

Fixed points may never be realized by tightening the bolts
of the pipe clamps. This may lead to pipe deformations and
excessive wall stresses.
Mind the following requirements for fixed points:

• Fixation saddles shall be positioned on both sides,
at the shoe side of the clamp
• Laminated fixation saddles shall be applied on both
sides of the clamp Fig. 7.3. Sliding support
• When using non-restrained jointing systems each pipe
shall be fixed
• Each change of direction in a non-restrained pipeline
shall be anchored to prevent pipe joints coming apart
• Check whether the positions of pipe supports are still in
accordance with the installation requirements after
testing. The supporting elements might be
dislocated due to test pressure
Note that the mechanical O-ring lock joints must be

fully stretched to avoid movement of pipe sections and
consequently possible overloading. For further details
on this type of joint, reference is made to manufacturers’
documentation.
Fig. 7.4. Support with fixed point
20
7.2. Pipe clamps
Various types of pipe supports are available.
Following considerations must be respected:
• Avoid point loads by using clamps made of flat strips
instead of U-bolts. The width of the strip is related to the
pipe diameter. For large diameter pipe double clamps
may be applied
• The inside of the clamp is furnished with a rubber or
cork liner to compensate the uneven pipe outer surface
and to minimise abrasion due to pipe movement and
vibration
• Longitudinal movement in the clamps is not advised.
Generally, movement between the clamp shoe and
the support structure shall realize sliding of supports
For detailed information on clamps, reference is made to

7.3. Valves
To avoid overstressing of pipes by the weight of valves
or other heavy equipment it is advised to support pipe
accessories on the flange bolts.
The load on the pipeline by operating the valve shall be

carried by the support of the pipe structure. In case of a
GRE flange mounted against a steel flange, the support is
preferably fixed to the steel flange.
Fig. 7.6. Fixed point with bonded saddles
Fig. 7.8. Valve
Fig. 7.5. Collars on both sides of the pipe clamp Fig. 7.7. Pipe clamp
21
7.4. Bellows
GRE products can absorb low amplitude vibrations due to
the flexible properties of the composite material.
To eliminate high amplitude vibrations caused by e.g.

pumps and to compensate soil settlement or expansion of
e.g. tanks joined with pipes, bellows can be applied.
Bellows facilitate dismantling of pipe sections, valves, orifice

flanges and gaskets. This equipment also absorbs pipe
movements due to cyclic pressure and/or temperature in
pipe systems that are joined with relatively stiff adhesive
bonded joints.
In many cases, bellows are directly joined to the vibrating

item by means of flanges. Note that the pipe section next to
the bellow shall be supported separately to absorb the pipe Fig. 7.9. Bellow
loads.
7.5. Pipe connections through walls

Several alternatives are available for passing pipes through
walls. In case of anticipated settlement of the wall or
pipeline, flexible couplings must be installed on both sides
of the wall.
The joints shall be positioned as close as possible outside
the wall.
7.5.1. GRE pipe with sealing puddle flange

The factory made puddle flange consists of a GRE ring,
which is laminated on the pipe.
Fig. 7.10. Puddle flange
7.5.2. Sand coated GRE pipe
A sand coating on a GRE pipe offers an excellent adhesion
between concrete and GRE.
7.5.3. Link seal

This type of wall penetration consists of several linked
rubber parts, which fit in the circular space between the
outer surface of a GRE pipe and the diameter of a hole in a
wall. A sufficiently smooth inner surface of the wall can be
obtained by:
• Mounting a steel pipe section with water seal before
pouring mortar
• Drilling a hole with a crown drill having diamond inlays
• Fixing a removable plastic casing pipe section before
pouring mortar
The rubber parts are linked together with bolts and form Fig. 7.11. Sand coated GRE pipe casted in concrete
a rubber chain. The rubber sections are compressed by
tightening the bolts.
All components of the link seal can be made of various
material qualities.
Link seals allow for some angular deflection and lateral

movement. After having mounted the GRE pipe in the
link seal the rubber elements are compressed by tightening
the bolts evenly. The expanded rubber sections seal the
room between GRE and concrete.
Fig. 7.12. Sketch link seal

22
7.5.4. Special sealing shape
This wall penetration consists of a steel pipe, which is
provided with flanges. One of the flanges is profiled to
fit a sealing element. By tightening the nuts, the seal is
compressed in the annular space between the flange and
the pipe and provides an excellent seal.
7.5.5. Plain wall passing

When passing a pipe through a wall, the outer surface of
the pipe must be protected with a flexible material, e.g. a 5
mm thick rubber layer, protruding 100 mm at both sides of
the wall.
Fig. 7.13. Link seal
7.6. Joining with other materials

The most appropriate method to join objects of different
materials is by using a flange. A mechanical coupler might
be an alternative. For details about these joints, reference is
made to manufacturers’ documentation.
Flanges can be drilled according most of the relevant

standards. When a flanged GRE pipe section is joined with
a metal pipe section, the metal section must be anchored to
avoid transmission of loads and displacements to the GRE
pipe sections.
Instrument connections can be made using a saddle and a

bushing.
7.7. UV-resistance
The topcoat of GRE pipes and fittings consist of a resin rich
layer. This layer offers sufficient protection against
UV-radiation.
When exposed to weather conditions the epoxy topcoat

may be attacked on the long term; this may result in a
chalked outer surface.
After several years of operation, the chalked layer may

be removed and replaced by a resistant, protective
polyurethane paint coating. Contact the manufacturer for Fig. 7.15. Plain wall passing
advice.
Fig. 7.16. Joining to other materials

23
8. Quality Control / Quality Assurance
8.1. General
To assure good workmanship, only qualified and certified personnel shall be allowed to work on the installation of GRE
pipeline systems.
Always strictly follow the installation manuals next to the necessary instruction guidelines. When making joints, it is
necessary to execute the required steps in the correct sequence.
Never compromise on work quality and follow the instructions assigned from handling and storing through joining and
installing GRE materials.
8.2. Joint traceability

As part of the quality control and on behalf of the traceability of adhesive bonded joint data, the following information
should be registered during installation for each joint:
1. Name or registration info of the pipe-fitter
2. Joint identification (number)
3. Start/end of the curing process
4. Heat blanket identification (number)
5. Identification (number) of adhesive batch
6. Temperature of heating blanket (optional)
8.3. Possible installation defects

Following table lists a number of defect types along with acceptance criteria and recommended corrective actions:
Defect Inspection Cause Acceptance criterion Corrective action

method
Incorrect spool Visual Incorrect prefabrication Can difference be compensated Accept

dimensions elsewhere in the system?
Can system not be Reject
compensated?
Misaligned spools Visual Misaligned components Can difference be compensated Accept
e.g. flanges elsewhere in the system?
Can system not be Reject
compensated?
Misaligned joint Visual Movement during Not permitted Reject
cure. Incorrect shave
dimensions
Diameter restriction Visual Application of too much Maximum height (h) of adhesive If accessible, remove
adhesive seam is 0.05 * ID or 10 mm, by grinding
whichever is smaller
Impact, wear, or Visual Incorrect transport or According to ISO 14692, Annex Major defect: replace
abrasive damage handling A, Table A1
Minor defect: repair
Leaking joint Hydro test Joining not properly Not permitted Reject
performed
Table 8.1. Defect, acceptance criterion, corrective action
24
9. Field Test Procedure
9.1. General
Before the installed pipeline system is operational, the
system has to be hydro tested to ensure the integrity and
leak tightness. Hydro testing of the pipeline system will be
performed in two steps:
1. Integrity test
The test pressure shall be increased over an agreed
duration at an agreed pressure level in order to prove
the maximum pressure resistance of the system.
2. Leak tightness test
The test pressure shall be increased to an agreed
pressure level at which the joints can be inspected
visually
Pressure level and test duration can be stated in an

Inspection and Test section of the Site Quality Plan.
All safety precautions must be applied. It is important to test

the integrity of the system first, to avoid the risk of injury
during visual inspection. All pressure gauges and pumps
must be suitable and calibrated. Ensure that the pipeline
can be vented and drained.
The pressure gauge must be mounted between a valve and
the pipeline system in order to indicate the test pressure
in the GRE system after having closed the valve, which
is mounted after the pump. Due to the head of water, the
pressure gauge should be located at the lowest point in the
system. The pressure gauge should have a maximum scale
reading of approximately twice the test pressure.
If the system is not designed to withstand any negative

pressure, which might occur during testing, then the system
needs to be protected by an air release valve. Trapped air
should be released by using vent(s).
The application of GRE pipeline systems may vary from

long, (buried) line pipe applications to small skid piping
systems.
Joint types might vary from laminate joints to mechanical

joints with O-ring seal, with or without locking strip.
Each system requires its specific testing method. For each

system, the test procedure has to be described in the
Inspection and Testing Section of the Site Quality Plan. This
Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) must be established before
the project starts.
The advices for testing mentioned in the following

paragraphs are for guidance only and are not mandatory.
25
9.2. Preparation
Prior to hydro testing, the following issues shall be checked:
• All material that should not be on the inside of the
pipeline system shall be removed
• All joining procedures shall be completed
• Trenches should be partially backfilled and compacted;
the joints should be left exposed
• All supports, guides, and (temporary) anchors shall be
in place and functional before pressurizing the system
• All temporary supports and installation aids shall be
removed
• Unless stated otherwise, all valves should be through-
body tested
• All check valves shall be removed to enable monitoring
of the full line Fig. 9.1. Various pipe pigs
• Flange bolts shall be made up to the correct torque
• Buried pipe systems must be backfilled sufficiently to
restrain the system
9.3. Filling, stabilizing, testing and depressurizing
9.3.1. Filling and stabilizing

Fill the pipeline at the lowest point with water using a small
diameter branch connection and vent the trapped air at the
highest point(s) of the system. Long straight sections may
be vented using an inflatable ball or foam pig to expel any
air and impurities.
After filling, the line is pressurized gradually up to 0.8 *

Design Pressure; the pressure shall be maintained for 24
hours in order to allow the system to set and the pressure
to stabilise. For small above ground systems, it is allowed to
reduce the stabilising time.
Fig. 9.2. Field test unit
9.3.2. Testing
Once the pressure is stabilised, the integrity of the pipe
system is tested first in accordance with agreements.
Depending on the system a pressure drop might occur. In

all cases, leakage of joints, pipes or fittings is not allowed.
For safety reasons, an inspection of the system because
of a possible leakage is not permitted when the pipeline
is loaded at integrity test pressure level. This has to be
mentioned in the ITP.
When the integrity test has been completed successfully,

depressurise the system to leak tightness test pressure
level. Duration of the leak tightness test normally depends
on the time needed to inspect all joints, pipes and fittings
visually.
It is preferable to test the line in sections, for example the

length of one-day installation. The line is temporarily closed
using, e.g. a test plug and a flange at the end. The blind
flange should be provided with an air release valve.
After testing of the installed section the test plug, needs to

be pushed back about 2 meters by pressuring air via the air
release valve. The excess water is released by opening the
valve at the begin of the line. After securing of the test plug,
e.g. by inflation, the temporary flange connection can be
removed and the assembly may proceed.
26
The advantage of this method is that the test medium stays
in the tested section and does not need to be re-filled for
hydro testing of the next section.
Any leak caused by incorrect assembly of the joint can be

detected easily. Extreme movements can be prevented by
partially filling and compacting of the trench.
Note that temperature changes over a 24 hours period will
affect the pressure in a closed system.
A drop in pressure during the night does not always indicate

that there is a leak in the system. When testing a system the
ambient temperature should be measured.
GRE material behaves different from steel due to the low

weight, the flexibility of the joint and elasticity of the material.
Fig. 9.3. Test pressure recording
In case of a failure during hydro testing, the line will move
due to the sudden release of stored energy; there might be
a risk of injury to personnel.
Note that testing with air or gas is extremely dangerous and
should be avoided. Systems shall never be tested with an
inflammable fluid or gas.
The manufacturer of GRE pipe systems does not take any
responsibility for any damage resulting from the use of
these methods.
The following causes may affect pressure drop and
consequently result in hydro test failures:
• Leakage of pipeline accessories

• Leakage of gaskets
• Leaking joints
• Leakage of pipes
The system shall be considered to have passed the hydro

test if there is no leaking of water from the piping at any
location and there is no significant pressure loss that can be
accounted for by usual engineering considerations.
9.3.3. Depressurising
Depressurisation of the system must be carried out carefully
to avoid a negative pressure.
In the unlikely event, GRE pipes, joints and/or fittings may

have to be repaired. Repair on the pipeline system shall be
performed according described instructions.
10. Repair
The repair procedure shall be prepared and qualified by
the contractor in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s
recommendations. It shall be demonstrated that the repair
method restores the specified properties.
Leaks in pipe, fittings and joints are repaired by replacing

the defective part. In some cases, especially for buried
systems, insufficient space and/or difficult accessibility to
pipes and fittings may occur.
Each application of a GRE pipe system and each type

of product or design requires a different repair and/or
replacement procedure.
For further details, reference is made to manufacturer’s

documentation.
27
11. Tolerances
It is recommended to consider and use the dimensional tolerances illustrated and figured below.

Tolerances to dimensional reference
Internal diameter A B C D E F
mm
25 - 200 ±5 mm ±3 mm ±0,5° ±3 mm ±1 mm ±0,5°
250 - 300 ±5 mm ±3 mm ±0,3° ±3 mm ±1 mm ±0,5°
350 - 400 ±5 mm ±3 mm ±0,3° ±3 mm ±2 mm ±0,5°
450 - 600 ±10 mm ±5 mm ±0,3° ±3 mm ±2 mm ±0,5°
700 - 900 ±10 mm ±5 mm ±0,2° ±4 mm ±3 mm ±0,5°
1000 - 1200 ±10 mm ±5 mm ±0,15° ±6 mm ±3 mm ±0,5°
A Dimension A
F a) Face to face dimensions
b) Center to face dimensions
c) Location of attachments
F
d) Center to center dimensions
F
Dimension B
Lateral translation of branches or
connections
Dimension C
B C Rotation of flanges, from the indi-
cated position
A Dimension D
End preparations
D
A Dimension E
Cut of alignment of flanges from the
indicated position, measured across
F A A the full gasket face
A Dimension F
Angular deflection
E
A
28
12. Safety precautions
The following safety precautions should be respected
when using GRE products. The required rescue and safety
measures when using resin and hardener for adhesive
or lamination sets are shown under the R- and S- code
numbers which are listed in manufacturer’s documentation.
12.1. Resin, hardener, adhesive and lamination sets

In order to avoid irritation of the respiratory system,
satisfactory ventilation should be provided. If a system is
hydro tested, adequate safety precautions must be taken,
as a “safe test pressure” does not exist. Any pressure in
itself is dangerous.
Experienced personnel must operate the test equipment.

Persons not involved in the test or inspection are not
allowed in the immediate area of the tested system.
Only one person should be in charge and everyone else
must follow his/her instructions.
Do not change anything on the pipe system when it is under

pressure. Leaking joints may only be repaired after the
pressure has been fully released.
The test equipment must be installed at a safe distance

from the connection to the pipe system.
If welding needs to take place, the GRE material must be
protected from hot works.
12.2. Cutting, shaving and sanding

When cutting or grinding GRE materials the following
personal protection is necessary to protect eyes and skin:
• A dust mask covering nose and mouth
• A pair of safety goggles
• Gloves and overall
• Close overall sleeves with adhesive tape to keep the
dust out
• Wear protective clothing to protect the body
• Machining should be carried in a well-ventilated room or
in open air
12.3. Environment
Always clean up the work area. GRE and cured adhesive
are chemically inert and do not have to be treated as
chemical waste. Waste shall always be disposed in an
environment friendly manner.
This literature should only be used by personnel having

This literature should only be used by personnel having
29
30
31



FP 1040 A 04/12
Bondstrand® Pipe Shavers
Bondstrand pipe shavers are designed to prepare a spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe as described in the
individual assembly instructions. Pipe is shipped from the factory with spigots, but when the pipe is cut to length on the
job site, a spigot must be shaved for assembly to the bell end of another section of pipe, or to a fitting or coupling. Each
shaver is centered and fixed on the end of the pipe by an expanding arbor. Arbors are available for each pipe size. The
arbor slips in to the pipe and expands to grip the inside of the pipe when the tensioning bolt(s) is/are tightened. As the
frame is rotated around the stationary center shaft, the cutting tool advances automaticially.
Assembly technique
For the best possible joint reliability, NOV Fiber Glass Systems draws on broad experience to provide complete
assembly instructions. These well-defined and repeatable assembly techniques help the user avoid field-joining
problems and assure succesful installation. Training programs and audio-visual aids are available and are especially
helpful for first-time users of Bondstrand Pipe Shavers.
The following series of pipe shavers are available :
Shaver Type Bonding system Size

B-1 Quick-Lock® 1- 4
M74 Quick-Lock 2-16
M86 Taper/Taper 2-6
M86 XL Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock 2-10
M87 Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock 6-16
M87 XL Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock 16-24
M88 Taper/Taper and Quick-Lock 26-40
M95 Taper/Taper 24-40
B-1 Pipe End Preparation Tool

The B-1 pipe tool is used to prepare the straight spigot end on Bondstrand
fiberglass pipe employing the Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joint. The tool is
available for all Bondstrand pipe sizes from 1 through 4 inch (25-100 mm) in
diameter and has been designed so that all critical dimensions such as spigot
length and spigot outside diameter are preset and require no adjustment by the
operator.
M74 Pipe Shaver

The Bondstrand M74 Pipe Shaver is designed to prepare a cylindrical surface
(spigot) on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in sizes 2 through 16 inch (50-400
mm) in diameter as described in the Bondstrand Assembly Instructions. When
adjusted and used as described in the instructions, the shaver prepares an
excellent bonding surface with a controlled tolerance on diameter. This unit can be
rotated by hand or with a portable power drive (supplied separately). A key in the
portable power drive engages a keyway in the power drive seat to rotate the unit.
M86 Pipe Shaver
The Bondstrand M86 Pipe Shaver has been designed to prepare a tapered
spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in sizes 2 through 6 inch (50-150 mm)
diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket.The shaver is
normally driven by a portable power drive adapter.
M86XL Pipe Shaver

The Bondstrand M86XL pipe shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight
spigot on the cut-end of a Bondstrand pipe in the sizes 2 through 10 inch (50-250
mm) diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket or Quick-
Lock socket, as well as preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden,
Straub®, Viking JohnsonTM, etc.
M87 Pipe Shaver

The Bondstrand M87 pipe shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight
spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in the sizes 6 through 16 inch
(150-400 mm) diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket or
Quick-Lock socket, as well as preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden,
Straub®, Viking JohnsonTM, etc. The shaver is driven by a portable power drive.
M87XL Pipe Shaver

The Bondstrand M87XL pipe shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight
spigot on the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in the sizes 16 through 24 inch
(400-600 mm) diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket or
Quick-Lock socket, as well preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden,
Straub®, Viking JohnsonTM, etc. The shaver is driven by a portable power drive.
M88 Pipe Shaver

Bondstrand M88 Pipe Shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight spigot on
the cut end of a Bondstrand pipe in the size 26 inch (650 mm) to 40 inch
(1000 mm) to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket or Quick-Lock
socket, as well as preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden; Straub®;
Viking JohnsonTM; etc.
M95 Pipe Shaver

The Bondstrand M95 pipe shaver is designed to prepare a tapered or straight
spigot on the cut-end of a Bondstrand pipe in the sizes 24 through 40 inch
(600-1000 mm) diameter to fit a Bondstrand fitting with a matching tapered socket,
as well as preparing ends for mechanical coupling e.g. Helden, Straub®, Viking
JohnsonTM, etc. The shaver is driven by two fixed electric motors.



FP599 E 06/12
Electric Heating Blankets
Heat source for forced curing adhesive-bonded joints in Bondstrand GRE
Introduction
Bondstrand heating blankets are specially designed to heat cure adhesive-bonded joints in pipe and fittings. Requiring either
120 Volts or 230 Volts alternating current, the blankets are quickly and easily applied. They provide thermostatically controlled
heat, ensuring maximum joint strength and reliability.
NOV Fiber Glass Systems supplies heating blankets for pipe sizes varying from 1 to 40 inch (25 -1000 mm) controlled by either
one or two thermostats.There are two types of blankets, Type A and Type B.
Type A: Inner joint heating blanket for pipe sizes 1-3 inch (25-75 mm)
This type of blanket is specially designed for curing bonded flange joints by inserting the
pre-formed shape in to the pipe.
Type A
Type B: Single-zone heating blankets for pipe sizes 1-40 inch (25-1000 mm)
This type of blanket is placed around or inside the bonded joint (with exception of
1“ through 3“ flange joints).
Type B blankets are divided in the following diameter ranges:
 1-2 inch (25-50 mm)  18-20 inch (450-500 mm)
 3-4 inch (75-100 mm)  22-24 inch (550-600 mm)
 6-8 inch (150-200 mm)  28-32 inch (700-800 mm)
 10-12 inch (250-300 mm)  34-40 inch (850-1000 mm)
 14-16 inch (350-400 mm)
Type B
Note:
For sizes 28-32 inch (700-800 mm) and 34-40 inch (850-1000 mm) operating at 120 Volts two zone blankets are used.
Instructions
Type A:
1. Insert the blanket flush with the end of pipe after removal of excess adhesive from the joint and leave the power cord
exposed from the joint;
2. Ensure that the pre-formed blanket remains snugly against the inside joint surface by “locking” beginning and end with
each other;
3. At removal after the recommended curing time beware not to pull the blanket by power cord when fixed by excess
adhesive;
4. Release first before removal in order to avoid damage to the thermostat.
Type B:
1. Place the thermostat end against the assembled joint with the thermostat facing out from the joint;
2. Wrap the remainder of the blanket around the joint so that any overlap will cover the thermostat;
3. Tie the blanket in place with heat-resistant wire (copper, or soft iron). Flange mounting requires a special wrap.
Instructions
SPECIAL WRAP FOR FLANGE MOUNTING
STANDARD WRAP FOR PIPE AND FITTING JOINTS SPECIAL WRAP FOR FLANGE MOUNTING
Lay the blanket with the thermostat down and, starting with the thermostat end, roll up the blanket. Insert the rolled blanket in
to the pipe end for the depth of the joint be cured, leaving the power cord and part of the blanket exposed as shown. Keep the
blanket snugly against the inside joint surface by a flexible non metallic rod.
Handling precautions
1. Do not lift or hold the blanket by the power cord;
2. Do not apply alternating current (A.C.) when standing in water, or on wet surfaces;
3. Apply alternating current only at the voltage marked on the heating blanket;
4. Do not step on the blanket or create sharp folds in it;
5. Inspect the blanket and power cord for loose wire connections and bare wires prior to applying
alternating current;
6. Make sure the blanket is operating, in fact heats up (at all heating zones when applicable);
7. For required curing times and detailed assembly instructions, please refer to the applicable joint
Assembly Instructions;
8. Use the blanket only for pipe sizes as indicated on the blanket.
For further information regarding the use of the blankets, please refer to the respective BondstrandAssembly Instructions.



FP 730 B 06/12
QUICK GUIDE INTO ISO 14692
1. Introduction
The ISO (International Standards Organization) 14692 standard is an international

standard dealing with the qualification, manufacturing, design and installation of
GRE piping systems. This document gives a brief summary of the ISO 14692 standard only
and is not intended to replace the ISO 14692 standard.
To ensure a trouble free GRE piping system, three major

important conditions must be met:
1. Use qualified products
2. Proper system design
3. Install according to manufacturers standards and Qualification System design
guidelines Trouble-
The above mentioned three points are addressed in the
free pipe
ISO 14692 Standard in Part 2, Part 3 and Part 4, respectively. system
Installation
Figure 1. The key to success
Content
1. Introduction 1
2. What is ISO 14692? 2
3. Part 1: Vocabulary, symbols, applications and materials 3
4. Part 2: Qualification of components 3
5. Part 3: System design 5
6. Part 4: Fabrication, installation and operation 7
7. Conclusion 9
8. ISO in brief 9
9. References 9
10. Deviations list to the ISO quality program 10
1
2. What is ISO 14692?
ISO 14692, is an international standard dealing with the

qualification of fittings, joints and pipes for certain applications.
It describes how to qualify and manufacture GRP/GRE pipe
and fittings, how to conduct system design and finally it gives
guidelines for fabrication, installation and operation.
The ISO 14692 consists of 4 parts:

Part 1: Vocabulary, symbols, applications and materials
Part 2: Qualification and manufacture
Part 3: System design
Part 4: Fabrication, installation and operation
ISO 14692-2, ISO 14692-3, ISO 14692-4, follow each

individual phase in the life cycle of a GRP/GRE piping system,
i.e. from design through manufacture to operation. Each part is
therefore aimed at the relevant parties involved in that
particular case. It is primarily intended for offshore applications
on both fixed and floating topsides facilities, but may also be
used as guidance for the specification, manufacture, testing
and installation of GRP/GRE piping systems in other similar
applications found onshore.
NOV Fiber Glass Systems has obtained a Design Examination
Statement from DNV. This examination statement consists of
a combination of two specifications namely: ISO 14692 and
AWWA M45. ISO 14692 covers the design of suspended pipe
systems and the qualification of GRP/GRE products, AWWA
M45 covers the design and installation of buried pipe systems.
Together these specifications cover all design and installation
aspects. In cases where the specifications conflict, the ISO
14692 supersedes the AWWA. Therefore, on the basis of this
design examination statement, the scope can include both
applications of GRP/GRE piping systems onshore (buried and
suspended).
Main users of the ISO 14692 document are: governments,

end users, engineering companies, inspection companies,
manufacturers, installers.
The advantages of the ISO 14692 standard are:
- Standardizing principles, norms, working methods
- Allows everybody to have the same understanding
Photo 1. Platform under construction - Main engineering and installation of GRP/GRE issues are
handled
- Accepted by all engineering companies, third party
inspection companies and governments
- Accepted in Europe by convention of Vienna and equal to
CEN-standards
- Everybody speaks the same language
The disadvantages of the ISO 14692 standard are:

- Needs thorough studying, the standard is certainly difficult
- For qualification, expensive tests are required
- Expensive quality control requirements
2
3. Part 1: Vocabulary, symbols, applications and materials
The first part of the ISO 14692 gives the terms, definitions and • LTHP = extrapolated long-term mean static failure pressure
symbols used. of a component with free ends based on a 20-year lifetime
• Part factor f1 = ratio of the 97,5% confidence limit of the
A few examples of common used abbreviations are given: LTHP to the mean value of LTHP
• Part factor f2 = derating factor related to confidence in the
• Composite pipe = pipe manufactured using fiber reinforced pipe work system, the nature of the application and the
thermoset plastics consequence of failure
• GRP = Glass Reinforced Plastics • Part factor f3 = factor that takes account of
• GRE = Glass Reinforced Epoxy non-pressure-related axial loads, e.g. bending
• Lower confidence limit, LCL = 97.5% confidence limit of the
long-term hydrostatic pressure or stress based on a 20-year Furthermore, some general applications for GRP/GRE piping
lifetime. are given.
• Jet fire = turbulent diffusion flame resulting from the
combustion of a fuel continuously released with significant
momentum in a particular range of directions
• Impregnate = saturate the reinforcement with a resin
4. Part 2: Qualification of components
Part 2 of the standard gives requirements for the qualification design factors can significantly increase the required wall
and manufacture of GRP/GRE piping and fittings. thickness.
4.1 Wall thickness limitations 4.2 Qualification program

The structural calculations given in this part of ISO 14692 are An extensive qualification program is required to determine
only valid for thickness-to-diameter ratios that are in accor- the performance of the GRP/GRE components with respect to
dance with Equation (1). pressure, temperature, chemical resistance, fire performance,
( tr / D ) ≤ 0,1 electrostatic performance, impact etc.
where tr is the average reinforced thickness of the wall, in
millimetres, i.e. excluding liner and added What has to be done to qualify a GRP/GRE piping system?
thickness for fire protection;
D is the mean diameter, in millimetres, of the For each product family (component type), a full regression
structural portion of the wall. line according ASTM D-2992 must be determined (witnessed
by third party for example: DNV, Bureau Veritas). The test
In order to provide sufficient robustness during handling and
installation, the minimum total wall thickness, tmin, of all
components shall be defined as:
For Di ≥ 100 mm: tmin ≥ 3 mm
For Di < 100 mm: ( tmin / Di ) ≥ 0,025 mm
where Di is the internal diameter of the reinforced wall of the

componet, in millimetres.
For more onerous apllications, for example offshore,

consideration should be given to increasing the minmum wall
thickness to 5 mm.
The minimum wall thickness of the pipe at the joint, i.e. at the
location of the O-ring or locking-strip groove, shall be at least
the minmum thickness used for the qualified pipe body.
Depending on location, the system design pressure and other Figure 2. Regression curve
3
consists of at least 18 samples. The test pieces are plain end. Each product family (pipe, elbow, reducer, tee, flange) is
The test setup is a closed end pressure vessel. Samples are divided into product sectors. Two representative samples,
subject to different pressures and held at pressure until failure. usually the largest diameter and highest pressure class,
The test medium is water at 65 degrees C. The required failure from each product sector are taken and fully tested according
mode is weeping. ASTM 1598 (1000 hrs at 65 C). The test medium is water. The
The failures shall be in different decades of the log-log plot of representative samples are called the product sector
time vs. stress. Figure 2 gives an example of a regression line. representatives.
For calculation of the test pressure, the regression line of the

pipe or the fitting is used. In absence of a regression line, a
Table 1. Overview of product sectors default value can be obtained from a table given. For details on
the calculation see the ISO document. In general the 1000 hr
Diameter (mm) Pressure range (bar) test is performed at about 2.5 to 3 times the design pressure.
0 - 50 50 - 100 100 -150 >
_ 150 So a 20 bar system is tested around 50 to 60 bar.
25 - 250 A H N S
250 - 400 B I O T A product sector contains all the items within its diameter and
400 - 600 C J P pressure range, the so called component variants. Component
600 - 800 D K Q variants are qualified by either two 1000 hr tests or through the
800 - 1200 E L R scaling method.
For quality control, short term tests could be performed, if

required and agreed with the principle. These are done to
establish a baseline value for quality control.
Other aspects to be considered are: the glass transition
temperature, the glass resin ratio and component dimensions.
These have to be determined from the replicate samples and
used by quality control during production as base line values.
4.3 Fire performance

If required, fire testing shall be conducted on each piping
material system. The performance of the piping system shall
be qualified in accordance with the ISO procedure and a
classification code shall be assigned.
4.4 Electrical conductivity

Photo 2. Spool for 1000 hrs testing If required, testing shall be carried out on each piping material
system. The performance of the piping system shall be
qualified in accordance with the ISO procedure and a
classification code shall be assigned.
4.5 Quality program for manufacture

The piping manufacturer shall have a suitable and accredited
quality assurance and quality control system.
Pipe and fittings furnished to ISO 14692 shall be tested
according to the ISO standard.
See chapter 10 for the list of deviations to the quality program.
Photo 3. Overview of elbows needed for qualification up to 8 inch
4
Table 2. Overview of qualification tests needed
Product sector A Test standard Pipe Elbows Tees Flanges

Component variant 2 inch ASTM D-1598 2 or scaling 2 or scaling 2 or scaling 2 or scaling
Product sector
representative 8 inch ASTM D-2992 2 2 2 2
Family representative ASTM D-2992 18 18 18 18
QC baseline ASTM D-1598 5 5 5 5
5. Part 3: System design
5.1 Introduction/abstract 5.4 Hydraulic design

The design guidelines are handled in part 3 of ISO 14692. The The aim of hydraulic design is to ensure that GRP/GRE piping
designer shall evaluate system layout requirements such as: systems are capable of transporting the specified fluid at the
• Space requirement (fitting dimensions) specified rate, pressure and temperature throughout their
• Piping system support intended service life.
• Vulnerability
• The effect of fire (incl. blast) on the layout requirements Factors that limit the velocity are:
should be considered • Unacceptable pressure losses
• Control of electrostatic discharge (depending on service • Prevention of water hammer
and location) • Prevent cavitation
• Reduction of erosion
5.2 Layout requirements • Reduction of noise
In general the same types of fittings available in steel are also • Pipe diameter and geometry (inertia loading)
available. Note that the dimensions of some GRP/GRE fittings
can be larger compared to steel fittings. Fluid velocity, fluid density, interior surface roughness of pipe
and fittings, pipe length, inside diameter as well as resistance
5.3 Support distance from valves and fittings shall be taken into account when
Recommendations for system support: estimating pressure losses. The smooth surface of the
• Supports spaced to limit sag (< 12.5 mm) GRP/GRE pipe may result in lower pressure losses compared
• Valves and heavy equipment to be supported to metal pipe.
independently
• In general, connections to metallic piping systems shall be A full hydraulic surge analysis shall be carried out if pressure
anchored transients are expected. The analysis shall cover all anticipated
• Do not use GRP/GRE piping to support other piping operating conditions including priming, actuated valves, pump
• Use the flexibility of the material to accommodate axial testing, wash-down hoses, etc.
expansion, provided the system is well anchored and
guided
5
5.5 Structural design 5.6 Stress analysis
The aim of structural design is to ensure that GRP/GRE piping Manual or computer methods can be used for structural
systems shall sustain all stresses and deformations during analysis of piping systems.
construction/installation and throughout the service life.
Caesar II (by Coade) is commonly used to perform stress and
Piping system design shall represent the most severe flexibility analysis. The piping system can be evaluated for
conditions experienced during installation and service life. several load-cases. Load-cases can be setup from
Designers shall consider loads given in table 1 in the combinations of pressure, temperature, weight, wind load,
ISO document. displacement, earthquake etc. With the calculation output,
Sustained loads: the stresses in the piping system, the displacement, the loads
• Pressure (internal, external, vacuum, hydro-test) on the support, the load on equipment nozzles etc., can be
• Mass (self-mass, medium, insulation, etc) checked.
• Thermal induced loads
• Soil loads and soil subsidence
Occasional loads:
• Earthquake
• Wind
• Water hammer
The sum of all hoop stresses and the sum of all axial stresses
in any component in the piping system shall lie within the
long-term design envelope.
5.5.1 Determination of the failure envelope and

the long-term design envelope
In the ISO14692 document, an algorithm is given how to
determine the failure envelope and how the long term
design envelope is developed.
• Determine the short term failure envelope (1 or 2)

• The idealized long term failure envelope (3) is
geometrically similar to the short term envelope with all Photo 4. Installation of 54 km 18 inch pipe, pressure rating 20 bar
data points being scaled. This scaling factor (fscale) is
derived using the long term regression line
• The non factored long term design envelope (4) is based 5.7 Fire performance
on the idealized long term envelope multiplied by the part The fire performance requirements of the piping system shall
factor f2 be determined.
• The factored long term design envelope (5) is derived Fire performance is characterized in two properties:
by multiplication with A1, A2 and A3, where A1 is the • Fire endurance (ability to continue to perform during fire)
de-rating factor for temperature, A2 is the de-rating factor • Fire reaction (ignition time, flame spread, smoke and heat
for chemical resistance and A3 is the de-rating factor for release, toxicity)
cyclic service If piping cannot satisfy the required fire properties, the
following shall be considered:
Figure 3. Allowable stress curve • Rerouting of piping
• Use alternative materials
• Apply suitable fire-protective coating
5.8 Static electricity

The use of a conductive piping system might be considered in
case the GRP/GRE piping system is running in a hazardous
area or if the pipe is carrying fluids capable of generating
electrostatic charges.
6
6. Part 4: Fabrication, installation and operation
6.1 Introduction • Pipe spools. Take care that impact damage is prevented
Part 4 of ISO 14692 gives requirements and recommendations by proper packaging and use of protection material. In all
for fabrication, installation and operation of GRP/GRE pipe cases pipe spools should not be stacked
systems. • Adhesives. Check recommended storage temperatures
• O-rings, gaskets etc. shall be stored in a cool place, free
Past experience with GRP/GRE projects shows that a great from UV radiation, chemicals etc
deal of the problems that occur are associated with bad
fabrication and installation. 6.2.2 Installer requirements
When site fabrication is needed, all GRP/GRE components shall
A highly recommended approach to a successful installation is be installed by qualified GRP/GRE pipe fitters and thereafter
to order the piping system as a set of pre-fabricated spools, to approved by a qualified GRP/GRE piping inspector.
the maximum extent possible. This will reduce the possibility of
poor fabrications or repairs at a very late and potentially costly Definitions:
stage of the project. Pipe fitter
Person working for a contractor who is responsible for the
construction of the GRP/GRE pipe system. He must be able to
make the relevant joint types according NOV Fiber Glass
Systems procedures. This certificate can be compared to a
welder’s certificate.
Supervisor
Person who is responsible for the quality of the installation and
is able to check the quality of the work done by the pipe fitters.
This person is normally employed by the responsible
contractor, for example as a foreman. This certificate is a
personal certificate.
QA/QC Inspector
Person who is able to check and judge the work of contractor
and is able to globally verify the soundness of the installation.
This includes lay-out related matters such as support
construction and location, flange connections etc. Can be
employed by client, contractor, third party (BV, DNV, Lloyds).
This certificate is a personal certificate.
Photo 5. Hydro-test of spool
6.2 Fabrication and installation

What further can be done to prevent site problems?
6.2.1 Inspection
It starts with checking the incoming goods
• Check supplied quantity
• Check nominal dimensions of supplied material
• Check supplied pressures class Photo 6. Typical work of a GRE pipe fitter
• Perform a visual control of supplied material (transport
damage, impact) Training of pipe fitter
• Check if storage is correct • The quality of the joints is mainly dependent on
• Check availability of documentation (packing lists, craftsmanship of the pipe fitter. Therefore, ISO 14692 demands
certification) that the qualification organization is independent of the
Handling and storage of the incoming goods organization that carries out the training. In the case of NOV
• Use the NOV Fiber Glass Systems lifting, loading and Fiber Glass Systems, the independent organization is DNV.
unloading procedure The training consists of a theoretical and a practical part
• Storage. Pay attention to the stacking of the pipe; support • The theoretical part will end with a written exam for which a
width and stacking height, end protection of pipe and fittings 70% pass mark is required. The practical part will end with
• Preferably, pipe should be transported in containers or making a joint that will be hydro-tested according the
crates requirements of the ISO 14692. These tests are witnessed
7
by a third party. When passing both exams the pipe fitter E.g.:
will receive a pipe fitter certificate issued by DNV • Impact > replace (major defect) or repair (minor defect)
• The purpose of the entire training is to teach the pipe fitter • Misaligned joints > replace components (major defect)
those things he or she can have influence on remake joint (minor defect)
Training of Supervisor - QA/QC inspector Photo 7. Spool fabrication shop

• NOV Fiber Glass Systems and DNV are developing an
individual certification for Supervisor - QA/QC inspector based
on ISO 14692 requirements. The objective is to train
Supervisor - QA/QC inspectors on aspects like storage,
inspection of pipes and fittings, supporting, jointing, hydro
testing etc. etc. in such a way that they can act as Supervisor -
QA/QC inspector on a GRE pre-fabrication and installation job.
An important factor is that they also learn what can go wrong.
The educating company will be NOV Fiber Glass Systems, as
they have in contrast to most institutes a large knowledge,
obtained over decades, in this particular area. The examina-
tion committee will be DNV. The certificate that can be
obtained will be a personal certificate
6.2.3 Installation methods

Installation method shall be according manufacturers approved
installation manual.
Supporting
• Follow the installation guides from the Manufacturer
• Other guidelines not different from the NOV Fiber Glass
Systems procedures are given in the ISO 14692
Installation
General requirements are given in ISO 14692 for the
installation of GRP/GRE components such as bending,
bolt-torquing, tolerances, earthing of conductive piping, joint
selection, quality control, etc.
The most important point is that all piping shall be installed so
that they are stress-free.
Quality program for installation

The contractor shall maintain a high level of inspection to ensure
compliance with all requirements. The contractor shall designate 6.3 Maintenance and repair
one individual to be responsible for quality control throughout
the installation. GRP/GRE pipes are generally maintenance free, but the
Record of following items shall be made: following points shall be given attention during inspection and
starting and end time of the curing process; pipe fitter nr.; batch are addressed in the ISO document:
number of the adhesive and heating blanket; measured tempera- • Removal of scale and blockages
ture of the heating blanket; ambient temperature, date, joint num- • Electrical conductivity
ber, relative humidity. • Surface and mechanical damage
• Chalking, ageing and erosion
6.2.4 System testing • Flange cracks and leaks
All GRP/GRE piping systems shall be hydrostatically pressure
tested after installation. Water shall be used as a test medium. Repair shall be in accordance with manufacturers procedures.
6.2.5 Visual inspection

Visual inspection shall be carried out on all joints and surfaces.
Possible defects, along with acceptance criteria and corrective
actions, are given in the ISO document.
8
7. Conclusion
ISO 14692 is a worldwide accepted standard for the

manufacturing, qualification, design and installation of
GRP/GRE piping systems.
When the guidelines laid down in the ISO 14692 standard are
followed, it will result in a trouble-free pipe system.
8. ISO in brief
ISO is a global network that identifies what international ISO is a non-governmental organization. It is a federation of
standards are required by business, government and society, national standards bodies from over 149 countries, one per
develops them in partnership with the sectors that will put them country, from all regions of the world.
in use, adopts them by transparent procedures based on
national input and delivers them to be implemented worldwide.
ISO standards distill an international consensus from the

broadest possible base of stakeholder groups. Expert input
comes from those closest to the need for the standards and
also those responsible for implementing them. In this way,
although voluntary, ISO standards are widely respected and
accepted by public and private sectors internationally.
9. References
• ISO 14692-1 Petroleum and natural gas industries –

Glass-reinforced plastics (GRP) piping Part 1:
Vocabulary, symbols, applications and materials;
Qualification and manufacture;
System design;
Fabrication, installation and operation.
9
10. Deviations list to the ISO quality program
ISO 14692-2:2002(E) NOV Fiber Glass Systems

8.0 Quality programme for manufacture Standard
8.2 Calibration Quality Control equipment:
Pressure gauges:
• Accurate +/- 0,5% • Accurate +/- 0.8%
• Calibration every two months
8.3.2.2 Mill hydrostatic test 5% of total production.

5% of continuous production (c.p.) 1,5x Design Pressure
=< 600mm 0,89 times qualified pressure
> 600mm 0,75 times qualified pressure
if pressure class > 32 bar = 100%
8.3.2.3 Spools frequency = 100% (if practicable) 5% (if practicable)
8.3.2.4 Retesting: by failures of one of both retested Only the failed components will be rejected. In case of
components, the whole lot to the latest successful rejected components, 100% will be conducted until the
hydrotest shall be rejected. affected range has been determined
8.3.3 Degree of cure: DSC according to ISO 11357-2 According to API 15LR.
Determination of a QC baseline on base-resin or
component. Min. acc. = 130 / 140 dgr.C
Frequency of 1% on c.p.
Once per shift
8.3.4 Short-term burst test: Agreed with principal Once per three months
8.3.5 Ongoing pressure tests: yearly 6x 1000hr. test from None

at least two product sectors
8.3.6 Glass content in accordance with ISO 1172 at a In accordance with ASTM-D-2584 at a frequency of
frequency of 1% of c.p. once a week random two types.
Acceptance: 70-82% for filament wound pipe Acceptance: 65-77% for filament wound pipe
65-75% filament wound fittings 55-65% for filament wound fittings
50-65% hand-lay-up fittings
8.3.7.2 Visual Inspection: Table 12 and Table A1 of annexure ASTM-D-2563 (visual)

A van ISO 14692-4:2002
8.3.7.3 The principal shall be notified of all repairs No notification
8.3.8.2 The following dimensions shall be determined in NOV Fiber Glass Systems conducts 100% inspection on
& accordance with ASTM D-3567 for 1% of pipe and each outside diameter of pipe. Reinforced wall thickness is
8.3.8.3 fitting: automatically determined by using fixed inside diameter.
a) Internal diameter All dimensions and tolerances are in accordance with
b) Outside diameter NOV Fiber Glass Systems product drawings.
c) Mass
d) Minimum total wall thickness
e) Reinforced wall thickness
f) Laying length
10
8.3.8.4 The following dimensions shall be determined in NOV Fiber Glass Systemsn conducts only 100%
accordance with ASTM D3567 for 1% of pipe and inspection on laying lengths and directions/ positions
each fitting:
a) Internal diameter
b) Maximum outside diameter
c) Reinforced wall thickness
d) Relevant dimensions as described figure 1
e) Mass
8.3.9 Thread dimensions N/A
8.3.10 Conductivity 105 Ω (100V) Conductivity 106 Ω (500V)
8.3.11 Retest: by failures of one of both retested Only the failed components will be rejected.
components, the whole batch to the latest successful To avoid rejecting good products, NOV Fiber Glass
test shall be rejected. Systems will test all products to trace all affected products.
8.4.3 Records to be maintained by manufacturer: Documentation available in QC/Engineering file

• Hydrotest reports
• Dim.+Vis.+ cond. Reports
• Tg
• Glass content
• Short term burst test report
• Long term test report
9.1 Markings shall be applied on the pipe and fittings Pipes 3 locations,
within 1 m of the end. Fitting one location
9.2 All pipe and fittings shall be permanently marked with Pipe and fittings will be marked with:
details as in Para 9.2: a) Manufacturer’s name
a) Manufacturer’s name b) Not
b) Product line designation c) Qualified pressure
c) Qualified pressure d) Not
d) Temperature at which qualified pressure is e) System design pressure
determined (default is 65°C). f) System design temperature
e) System design pressure g) Nominal diameter
f) System design temperature h) Manufacturer’s identification code
g) Nominal diameter i) Not
h) Manufacturer’s identification code
i) Limitations or referenced to installation
requirements: permissible bolt torque, portable
water (yes/no), electrical conductivity and fire
performance classification.
11.4.2 Manufacturing procedure shall be provided if Not allowed by NOV Fiber Glass Systems
requested by the principal
11.4.4 Production quality control reports in acc. 8.4 shall be Special Manufacturing Record Book
provided within five working days or other agreed
period
11


EB-1A
F 06/12
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME A.18/Res. 753
ORGANISATION 22 November 1993
Original : ENGLISH
ASSEMBLY - 18th session

Agenda item 11
RESOLUTION A.753(18)
adopted on 4 November 1993
GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF PLASTIC PIPES ON SHIPS
THE ASSEMBLY,
RECALLING Article 15(j) of the Convention on the International Maritime Organization

concerning the functions of the Assembly in relation to regulations and guidelines
concerning maritime safety and the prevention and control of marine pollution from ships,
NOTING that there is increasing interest within the marine industry in the use of
materials other than steel for pipes and that there are no specific requirements for plastic
and reinforced plastic pipes and piping systems in existing regulations,
RECOGNIZING that guidelines, covering acceptance criteria for plastic materials in

piping systems, appropriate design and installation requirements and fire test performance
criteria for assuring ship safety, are needed to assist maritime Administrations to determine,
in a rational and uniform manner, the permitted applications for such materials,
RECOGNIZING ALSO that the framework of the guidelines should provide the
freedom to permit the development of international and national standards and allow the
natural development of emerging technology,
HAVING CONSIDERED the recommendation made by the Maritime Safety Committee

at its sixty—first session,
1. ADOPTS the Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships, set out in the
Annex to the present resolution;
2. INVITES Governments:
(a) to apply the Guidelines when considering the use of plastic piping on board
ships flying the flag of their State: and
(b) to inform the Organisation on the development of national standards
and emerging technology on plastic piping;
3. REQUESTS the Maritime Safety Committee to keep the Guidelines under review
and amend them as necessary.
W/0322a
For reasons of economy, this document is printed in a limited number. Delegates are
kindly asked to bring their copies to meetings and not to request additions copies
A 18/Res.753
ANNEX
GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION OF PLASTIC PIPES ON SHIPS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
1.2 Scope
1.3 Philosophy and contents
1.4 Definitions
2. MATERIAL DESIGN PROPERTIES AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
2.1 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO ALL PIPING SYSTEMS

.1 General
.2 Internal pressure
.3 External pressure
.4 Axial strength
.5 Temperature
.6 Impact resistance
.7 Ageing
.8 Fatigue
.9 Erosion resistance
.10 Fluid absorption
.11 Material compatibility
2.2 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO PIPING SYSTEMS DEPENDING ON SERVICE AND/OR LOCATIONS

.1 Fire endurance
.2 Flame spread
.3 Smoke generation
.4 Toxicity
.5 Electrical conductivity
.6 Fire protection coatings
3. MATERIAL APPROVAL AND QUALITY CONTROL DURING MANUFACTURE
4. INSTALLATION
4.1 Supports
4.2 External loads
4.3 Strength of connections
4.4 Control during installation
4.5 Testing after installation on board
4.6 Penetrations of fire divisions
4.7 Penetrations of watertight bulkheads and decks
4.8 Methods of repair
APPENDICES
Appendix 1 - Test method for fire endurance testing of plastic piping in the dry condition
Appendix 2 - Test method for fire endurance testing of water-filled plastic piping
Appendix 3 - Test method for flame spread of plastic piping
Appendix 4 - Fire endurance requirements matrix.
W/0322a 2
A 18/Res.753
1. INTRODUCTION
1.3.5 Shipboard piping should be properly installed and
1.1 Purpose tested to ensure the degree of safety necessary. Section
1.1.1 The International Maritime Organization recognizes 4 addresses these concerns, and incorporates MSC/Circ.
that there is increasing interest within the marine industry 449 “Guidance on installation of fibre glass reinforced pipe
to use materials other than steel for pipes and that there and fittings”.
are no specific requirements for plastic pipes in existing 1.3.6 The fire test methods and the fire endurance
regulations. requirements matrix, referenced in section 2.2, are given
in appendices I to IV.
1.1.2 These guidelines provide acceptance criteria for
plastic materials in piping systems to assist maritime 1.4 Definitions
Administrations to determine, in a rational and uniform way, 1.4.1 Plastic(s) as used in these guidelines refers to both
the permitted applications for such materials. These thermoplastic and thermosetting plastic materials, with or
guidelines give appropriate design and installation without reinforcement, such as uPVC and fibre reinforced
requirements and, for each application, fire testing plastics - FRP.
performance criteria necessary to ensure that vessel safety
is adequately addressed. 1.4.2 Piping/Piping systems - The terms piping and piping
systems include the pipe, fittings, system joints, method
1.1.3 Within the framework of these guidelines, there is of joining and any internal or external liners, coverings and
freedom to permit development of international and coatings required to comply with the performance criteria.
national standards, and allow the natural development of For example, if the basic material needs a fire protective
emerging technology. coating to comply with the fire endurance requirements,
then the piping should be manufactured and tested with
1.2 Scope both the basic material and coating attached and submitted
1.2.1 The status of these guidelines is advisory. They to the Administration for approval as a material system.
are intended to cover the design and installation of plastic
pipes, both with and without reinforcement, in either 1.4.3 Joint - The term joint refers to the permanent
essential or non-essential systems, inboard of the shipside method of joining pipes by adhesive bonding, laminating,
valves. welding, etc.
1.2.2 These guidelines are intended to comply with 1.4.4 Fittings - The term fittings refers to bends, elbows,
existing SOLAS regulations, MSC circulars, or other equi- fabricated branch pieces, etc., of plastic material.
valent international criteria.
1.2.3 These guidelines are applicable to rigid pipes only. 2. MATERIAL DESIGN PROPERTIES AND
The use of flexible pipes and hoses and mechanical PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
couplings which are accepted for use in metallic piping 2.1 Requirements applicable to all piping systems
systems is not addressed. 2.1.1 General
2.1.1.1 The requirements of this section apply to all piping
1.3 Philosophy and contents and piping systems independent of service or location.
1.3.1 The International Convention for the Safety of Life
at Sea (SOLAS 74), as amended, specifies steel should 2.1.1.2 The specification of the piping should be to a
be used in some cases, but in other instances it is clear recognized standard acceptable to the Administration and
that materials other than steel are anticipated, subject to should meet the additional performance guidelines that
the Administration’s acceptance. Guidelines to enable follow.
Administrations to make decisions on the use of plastic
piping, and the possibility of extending its application, are 2.1.1.3 The piping should have sufficient strength to take
therefore needed. account of the most severe coincident conditions of
pressure, temperature, the weight of the piping itself and
1.3.2 Certain material design properties and performance any static and dynamic loads imposed by the design or
criteria are common to all piping systems, regardless of environment.
system or location, and these are addressed in section
2.1. 2.1.1.4 For the purpose of assuring adequate robustness
for all piping including open ended piping (e.g. overflows,
1.3.3 Section 2.2 addresses fire safety aspects and vents and open-ended drains), all pipes should have a
provides specific requirements applicable to piping minimum wall thickness to ensure adequate strength for
systems depending on service and/or locations. use on board ships, also to withstand loads due to
transportation, handling, personnel traffic, etc. This may
1.3.4 Section 3 addresses material approval and require the pipe to have additional thickness than otherwise
prescribes certain controls during manufacture of piping required by service considerations.
that should be considered in order to ensure the proper
mechanical and physical characteristics.
W/0322a 3
A 18/Res.753
2.1.1.5 The performance requirements for any component working temperature should be at least 20°C lower than
of a piping system such as fittings, joints, and method of the minimum heat distortion temperature (determined
joining are the same as those requirements for the piping according to ISO 75 method A, or equivalent) of the resin
system they are installed in. or plastic material. The minimum heat distortion
temperature should not be less than 80°C.
2.1.2 Internal pressure
2.1.2.1 A piping system should be designed for an internal
2.1.5.3 Where low temperature services are considered,
pressure not less than the maximum working pressure to
special attention should be paid to material properties.
be expected under operating conditions or the highest set
pressure of any safety valve or pressure relief device on
2.1.6 Impact resistance
the system, if fitted.
2.1.6.1Piping should have a minimum resistance to im-
2.1.2.2 The nominal internal pressure for a pipe should
pact to the satisfaction of the Administration.
be determined by dividing the short-term hydrostatic test
failure pressure by a safety factor of 4 or the long-term
2.1.7 Ageing
hydrostatic (>100.000 h) test failure pressure by a safety
2.1.7.1Before selection of a piping material, the
factor of 2.5, whichever is the lesser. The hydrostatic test
manufacturer should confirm that the environmental effects
failure pressure should be verified experimentally or by a
including but not limited to ultraviolet rays, saltwater
combination of testing and calculation methods to the
exposure, oil and grease exposure, temperature, and
satisfaction of the Administration.
humidity, will not degrade the mechanical and physical
properties of the piping material below the values
2.1.3 External pressure
necessary to meet these guidelines. The manufacturer
2.1.3.1External pressure should be taken into account in
should establish material ageing characteristics by
the design of piping for any installation which may be sub-
subjecting samples of piping to an ageing test acceptable
ject to vacuum conditions inside the pipe or a head of liquid
to the Administration and then confirming its physical and
acting on the outside of the pipe.
mechanical properties by the performance criteria in these
guidelines.
2.1.3.2Piping should be designed for an external pressure
not less than the sum of the maximum potential head of
2.1.8 Fatigue
liquid outside the pipe, plus full vacuum (1 bar). The
2.1.8.1In cases where design loadings incorporate a sig-
nominal external pressure for a pipe should be determined
nificant cyclic or fluctuating component, fatigue should be
by dividing the collapse test pressure by a safety factor of
considered in the material selection process and taken
3. The collapse test pressure should be verified
into account in the installation design.
experimentally or by a combination of testing and
calculation methods to the satisfaction of the
2.1.8.2In addressing material fatigue, the designer may
Administration.
rely on experience with similar materials in similar service
or on laboratory evaluation of mechanical test specimens.
2.1.4 Axial strength
However, the designer is cautioned that small changes in
2.1.4.1The sum of the longitudinal stresses due to
the material composition may significantly affect fatigue
pressure, weight and other dynamic and sustained loads
behaviour.
should not exceed the allowable stress in the longitudinal
direction. Forces due to thermal expansion, contraction
2.1.9 Erosion resistance
and external loads, where applicable, should be considered
2.1.9.1In the cases where fluid in the system has high
when determining longitudinal stresses in the system.
flow velocities, abrasive characteristics or where there are
flow path discontinuities producing excessive turbulence
2.1.4.2In the case of fibre reinforced plastic pipes, the sum
the possible effect of erosion should be considered. If
of the longitudinal stresses should not exceed half of the
erosion cannot be avoided then adequate measures should
nominal circumferentional stress derived from the nominal
be taken such as increased wall thickness, special liners,
internal pressure determined according to paragraph
change of materials, etc.
2.1.2.2, unless the minimum allowable longitudinal stress
is verified experimentally or by a combination of testing
2.1.10 Fluid absorption
and calculation methods to the satisfaction of the
2.1.10.1 Absorption of fluid by the piping material
Administration.
should not cause a reduction of mechanical and physical
properties of the material below that required by these
2.1.5 Temperature
guidelines.
2.1.5.1Piping should meet the design requirements of
2.1.10.2 The fluid being carried or in which the pipe
these guidelines over the range of service temperatures it
is immersed should not permeate through the wall of the
will experience.
pipe. Testing for fluid absorption characteristics of the pipe
material should be to a recognized standard.
2.1.5.2High temperature limits and pressure reductions
relative to nominal pressures should be according to the
2.1.11 Material compatibility
recognized standard, but in each case, the maximum
2.1.11.1 The piping material should be compatible
W/0322a 4
A 18/Res.753
with the fluid being carried or in which it is immersed such after the fire has been extinguished. Piping having passed
that its design strength does not degenerate below that the fire endurance test specified in appendix 2 for a duration
recognized by these guidelines. Where the reaction bet- of a minimum of 30 minutes in the wet condition is
ween the pipe material and the fluid is unknown, the considered to meet level 3 fire endurance standard.
compatibility should be demonstrated to the satisfaction
of the Administration. 2.2.1.3 System/location matrix
2.2.1.3.1 The matrix in appendix 4 establishes fire
2.2 Requirements applicable to piping systems endurance requirements, which are system and location
depending on service and/or locations dependent, that pipe materials installed in a specific system
2.2.1 Fire endurance and location should possess to meet accepted minimum
2.2.1.1General levels of safety.
Pipes and their associated fittings whose functions
or integrity are essential to the safety of ships are required 2.2.1.3.2 Where, according to the matrix, remotely
to meet the minimum fire endurance requirements given closed valves are required when permitting the use of plas-
below. tic piping, the remote operation system should be designed
such that its function will not be inhibited after being
2.2.1.2Fire endurance requirements exposed to an equivalent level 1 fire endurance test.
The fire endurance of a piping system is the Remote operation is defined as an accessible, safe location
capability to maintain its strength and integrity (i.e. capable outside the space in which the valves are installed. In the
of performing its intended function) for some predetermined case of valves on the main deck of a tanker, remote
period of time, while exposed to fire that reflects anticipated operation should be from outside the cargo block.
conditions. Three different levels of fire endurance for plas-
tic are given. These levels consider the different severity 2.2.1.3.3 Where the matrix stipulates endurance le-
of consequences resulting from the loss of system integrity vel L2, pipes of endurance level L1 may also be used.
for the various applications and locations. The highest fire Similarly, where the matrix stipulates endurance level L3,
endurance standard (level 1) will ensure the integrity of pipes of endurance level L2 and L1 may be used.
the system during a full scale hydrocarbon fire and is
particularly applicable to systems where loss of integrity 2.2.2 Flame spread
may cause outflow of flammable liquids and worsen the 2.2.2.1All pipes, except those fitted on open decks and
fire situation. The intermediate fire endurance standard within tanks, cofferdams, void spaces, pipe tunnels and
(level 2) intends to ensure the availability of systems ducts should have low flame spread characteristics as
essential to the safe operation of the ship, after a fire of determined by the test procedures given in resolution
short duration, allowing the system to be restored after A.653(16) as modified for pipes.
the fire has been extinguished. The lowest level (level 3) is
considered to provide the fire endurance necessary for a 2.2.2.2In resolution A.653(16) the test sample
water filled piping system to survive a local fire of short configuration only considers flat surfaces. Procedure
duration. The system’s functions should be capable of modifications to A.653(16) are necessary due to the
being restored, after the fire has been extinguished. curvilinear pipe surfaces. These procedure modifications
are listed in appendix 3.
2.2.1.2.1 Level 1 - piping systems essential to the
safety of the ship and those systems outside machinery 2.2.2.3Piping materials giving average values for all of the
spaces where the loss of integrity may cause outflow of surface flammability criteria not exceeding the values listed
flammable fluid and worsen the fire situation should be in IMO resolution A.653(16), (Surface flammability crite-
designed to endure a fully developed hydrocarbon fire for ria, bulkhead, wall and ceiling linings) are considered to
a long duration without loss of integrity under dry meet the requirements for low flame spread in
conditions. Piping having passed the fire endurance test accommodation, service and control spaces. In other areas
method specified in appendix 1 for a duration of a mini- or where the quantity of pipes is small, the Administration
mum of one hour without loss of integrity in the dry condition may allow equivalent acceptance criteria.
is considered to meet level 1 fire endurance standard.
2.2.3 Smoke generation
2.2.1.2.2 Level 2 - piping systems essential to the safe 2.2.3.1Criteria for smoke production need only be applied
operation of the ship should be designed to endure a fire to pipes within the accommodation, service, and control
without loss of the capability to restore the system function spaces. SOLAS regulations II-2/34.7 and 49.2 are
after the fire has been extinguished. Piping having passed applicable to exposed interior surfaces which are
the fire endurance test specified in appendix 1 for a duration interpreted as including the surface finish of piping
of a minimum of 30 min in the dry condition is considered systems.
to meet level 2 fire endurance standard.
2.2.3.2A fire test procedure is being developed and when
2.2.1.2.3 Level 3 - piping systems essential to the safe finalized and appropriate smoke obscuration criteria have
operating of the ship should be designed to endure a fire been recommended, this test will be incorporated into
without loss of the capability to restore the system function these guidelines. In the meantime, an absence of this test
W/0322a 5
A 18/Res.753
need not preclude the use of plastics. However, manufacturer with the protective coating on in which case
Administrations should consider this hazard when on-site application of protection would be limited to what
approving piping materials. is necessary for installation purposes (e.g. joints).
Alternatively pipes may be coated on site in accordance
2.2.4 Toxicity with the approved procedure for each combination, using
2.2.4.1Toxicity testing is still being investigated and crite- the approved materials of both pipes and insulations.
ria developed. Before meaningful conclusions can be
made, further experimentation and testing is needed. In 2.2.6.1.2 The liquid absorption properties of the
the absence of a toxicity test, the use of plastics need not coating and piping should be considered. The fire
be precluded. However, Administrations should consider protection properties of the coating should not be
this hazard when approving piping materials. diminished when exposed to saltwater, oil or bilge slops.
The Administration should be satisfied that the coating is
2.2.5 Electrical conductivity resistant to products likely to come in contact with the
2.2.5.1Electrostatic charges can be generated on the piping.
inside and outside of plastic pipes. The resulting sparks
can create punctures through pipe walls leading to leakage 2.2.6.1.3 Fire protection coatings should not degrade
of pipe contents, or can ignite surrounding explosive due to environmental effects over time, such as ultraviolet
atmospheres. Administrations should consider these rays, saltwater exposure, temperature and humidity. Other
hazards when approving plastic piping systems carrying areas to consider are thermal expansion, resistance
fluids capable of generating electrostatic charges (static against vibrations, and elasticity. Ageing of the fire
accumulators) inside the pipe, and when approving plas- protection coatings should be demonstrated to the
tic piping systems in hazardous areas (i.e. areas that could, satisfaction of the Administration in a manner consistent
either in normal or fault conditions, contain an explosive with the ageing test specified above.
atmosphere), for the possibility of electrostatic charges
outside the pipe. 2.2.6.1.4 The adhesion qualities of the coating should
be such that the coating does not flake, chip, or powder,
2.2.5.2. In practice, fluids with conductivity less than when subjected to an adhesion test acceptable to the
1,000 pico siemens per metre (pS/m) are considered to Administration.
be non-conductive and therefore capable of generating
electrostatic charges. Refined products and distillates fall 2.2.6.1.5 The fire protection coating should have a
into this category and piping used to convey these liquids minimum resistance to impact to the satisfaction of the
should therefore be electrically conductive. Fluids with Administration.
conductivity greater than 1,000 pS/m are considered to
be static non-accumulators and can therefore be conveyed 2.2.6.1.6 Pipes should be an appropriate distance
through pipes not having special conductive properties from hot surfaces in order to be adequately insulated.
when located in non hazardous areas.
2.2.6.2Special testing may be required as part of the
2.2.5.3Regardless of the fluid being conveyed, plastic approval procedure.
piping should be electrically conductive if the piping pas-
ses through a hazardous area. 3. MATERIAL APPROVAL AND QUALITY CONTROL
DURING MANUFACTURE
2.2.5.4Where conductive piping is required, the resistance
per unit length of the pipe, bends, elbows, fabricated branch 3.1 The Administration may require piping, as defined
pieces, etc., shout not exceed 1 x 105Ohm/m and the in chapter I, 4.0, to be prototype tested to ensure that the
resistance to earth from any point in the piping system piping meets the performance requirements of these
should not exceed 1 x 106Ohm. It is preferred that pipes guidelines.
and fittings be homogeneously conductive. Pipes and 3.2. The manufacturer should have a quality system that
fittings having conductive layers may be accepted subject meets ISO 9001, “Quality systems - Model for quality
to the arrangements for minimizing the possibility of spark assurance in design/development, production, installation
damage to the pipe wall being satisfactory. Satisfactory and servicing”, or equivalent. The quality system should
earthing should be provided. consist of elements necessary to ensure that pipe and
fittings are produced with consistent and uniform
2.2.5.5After completion of the installation, the resistance mechanical and physical properties in accordance with
to earth should be verified. Earthing wires should be recognized standards. Control during manufacture should
accessible for inspection. be certified by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the
Administration.
2.2.6 Fire protection coatings
2.2.6.1Where a fire protective coating of pipes and fittings 3.3. Dimensions and tolerances for pipes should con-
is necessary for achieving the fire endurance standards form to a recognized standard.
required, the following requirements apply:
2.2.6.1.1 Pipes should be delivered from the
W/0322a 6
A 18/Res.753
3.4 Piping and fittings should be permanently marked 4.1.5 When calculating the thermal expansions, account
with identification in accordance with a recognized should be taken of the system working temperature and
standard. Identification should include pressure ratings, the temperature at which assembling is performed.
the design standard that the pipe or fitting is manufactured
in accordance with, and the material system with which 4.2 External loads
the pipe or fitting is made. 4.2.1 Where applicable, allowance should be made for
temporary point loads. Such allowances should include at
3.5 Each length of pipe should be tested at the least the force exerted by a load (person) of 100 kg at mid-
manufacturers production facility to a hydrostatic pressure span on any pipe of more than 100 mm nominal outside
not less than 1.5 times the rated pressure of the pipe. Other diameter.
test criteria may be accepted by the Administration.
4.2.2 Pipes should be protected from mechanical
3.6 Samples of pipe should be tested to determine the damage where necessary.
short-term and/or long-term hydrostatic design strength.
These samples should be selected randomly from the 4.3 Strength of connections
production facilities at a frequency to the satisfaction of 4.3.1 The requirements for connections are the same as
the Administration. those requirements for the piping system in which they
are installed, as stated in paragraph 2.1.1.5.
3.7 For piping required to be electrically conductive,
representative samples of pipe should be tested to 4.3.2 Pipes may be assembled using adhesive-bonded,
determine the electrical resistance per unit length. The flanged or mechanically coupled joints.
test method and frequency of testing should be acceptable
to the Administration. 4.3.3 Adhesives, when used for joint assembly, should
be suitable for providing a permanent seal between the
3.8 Random samples of pipe should be tested to pipes and fittings throughout the temperature and pressure
determine the adhesion qualities of the coating to the pipe. range of the intended application.
The test method and frequency of testing should be
acceptable to the Administration. 4.3.4 Tightening of flanged or mechanically coupled joints
should be performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.
4. INSTALLATION
4.1. Supports 4.4 Control during installation
4.1.1 Selection and spacing of pipe supports in shipboard 4.4.1 Joining techniques should be in accordance with
systems should be determined as a function of allowable MSC/Circ.449. This circular requires the fabrication to be
stresses and maximum deflection criteria. Support spacing in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation
should be not greater than the pipe manufacturer’s guidelines, that personnel performing these tasks be
recommended spacing. The selection and spacing of pipe qualified to the satisfaction of the Administration, and that
supports should take into account pipe dimensions, each bonding procedure be qualified before shipboard
mechanical and physical properties of the pipe material, piping installation commences.
mass of pipe and contained fluid, external pressure,
operating temperature, thermal expansion effects, loads 4.4.2 To qualify joint bonding procedures, the tests and
due to external forces, thrust forces, water hammer, examinations specified herein should be successfully
vibration, maximum accelerations to which the system may completed. The procedure for making bonds should
be subjected, and the type of support. The support spans include: all materials and supplies, tools and fixtures,
should also be checked for combinations of loads. environmental requirements, joint preparation, dimensional
requirements and tolerances, cure time, cure temperature,
4.1.2 Each support should evenly distribute the load of protection of work, tests and examinations and acceptance
the pipe and its contents over the full width of the support criteria for the completed test assembly.
and be designed to minimize wear and abrasion.
4.4.3 Any change in the bonding procedure which will
4.1.3 Heavy components in the piping system such as affect the physical and mechanical properties of the joint
valves and expansion joints should be independently should require the procedure to be requalified.
supported. 4.4.4 The employer should maintain a self-certification
record available to the Administration of the following:
4.1.4 Suitable provision should be made in each pipeline - the procedure used, and
to allow for relative movement between pipes made of plas- - the bonders and bonding operators employed by
tics and the steel structure, having due regard to: him, showing the bonding performance
.1 the difference in the coefficients of thermal qualifications, dates and results of the qualification testing.
expansion;
.2 deformations of the ship’s hull and its structure. 4.4.5 Procedure qualification testing should conform to
W/0322a 7
A 18/Res.753
the following:
A test assembly shall be fabricated in accordance with the 4.8 Methods of repair
bonding procedure to be qualified and shall consist of at 4.8.1 At sea, the pipe material should be capable of
least one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipe-to-fitting joint. temporary repair by the crew, and the necessary materials
When the test assembly has been cured, it shall be and tools kept on board.
subjected to a hydrostatic test pressure at a factor of safety 4.8.2 Permanent repairs to the piping material should be
acceptable to the Administration times the design pressure capable of exhibiting the same mechanical and physical
of the test assembly, for not less than one hour with no properties as the original base material. Repairs carried
leakage or separation of joints. The test shall be conducted out and tested to the satisfaction of the Administration may
so that the joint is loaded in both the circumferential and be considered permanent provided the strength is ade-
longitudinal directions similar to that to be experienced in
service. The size of the pipe used for the test assembly
shall be as follows:
(1) When the largest size to be joined is 200 mm

nominal outside diameter, or smaller, the test
assembly shall be the largest piping size to be joined.
(2) When the largest size to be joined is greater than

200 mm nominal outside diameter, the size
of the test assembly shall be either 200 mm or 25% of the
largest piping size to be joined, whichever is greater.
4.4.6 When conducting performance qualifications, each

bonder and bonding operator should make up a test
assembly consisting of one pipe-to-pipe joint and one pipe-
to-fitting joint in accordance with the qualified bonding pro-
cedure. The size of the pipe used for the test assembly
should be the same as required in 4.5. The joint should
successfully pass the hydrostatic test described in 4.5.
4.5 Testing after installation on board

4.5.1 Piping systems for essential services should be
subjected to a test pressure not less than 1.5 times the
design pressure of the system.
4.5.2 Piping systems for non-essential services should

be checked for leakage under operational conditions.
4.5.3 For piping required to be electrically conductive,

the resistance to earth should be checked. Earthing wires
should be accessible for inspection.
4.6 Penetrations of fire divisions

4.6.1 Where “A” or “B” class divisions are penetrated for
the passage of plastic pipes, arrangements should be
made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired.
These arrangements should be tested in accordance with
Recommendations for fire test procedures for “A” “B” and
“F” bulkheads (resolution A.517(13), as amended.
4.7 Penetrations of watertight bulkheads and decks

4.7.1 Where plastic pipes pass through watertight
bulkheads or decks, the watertight integrity and strength
integrity of the bulkhead or deck should be maintained.
4.7.2 If the bulkhead or deck is also a fire division and

destruction by fire of the plastic pipes may cause the inflow
of liquids from tanks, a metallic shut-off valve operable
from above the freeboard deck should be fitted at the
bulkhead or deck.
W/0322a 8
A 18/Res.753
quate for the intended service.
APPENDIX 1
TEST METHOD FOR FIRE ENDURANCE TESTING
OF PLASTIC PIPING IN THE DRY CONDITION

Test method Test conditions
1 A furnace test with fast temperature increase likely 3 If the insulation contains, or is liable to absorb,
to occur in a fully developed liquid hydrocarbon fire. The moisture the specimen should not be tested until the
time/temperature of the furnace should be as follows: insulation has reached an air-dry condition. This condition
at the end of 5 min. 945 ° C is defined as equilibrium with an ambient atmosphere of
at the end of 10 min. 1,033 ° C 50% relative humidity at 20 + 5° C. Accelerated
conditioning is permissible provided the method does not
at the end of 15 min. 1,071 ° C
alter the properties of component material. Special
at the end of 30 min. 1,098 ° C samples should be used for moisture content determination
at the end of 60 min. 1,100 ° C and conditioned with the test specimen. These samples
should be so constructed as to represent the loss of water
Notes: vapour from the specimen by having similar thickness and
1 The accuracy of the furnace control should be as follows: exposed faces.
1.1 During the first 10 min. of the test the area under
the curve of mean furnace temperature should not 4 A nitrogen pressure inside the test specimen should
vary by more than + 15% of the area under the standard be maintained automatically at 0.7 bar + 0.1 bar during
curve. the test. Means should be provided to record the pressure
1.2 During the first half hour of the test the area under inside the pipe and the nitrogen flow into and out of the
the curve of mean furnace temperature should not vary by specimen in order to indicate leakage.
more than + 10% of the area under the standard curve.
1.3 For any period after the first half hour of the test Acceptance criteria
the area under the curve of mean furnace temperature 5 During the test, no nitrogen leakage from the
should not vary by more than + 5% of the area under the sample should occur.
standard curve.
1.4 At any time after the first 10 min of the test the 6 After termination of the furnace test, the test speci-
mean furnace temperature should not differ from the men together with fire protection coating, if any, should be
allowed to cool in still air to ambient temperature and then
standard curve by more than + 100°C.
tested to the rated pressure of the pipes as defined in
paragraphs II-1/2.2 and II-1/3.2 of these guidelines. The
2 The locations where the temperatures are measured, pressure should be held for a minimum of 15 min. without
the number of temperature measurements and the leakage. Where practicable, the hydrostatic test should
measurement techniques are to be agreed by the be conducted on bare pipe, that is pipe which has had all
Administration taking into account the furnace control of its coverings including fire protection insulation removed,
specification as set out in paragraph 3.1.3 of the Annex of so that leakage will be readily apparent.
Assembly resolution A.517(13).
7 Alternative test methods and/or test procedures
Test specimen considered to be at least equivalent including open pit
2 The test specimen should be prepared with the testing method, may be accepted in cases where the pipes
joints and fittings intended for use in the proposed are too large for the test furnace.
application. The number of specimens should be sufficient
to test typical joints and fittings including joints between
non-metal and metal pipes and fitting to be used. The ends
of the specimen should be closed. One of the ends should
allow presssurized nitrogen to be connected. The pipe ends
and closures may be outside the furnace. The general
orientation of the specimen should be horizontal and it
should be supported by one fixed support with the
remaining supports allowing free movement. The free
length between supports should not be less than 8 times
the pipe diameter.
Notes: 1 Most materials other than steel used for

pipes will require a thermal insulation to be able to
pass this test. The test procedure should include the
insulation and its covering.
2. The number and size of test specimens
required for the approval test should be specified by
the Administration.
W/0322a 9
A 18/Res.753
APPENDIX 2
TEST METHOD FOR FIRE ENDURANCE TESTING

OF WATER-FILLED PLASTIC PIPING
1 Test method The pipe samples should rest freely in a horizontal

A propane multiple burner test with a fast position on two V-shaped supports. The friction between
temperature increase should be used. pipe and supports should be minimized. The supports may
consist of two stands, as shown in figure 2.
For piping up to 152 mm in diameter, the fire source
should consist of two rows of 5 burners as shown in Figure A relief valve should be connected to one of the
1. A constant heat flux averaging 113.6 kW/m2 (+10%) end closures of each specimen.
should be maintained 12.5 + 1 cm above the centreline 3 Test conditions
of the burner array. This flux corresponds to a pre-mix The test should be carried out in a sheltered test
flame of propane with a fuel flow rate of 5 kg/h for a total site in order to prevent any draught influencing the test.
heat release rate of 65 kW. The gas consumption should Each pipe specimen should be completely
be measured with an accuracy of at least +3% in order to filled with deaerated water to exclude air bubbles.
maintain a constant heat flux. Propane with a minimum
purity of 95% should be used. The water temperature should not be less than
15°C at the start and should be measured continuously
For piping greater than 152 mm in diameter, one during the test.
additional row of burners should be included for each 31
mm increase in pipe diameter. A constant heat flux The water inside the sample should be stagnant
averaging 113.6 kW/m2 (+10%) should still be maintained and the pressure maintained at 3 + 0.5 bar during the test.
at the 12.5 + 1 cm height above the centreline of the burner
array. The fuel flow should be increased as required to 4 Acceptance criteria
maintain the designated heat flux. During the test, no leakage from the sample(s)
The burners should be type “Sievert No. 2942” or should occur except that slight weeping through the pipe
equivalent which produces an air mixed flame. The inner wall may be accepted.
diameter of the burner heads should be 29 mm (see figure
1). The burner heads should be mounted in the same plane After termination of the burner regulation test, the
and supplied with gas from a manifold. If necessary, each test sample, together with fire protection coating, if any,
burner should be equipped with a valve in order to adjust should be allowed to cool to ambient temperature and then
the flame height. tested to the rated pressure of the pipes as defined in
paragraphs II-1/2.2 and II-1/3.2 of these guidelines. The
The height of the burner stand should also be pressure should be held for a minimum of 15 minutes wit-
adjustable. It should be mounted centrally below the test hout significant leakages, i.e. not exceeding 0.2 1/min.
pipe with the rows of burners parallel to the pipe’s axis. Where practicable, the hydrostatic test should be
The distance between the burner heads and the pipe conducted on bare pipe, that is pipe which has had all of
should be maintained at 12.5 + 1 cm during the test. The its coverings including fire protection insulation removed,
free length of the pipe between its supports should be .8 so that leakage will be readily apparent.
+0.05 m.
2 Test specimen
Each pipe should have a length of approximately
1.5 m. The test pipe should be prepared with permanent
joints and fittings intended to be used. Only valves and
straight joints versus elbows and bends should be tested
as the adhesive in the joint is the primary point of failure.
The number of pipe specimens should be sufficient to test
all typical joints and fittings. The ends of each pie speci-
men should be closed. One of the ends should allow
pressurized water to be connected.
If the insulation contains, or is liable to absorb,

moisture the specimen should not be tested until the
insulation has reached an air-dry condition. This condition
is defined as equilibrium with an ambient atmosphere of
50% relative humidity at 20 + 5 ° C. Accelerated
conditioning is permissible provided the method does not
alter the properties of the material
Special samples should be used for moisture content
determination and conditioned with the test specimen.
These samples should be so constructed as to represent
the loss of water vapour from the specimen by having
similar thickness and exposed faces.
W/0322a 10
A 18/Res.753
W/0322a
11
A 18/Res.753
APPENDIX 3
TEST METHOD FOR FLAME SPREAD OF PLASTIC PIPING
Flame spread of plastic piping should be determined by

IMO resolution A.653(16) entitled “Recommendation on
Improved Fire Test Procedures for Surface Flammability
of Bulkhead, Ceiling, and Deck Finish Materials” with the
following modifications.
1 Tests should be made for each pipe material and

size.
2 Test sample should be fabricated by cutting pipes

lengthwise into individual sections and then assembling
the sections into a test sample as representative as
possible of a flat surface. A test sample should consist of
at least two sections. The test sample should be 800 + 5
mm long. All cuts should be made normal to the pipe wall.
3 The number of sections that must be assembled

together to form a test sample should be that which
corresponds to the nearest integral number of sections
which should make a test sample with an equivalent
linearized surface width between 155 and 180 mm. The
surface width is defined as the measured sum of the outer
circumference of the assembled pipe sections that are
exposed to the flux from the radiant panel.
4 The assembled test sample should have no gaps

between individual sections.
5 The assembled test sample should be constructed

in such a way that the edges of two adjacent sections
should coincide with the centreline of the test holder.
6 The individual test sections should be attached to

the backing calcium silicate board using wire (No. 18
recommended) inserted at 50 mm intervals through the
board and tightened by twisting at the back.
7 The individual pipe sections should be mounted

so that the highest point of the exposed surface is in the
same plane as the exposed flat surface of a normal surface.
8 The space between the concave unexposed

surface of the test sample and the surface of the calcium
silicate backing board should be left void.
9 The void space between the top of the exposed

test surface and the bottom edge of the sample holder
frame should be filled with a high temperature insulating
wool if the width of the pipe segments extend under the
side edges of the sample holding frame.
W/0322a 12
APPENDIX 4 A18/Res.753
FIRE ENDURANCE REQUIREMENTS MATRIX
A B C D E F G H I J K Location
CARGO (Flammable cargoes f.p.< 60°C)
1 Cargo lines 9 A. Machinery spaces of Category A.
2 Crude oil washing lines 9 B. Other machinery spaces and
3 Vent lines 9 pump rooms
INERT GAS C. Cargo pump rooms
4 Water seal effluent line 1 1 1 1 1 D. Ro-ro cargo holds
5 Scrubber effluent line 1 1 1 1 E. Other dry cargo holds
6 Main line 6 F. Cargo tanks
7 Distribution lines G. Fuel oil tanks
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS(f.p. > 60°C) H. Ballast water tanks
8 Cargo lines 3 9 I. Cofferdams void spaces pipe
9 Fuel oil 3 tunnel and ducts
10 Lubricating J. Accommodation service and
11 Hydraulic oil control spaces
SEAWATER (1) K. Open decks
12 Bilge main and branches
13 Fire main and water spray Not Applicable
14 Foam system Bondstrand approved systems
15 Sprinker system Not allowed
16 Ballast 9
17 Cooling water, essential services
18 Tank cleaning services fixed machines 2
19 Non essential systems
FRESH WATER
20 Cooling water, essential services
21 Condensate return
22 Non essential systems
SANITARY/DRAINS/SCRUPPERS
23 Deck drains (internal) 4 4 4
24 Sanitary drains (internal)
25 Scuppers and dischargers (overboard) 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7 1-7
SOUNDING/AIR
26 Water tanks/ dry spaces 9
27 Oil tanks (f.p.> 60°C) 3 9
MISCELLANEOUS
28 Control air 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
29 Service air (non essential)
30 Brine
31 Auxiliary low pressure steam < 7 bar) 8 8 8 8 8
W/0322a 13
A 18/Res.753
A) Machinery spaces of category A FOOTNOTES:

B) Other machinery spaces and pump rooms 1/ Where non-metallic piping is used, remotely
C) Cargo pump rooms controlled valves to be proved at ship’s side (valve is to be
D) Ro-ro cargo holds controlled from outside space).
E) Other dry cargo holds 2/ Remote closing valves to be provided at the cargo
F) Cargo tanks tanks.
G) Fuel oil tanks 3/ When cargo tanks contain flammable liquids with
H) Ballast water tanks f.p. >60°C. “O” may replace “NA” or “X”.
I) Cofferdams void spaces pipe tunnel and ducts 4/ For drains serving only the space concerned, “O”
J) Accommodation service and control spaces may replace “L1”.
K) Open decks 5/ When controlling functions are not required by
statutory requirements or guidelines, “O” may replace “L1”.
ABBREVIATIONS: 6/ For pipe between machinery space and deck wa-
L1 Fire endurance test (appendix 1) in dry conditions, ter seal, “O” may replace “L1”.
60 min. 7/ For passenger vessels, “X” is to replace “L1”.
L2 Fire endurance test (appendix 1) in dry conditions, 8/ Scuppers serving open decks in positions 1 and 2,
30 min. as defined in regulation 13 of the International Convention
L3 Fire endurance test (appendix 2) in wet conditions, on Load Lines, 1966, should be “X” throughout unless
30 min. fitted at the upper end with the means of closing capable
O No fire endurance test required of being operated from a position above the freeboard deck
NA Not applicable in order to prevent downflooding.
X Metallic materials having a melting point greater 9/ For essential services, such as fuel oil tank heating
than 925°C. and ship’s whistle, “X” is to replace “O”.
10/ For tankers where compliance with paragraph 3(f)
of regulation 13F of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78 is required,
“NA” is to replace “O”.
LOCATION DEFINITIONS
Location Definition
A - Machinery spaces of category A Machinery spaces of category A as defined in SOLAS*
regulation II-2/3.19.
B - Other machinery spaces and pump rooms Spaces, other than category A machinery spaces and
cargo pump rooms, containing propulsion machinery,
boilers, steam and internal combustion engines,
generators and major electrical machinery, pumps, oil
filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air-
conditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and trunks to
such spaces.
C - Cargo pump rooms Spaces containing cargo pumps and entrances and trunks
to such spaces.
D - Ro-ro cargo holds Ro-ro cargo holds are ro-ro cargo spaces and special
category spaces as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-2/3.14
and 3.18.
E - Other dry cargo holds All spaces other than ro-ro cargo holds used for non-liquid
cargo and trunks to such spaces.
F - Cargo tanks All spaces used for liquid cargo and trunks to such spaces.
G- Fuel oil tanks All spaces used for fuel oil (excluding cargo tanks) and
trunks to such spaces.
H - Ballast water tanks All spaces used for ballast water and trunks to such
spaces.
I- Cofferdams, voids, etc. Cofferdams and voids are those empty spaces between
two bulkheads separating two adjacent compartments.
J- Accommodation, service, Accommodation spaces, service spaces and control
stations as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-2/3.10, 3.12,
3.22
K - Open decks Open deck spaces as defined in SOLAS* regulation II-
2/26.2.2(5).
* SOLAS 74 as amended by the 1978 SOLAS Protocol and the 1981 and 1983 amendments (consolidated text).
W/0322a 14
Offshore Installations Reference List
General
These case histories are intended to serve as documentation of installations of Bondstrand® Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy
(GRE) Pipe products in the services shown. The names of shipyards, owners, vessels, platforms companies are
included for the sake of completeness. Their inclusion does not imply an endorsement of NOV Fiber Glass Systems products
by those parties. More extensive information is also available from NOV Fiber Glass Systems, or via: www.fgspipe.com.
Description
Abbreviations used:
Unitname: Name of the unit, or project
Country: Country where unit was built
Service/Application
1 Firewater 10 Column piping
2 Deluge 11 Caissons
3 Seawater Cooling 12 Brine
4 Engine Room Cooling 13 Drilling mud
5 Seawater 14 Fresh water
6 Ballast 15 Potable water
7 Drains 16 Sanitary/sewage
8 Vent lines 17 Submersible pump
9 Chlorination 18 Water injection
4
Owner Operator Unit Name Service Diameter (inch) Pressure Shipyard Unit Country (yard) Serie Year
(bar)
Chevron Kokomgio Field 1 Africa 2005
Marathon Oil Steelhead 20 12 1 Platform Alaska 2000M 1986
Cea Cfem BMD3 1 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Barge Angola 2000M 1988
Chevron Takula WIP Expansion 5 2, 3, 4, 8, 10, 18, 24 16 Platform Angola 2000M 1997
Phase II
Chevron (UK) Limited Takula WIP - Expansion 18 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 24 11 Platform Angola 2000M 1995
Chevron Bouygues Takula WIP 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 24 11 Platform Angola 2000 1989
Offshore
Elf Buffalo 1 6 10 Platform Angola 2000M 1987
Sneap Bouygues Offshore Buf 1 1 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Angola 2000M 1987
Trans ocean Sedco Forex Sedco Express *(FP 833) 14 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 5 DCN Semi-sub Angola 2000M 1999
Reading and Bates W.T. Adams 9 2 2 Jack-up Argentina 5000M 1984
Reading and Bates R.W. Mowell 9 2 2 Jack-up Argentina 5000M 1985
Woodside Offshore BP Cossack Pioneer 3, 14, 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 10 FPSO Australia 7000M 1995
Petroleum Pty *(FP 689) 16, 18, 20, 24
British Gas/Clough ONGC Panna 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Australia 7000M 2005
Wandoo Alliance CGS PP - Platform / LQ 11 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Platform Australia 2000M 1995
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
28, 30
Wandoo Alliance Wandoo Field, Dampier 7, 6, 11, 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 12 Platform Australia 2000M, 5000, 1996
*(FP 348) 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30 7000M
Wandoo Alliance CGS PP - Platform / LQ 6, 1, 11 16, 3, 30 Platform Australia 2000M 1996
Wandoo Alliance CGS PP - Platform / LQ 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Platform Australia 7000M 1996
12, 14, 16, 18
Woodside North Rankin A 9 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Australia 5000 1996
Woodside Offshore BP North Rankin A 15 1, 3 Platform Australia 2000 1993
Petroleum Pty
Azerbaijan International AIOC 5 2, 16 20 Platform Azerbaijan 2000 1999
Operating Company AIOC
Azerbaijan International BP ACG Full Field 5, 1, 3, 16, 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16 Platform Azerbaijan 7000, 3416 2004 2008
Operating Company AIOC Development Project 7, 8 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
*(FP 905 A) 28, 30
Elf Petroland K-5 1 4, 6, 8 12 Platform Belgium 6000 1993
(bar)
Petrobras P-43 Baracuda, 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20 Hull P-43 FPSO Brazil 7000M, 2425C, 2004
P-48 Caratinga 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24 (Jurong Shipyard, 5000M
*(FP 942) 28, 30, 32, 36, 40 Singapore),
P-43 and P-48 and
integration of P-43
(Maua Jurong
Shipyards, Brazil)
Topsides , Hull
P-48 and integra-
tion of
P-48 (Keppel FELS
Brasil, Brazil)
ARCO Process Platform 3, 7, 15 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 10 Platform Brunei 2000 1983
12, 14, 16, 18
Brunei Shell Petroleum Shell Champion 7 (CPCB-7) 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 16 Platform Brunei 6016 1993
Hudbay WHP 3 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Brunei 2000 1987
Huffco Process Platform 16 10 Platform Brunei 2000 1983
MAXUS Process Platform 3, 20 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 10 Platform Brunei 2000 1984
McDermott Engineering WHP 1, 20 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Brunei 2000M 1985
ONGC “BPA” 3 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16 Platform Brunei 2000M 1986
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
28, 30, 32, 36
P.T. Avlau WHP 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Brunei 2000M 1985
Shell Offshore AMWP-7 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 13 Platform Brunei 2000M 1980
Shell Offshore Champion 7 6 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 10 Platform Brunei 2000 1981
14, 16
Shell Offshore Champion Phase I 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 13 Platform Brunei 2000M 1981
Shell Offshore Champion 7 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 13 Platform Brunei 2000M 1981
14, 16
Shell Offshore AMPA-9 18 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 15 Platform Brunei 2000M 1982
Shell Offshore Champion 7 18 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 15 Platform Brunei 2000M 1982
Shell Offshore AMPA-9 1 6 10 Platform Brunei 2000M 1986
Shell Offshore AMPA 9 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Brunei 2000M 1992
Shell Offshore AMPA 9 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 16 Platform Brunei 2000M 1992
Shell Offshore Champion 7 (CPCB 7) 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 16 Platform Brunei 6016 1993
Shell Offshore Champion 7 ( CPWA -7) 7 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 Platform Brunei 2000M 1996
Shell Offshore Fairley Living Quarter 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Brunei 2000M, 2420 2002
Shell Offshore Champion 7 (CPWA -7) 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Platform Brunei 2000M 2002
12, 14, 16
Shell Offshore BSP Champion 7 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform Brunei 2416-FM 2006
Shell Offshore Shell Diana 7 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 Platform Brunei 2000M 1995 1996
5
6
(bar)
TOTAL Process Platform 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 16 Platform Brunei 2000M 1983
Unocal WHP 7 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Brunei 2000 1984
Unocal WHP 2, 3 10 Platform Brunei 2000M 1985
Foramer Alligator 14 2 7 Barge Cameroon 2000M 1983
Forex Neptune Pentagone 81 8 8, 10, 12 7 Platform Cameroon 2000M 1982
SBPI / Elf Serepca BAP 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 12 Platform Cameroon 2000M 1996
SBPI / Elf Serepca Ekoundou 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 16 Platform Cameroon 2000M 2000 2001
Total CG Doris Victoria 7 2, 3, 4 1 Platform Cameroon 2000M 1982
CNOOC FPSO 4, 3, 20, 1 3, 20 Dalian New FPSO China 7000M 2001
Shipyard
CNOOC/BOC Belanak 6 12, 20 Dalian New FPSO China 7000M 2003
Shipyard
CNOOC-CNNHW 1007 6 12, 2 Waigaoqiao FPSO China 7000M 2002
CONOCO FPSO 6, 4, 8 4, 36 Dalian New FPSO China 7000M, 2416C 2002
Shipyard
Conoco Belanak *(FP 924) 3, 6, 7, 1, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, P.T. McDermott FPSO China various 2003
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
28, 30, 32, 36
ConocoPhillips China Bohai II 1, 2, 7, 9, 16 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 FPSO China 2420C 2006
Phillips/CNOOC 4 2, 8 Shanhaiguang FPSO China 2000M, 7000M 2002
May Flower Energy UK TIV-1 6 3, 28 Shanhaiguang Jack-up China 7000M 2002
CNOOC / OOEC QK17-2 1, 3, 5 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform China 2000M 1999
CNOOC / OOEC QHD32-6 WHP 1, 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Platform China 2000M 2000
CNOOC / OOEC SZ36-1 1, 5 2, 4, 6, 8 Platform China 2000M 2002
CNOOC/ OOEC SZ36-1 WHP 1, 5 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform China 2000M 2000
CNOOC/ OOEC WC13-1/2 WHP 5 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform China 2000M 2000
CNOOC/ OOEC PL19-3 PH-I 1, 2 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform China PSX-JFC 2002
Conoco Phillips - COOEC PL19-3 PH-2 1, 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2420, 2420-FP 2005
COOEC DF1-1 1, 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Platform China 2000M, 2002
2000M-FP
COOEC LuDa 5 2, 4, 6, 8 Platform China 2000M, 2004
2000M-FP
COOEC Panyu 30-1 1, 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2000M, 2005
2000M-FP
COOEC / BP Yacheng 13-1 TCLQ 1, 5 2, 6, 8 Platform China 2000M 2002
CSSC SZ36-1 1 2, 3, 4, 6 Xinhe Shipyard Platform China 2000M 1999
(bar)
Jutal PL19-3 P1 1, 5 2, 4, 6 Platform China 7000M, 2004
PSX-JFC
Philips Petroleum Xijiang 24 - 30/ 30 -2 3, 5, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Daewoo S H M Platform China 2000M 1993
12, 14, 16
Sembawang Engineering CNOOC - WEI 114 1, 3, 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2000M 1992
SOME / CNOOC Panyu 4-2 & 5-1 1 2, 3, 6, 8, 10 Platform China 2420-FP 2002
UOCC DF1-1 1, 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform China 2000M, 2002
2000M-FP
UOCC WZ11-4 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform China 7000M 2003
UOCC DF1-1 1, 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2000M, 2004
2000M-FP
UOCC Weizhou 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2000M 2005
UOCC Yachen 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2000M, 2005
2000M-FP
Zhaodong Apache ODA & ODM 1, 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform China 2000M, 2002
2000M-FP
Foramer Barge IDS 5 2 7 Barge Congo 2000M 1983
Elf Congo Cobo / Cob P1 1 2, 4 16 Platform Congo 2000M 1994
Elf Congo N’Kossa *(FP 671) 1 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 Platform Congo 2020 1997
16, 18
Elf Recherche, France Emeraude 7 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 1 Platform Congo 2000M 1972
Elf Recherche, France AM6 7 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 1 Platform Congo 2000M 1974
Elf Recherche, France Am15 7 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 1 Platform Congo 2000M 1974
Ponticelli Tchibelli 1 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 Platform Congo 2000M 1999
Sneap Elf Congo Emeraude 5, 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 Platform Congo 2000 1972
Maersk Oil & Gas Dan Fe 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 Platform Denmark 2000M 1992
14, 16
Maersk Oil & Gas Tyra West field 10 8 25 Esbjerg Oiltool Platform Denmark 3425 1993
Maersk Oil & Gas Halfdan Degassers 11 6, 10, 20, 24 1 Platform Denmark 3400 2005
Overboad piping *(FP 958)
Maersk Oil og Gas Tyra East 3 6, 8 1 Esbjerg Oiltool Platform Denmark 3416, 2000M 1998
Mearsk Oil & Gas Gorm “F” 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 12 Grootint Platform Denmark - 1991
Fred Olsen Production ASA Knock Allen 1, 5, 4, 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 20 FPSO Dubai 2400 2008
16, 18, 20, 24, 28
Dubai Petroleum WF-3 18 30 15 Platform Dubai 2000M 1986
ARO 560146500 / 5501464 5 16 1 Aker Rauma Platform Finland 2000M 2000
Chevron SPA ROC - 33 11 20 1 Aker Rauma Platform Finland 2000M MCI 1997
Exxon Cooling water pump 11 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 16 Aker Rauma Platform Finland 2000M 1996
7
Caisson
8
(bar)
Cea Dam BMD3 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 10 Barge France 2000M 1991
CEA DAM Barge BFM, Eau chaude - 1, 1½, 2 Barge France 2000 1994
Sanitaire, Mururoa
Marine Offshore Industries Manutere 20 2, 3 1 Barge France 2000M 1989
France
Transocean Sedco Forex Sedco Express, Sedco 6, 8, 12, 13, 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16 Jack-up France 2000M, 7000M 1999
Energy 20 12, 14, 16
Cea Cfem Tila 1 2, 3, 4, 6 7 DCN Platform France 2000 1980
Cea Dam Platform Tila 5 2, 3, 4, 6 1 Platform France 2000 1990
S.B.P.I. Platform “North Sea” 18 1, 1½, 2, 3 12 Platform France 2000M 1991
Shell Expro Co., U.K. Thistle 7 3, 4 1 Platform France 2000M 1975
Foramer Barge IDM 5 2 7 Barge Gabon 2000M 1982
Sneap Elf Congo ANE, AM6, (AM15 ) 18 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 Platform Gabon 2000 1974
Clough Engineering Hazira 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Niko Resources Platform India 2420-FP 2003
ONGC NQP, NLM, SHG 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 Hindustan Platform India 2000M 1998
Shipyard Ltd
ONGC SHG 18, 21 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16 Gesco Platform India 2000M 2003
12, 14, 16
ONGC SHG 21 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 20 Gesco Platform India 2020, 2432 2003
12, 14, 16
ONGC MNW 7 1, 4 16 Larsen & Tubero Platform India 2000M 2003
ONGC NQO 21 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 Larsen & Tubero Platform India 2000M 2003
ONGC ICP, SA, SCA, BHN, 21 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Hindustan Platform India 2414, 2432 2004
NQO 12, 14, 16 Shipyard Ltd
ONGC B173 1, 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 Carlton Platform India 2000M 2008
Engineering
ONGC NQRC 1, 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Larsen & Tubero Platform India 2000M 2008
ONGC MHSRP II 1, 5 Larsen & Tubero Platform India 2000M 2008
ONGC SHP 21 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16 Veco Platform India 2000M 2000
12, 14, 16 Engineering
ONGC NQP, NLM, SHG 21 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16 Hindustan Platform India 2000M 2000
12, 14, 16 Shipyard Ltd
ONGC BHN 21 10, 12, 16 16 Mazagon Dock Platform India 2000M 2000
Limited
ONGC NH4 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Larsen & Tubero Platform India 7000M, 2006
PSX-JFC
ONGC BCP-B2 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Larsen & Tubero Platform India 7000M, 2006
12, 14, 16 PSX-JFC
ONGC / BHEL ICS and WIN 9, 18 1, 3 16 Platform India 2000M 2000
(bar)
ONGC / BHEL WIS, WIN 18 1, 2, 3 Platform India 2000M 2002
Qatar Petroleum Bunduq GIP 1 2, 4, 6 Larsen & Tubero Platform India 2416 2005
Qatar Petroleum Bunduq GIP 1 2, 4, 6 Larsen & Tubero Platform India PSX-JF 2005
Arco Barge 20 10 1 Barge Indonesia 2000M 1984
Unocal West Seno FPSO 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16 HHI FPSO Indonesia 2000M 2002
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30
Amosea Anoa Process Platform 6, 10, 12 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1989
Arco Platform 10 8 4-17 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1983
Arco Platform 5 4 7 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1986
ARCO BQ / HZEB / ETB 1, 3 1, 2, 4, 6 16 P.T. Gema Platform Indonesia 2000M 1992
Sembrown
ARCO BTSA / BZZA 3, 5, 16 1, 2, 4, 6 10 P.T. Komaritim Platform Indonesia 2000 1992
ARCO Bali North 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16 P.T. Petrosea Platform Indonesia - 1992
12, 14, 16
ARCO Mike-Mike 1 1, 3, 4, 6 16 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1995
ARCO MMC ‘C & D’ 7 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8 10 PT Pal Platform Indonesia 3000A, 1997
2000M-FP
Arli N.G.L. Platform 5 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 7 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1986
Conoco Phillips Conoco Belida 3 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10 16 McDermott Platform Indonesia 2000M 1992
Conoco Phillips Belanak WHP 1, 3, 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, McDermott Platform Indonesia 2000M 2002
10, 12
Conoco Phillips Rang Dong 1, 5 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20 20 McDermott Platform Indonesia 2020C 2002
Conoco Phillips Kerisi CPP 1, 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, PT Technip Platform Indonesia 7000M, 2006
12, 14, 16 7000M-FP
Conoco Phillips North Belut CPP 1, 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, PT Technip Platform Indonesia 7000M, 2007
12, 14, 16 7000M-FP
Conoco Phillips- PT North Belut WHP C&D 1, 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, PT Nisconi Platform Indonesia 7000M, 2007
Nisconi 12, 14, 16 7000M-FP
Cuu Long/Mcdermott Su Tu Vang 1, 5, 7, 21 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, McDermott Platform Indonesia 2000M 2007
14, 16, 18
Kakap Gas Kakap Gas 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 P.T. Petrosea Platform Indonesia 2000M 2000
Liapco Platform 16 2, 3, 4, 6 2 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1984
Liapco Platform 10 12 4-17 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1984
Mobil NSO ‘A’ 5 3, 4 16 PT McDermott Platform Indonesia 2000M 1997
Petro China WHP 1, 7 1, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20 PT Sempec Platform Indonesia 7000M 2004
9
10
(bar)
Pogo Pogo Pogo Tantawan `C’ 7 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8 16 Nippon Steel Platform Indonesia 2000M 1996
Batam
Premier Oil Anoa Gas Project 1, 3, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Nippon Steel Platform Indonesia 2000M, 2000
Batam 2000M-FP
Pt Adiguna Adiguna Bravo 14 6 10 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1987
Shell Sarawak Bhd D35 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1992
Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell D35 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1993
Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell D35 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1993
Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell M3 DR-A 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Telok Ramunia Platform Indonesia 2000 1993
Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell MI / DR-A 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Penang Platform Indonesia 2000 1994
Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell M3 PQ-A 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1995
Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell MI / M3 LQ 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1994 1995
Shell Sarawak Bhd Shell MI PQ-A 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 Platform Indonesia 2000 1994
1995
Total Bekepai 16 10 2 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1984
Total Total Tunu Platform 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 16 P T Gunanusa Platform Indonesia 2000M 1997
Total Total Tunu Platform 1 6, 8, 12, 16, 20 20 P T Gunanusa Platform Indonesia 2420 1997
Total Tunu 11 EPSC 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, PT Punj Lloyd Platform Indonesia 2000M, 2432, 2008
14, 16 2425
Total Tunu 11 EPSC 1 & 2 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 PT Gunanusa Platform Indonesia 2000M, 2432, 2008
2425
Total Tunu 11 EPSC 3 & 13 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, PT Meindo Platform Indonesia 2000M, 2432, 2008
14, 16 2425
Total Tunu 11 EPSC 11 & 12 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 PT SMOE Platform Indonesia 2000M, 2432, 2008
2425
Total/Bekapai Platform 1 10 10 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1985
Union Oil Platform 16 2, 3, 4, 6 2 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1984
Unocal Yakin-P 5 4 7 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1985
Unocal Yakin West 2, 3, 5, 6, 8 16 Platform Indonesia 2000M 1999
Unocal North Pailin Process 1, 5, 7, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 McDermott Platform Indonesia 2000M 2001
Platform
Unocal West Seno TLP 1, 5, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 16 HHI TLP Indonesia 2000M-FP 2002
Total South Pars 20 1, 6, 8 16 Platform Iran 3420 2000
Chevron Chevron Sanhe 6 10, 14, 20 HHI FPSO Japan 7000M 2003
Reading and Bates Rig Zane Barnes 5 12 13 Semi-sub Japan 2000M 1986
Stena Offshore 1650 6 22, 12, 6 SHI Drillship Korea 7000M 2006
(bar)
Chevron Sanha 1, 3, 5, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, DSME FPSO Korea 2000M, 2002
14, 16, 18, 20, 24 2000M-FP
Husky Oil White Rose 6 4, 8, 12, 20 SHI FPSO Korea 7000M 2002
Modec Sutuden FPSO 6 10, 14, 20 SHI FPSO Korea 7000M 2002
Petrobras P-33 3, 5 HHI FPSO Korea 1997
Petrobras P-35 FPSO Korea 1998
Total Girassol *(FP 889) 6, 3, 18, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 HHI FPSO Korea 2000M, 7000M, 2001
footage available 5, 15 16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30 2000M-FP
Total Girassol 3, 6, 8, 1, 20 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, HHI FPSO Korea various 2004
14, 16, 18, 20, 24
Total Dalia 3, 6, 8, 1, 20 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, HHI FPSO Korea various 2005
14, 16, 18, 20, 24
Total Mohobilondo 3, 6, 8, 1, 20 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, HHI FPSO Korea various 2006
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30,
32, 36
Total Akpo 3, 6, 8, 1, 20 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, HHI FPSO Korea various 2008
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30,
32, 36, 40, 48
AGIP Sabratha NC 41 1, 3, 5, 15 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, HHI Platform Korea 2000M, 2416, 2004
16, 18 2420, 2425
Arco Yacheng 13-1 1, 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, HHI Platform Korea 2000M-FP, 1994
12, 14, 16 2000M with
Pitchar
BP Lan Tay Platform 1, 5 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 20 HHI Platform Korea 2020 2002
Chevron South Nemba 1, 3, 7, 15 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 DSME Platform Korea 2000M 1997
14, 16, 18, 20, 24
Chevron North Nemba 1, 3, 7, 15 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 DSME Platform Korea 2000M 1998
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30
Chevron KWIP 1, 3, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 DSME Platform Korea 2000M 1999
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30
Chevron North Nemba 2 3, 15 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 DSME Platform Korea 2000M 2000
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30
Chevron Benguela-Belize-Lobito- 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, Platform Korea 2000M 2005
Tomboco (BBLT) 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30,
32, 36
Chevron Escravos 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform Korea 2000M, 2006
2000M-FP,
7000M,
7000M-FP
Chevron Tombua Ladana 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, DSME Platform Korea 2000M 2007
14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30,
32, 36
11
12
(bar)
Chevron Takula Gas Processing 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 SHI Platform Korea 2000M, 2007
Platform 2000M-FP
CTOC Cakerawala CKP 1, 5, 7, 9 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, SHI Platform Korea 2410, 5000, 2001
14, 16 PSX-JF
KNOC Dong Hae 5 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, HHI Platform Korea 2000M 2003
16
KNOC Rong Doi & Rong Doi Tay 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, HHI Platform Korea 2420, 2420-FP 2006
14, 16, 18, 20, 24
KNOC Dong Hae II 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 HDEC Platform Korea 2000M 2008
Lundin PM-3 CAA - BRA-CPP 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 HHI Platform Korea PSX-JFC 2002
Maersk Qatar Al Shaheen Block 5 3, 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 HHI Platform Korea 7000M 2002
16, 18, 20
ONGC BLQ/BPA 5 36 7 Platform Korea 2000M 1987
ONGC MSP 1, 2 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, HHI Platform Korea 2000M PSX-JF, 2004
12, 14, 16 PSX-L3
ONGC Vasai East 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 SHI Platform Korea 2000M 2007
Pogo Benchamas 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 HHI Platform Korea 2000M 1998
10, 12
Texaco Platform 16 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 2 HHI Platform Korea 2000M 1984
14, 16
Total Yadana MCP 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 HHI Platform Korea 2432 2007
Umm Shaif Umm Shaif Gas Injection 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, HHI Platform Korea 2020C 2008
Facilities 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30,
32, 36
Unocal SZ36-1 1, 3, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 HHI Platform Korea 2000M 2000
Unocal West Seno 3, 2 HHI Platform Korea - 2002
Amerada Hess Oveng/Okume TLP 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, TLP Korea 2000M 2005
14, 16, 18, 20, 24
ExxonMobil Kizomba “A” TLP SWHP 1, 3, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 DSME TLP Korea 2000M 2002
ExxonMobil Kizomba “B” TLP WHP 3, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 10 DSME TLP Korea 2000M 2004
Modec Marco Polo Field 1, 3, 11 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 SHI TLP Korea 2000M 2002
16, 18, 20
Samsung Heavy Industries Conoco Magnolia 5 2, 3, 4, 6 SHI TLP Korea 2000M 2420 2003
SBM Kikeh 20 various Malaysia FPSO Malaysia 2425C 2006
Carigali ANDR-A 1, 5, 7, 15 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, MSE Platform Malaysia 7000M, 2000
16, 18 PSX-JF, 2020
Carigali ANDP-B 1, 5, 15 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Brooke Platform Malaysia 2000, 2020, 2001
Dockyard PSX-JF
(bar)
Carigali Resak 1, 5, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Penang Platform Malaysia 2000, 2000M 2001
Shipbuild
Corporation
Carigali / SSE ANPG-A 9 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 SSE Platform Malaysia 5000 2001
Carigali / SSE ANPG-A 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, Platform Malaysia 7000M 2001
16
Carigali / SSE ANPG-A 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, Platform Malaysia PSX-JF 2001
16
Carigali / SSE ANPG-A 1, 5, 15 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Platform Malaysia 2020 2001
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30
ESSO Malaysia Tapis B 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, Platform Malaysia 2000M 1987
16, 18
ESSO Malaysia Tapis B 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, Platform Malaysia 2000M 1988
16, 18
ExxonMobil Yoho 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 SSE Platform Malaysia 2000M, 2004
2000M-FP
Petronas Bardegg 3, 7, 9, 15, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Penang Platform Malaysia 2000 1991
16 Shipbuilding
Petronas Duyong 15 2 Platform Malaysia 2000M 1994
Petronas Dulang 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 MSE Platform Malaysia 2000M 1995
Petronas Carigali Dulang Water 9 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, MSE Platform Malaysia 5000 1995
Injection 16, 18
Petronas M1 PQ-A 1, 7, 15, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 SHI Platform Malaysia 2000 1995
Petronas SSB M1 / M3 LQ 1, 7, 15, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 SSE Platform Malaysia 2000 1995
Petronas SSB M3 PQ-A 1, 7, 15, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 SSE Platform Malaysia 2000 1995
Petronas Fab-Resak 1, 5, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 MSE Platform Malaysia 2000M 1999
Petronas Resak RDP/RCPP/LQ 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 SSE Platform Malaysia 2000M 1999
Petronas Resak RDPA, RCPP & 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 SSE Platform Malaysia 2000 1999
RCPP LQ
Shell Sarawak Berhad D 35, Drilling Platfom 7 1, 2, 3, 4 Platform Malaysia 2000 1992
Shell Sarawak Berhad D 35 LQ & Riser 5, 7, 15 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Malaysia 2000 1993
Shell Sarawak Berhad D 35, PG-A, MSF 5, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Malaysia 2000 1993
Shell Sarawak Berhad D 35, PG-A, MSF 5 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Platform Malaysia 2000 1993
Shell Sarawak Berhad M3 DR-A, SSE 7, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Teluk Ramunia Platform Malaysia 2000 1993
Shell Sarawak Berhad B11 DR-A and B11 PA 1, 5, 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 SSE Platform Malaysia 2000M 2002
Shell Sarawak Berhad B11 DR-A and B11 PA 1 3, 4, 6, 8 SSE Platform Malaysia PSX-JF 2002
SSB SSB M1 DR-A 7, 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Penang Platform Malaysia 2000 1994
Shipyard
13
14
(bar)
SSB SSB M1 DR-A 16 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 Penang Platform Malaysia 2000 1994
Shipyard
SSB SFJT-C Jacket 1, 5, 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Brooke Platform Malaysia 2020 2000
Dockyard
Technip Cakerawala Gas Field 1, 5, 7 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 CTOC Platform Malaysia 2000M 2001
Total Amenam II 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, SSE Saibos Platform Malaysia 2000M, 2432, 2005
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, 2425
28, 30
Total Amenam II 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, SSE Saibos Platform Malaysia 2000M, 2425 2005
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30
Woodside Otway 7 1, 1½, 2, 3 Platform Malaysia 7000M 2005
Murphy Oil Kikeh Spar 1, 10 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 MMHE Spar Malaysia 7000M, 2006
PSX-JFC
CPOC/Kencana HL MDLQ 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Malaysia 2416C 2008
10, 12
CPOC/Oil Fab MDA & MDB 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Malaysia 2416C 2008
Maersk Oil Qatar Al Shaheen Block 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, SDE Malaysia 7000M, 2425C 2008
16, 18, 20, 24
Maersk Oil Qatar/GPS Al Shaheen Block 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Malaysia 7000M 2008
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30
Maersk Oil Qatar/PCM Al Shaheen Block 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Malaysia 2425C 2008
12, 14, 16
Petronas J4 Malaysia 2008
Petronas Carigali Sumandak 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, SDE Malaysia 2425, 2425-WD 2007
12, 14, 16, 18
Petronas Carigali SCDR-A 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 MMHE Malaysia 7000M 2007
Smedvig T-9 3, 4 - MSE Malaysia - -
Woodside Angel B 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 MMHE Malaysia 2410C 2007
Woodside/KBR Pluto LNG Project Riser Malaysia 2410C 2008
Platform
F6 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 SSB/MMHE Malaysia 2000M 2007
Pemex Cayo de Arcas 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Pemex/Mirna Platform Mexico PSX 1998 2001
(Estabilizado) Contreras
Sanchez
Pemex EPC 38 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Pemex/Cimisa Platform Mexico 2000M 2003
10, 12
Pemex EPC 38 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Pemex/Cimisa Platform Mexico 2000M 2003
(bar)
Pemex EPC 37 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Pemex/Cimisa Platform Mexico 2000M 2003
10, 12
Pemex Abkatum Alfa 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Pemex/Mirna Platform Mexico PSX 2004
Contreras
Sanchez
Pemex Abkatum Delta 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Pemex/Mirna Platform Mexico 2000M, PSX 2004,
Contreras 2005
Sanchez
Pemex Citam-A-Mison 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Pemex/Celasa Platform Mexico 2000M 2005
10, 12
Pemex HA-KU-H 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Pemex/Servicios Platform Mexico PSX 2005
Maritimos de
Campeche
Pemex Akal C 1 2, 3, 4, 6 Pemex/ Platform Mexico PSX 2005
Turbomex
Pemex Sinan C 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Pemex/Commsa Platform Mexico 2000M 2005
10, 12
Pemex Sinan D 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Pemex/Commsa Platform Mexico 2000M 2005
10, 12
Pemex Abkatum Alfa 7 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Pemex/Mirna Platform Mexico 2000M 2005
Contreras
Sanchez
Pemex Akal 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Pemex/Commsa Platform Mexico 2000M 2006
10, 12
10, 12
10, 12
10, 12
Pemex Akal W 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Pemex/Commsa Platform Mexico 2000M 2006
10, 12
Pemex Akal Q 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Pemex/Commsa Platform Mexico 2000M 2006
10, 12
Pemex Sihil A 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Pemex/Commsa Platform Mexico 2000M 2006
10, 12
Pemex Sinan D 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Pemex/Commsa Platform Mexico 2000M 2006
10, 12
Pemex Pemex Altamira Mexico Centron 4SPH 2006
15
16
(bar)
Pemex Cayos Arcos Accommodation module 1, 7, 16 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 2-16 Emtunga Finland Mexico 2000M 2007,
2008
Bluewater Hoofddorp Bleo Holm *(FP 851) 3, 1, 20, 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 38 FPSO The Netherlands 7000, 3410, 1998
footage available 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 3416, 3420,
24, 28 3440
Sevan Marine Petrobras Perinema 20 12 Keppel FPSO The Netherlands 7000M 2007
Sevan Marine Woodgroup Hummingbird 6, 1, 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 Keppel Verolme FPSO The Netherlands 7000M 2007
Sevan Marine Voyageur 6, 1, 20 Keppel Verolme FPSO The Netherlands 7000M 2007
Amerplastics Grootint - Amoco 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 16 Platform The Netherlands 2000G, 1997
2000M-FP
Amoco P-15 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 12 Platform The Netherlands 6000-FM 1992
Chevron Ninian Central Platform 7 4 1 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1987
Conoco Kotterfield 9 2 2 Platform The Netherlands 5000M 1984
Conoco Loggerfield 9 2 2 Platform The Netherlands 5000M 1984
Marmex Diana 8 4, 6, 8, 10 16 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1999
NAM L-2 3 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 12 Platform The Netherlands 2000 1991
16, 18, 20 Conductive
NAM F-3 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 Platform The Netherlands 6000 1991
12, 14, 16, 18, 20
NAM L-15 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 12 Platform The Netherlands 6000 1992
NAM L-9 5 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 Platform The Netherlands 3416 1997
14, 16
Nam Wood Comprison 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 20 Platform The Netherlands 3420 2002
Nam NAM /Tyco Deluge 20 4, 6, 8, 10 20 Platform The Netherlands 3420 2002
Container
NAM/Heerema L-5 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16 Platform The Netherlands 6000C 1992
10, 12
Penzoil, Netherlands K-10-B 20 2 7 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1982
Petro-Canada De Ruyter Platform 1, 3, 16, 7, 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 10,16, 20 Platform The Netherlands 2420C 2006
*(FP 961) 20 12, 14, 16
Shell Expro Co., U.K. Andoc/Dunlin A 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 13 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1975
TotalFinaElf TotalFinaElf/ Jacobs New 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 16 Platform The Netherlands 3416 2002
Platform Q8
Union Oil, Netherlands Helm 10 6 4-17 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1982
Union Oil, Netherlands Helder 10 6 4-17 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1982
Union Oil, Netherlands Helm 14 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 10 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983
Union Oil, Netherlands Helder 14 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 10 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983
Union Oil, Netherlands Hoorn 14 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 10 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983
Union Oil, Netherlands Helm 20 3, 4 4 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983
(bar)
Union Oil, Netherlands Helder 20 6, 8, 10 4 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983
Union Oil, Netherlands Hoorn 20 6, 8, 10 4 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983
Union Oil, Netherlands Helm 20 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 7 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983
Union Oil, Netherlands Helder 20 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 7 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983
Union Oil, Netherlands Hoorn 20 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 7 Platform The Netherlands 2000M 1983
Unocall Sea Fox 1 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 12 Platform The Netherlands 6000 1993
Unocall P-9 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 12 Platform The Netherlands 2000 1993
Shell Expro Co., U.K. Brent B 10 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 4-17 Spar The Netherlands 2000M 1975
Shell Expro Co., U.K. Condeep/Brent B 10 12 4-17 Spar The Netherlands 2000M 1975
Shell Expro Co., U.K. Andoc/Brent A 10 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 4-17 Spar The Netherlands 2000M 1975
Shell Expro Co., U.K. Andoc Brent/B 10 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 4-17 Spar The Netherlands 2000M 1975
STOS - MPA WHP 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 New Zealand 6000 1996
SBPI / Bouygues Offshore Oso II / Y2 Mobil 1 4, 6, 8, 10 12 Platform Nigeria 2000M 1998
SBPI / ETPM McDermott Chevron Ewan 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 15 Platform Nigeria 2000M 1997
SBPI / Ponticelli Elf Nigeria Obite 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 16 Platform Nigeria 3416 1998
SBPI / Sedco Forex Energy 14 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 5 Semi-sub Nigeria 2000M 1999
Glf Oil, France Robertkiri Production 7 6, 8 1 Nigeria 2000M 1982
Medoil HED 840438 5 4, 6, 8 16 Nigeria 3400 1998
Aker Engineering/Statoil Statfjord “A” 5 2, 14 4 Platform Norway 2000 1991
Amoco Val Hal 5 6 7 Platform Norway 2000M 1987
Amoco D.P. Drain Collection 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 12 Platform Norway 2000 1992
14, 16
Amoco PCP 7 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 16 Platform Norway 2000M 1993
Amoco Norway Oil Valhall platform pilot 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 13 Platform Norway 2000M 1991
Company project
Amoco Norway Oil Valhall produced water 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 6 Platform Norway 2000M 1992
Company treatment
B.P. B.P. Ula Platform 15 1, 1½, 2 10 Platform Norway 2000 1989
B.P. B.P. Ula Platform 18 10, 12, 14 16 Platform Norway 2000, 6000 1990
B.P. Development Ltd. B.P. Ula Platform 5 1½, 3 12 Platform Norway 2000 1989
B.P. Exploration B.P. Ula Quarters 5 10, 12 10 Platform Norway 2000 1991
B.P. Norway Ltd. B.P. Ula Platform 15 1, 1½, 2, 3 6 Platform Norway 2000 1990
Dolphin A/S D/R Dolphin Borgsten 20 6 1 Platform Norway 2000M 1987
Elf Aquitaine Condeep 5 3, 4, 6, 8 13 Platform Norway 2000M 1984
Elf Aquitaine Norge Heimdal field 5 2, 16 0 Platform Norway 7000 1990
development
17
18
(bar)
Glassfiber Produkter Column Pipe from Safe 10 Platform Norway 3420 2000
supply
Hitec - Dreco A/S Troll Drilling Modules 5 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 16 Platform Norway 2000M 1993
Kramp Wassertechnik Elf Frigg Field 10 8 20 Platform Norway 3420 1992
Kvaerner Eng. Draugen field 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 0 to 2 Platform Norway 2000 1990
development 16, 18, 20
Kvaerner Installation Gullfaks “A” 5 10, 12 11 Platform Norway 2000M 1991
Kvaerner Installation Statfjord “A” 5 2, 12, 14 10 Platform Norway 2000M 1992
Kvaerner Installation / Gullfaks “A” Phase II 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16 Platform Norway 2000 1991
Statoil 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
Kvaerner Installation A.S. Gullfaks “B” 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 12 Platform Norway 2000 1991
14, 16
Norske Fabricom Lille Frigg Platform Tie-in 5 4, 10, 16 16 Platform Norway 2000M 1992
Norske Fabricom Gullfaks “B”&”C” 5 2, 6, 8 16 Platform Norway 2000M 1993
Philips Oil Co. Ekofisk Tank Platform 5, 9 4 13 Platform Norway 2000M, 5000M 1975
Philips Petroleum Ekofisk 20 3 1 Platform Norway 2000M 1987
Phillips Petroleum Co. Submersible pump 10 8 20 Platform Norway 3420 1989
column pipe
Phillips Petroleum Co. Submersible pump 10 6 20 Platform Norway 3420 1990
column pipe
Phillips Petroleum Ekofish complex ST-1- 1 20, 24 25 Platform Norway 3425 1992
Company Norway 130990
Shell Expro Co., U.K. Seatank Platform 5 12 13 Platform Norway 2000M 1978
Shell Oil Co, U.K. Condeep/Strafjord 8 12 7 Platform Norway 2000M 1975
Statoil Statfjord “A” 5 2, 14 20 Platform Norway 7000, 3420 1989
Statoil Gullfaks “A” 4 1, 2 11 Platform Norway 2000 1990
Statoil Statfjord “C” 20 14, 24 19 Platform Norway 2000 1990
Statoil Gullfaks “A” 18 8 14 Platform Norway 2000, 6000 1990
Statoil Gullfaks “A” 5 4, 6, 8 10 Platform Norway 2000M 1992
Statoil Vesslefrikk 10 10 N/A Platform Norway 3440 1993
Statoil Vesslefrikk 18 6, 8 16 Platform Norway 2000M 1993
Statoil Tordis/Gullfaks “C” Tie-in 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16 Platform Norway 2000M 1994
18, 24
Statoil Norway Statfjord “C” 6 16 10 Platform Norway 2000M 1992
(bar)
Offshore & Marine Mech. Treasure saga semi sub 12 4 10 Semi-sub Norway 2000 1990
Shell Expro Co., U.K. Condeep/Brent B 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 13 Spar Norway 2000M 1975
Shell Expro Co., U.K. Condeep/Brent C 5 10, 12 13 Spar Norway 2000M 1978
Shell Oil Co, U.K. Condeep/Brent 8 12 7 Spar Norway 2000M 1975
Statoil Vesslefrikk B 3 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18, 20 14 Norway 2000 1988
CEA/Forex Tyla 1 2, 3, 4, 6 10 Platform Pacific 2000M 1980
Lasmo Oil Pakistan Limited Kadanwari Gas Field 5 2, 4 16 Platform Pakistan 2000M 1998
development
Total ABK, France Phase VIB 14 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 10 Platform Persian Gulf 2000M 1984
SBPI / Technip Qatar Gas 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16 Platform Qatar 3420 1997
12, 14, 16, 18, 20,24
SBPI / Technip Qatar Gas 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16 Platform Qatar 3420 1998
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
28, 30
TRAGS Qxy Deluge System 1 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 12 Platform Qatar PSX-JF 1998
Petrom Offshore Firewater 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 Platform Romania 2000M 2000
system
Petrom Offshore fire water 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 12 Platform Romania 2000M 2000
system
Petrom Platform PFCP A & PFS 1 8, 12 12 Platform Romania 2000M 2003
4
Global Process Systems Maleo 3, 4, 6, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Global Process Singapore 7000M 2006
10, 12 Systems Pte.Ltd.
Bergesen Offshore BW Sendje Berge 1, 3, 4, 5, 20 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2000
Watsila Power Seaboard Power Barge 4 Jurong Barge Singapore 2000M 2000
- Nan Hai Xi Wan 3 Keppel FPSO Singapore 1986
- Philip Xijiang Keppel FPSO Singapore 1995
- Baobab 20 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2004
- Mutineer 1 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2004
- BW Enterprise/ Yuum 1 Sembawang FPSO Singapore 2006
Kaknaam
- Aoka Mizu 20 Sembawang FPSO Singapore 2007
- Stybarrow 4 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2006
- Rarao 3 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2007
Aker Contracting FP Akersmart I 3, 4, 8 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Jurong FPSO Singapore 7000M 2007
10, 12
Bergesen Offshore BW Berge Ceiba 4, 3, 7, 20 - Jurong FPSO Singapore 2416C 2000
Bergesen Offshore BW BW Enterprise/ Yuum 3, 4 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, Sembawang FPSO Singapore 7000M 2006
19
Kaknaam 16, 18, 20, 24 28, 30

20
(bar)
ConocoPhillips China Bohai II WHPs and RUP 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, FPSO Singapore 2420C, 2006
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24 2420C-FP
ConocoPhillips China Bohai II FPSO Topside 2 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, FPSO Singapore 2420C-FP 2006
*(FP 974) 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
ConocoPhillips China Bohai II FPSO Topside 15 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, FPSO Singapore 2420C 2006
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
ConocoPhillips China Bohai II FPSO Topside 7, 9 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 FPSO Singapore 5000C 2006
Maersk Contractors Vincent 3, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Keppel FPSO Singapore 7000M 2007
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
Mearsk Vincent 4 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2007
Modec Stybarrow 3, 6, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Jurong FPSO Singapore 7000M, 5000C 2006
12, 14, 16, 18
Petrobras P-37 1, 3, 4, 5, 20 Jurong FPSO Singapore 1998
Petrobras P-38 1, 3, 4, 5, 20 Jurong FPSO Singapore 1999
Petrobras P-50 1, 3, 4, 20 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2003
Petrobras Espardarte Sul 21, 2 Jurong FPSO Singapore 2005
Prosafe Ruby Princess 20 24 at Sea FPSO Singapore 7000M 2002
Prosafe Polvo 10, 14, 16 Keppel FPSO Singapore 7000M 2006
SBM Exxon Falcon 3, 6, 4, 8, 20 20 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2425C 2001
SBM Serpentina 20 various Jurong FPSO Singapore 2425C 2002
SBM Xicomba 20 various Jurong FPSO Singapore 2425C 2002
SBM Marlim Sul 20 various Jurong FPSO Singapore 2425C 2004
SBM Capixaba 20 various Jurong FPSO Singapore 2425C 2006
SBM Mondo 20 various Jurong FPSO Singapore 2425C 2007
SBM Saxi Batuque 20 various Jurong FPSO Singapore 2425C 2007
SBM Espardante 20 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2000
SBM Eagle 5, 2 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2002
SBM Falcon 5, 2 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2002
SBM Serpentina 5, 2 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2003
SBM Martin Sul 5, 2 Keppel FPSO Singapore 2003
Tanker Pacific Rarao 4, 20 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Jurong FPSO Singapore 7000M, 5000C 2007
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28
Total Total Bongkot 1 Sembawang FPSO Singapore 1993
Acergy Sapura3000 3, 1, 20, 8, 4 1, 1½, 2, 3 Sembawang Heavy lift/ Singapore 2000M 2006
pipelayer
Awilco Offshore ASA 2012 (Awilco JU TBN 5) 3, 4, 6, 20 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006
Awilco Offshore ASA 2016 (Awilco 4) 3, 4, 6, 20 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006
(bar)
Awilco Offshore ASA 2012 Awilco 20 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2007
Awilco Offshore ASA 2016 (Awilco 4) 15 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2007
Chiles Offshore P2013 20 3, 4, 6, 12 Sembawang Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006
Maersk Contractors B274 5, 6, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Keppel Fels Jack-up Singapore 7000M 2006
12, 14, 16
Maersk Contractors 1083 (PetroJack III) 3, 4, 6, 20 3, 8, 10 Jurong Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006
Maersk Contractors B273 (Maersk Resilient) 7 various Keppel Fels Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006
Maersk Contractors B275 3, 6, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Keppel Fels Jack-up Singapore 7000M 2007
12, 14, 16
Maersk Contractors B276 3, 6, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Keppel Fels Jack-up Singapore 7000M 2007
12, 14, 16
PetroJack ASA 1082 (PetroJack II) 3, 4, 6, 20 3, 8, 10 Jurong Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006
PetroJack ASA PetroJack IV 6, 3, 4 3, 8, 16 Jurong Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2007
ProdJack AS B300 3, 6, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Keppel Fels Jack-up Singapore 2000M, 7000M 2007
Sea Drill 2011(West Triton) 3, 4, 6, 20 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006
Sinvest 2015 3, 4, 6, 20 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2006
Sinvest 2015 15 3, 6, 8, 10 PPL Jack-up Singapore 2000M 2007
Petobras P-53 3, 4, 6, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Keppel Other Singapore 2000M, 7000M, 2006
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24 5000C
Fluor Ocean Keppel Platform 9 2 2 Platform Singapore 5000M 1983
Halliburton Malampaya 1, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Sembawang Platform Singapore 2000M, 7000M 2001
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30
JEL / BSP Champion 7 9 1, 1½, 2 16 Platform Singapore 2000M 2002
Mobil Offshore Tamdao I 9 2 2 Platform Singapore 5000M 1987
Premier Oil Yategun 1, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Platform Singapore PSX-L3, 1999
10, 12 PSX-JF, 2000M
Reading and Bates Keppel Platform 9 2 2 Platform Singapore 5000M 1983
Sembawang Engineering ARCO Yacheng 13-1 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Sembawang Platform Singapore 2000M 1994
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24,
28, 30, 32, 36
Sembawang Engineering ARCO Yacheng 13-1 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Sembawang Platform Singapore 2000M with 1994
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, Pittchar coating
28, 30, 32, 36 at yard.
Shell Sarawak Accommodation module 8 2, 3, 4, 6 7 Platform Singapore 2000M 1981
Technip Offshore White Tiger 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 Platform Singapore 2000M 2001
Technip Offshore Al Shaheen ‘A’ Block 5 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Platform Singapore 7000M 2002
12, 14, 16, 18, 20
21
22
(bar)
Total Yadana Platform 9 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, McDermott SEA Platform Singapore 5000M 1997
12, 14, 16 Pte Ltd
Total Yadana Platform 1, 5, 7, 4, 15 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, McDermott SEA Platform Singapore 2000M, 2425, 1997
12, 14, 16 Pte Ltd 2432
Total Yadana Platform 11 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, McDermott SEA Platform Singapore 2000M 1997
16, 18 Pte Ltd
Total ABK/Dubigeon Platform 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 1 Platform Singapore 2000M 1984
Nantes
Total Thailand PP Bongkot Field 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 20 McDermott Platform Singapore 2420 1992
12, 14, 16
Total Thailand PP Bongkot Field 15 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 10 McDermott Platform Singapore 2000M 1992
12, 14, 16
Total Thailand PP Bongkot Field 16 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 20 McDermott Platform Singapore 2420 1992
12, 14, 16
Total/ABK/Dubigeon Platform 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 10 Platform Singapore 2000M 1984
Nantes
VietsoPetro White Tiger 1, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Sembawang Platform Singapore 2000M 2001
10, 12
Maersk Contractors B280 3, 6, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Keppel Fels Semi-sub Singapore 7000M 2006
12, 14, 16
Maersk Contractors B281 3, 6, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Keppel Fels Semi-sub Singapore 7000M 2006
12, 14, 16
Maersk Contractors B295 3, 6, 4, 5, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Keppel FELS Semi-sub Singapore 7000M 2008
12, 14, 16
Petrobras P-27 20 Keppel FELS Semi-sub Singapore 1996,
1997
Petrobras P-40 1, 5, 7, 9, 20 Jurong Semi-sub Singapore 1999
Petromena 1087 (Petrorig I) 6, 8 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Jurong Semi-sub Singapore 2000M 2007
12, 14, 16
Petromena 1088 (Petrorig II) 6, 8 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Jurong Semi-sub Singapore 2000M 2007
12, 14, 16
Sea Drill 1085 (Sea Drill 8) 3, 6, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Jurong Semi-sub Singapore 2000M 2006
(West Sirius) 12, 14, 16
Sea Drill 1086 (Sea Drill 9) 6 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Jurong Semi-sub Singapore 2000M 2006
(West Tarus) 12, 14, 16
Transocean B288 Dev. Driller III 3, 6, 4, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Keppel Fels Semi-sub Singapore 7000M 2006
12, 14, 16
R298 3, 4, 6, 20 4, 6, 8 Keppel Fels Semi-sub Singapore 2000M 2006
Baker Hughes White Tiger 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 Singapore 2000M 2001
Conoco Conoco Belida LQ 5, 7 2, 3, 4, 6 Sembawang Singapore 2000M 1993
(bar)
Coogee/GPS Montara Singapore 2000M 2008
CPOC/SMOE Muda B17 MDPP 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Singapore 2410C, 2416C, 2007
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, PSX-JFC
28, 30, 32, 36, 40
Denora / Carigali Dulang 9 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 Singapore 5000 1995
Ensco B248 Keppel Fels Singapore 2000M 2000
GSI/VietsoPetro White Tiger 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Singapore 2000M 2001
10, 12
Kvaerner / Carigali Dulang 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, Singapore 2000M 1995
16, 18
Maersk Oil Qatar/Oakwell Al Shaheen Block 5 8, 10, 12 Singapore 7000M 2008
McDermott Pogo Tantawan ‘A/B’ 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16 McDermott SEA Singapore 2000M 1996
10, 12 Pte Ltd
McDermott Pogo Tantawan ‘A/B’ 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16 McDermott SEA Singapore 2000M 1996
10, 12 Pte Ltd
PTTEP/McDermott Arthit APP 1, 2 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Singapore 2410C, 2416C, 2006
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, PSX-JFC
28, 30, 32, 36
PTTEP/TNS Arthit AQP 1, 2 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Singapore 2410C, 2416C, 2006
12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24, PSX-JFC
28, 30, 32, 36
Santa Fe Trident 9 6 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Jurong Singapore 2000M 2001
12, 14, 16
Shell Maritime Petrolier Leda 20 2 2 Singapore 7000 1978
Shell Maritime Petrolier Lucina 20 10, 12 12 Singapore 7000 1979
Total TOTAL Thailand - Riser 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 20 McDermott Singapore 2420 1995
10, 12
Total TOTAL Thailand - Riser 15 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 McDermott Singapore 2000M 1995
10, 12
Total TOTAL Thailand - Riser 16 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 20 McDermott Singapore 2420 1995
10, 12
Malampaya LQ 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 Sembawang Singapore 2000M 2000
Malampaya LQ 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 Sembawang Singapore 2000M 2000
PTT Bongkot Ph 3 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, Sembawang Singapore 2000M, 2420, 2003
12, 14, 16, 18 2425, 2432
Petrobras P-47 *(FP 854) 19, 20, 6, 9 1, 1½, 2, 3, 6, 8, 12, 3 Astilleros de FSO Spain 2000M, 7000M 1998
16, 18, 24, 32 Cadiz SRL
Chevron Thailand 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Platform Thailand 7000M, 2000M 2002
10, 12
23
24
(bar)
Chevron Thailand 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Platform Thailand 7000M, 2000M 2002
10, 12
CUEL / UNOCAL PLOCCP Platform 2 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Platform Thailand 2000M, 2020, 2004
10, 12 PSX-JF
CUEL / UNOCAL PLOCCP Platform 2 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Platform Thailand 2000M, 2020, 2004
10, 12 PSX-JF
UCU/ UNOCAL PLOCCP 1 Platform 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform Thailand 2000M 2001
10, 12
UCU/ UNOCAL PLOCCP 1 Platform 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 20 Platform Thailand PSX-JF, 2020 2001
UCU/ UNOCAL PLOCCP 1 Platform 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform Thailand 2000M 2001
10, 12
UCU/ UNOCAL PLOCCP 1 Platform 9 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 Platform Thailand 5000 2001
Union Oil 10 3 4-17 Platform Thailand 2000M 1983
Unocal 2, 3 10 Platform Thailand 2000M 1990
Unocal Thailand Erawan Mercury 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Platform Thailand 2000M, 2005
2000M-FP
BG/Lambrell/CUEL Tapti 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Thailand PSX-L3 2006
Chevron / TNS MFPII 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Thailand 2000M 2003
Chevron / TNS MFPII 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Thailand 2000M 2003
CTOC Bumi, Bulan & Suriya 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Thailand 2425, 2425-FP 2006
Pearl Energy/CUEL Pearl Jasmine B 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Thailand 2412 2006
Pearl Energy/CUEL Pearl Jasmine C 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Thailand 2412 2006
Pearl Energy/CUEL Pearl Jasmine D 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Thailand 2412 2007
Premier Oil TNS Yetagun Ph 3 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Thailand PSX-JF, 2003
10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, PSX-L3, 2416
24, 26
PTTEP/TNS Bongkot Phase 3e 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Thailand 2000M 2006
PTTEP/TNS Bongkot Phase 3f 7 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Thailand 2000M 2007
PTTEP/TNS Arthit North 1B Well- 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Thailand 2000M 2007
heads
PTTEP/TNS Bongkot Phase 3G 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Thailand 2000M 2008
Thai Nippon Steel Yadana Revamps 1 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Thailand 2000M-FP 2004
Trinmar Ltd Platform 9 9 8, 10, 12 2 Platform Trinidad 5000M 1974
S.B.P.I. Serept Ashtart 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 12 Tunesia 2000M 1994
SBM Cossack Pioneer 5 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 16 FPSO U.A.E. 7000M, 2000M 1999
Total ABK Platform Phase III 1 12 14 Platform U.A.E. 2000M 1983
Total ABK Platform Phase IV 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 17 Platform U.A.E. 2000M 1984
(bar)
Total ABK ETPM Platform Phase II 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 15 Platform U.A.E. 2000 1979
Total ABK, France Platform 1 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 Platform U.A.E. 2000M 1979
Total ABK, France Platform 14 2, 3, 4 10 Platform U.A.E. 2000M 1979
formerly: J.V. Maersk McCulloch North Sea Producer 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 16 Odebrecht SLP FPSO United Kingdom 2000M, 7000M 1997
Field Devel- Teeside, U.K.
opment for
Conoco
Amec Development Dunlin Alpha 3 6 19 Platform United Kingdom 3432 1995
Anglian Oil and Gas Serv. Tyra West Bridge Module 5 14 10 Platform United Kingdom 7000M 1995
Ltd.
B.N.O.C. Beatrice A 14 2 10 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1982
B.P. Petroleum Ltd Magnus Helideck 7 8 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1987
BHP Petroleum Ltd. Hamilton Oil - 11 - - Platform United Kingdom 3400, 2020 1994
“Pioneer” *(FP 663)
Britoil, U.K. Thistle A 7 2 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1982
Britoil, U.K. Thistle & Beatrice 14 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1982
Britoil, U.K. Platform 10 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 4-17 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1982
Britoil, U.K. Beatrice A 5 8 7 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1983
Britoil, U.K. Beatrice 18 8 15 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1983
Britoil, U.K. Thistle 20 4, 6, 8 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1984
Brown & Root Highland Davy & Bessemer 11 3, 6, 18 5 Platform United Kingdom 3425 1994
Fabricators
Brown & Root Highland Davy & Bessemer 7 2, 3, 4, 6 16 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1994
Fabricators
Chevron Offshore Platform 7 2 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1982
Chevron U.K. Takula W.I.P. 20 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 7 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1994
18, 20, 24
Conoco Installation No. 1 20 4 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1983
Conoco Murchison platform 20 4 4 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1987
Conoco Oil Ltd. Murchison platform 20 3, 8 7 Platform United Kingdom 2000 1990
Hutton TLP
ETA Process Plant Ltd. Elf Angola 20 2, 3, 4, 6 16 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1994
Hamilton Bros Oil & Gas Esmond Platform 20 3 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1987
Ltd
Hamilton Oil Hamilton Field 20 4 10 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1984
25
26
(bar)
Jebsens Ali Baba 20 4 1 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1984
Mobil Oil Beryl Bravo 18 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 7 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1994
N.A.PC Primos Delta 21 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 4 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1984
Phillips Petroleum Co. Judy & Joanne 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 20 Platform United Kingdom 2020 1993
(reference letter) 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 24
Serck Baker Ltd. White Tiger II 18 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 10 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1994
Serck Baker Ltd. Bunduo Platform 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 10 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1995
12, 14
Shell Expro Co., U.K. Platforms A, B, C 1 4, 6 10 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1968
Shell Oil Company, U.K. Shell Expro Platform 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 7 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1975
Taylor Woodrow B.P. Forth Field 20 6 3 Platform United Kingdom 2000M 1994
Development
Total Oil Marine Allwyn Site 20 4, 8 12 Platform United Kingdom 7000M 1994
Shell Expro Co., U.K. Condeep/Brent C 5 10, 12 13 Spar United Kingdom 2000M 1978
Shell Oil Company, U.K. Condeep/Brent D 20 7 Spar United Kingdom 2000M 1975
Amec Offshore Scott Field Development 20 2, 6 16 United Kingdom 2000M 1993
Development
Amec Process & Energy Mobil Beryl alpha 5 4, 6, 10, 24 4 United Kingdom 2000M 1995
Amec Process & Energy Shearwater 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16 United Kingdom 3400, 2000G 1998
12, 14
Amoco N.W.Hutton replacement 7 18 10 United Kingdom 3420 1990
casing
Baker Hughes Mc Cullogg Field Project 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 16 United Kingdom 2000M 1996
Baker Hughes Draugen - Coars Filter 18 1, 1½, 2, 3 20 United Kingdom 2020 1996
Baker Hughes C099/00976 5 1, 2, 4, 12 10 United Kingdom 2000M 1996
Baker Hughes W108/01408 Coarse 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 United Kingdom 2000M 1996
Filter
Baker Hughes W108 / MR 300 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 United Kingdom 2000M 1996
Baker Hughes Process West Omikron 5 3, 8, 10, 24 9 United Kingdom 2000M 1995
Systems
Brown & Root Highland Mobil Galahad 11 6 15 United Kingdom 3425 1995
Fabricators
Brown & Root Vickers Ravenspurn North 1 4 12 U.K. 2000 1989
Development
ETA Process Plant Maersk Dan F 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 16 U.K. 2000M 1996
ETA Process Plant Maersk Dan F 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 16 U.K. 2000M 1996
Eta Process Plant Limited WO R-66 18 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4 16 U.K. 2000M 1996
(bar)
Hamilton Bros Ravenspurn North 20 6 10 U.K. 2000 1990
Development
Kvaerner Oil & Gas, Kerr Janice “A” *(FP 878) 5 3, 4, 8, 10, 18 11 U.K. 3416, 2000M 2001
McGee
Ledwood Construction Ltd Heerema Offshore no: 5 1, 2 10 U.K. 2000M, 2000 1996
1804
McDermott Engineering Salman Offshore 20 4, 6, 12, 16 5 U.K. 2000 1993
Complex
McDermott Offshore LB 200 20 2, 3 12 U.K. 2000 1989
Q.G.P.C. Halul Island Offshore 20 4 10 U.K. 2000 1991
Serck Baker Kitina Congo Ref. 1480 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 9 U.K. 2000M 1997
Serck Baker Limited White Tiger II 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6 10 U.K. 2000M 1996
Serck Baker Ltd Soekor E-BT Water 18 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 10 U.K. 2000M 1996
Injection System
Serck Baker Ltd. Uisge Gorm Project 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 10 U.K. 2000M 1995
Serck Baker Ltd. White Tiger 18 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 7 U.K. 2000M 1995
Serck Baker Ltd. Gorm “F” Media Filter 5 1, 2, 4, 10 16 U.K. 2000M 1995
Package
Serck Baker Ltd. B.P. Etap Sulphate 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 12 U.K. 2000M 1996
reduction Package
Shell Expro Co., U.K. Andoc/Dunlin A 10 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 4-17 U.K. 2000M 1975
Shell Oil Company, U.K. Andoc/Dunlin B, C 20 7 U.K. 2000M 1975
SLP Mc Cullogg Field Project 5 1, 4 12 U.K. 7000M 1996
South Humbeside Eng. Texaco Captain 5 1, 1 4 U.K. 2000M 1995
Bollinger Sea-going barge 3 Barge U.S.A. 2000M 2007
US Shipbuilders Sea-going barge 3 Barge U.S.A. 7000M 2006
Conoco Sieneman Oenlai FPSO 20 FPSO U.S.A. 2006
Philips skid
Santa Fe Intern. Corp. Galaxy II *(FP 358) 3, 15, 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, Keppel Fels Jack-up U.S.A. 2000M 1997
16, 18 Singapore
Chevron Hermosa 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984
Chevron Platform 5 12 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1986
Chevron Hidalgo 5 12 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1986
Chevron Offshore Santa Barbara Platform 5 6, 8, 10 13 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1980
Chevron Oil Company 5 6, 8, 10, 12 15 Platform U.S.A. 3000 1963
Chevron Oil Company 7 8, 10, 12 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000 1967
Exxon Installation No. 3 10 4 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984
27
28
(bar)
Exxon Installation No. 1 10 10 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984
Exxon Offshore Flourite 7 4, 6, 8 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984
Exxon Offshore South Pass 89B 7 4, 6, 8 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984
Exxon Offshore South Pass 89B 14 2 10 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984
Exxon Offshore Platform Citrine 7 6 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1985
Gulf Oil Installation No. 3 10 10 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983
KBR Chevron 1, 2, 3 Platform U.S.A. PSX-L3, 2003
Venezuela PSX-JF, 2000M
Keyes Offshore Installation No. 1 10 8 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983
Keyes Offshore Installation No. 2 10 8 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983
Marathon Installation No. 1 10 3 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983
Marathon Oil Company Dolly Varden Platform 5 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1975
McJunkin Corp. Chevron Cabinda 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 Platform U.S.A. 2000M/M-FP 2004
Texaco
McMoran Offshore Installation No. 5 10 4 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983
Mesa Petroleum Installation No. 4 10 3 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983
Mobil Offshore Platform 5 2, 3, 4 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984
Mobil Oil Installation No. 1 10 12 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984
Pan American Petroleum Baker 20 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1969
Philips Petroleum Co. Santa Barbara 7 10 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1974
Placid Oil Co. Installation No. 1 10 8 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1983
Placid Oil Co. Installation No. 2 10 8 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984
Sedco Installation No. 1 10 8 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984
Shell SP-27J 7 4 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1985
Shell EI-1586 7 6 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1985
Shell SMI-27A 7 4 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1985
Shell EC-240 7 4 1 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1985
Shell VE-22 A, B, C, D 1 4 10 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1986
(bar)
Shell Oil Company “A” 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 Platform U.S.A. 2000 1968
Shell Oil Company “C” 5 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 10 Platform U.S.A. 2000 1969
Shell Oil Company Platform A,B,C 5 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 7 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1989
Sonat Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984
Superior Oil Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 Platform U.S.A. 2000M 1984
Transocean Sedco Forex Cajun Express *(FP 883) 5, 8, 20 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16 Semi-sub U.S.A. 2000M, 7000M 1999
12, 14, 16
Exxon Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981
Exxon Installation No. 2 10 6 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981
Exxon Exxon EI-182 20 14 1 U.S.A. 2000M 1983
Exxon Offshore South Pass 89B 5 6, 8 7 U.S.A. 2000M 1984
Gulf Oil Installation No. 1 10 10 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981
Gulf Oil Installation No. 2 10 8 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1982
Hess Eton Satelites 1, 3 U.S.A. 2007
McMoran Offshore Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1980
Mesa Petroleum Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981
Odeco Installation No. 1 10 3 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981
Odeco Installation No. 2 10 3 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981
Offshore Projects Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1981
Shell Offshore Installation No. 1 10 6 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1982
Shell Oil Co. Installation No. 1 10 8 4-17 U.S.A. 2000M 1979
29
30
(bar)
Texaco Texaco Harvest 5 4, 6, 8 7 U.S.A. 2000M 1983
BP BP Marlin 1, 2, 3 U.S.A. PSX-L3, 2001
PSX-JF, 2000M
BP BP Cassia A and B 1, 3 U.S.A. PSX-L3, 2003
2000M
Chevron Firefilter skid 3 U.S.A. 2000M 2003
Venezuela
BP BP Holstein 3 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, U.S.A. 2004
16, 18, 20, 24, 28, 30,
32, 36
BP BP Mad Dog 3 U.S.A. 2004
BP BP Thunderhorse 3 U.S.A. 2004
Chevron Wilson Supply 1, 3 U.S.A. 2000M 2008
Conoco Magnolia 1, 3 U.S.A. 2005
Philips
Chevron Angola Dynamic 3, 1 U.S.A. 2005
Chevron South Nemba Lube Oil 3 U.S.A. 2005
Pack
Chevron Takula Field - Area A 2 U.S.A. 2000M-FP 2005
SBM Atlantia 3 U.S.A. 2007
BHP Angus 1, 3 U.S.A. 2007
Chevron GSL 1, 2 U.S.A. 2007
BP/PTSC Lan Tay Platform 7, 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10 Platform Vietnam 7000M 2006
PTSC / JVPC Rang Dong CLPP 1 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Vietnam 2020C 2004
10, 12
(bar)
PTSC / JVPC Rang Dong CLPP 5 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 20 Vietnam 2020C 2004
10, 12
Talisman - PTSC Bunga Orkid B,C & D 1, 5, 7 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, Vietnam 2416, 2420, 2007
Wellkeads 10, 12 2420-FP
Gulf oil Nigeria, UIE / ECM Platform Robert Kiri 7 6, 8 1 Platform - 2000M 1982
Field, Fos sur mer
- Deep Sea Pioneer 9 Far East Semi-sub - 1994
(Dai Hung) Livingstone
EOG 1, 3, 2 - 2000M-FP 2006
Chevron VR-38’E’ 1 - 2007
BP Sevonette Field 1, 15 - 2007
PG poinseth 1, 3, 15 - 2007
31



FP162 D 06/12
Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded Joint
Dulang B Compressed Gas Capacity Enhancement

Project using Bondstrand® 2000M GRE pipe
The Dulang B Field is located 135KM off East Coast Peninsular Project
Malaysia at Block PM-305. The original field development in 2008 Dulang B Compressed Gas Capacity
consists of a Fixed Platform Facility at water depth of 77.3M. Enhancement Project
The Compressed Gas Enhancement Platform is awarded to Kencana Shipyard

HL Fabricators Sdn Bhd in 2009. The platform will re-purpose the Kencana HL Fabricators SDN BHD
collected natural gas associated with the production well, and re-inject
the gas, ensuring that the reservoir pressure level is maintained as well Owners
as enhancing the recovery of oil. Petronas Carigali SDN BHD
NOV Fiber Glass Systems, a leading global Glassfiber Reinforced Pipe system
Epoxy (GRE) manufacturer, is contracted by Kencana HL for the supply Bondstrand 2000M 1-24 inch with Quick-Lock
of GRE pipings and training of qualified GRE Bonders for installation. adhesive-bonded joints
Fire Water System (FW), Service Water System
Our premium Bondstrand 2000M and 2000M-FPFV product (ranging (SW) Portable Water System (PW), Seawater
from 1-24 inch), has been specified for application on critical the Cooling System (CW)
Firewater System, Seawater Cooling System, Service water System
and Portable water System, ensuring a reliable, non-corrosive, light
weight piping system. Of these systems, the Firewater Dry System Operating Conditions
is the most critical and stringent, which calls for the Jet Fire safety 17121X
requirement. Design pressure : 16 bar
Max hydrotest pressure : 1.5 x design pressure
In Dulang B project, project management and planned execution is the Design temperature : up to 65 ºC
key factor of success and this differentiates NOV Fiber Glass Systems
among from the rest. 17122X
Design pressure : 16 bar
Max hydrotest pressure : 1.5 x design pressure
Design temperature : up to 65 ºC
Fire Requirement : 5 minutes jet fire in dry
condition
Installation date
Date of completion April 2010

FP1039 06/12
Exxon mobile bay using Bondstrand® 2000M GRE pipe for

Deck Drain service
Exxon selected the use of our 2000M Bondstrand GRE materials for its Project
light weight, corrosion resistance properties. Deck drains are a minor Exxon Mobile Bay Alabama USA
part of an offshore structure, but take years of abuse from internal
corrosive fluids and the demands from external environmental
conditions. Client
Exxon Company USA
Carbon steel piping materials are less expensive, but will only last
5-7 years. Bondstrand 2000M will give at minimum, 20-years of
maintenance-free operation and over the lifespan of the facility will Pipe system
save money and time for the operator. Bondstrand 2000M with Quick-Lock
adhesive-bonded joints
Scope of supply Application: Deck drain

• Prefabricated pipe spool assemblies to the yard Fluid: Water
• On site fabrication at the for installation on the underside of Diameter: 4 inch up to 8 inch (100 - 200 mm)
the deck Quantity: 100 m approximately
• Installation of pipe supports guides and anchors
• Operational test
Operating
conditions
Operating pressure: Atmospheric
Advantages Design pressure: Atmospheric
• Reduction in installation costs and time Test pressure: 225-PSI Hydrotest
• Long service life 20 years Operating temperature: Ambient
• Corrosion resistant Design temperature: Ambient
• Maintenance free
• Light weight material
Installation date

2009

FP1037 06/12
Bondstrand® GRE for Chevron platforms (formerly Unocal 76)
In the early 1980’s, Unocal, located in The Netherlands, built three Project
oil production platforms to be placed on the Dutch Continental Shelf: Helder, Helm, Hoorn Horizon, Haven, Halfweg
‘Helm’, ‘Helder’ and ‘Hoorn’. For all these platforms, built at the Sand A&B-blocks platforms at the Dutch
Heerema yard in Zwijndrecht, Bondstrand® piping was specified for Continental Shelf in the North Sea
a series of seawater services. The trend to use Glassfiber Reinforced
Epoxy (GRE) piping was set a number of years before by Shell Expro
and the Nederlandse Aardolie Maatschappij (NAM), but at that time, Client
most piping systems were executed in conventional steel such as Amerplastics Europa B.V. for Heerema, Zwijndrecht
CS-steel, Cunifer, Duplex, 6MO, etc. – The Netherlands
Scope Pipe system

A study in 2002 proved that on Helder, Helm & Hoorn during 20 years Bondstrand 2000M in 1, 1½, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 and
of operations, pumps, vessels, equipment but also parts of the living 10 inch (25-250 mm) diameter with Quick-Lock
quarters and kitchen blocks were replaced, repaired or renewed. The adhesive-bonded joints
Bondstrand piping however, was still in operation and will probably
survive the lifetime of these platforms.
Platform Sewer Open & Cooling Oil water Riser pipe Potable Operating Conditions
closed water skimmers water Operating pressure: 2-10 bar
drains Operating temp: Various
Helder Design pressure: 16 bar
Helm Design temp: 121°C
Hoorn Test pressure: 24 bar

A&B-blocks
Installation date
1980 - 2007
Cooling water

FP1017 06/12
Advantages
Unocal’s decision to specify Bondstrand® was taken for a number of reasons:
• Light-weight compared to steel, resulting in cheaper secondary structures
• Absolute chemical and corrosion resistance against hydrocarbons and seawater
• Reliable and long-time performance of the material
• Lower installation costs because of the light weight
• Avoiding of welding and ‘hot work’ procedures for extensions or modifications
offshore (Amerplastics even executed so called ‘hot-tap’ procedures on GRE)
• Lower initial building costs, together with remarkably lower ‘cost of ownership’.
Weight saving aspect

For the Bondstrand piping on the AB-Block platform (load-out Spring 2007),
Amerplastics submitted a weight analysis showing a significant difference in weight
between Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) and equivalent steel concept where
Bondstrand compared to CS steel schedule 40 as 1:4.
The difference in weight concerns the difference in piping, excluding a lighter

concept for steel supports and secondary structures. Total profit weight will be even
higher. (Detailed comparison calculations are available from Amerplastics on request).
Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded Joint
Gas Injection platforms (USGIF) using Bondstrand® GRE

pipe systems
The Umm Shaif Field is located in Abu Dhabi Sector of the Arabian Gulf. Project
Umm Shaif processing facilities are located at one main offshore gathering ADMA-OPCO Umm Shaif Gas Injection facilities
centre, designated the Umm Shaif Super Complex (USSC). USGIF located in the Abu Dhabi sector of the Arabian
The USGIF project, one of the world’s largest offshore developments, Gulf
involves the supply and installation of three platforms, subsea pipelines,
and modifications to wellhead towers. It also incorporates a compression Shipyard
platform to be located 2 km from the existing Umm Shaif super complex Hyundai Heavy Industries (HHI) – Korea
(USSC) and connected to an accommodation platform. The third platform,
containing an oil separation unit, will be connected to the existing USSC. Client
Hyundai Heavy Industries (HHI) was awarded the project by ADMA-OPCO. ADMA-OPCO (Abu Dhabi Marine Operating
This is the first phase of a major re-development of the Umm Shaif Field. Company) – United Arab Emirates
The USGIF facilities comprise three new build platforms; a Compression
Platform (CP-1), a Collector Separator Platform (CSP-1) and an Umm Shaif
Pipe system
Accommodation Platform (UAP). CSP-1 is linked by bridge to the existing Bondstrand 2020 C and 2020 C-FP.
Umm Shaif Super Complex. Diameter: 1-36 inch (25-900 m) with Taper/Taper
adhesive bonded joints for:
Project Management and planned execution is key and differentiates NOV • Firewater (wet) • Firewater (dry)
Fiber Glass Systems from other suppliers. NOV Fiber Glass System’s • Seawater • Cooling water
on-time delivery systematic spool production enabled HHI to meet the fast • Hydrocarbon open drain • Non-hydrocarbon drain
track 10-month construction duration of this project. • Washdown water • Vent gas
• Sewage
Abu Dhabi Marine Operating Company (ADMA- OPCO) engages in
offshore oil and gas exploration, development and drilling. It was assigned Operating
Conditions
by its majority shareholder, the Abu Dhabi National Oil Company, Operating pressure: up to 20 bar (up to 290 psi)
(ADNOC), the responsibility for all offshore drilling and the required Operating temperature: 10 - 93 °C (50 - 200°F)
logistical support within its concession area of 30,370 km2 and elsewhere. Design pressure: 20 bar (290 psi)
The remaining shareholders are BP, Total and the Japan Oil Development Design temperature: 10 - 93 °C (50 - 200°F)
Company. ADMA-OPCO’s concession includes two major fields, Umm Test pressure: 30 bar (435 psi)
Shaif and Zakum, one of the largest oil fields in the world. They are
the company’s two main sources of offshore oil drilling. The crude is
Installation date
transferred from these fields to Das Island, the company’s main processing Mid 2009
and storage plant, and the first stop in the delivery cycle. Das contains
the oil and gas processing, storage and export facilities, utilities, power
generation and accommodation sites.

FP1011 06/12
Taper/taper adhesive-bonded Joint
Fire mains, cooling water, sewers, drains and sump

lines for “De Ruyter” Platform
Petro-Canada is one of Canada’s largest oil and gas companies, Project
operating in both the upstream and downstream sectors of “De Ruyter Platform” built for Petro-Canada, The
the industry in Canada an internationally. Petro-Canada in The Netherlands
Netherlands operates the F2a Hanze field (45%), the P11b De
Ruyter field (54,7%) and has interests in a number of exploration and
production licenses in The Netherlands. Client
Petro-Canada, The Hague, The Netherlands
The main fabrication and installation contracts for the De Ruyter
Project were awarded in December 2005. The GBS tanks were build
by Dubai Drydocks in the United Arab Emirates and finally towed to Pipe system
De Ruyter field in April 2006 for installation on the sea bed. The IPD Bondstrand 2420 C (conductive) Glassfiber
was built by Heerema Offshore Zwijndrecht, The Netherlands. The Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems with
contruction of the IPD was completed in May 2006 and installed in Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints for fire mains,
June 2006 by Heerema’s Heavy Lifting Vessel, The Thialf. The hook- cooling water, sewers, drains and sump lines.
up and commissioning began immediately after. Diameter: 1-16 inch (25-400 mm)
Scope of Supply Operating Conditions

Amerplastics Europa BV, NOV Fiber Glass System’s distributor in Operating pressure: 10, 16 and 20 bar
the Benelux received the purchase order for delivery of materials Design pressure: 10, 16 and 20 bar
and prefabrication. Amerplastics also assisted the construction yard Design temperature: 100 °C
Heerema Offshore with installation and hydrotesting of Bondstrand Test pressure: 16, 24 and 30 bar
piping systems.
Pipex Ltd, NOV Fiber Glass System’s distributor in the United Installation date
Kingdom, was responsible for specification work with AMEC, London. 2006

FP961 06/12
AIOC: A significant commitment
Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy pipe systems
to GRE pipe
installed at the ACG Full Field Development
project Baku,
Azerbaijan 2001-2008
CONTENTS PAGE
1. Introduction 3
2. Project description 4
3. History 4
4. Location of the ACG full field development project 5
5. Project scope of work 6
6. Pipe systems 7
7. Joining systems 9
8. Training and supervision 10
9. Spool manufacturing 10
10. Fire protection 11
11. Traceability 11
12. Advantages of Bondstrand fiberglass pipes 11
13. Conclusion 11
Photo 1.
Installation of Bondstrand seawater line
AIOC Projects details

Location: Baku, Azerbaijan
Client: Azerbaijan International Operating Company (AIOC) operated by BP.
Pipe systems: Bondstrand series 7000 and 3416 conductive pipe and fittings with
Quick-Lock and Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints
Diameters: 1-30 inch (25-750 mm)
Total length: 25.000 meters pipe (approx. 4.000 meters per platform)
Installation: 2002-2008
Operating Conditions
System Diameter Working pressure Test pressure Design temperature
(inch) (bar) (bar) (C)
Firewater 2-10 15 24 40
Seawater 1-12 16 24 40
Coolingwater 2-30 4-8 24 65
Sewage 1-8 Atmospheric Leak test 40
Non-hazardous open drains 1-8 Atmospheric Leak test 40
Atmospheric vent 6-8 Atmospheric Leak test 40
2
Photo 2.
CA and CWP platform installed at the Azeri oil field
1. Introduction
In 2001, NOV Fiber Glass Systems secured an order The ACG full field development project comprised
for the supply of Bondstrand GRE (Glassfiber three phases during which a total of six platforms
Reinforced Epoxy) pipes and fittings for several were built between 2002 and 2007. Furthermore,
platforms for the ACG (Azeri, Chirag, Guneshli full NOV Fiber Glass Systems also received the order for
field development project in the Caspian Sea, the supply of the 3 km., 24-inch water disposal line
Azerbaijan. The order was negotiated and finalised at the Sangachal oil terminal.
with BP (British Petroleum) acting on behalf of AIOC
(Azerbaijan International Operating Company). The total NOV Fiber Glass Systems order value
exceeded €10 million, making it one of the larger
KBR (Kellogg, Brown and Root, London (UK)) was offshore projects ever carried out by NOV Fiber
responsable for the technical evaluation of the Glass Systems.
bidding process, after which NOV Fiber Glass
Systems was awarded the contract.
Photo 3.
Overview of the Azeri oil field
3
2. Project description
In September 1994, a PSA (Production Sharing Part of the objective was to produce the recoverable
Agreement) was signed in Azerbaijan between the reserves in the central part of the Azeri Field. The
State Oil Company of the Azerbaijan Republic project would require offshore drilling and production
(SOCAR) and the Azerbaijan International Operating facilities, a means of transferring the produced
Company (AIOC). This PSA grants the consortium hydrocarbons to shore. It has estimated oil reserves
the rights to develop and manage the hydrocarbon of 4.6 million barrels of oil and 3.5 trillion cubic feet
reserves found in the ACG field termed the "Contract of natural gas.
Area" for a period of 30 years. In July 1999, British The contract to provide design and procurement for
Petroleum (BP) was appointed operator for the PSA the Full Field Development of the ACG offshore
on behalf of the AIOC member companies. fields was awarded to Kellogg Brown & Root (KBR).
J. Ray McDermott won the contract for fabrication,
assembly, hook-up and commissioning of the CA,
WA, EA and DUQ platforms. The ATA consortium
(Azfen/Tekfen/Amec) was awarded C&WP and
PCWU topsides fabrication within the ACG FFD
program.
3. History
Azerbaijan, the oldest known oil producing region in

the world, experienced an oil boom at the beginning
of the 20th century and later served as a major
refining center in the former Soviet Union.
Oil production peaked at about 500,000 barrels per
day during World War II, and then fell significantly
after the 1950s as the Soviet Union redirected
exploration resources elsewhere.
Azerbaijan has 1.2 billion barrels of proven oil
reserves, as well as enormous potential reserves in
the (yet) undeveloped offshore fields in the Caspian
Sea.
Photo 4. The old on-shore oil field in Baku Photo 5. State of the art CA platform ready for transport
4
Photo 6. WA platform in production at SPS yard Photo 7. Bondstrand dry deluge pipe system
4. Location of the ACG full field

development project
The platform manufacturing project was carried out positioned in the four locations: Central Azeri (CA),
in two manufacturing sites located at the coast of the West Azeri (WA), East Azeri (EA) and Deep Water
Caspian Sea, near Baku, capital of Azerbaijan. One Guneshli (DWG). After completion, the platforms were
yard, 15 km from Baku was operated by the ATA shipped about 120 km from the Azeri coast to their
(Amec-Tekfen-Azfen) joint venture (ATA-site). The final destinations. Once in production, oil would be
other site situated 30 km from Baku was operated by conveyed to Sangachal oil terminal, just outside Baku.
McDermott (SPS-site). From there, the oil would be transported to Europe via
the 1760 km long Baku-Tbilisi-Ceyhan pipeline. This
Two platforms were manufactured on the ATA site: pipeline would have a capacity of one million barrels a
one for C&WP and the other for PCWU (respectively: day and could hold 10 million barrels of oil at a time.
compression, water injection & power, and, process In July 2006 the first Caspian oil arrived at Ceyhan at
compression & and water utilities). the Black Sea.
At the SPS yard four platforms were manufactured
(for production, drilling and quarters) to be
Photo 8. C&WP platform in production at ATA yard Photo 9. 24” Bondstrand cooling water line
5
Photo 10. Spools packed for shipment to Baku Photo 11. NOV Fiber Glass Systems’ field service engineer supervises
field joint
5. Project scope of work
NOV Fiber Glass Systems tendered and won the

project and acted as overall Project Managers with
regards to the GRE scope of supply. NOV Fiber
Glass Systems reviewed the specification and PIPEX (NOV Fiber Glass Systems’ distributor for the
technical documents and reviewed the stress United Kingdom):
analysis. Furthermore, NOV Fiber Glass Systems • Supported NOV Fiber Glass Systems in securing
manufactured the Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy the project;
(GRE) pipe and fittings and free supplied the pipe • Wrote the project specification, now being the
and fittings for pre-fabrication. KBR GRE project standard;
• Reviewed the isometrics for fabrication, testing
and fire protection;
• Tracked the isometrics drawings from KBR to
MCCI and following the Pipex review, final
isometrics were issued to NOV Fiber Glass
Systems (then forwarded to Amerplastics).
NOV Fiber Glass Systems additionally provided:
• Component dimensions in computerized form
suitable for direct input into the 3D PDMS model;
• Qualified personnel at the fabrication site to train
and supervise spool installation, personnel
training, testing and storage. Two NOV Fiber Glass AMERPLASTICS (NOV Fiber Glass Systems’
Systems’ field service engineers were permanently distributor for the Benelux):
based in Baku to supervise spool fabrication and • Received material from NOV Fiber Glass Systems
spool installation; to prefabricate spools for the CA platform;
• Qualified design personnel to check design • Produced spool shop drawings and prefabricated
calculations and isometrics; the spools;
• Appropriate qualification test data for all • Hydrotested and conductivity tested the spools;
components to be supplied; • Applied Favuseal to the spools (fire protection);
• Fabrication of spools for CA platform • Prepared the spools for shipment.
(sub-contracted to Amerplastics).
6
Photo 12. Drain lines underneath the cellar deck Photo 13. Bondstrand cooling water lines in service
6. Pipe systems
The pipework scope of supply for the Azeri project Two Bondstrand pipe series were used:
platforms included: • Bondstrand series 7000 (Quick-Lock joint) for
• Seawater; lines up to 4” (100mm); this product can be used
• Firewater; for pressure ratings up to 16 bar.
• Coolingwater; • Bondstrand series 3416C (Taper joint) for lines
• Sewage; from 6” to 30” (150mm - 750mm) also with a
• Non-hazardous open drains; pressure rating of 16 bar.
Figure 1. Stress analysis
• Atmospheric vent.
Photo 14. Seawater supply lines Photo 15. 12” Bondstrand firewater ring line
7
Photo 16. Several pipe systems on a pipe rack
Both pipe series are electrically conductive, and limit For each platform an extensive test program was
build up of static electricity by connecting it to executed to prove the quality of the Bondstrand
ground (earth). In explosive danger areas, such as products. Numerous pipe and fitting were pressure
platforms, this is an important issue. tested according ASTM D-1599. All tests were
witnessed by a notified body (Bureau Veritas).
All pipe work was designed to the ISO 14692
specification. The firewater piping is L3 fire rated The total project comprises over 30,000 meters of
(wet piping). The dry deluge pipe work in the Bondstrand pipe with diameters 2”-30” (50-750mm)
process area containing gas is L3 plus 5 minutes and approximately 32,000 fittings were used. Over
dry, Jet Fire rated. 40,000 joints were bonded and more than 4,000
To fulfil the demand of the dry deluge piping, a fire spools were prefabricated.
protective layer was applied to the Bondstrand
pipes. This layer was made using ‘Favuseal’
material, described in chapter 10.
Photo 17. Crossing of several

pipe systems
8
Photo 18. Pipe shaver to shave pipe spigot Photo 19. Lap joint flanges to connect to steel piping
7. Joining systems
Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints

Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints are used for
pressure ratings up to 16 bar. Available pipe
diameters are 1”-16” (25-400mm). Spigots (male
end) are cylindrical; bell ends (female end) are
slightly conical with a pipe stop inside.
For the ACG project the Quick-Lock joint was used
for pipe sizes 2-4 inch (50-100mm). For larger
diameters the Taper joint was preferred. Figure 2. Quick-Lock joint
Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints

Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints are used for
pressure ratings up to 75 bar (depending on wall
thickness and pipe size). Available pipe sizes are
2-40 inch (50mm-1000mm). Both the spigots and
the bell ends are tapered. For the ACG project the
Taper/Taper joint was used for pipe sizes 6-30 inch
(150-750mm).
Flanged Joints
Flanged joints are used to connect pipelines to
pumps, valves, tanks and other equipment. Figure 3. Taper joint
Flanges are available in both Quick-Lock and
Taper/Taper configuration. For the ACG project only
Lap joint (stub-end) flanges were used. These
flanges have the advantage of a loose steel flange
ring enabling easy installation.
Figure 4. Flanged joint
9
Photo 20. Spool testing at SPS yard Photo 21. Field joint of pipe spools
8. Site conditions
Besides some hot weeks in summer and cold weeks Because of the total size of the project, it proved to
in winter, the environmental conditions had minor be economical to set up an on-site workshop,
influence on the installation: specially organized for the prefabrication of
• During hot summer days, the pipe fitters were Bondstrand spools. NOV Fiber Glass Systems was
trained to pay attention to the relative short pot-life highly involved with the design of the workshop.
of the adhesive;
• During wet and cold winter days the pipe fitters The workshop consisted of:
were trained to preheat the bonding surfaces • A separate area for cutting and shaving, so noise
before starting bonding. and dust were kept away from the main area.
• The main area for bonding and applying Favuseal
The workshop for pipe prefabrication of spools was to the spools.
an enclosed, conditioned area, so no temperature or • An area for testing spools.
moisture influence affected the bonding of joints. • A conditioned room to store, adhesive, resin,
The adhesive resin and hardener were stored in a hardener, keys and O-rings.
conditioned room with a temperature varying • An office to keep drawings and administration.
between 18 and 24 °C.
9. Spool manufacturing
The GRE piping systems for the first platform

(Central Azeri) were completely prefabricated in the
Netherlands by Amerplastics BV in Terneuzen.
These pipe spools were transported to site in big
wooden crates: the first Bondstrand spools arrived
in Baku in 2003.
The spools for the following five platforms were

prefabricated in a workshop (pre-fabrication shop)
set up locally in Baku.
Main advantages of setting up spool prefabrication
on site were related to the ability to modify spools to
site requirements and (late) design changes, and
lowering the relatively high transportation costs of
the spools. The overall flexibility of work and
planning improved.
Photo 22. Spool building Photo 23. Installation of spool
10
Photo 24. Over-wrapping of fire protected spool with boat tape Photo 25. Cutting fire protection sheets
10. Fire protection 12. Advantages of Bondstrand

fiberglass pipes
As mentioned before, the firewater piping spools
were over-wrapped by a fire protective layer, The following design aspects had to be considered,
enabling the Bondstrand piping to withstand the during material selection of the pipe systems:
required 5 minutes dry Jet Fire conditions. • The platforms are designed for a minimal lifetime
The spools were pressure tested before being of 25 years;
a over-wrapped by the protective layer in order to • The air in the Caspian area is relative salty;
detect any leaking joints. • No build-up of static electricity is allowed inside
b
the pipe systems, as explosive gasses could be
c
The Fire protection was applied in a few steps, present.
see also figure:
a: 1 layer Combimat • 1 layer of Combimat (glass); Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe
b: 2 layers Favuseal • 2 layers of Favuseal sheet; systems were selected because of the following
c: 1 layer impregnated glass • 1 layer of boat tape (glass); advantages:
• The top layer is impregnated with a cold curing, • easy to handle, resulting in low installation costs;
two component epoxy resin. • designed for a minimal lifetime of 25 years service;
• non-corrosive;
11. Traceability • maintenance-free;
• conductive, no static electricity is built up.
Attention was paid to the traceability of pipe fitters,
joints and materials. All pipe fitters had a traceability 13. Conclusion
form to record the following:
• Pipe fitters: the badge number of the pipe fitter After the successful completion of the ACG-AIOC
who made the joint was recorded on the project, all parties agreed that the good cooperation
traceability form. between KBR and NOV Fiber Glass Systems and the
• Joint numbers: the joints on the spool drawings continuous involvement of NOV Fiber Glass Systems’
were numbered and the number of the joint was Engineers has resulted in an extraordinary low failure
recorded on the traceability form. rate and low installation cost of the Bondstrand piping
• Adhesive: the batch number of the adhesive was systems.
noted on the traceability form.
• Pipe and fittings: all NOV Fiber Glass Systems Special Thanks
pipe and fittings have a unique ID-code. These NOV Fiber Glass Systems would like to thank everyone
codes were noted on the spool drawings and the who worked with them on this project.
traceability form.
11
FP 905 B 06/12
SW Cooling, Wet Fire Water System for FPSO “OSX-1”

using Bondstrand 2416C & 7000M conductive pipes and fittings
Keppel Shipyard, Singapore was awarded by OSX 1 Leasing B.V.,

a subsidiary of OSX Brasil S/A. to support the modification works of Vessel
OSX-1 floating production, storage and offloading vessel (FPSO). FPSO OSX-1
The work scope covers the engineering, procurement and
modification works of the topside process modules for the FPSO.
Modification and construction works on the topside modules
Shipyard
commenced in the last quarter 2010 and the vessel will be deployed Keppel Shipyard Singapore
in the Campos Basin, offshore Brazil on a 20-year lease to OGX
Petróleo e Gás.
Owner
Keppel Shipyard worked with BW Offshore, which provides project OSX 1 Leasing B.V, An EBX Group Company
management, engineering services and technical guidance services
to OSX 1 Leasing B.V.
Pipe system
OSX Brasil S/A – part of EBX group is a Brazil-based publicly traded Size: 2”- 12”, 18” SW Cooling System, 2416C
company listed on the Brazilian Stock Exchange, which operates in Size: 2”, 3”, 16” Wet Fire Water System, 7000M
the areas of shipbuilding, chartering of exploration and production
units (E&P), as well as operations and maintenance services (O&M).
Operating conditions
NOV Fiber Glass Systems Pte Ltd supplies GRE materials for the for Sea water
modification works. Design pressure: 10 bar
Operating pressures: 4.8 bar
The project was successfully completed within the requested time Test pressure: 1.5 x design pressure
frame without adverse impact on the project schedule. Design temperature: up to 50°C
Project management, planned execution and customer service is the Operating temperature: 27.5°C
key factor of success that differentiates NOV Fiber Glass Systems
from the rest. for Fire water
Design pressure: 16 bar
Operating pressures: 13 bar
Advantages Test pressure: 1.5 x design pressure
• Reduction In installations of cost & time Design temperature: up to 50°C
• Minimum long term service life of 20 years Operating temperature: 27.5°C
• Corrosion resistance
• Reduced marine growth
• Maintenance free Installation date
• Light-weight material 2010 - 2011

FP1064 06/12
Fine filtration package for FPSO Pazflor using

Bondstrand® GRE pipe
The Pazflor project is located in deepwater, offshore Angola, approx. Project

40 km. east of the DALIA FPSO and 150 km. from shore. The project GRE Headers for Seawater Fine Filtration Units
is owned by TOTAL E&P Angola (40%), Esso (20%), BP (16.67%)
and Statoil Hydro (23.33%). The project will target development of Client
hydrocarbons in two independent reservoir structures. VWS Westgarth Ltd, East Kilbride, Scotland
(Head Office)
Technical requirements Operator

Headers were built in accordance with Total Spec. GS EP PVV 178 and Total E&P Angola
GS EP PVV 148 and suitable for for an offshore marine environment in
West Africa. EDC contractor
Deawoo Shipbuilding and Marine Engineering
Each header set included a 10” x 3” x 2” Top Header, 8” x 2” Mid
Header, 10” x 2” Bottom header and 3” x 1” Air Scour Header. In total Location
14. Header sets were fabricated. Deepwater Offshore Angola, Block 17
Pipe system
Bondstrand 2400 lined pipe and fittings with taper
The order included the design and adhesive bonded joints
manufacture of a jig to ensure the
best possible fit between vessels Joint type Diameter
and headers. The jig, representing Quick Lock adhesive bonded joints 2 inch
a filter unit, was built and approved
Taper/Taper adhesive bonded joints 3 - 10 inch
by client to carry out a four-point
dimension check of each header
set. Operating Conditions
Fluid: Sea water
Operating pressure: 16.6 barg minimum rating
Installation date
2009
Section of Filter Unit showing Alignment Jig to simulate the filter units
Header orientation

FP1016 06/12
The headers were also manufactured on a jig, labelled
and shipped in matching sets. Each jig was QA
checked and approved by the client before fabrication
commenced. Allowable tolerances for the flange
positions was ± 3mm and flange plates were used
to ensure each inlet and outlet flange was two-hole
square.
Headers assembled in the jig, with the branches bonded and ready to
wheel into the oven.
A purpose-built drilling rig complete with non-contact

laser distance measuring equipment was constructed
to drill the tapered holes into the header pipe. The laser
ensured pinpoint accuracy and repeatability of the
branch spacing.
Purpose built drilling Rig with non contact Drilling accuracy using
laser distance measuring equipment Industrial laser
100 bar Weep Test Requirements

The project requirement was for prototype burst tests to
be carried out in accordance with customer requirements
and specifications (Total GS EP PVV 148 Sect 5.2.1.2.2,
ASTM 1599 Sect 9.2 Procedure B). Five test spools were
fabricated in order to test the various joint combinations
to 100 bar as per the procedure.
Joint combinations tested were 10”x3”, 10”x2”, 8”x2”,
3”x2” & 3”x1”. The tests were witnessed by the client.
100 Bar Weep Test, Witnessed by Lloyd’s Test output using calibrated
Lloyd’s Approval digital temp/pressure
A representative from Lloyd’s Register EMEA, witnessed recorders
the tests and approval has been given for the spigot to
body joints mentioned above.
FPSO BP Plutonio using Bondstrand® GRE for Ballast, Vent

and Drain lines
In 1999, BP drilled the Platina and Plutonio wells using the deepwater
drillship Pride Angola, and followed these in 2000 with four more: Galio,
Project
Paladio, Cromio and Cobalto. These are all located within 20km of each Greater Plutonio, Block 18, Angola
other and form the Greater Plutonio development offshore Angola. Later
discoveries included the Cesio and Chumbo fields, slightly further to the
south and west. If developed, Cesio could potentially be tied back to Shipyard
Greater Plutonio although Chumbo might be developed separately. The Hyundai Heavy Industries, Korea
Greater Plutonio development was approved in early 2004. BP Angola and
Shell Exploration and Production Angola BV hold the Block 18 exploration
permit under a production-sharing contract with Angola’s state-owned oil Client
company, Sociedade Nacional de Combustveis de Angola (Sonangol).
British Petroleum (BP) Angola
Scope of Supply
• Ballast in Tanks and Machinery Spaces
• Cargo Tank Purge Lines Pipe system
• Inert Gas Bondstrand 7000M pipes with 2416C fittings
• Header Drains and Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joints.
Various diameters ranging from 2-24 inch
Vendor NOV Fiber Glass Systems, Manufacturer of (50-600 mm).
Bondstrand pipe systems Total quantity: 2400 meter.
Contractor HHI, Fabrication FPSO hull and topside equipment
Consultant KBR Halliburton, Kellogg Brown & Root overseeing Operating Conditions
engineering, procurement, contract and management Operating pressure: Full vacuum to 7.5 bar
Operating temperature: Ambient to 70°C
Specification Pipex Ltd., UK based materials specification and
Design pressure: 16 bar
technical engineering support regarding supply of
Design temperature: 93°C
Bondstrand pipe systems
Test pressure: 24 bar
Classification Bureau Veritas
Standards IMO A.753(18) and ISO 14692
Installation date
2007

FP1008 06/12
AKPO FPSO using Bondstrand® GRE pipe
A consortium led by Technip, that also includes Hyundai Heavy Industries, Project
was awarded this contract for engineering, procurement, supply, Floating Production Storage and Offloading vessel
construction and offshore commissioning of the Floating Production
AKPO (FPSO)
Storage and Offloading unit (FPSO) of the AKPO field development,
offshore Nigeria. The AKPO field is located on the Oil Mining License
(OML) 130 offshore Nigeria, in water depths ranging from 1,100-1,700m. Shipyard
Technip’s engineering center in Paris (France) was in charge of the Hyundai Samho Shipyard, Mokpo and Hyundai
overall project management and performed the engineering phase. The Heavy Industries, Ulsan – South Korea
FPSO’s hull and topsides construction and integration were executed by
Hyundai Heavy Industries in Korea. Engineering and fabrication of various Client
components and structures of the FPSO topsides was realized and center HHI Hyundai Heavy Industries for Total Upstream
in Nigeria. Nigeria Ltd
The AKPO FPSO hull has a storage capacity of two million barrels of oil Pipe system
and a large deck space to accommodate more than 17 topsides modules.
A total of 11.000 m. of Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy
AKPO FPSO, which will be anchored in 1,325 meters of water, will produce
(GRE) pipe was supplied for this most complex and
225,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day. It includes two processing trains
to separate out gas and water. This floater is 310 m. long and 61 m. wide sophisticated FPSO, delivered in over 3700 pipe
and includes a 240 bed accommodation unit. spool pieces.
Series: Bondstrand 7000M, 2420C, 5000M
This fast-track project was completed in 40 months from contract award. and Bondstrand LD
First oil from AKPO field is expected early 2009. Diameter: 1 to 48 inch (25-1200 mm)
Total quantity: 11.000 meter
Scope of supply Total value: approx. 15 million US$
2420C Water injection, Produced water, Seawater, Fire water (wet system) in
modules
5000M Chlorination Water
Operating conditions
7000M 2420C 5000M
7000M Seawater, Ballast system (in the hull), Fresh Water
Operating pressure: 9.5 13.5 10.0
Design NOV FGS Manufacturer of Bondstrand pipe systems Design pressure: 16.0 18.0 10.0
Design temperature: 60.0 60.0 Ambient
Contractor HHI Fabrication FPSO hull and topside equipment
Test pressure: 24.0 27.0 15.0
Consultant Technip Project management and engineering
Classification Bureau All Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy Installation
date
Society Veritas (GRE) pipework was witnessed by Bureau 2007-2008
Veritas during the entire process of
manufacturing and installation
Approval IMO According IMO A.753(18) L3 standard

FP1007 06/12
Bondstrand® Design Manual
for Marine Piping Systems
FP707A (4/01) Supersedes FP707
Table of Contents
1 Introduction
1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.2 Products Range and Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.3 Standards and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
1.4 Classification Society Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
1.5 Uses and Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
1.6 Joining Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
1.7 Fittings and Flange Drillings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
1.8 Corrosion Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
1.9 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
2 Design for Expansion and Contraction
2.1 Length Change due to Thermal Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
2.2 Length Change due to Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
2.3 Length Change due to Dynamic Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
2.4 Flexible Joints, Pipe Loops, Z & L Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
2.5 Design with Flexible Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
2.6 Design with Pipe Loops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
2.7 Design using Z Loops and L Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
3 Design for Thrust (Restrained Systems)
3.1 General Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.2 Thrust in an Anchored System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.3 Thrust due to Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.4 Thrust due to Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.5 Formulas for Calculating Thrusts in
Restrained Pipe Lines (With Examples) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
3.6 Longitudinal Stress in Pipe & Shear Stress in Adhesive . . . . . .21
4 Support Location and Spacing
4.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
4.2 Abrasion Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
4.3 Spans Allowing Axial Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
4.4 Span Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
4.5 Suspended System Restrained from Movement . . . . . . . . . . . .30
4.6 Euler and Roark Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
4.7 Support of Pipe Runs Containing Expansion Joints . . . . . . . . .33
4.8 Support for Vertical Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
4.9 Case Study: Vertical Riser in Ballast Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
5 Anchors and Support Details
5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
5.2 Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
6 Internal and External Pressure Design
6.1 Internal Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
6.2 External Collapse Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
7 Hydraulics
7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
7.2 Head Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
7.3 Formulas for Calculating Head Loss in Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
7.4 Head Loss in Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
7.5 Cargo Discharge Time & Energy Savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Appendices
A. Using Metallic Pipe Couplings to Join Bondstrand . . . . . . . . .A.1
B. Grounding of Series 7000M Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B.1
C. Sizing of Shipboard Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C.1
D. Miscellaneous Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D.1
E. Piping Support for Non-Restrained Mechanical Joints . . . . . . .E.1
1.0 Introduction
1.1 GENERAL
Historically, offshore exploration, production platforms and ship owners have had to face the grim reality
of replacing most metal piping two or three times during the average life of a vessel or platform. This has
meant, of course, that piping systems end up costing several times that of the original investment since
replacement is more expensive than new installation. When you add the labor costs, the downtime and
the inconvenience of keeping conventional steel or alloy piping systems in safe operating condition, the
long-term advantages of fiberglass piping become very obvious.
1.2 PRODUCT RANGE AND SERIES
Bondstrand® provides four distinct series of filament-wound pipe and fittings using continuous glass
filaments and thermosetting resins for marine and naval applications:
Series 2000M
A lined epoxy pipe and fittings system for applications which include ballast lines, fresh and saltwater
piping, sanitary sewage, raw water loop systems and fire protection mains where corrosion resis-
tance and light weight are of paramount importance.
Series 2000M-FP
A lined epoxy system covered with a reinforced intumescent coating suitable for dry service in a jet fire.
Series 2000USN
An epoxy system meeting the requirements of MIL-P-24608B (SH) for nonvital piping systems on
combatant and non-combatant vessels. Available in sizes from 1 to 12 inches (25 to 300mm).
Series 5000M
A lined vinylester pipe and fittings system in 2 inch diameter (50mm) for seawater chlorination.
Series 7000M
An epoxy pipe and fittings system with anti-static capabilities designed for white petroleum products
and applications passing through hazardous areas. Properly grounded Series 7000M prevents the
accumulation on the exterior of the pipe of dangerous levels of static electricity produced by flow of
fluids inside the pipe or by air flow over the exterior of the pipe. This is accomplished by NOV FGS
patented method of incorporating electrically conductive elements into the wall structure of pipe and
fittings during manufacture.
PSX™•L3
A polysiloxane-modified phenolic system for use in normally wet fire protection mains - also suitable
for confined spaces and living quarters due to low smoke and toxicity properties. Also available in a
conductive version.
PSX™•JF
A polysiloxane-modified phenolic system for use in deluge piping (normally dry). PSX™•JF has an
exterior jacket which allows the pipe to function even after 5 minutes dry exposure to a jet fire (follow
by 15 minutes with flowing water). Also available in a conductive version.
1
1.3 STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Bondstrand® marine pipe and fittings are designed and manufactured in accordance with the follow-
ing standards and specifications:
MIL-P-24608A (SH)
U.S. Navy standards for fiberglass piping systems onboard combatant and noncombatant ships.
ASTM (F1173)
U.S. standards for fiberglass piping systems onboard merchant vessels, offshore production and
explorations units.
1.4 CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY APPROVALS
NOV FGS works closely with agencies worldwide to widen the scope of approved shipboard applica-
tions for fiberglass pipe systems. Certificates of approval and letters of guidance from the following
agency concerning the use of Bondstrand piping on shipboard systems are currently available from
NOV FGS. Others are pending.
American Bureau of Shipping Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
Biro Klasifikasi Indonesia Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Bureau Veritas Polski Rejestr Statkow
Canadian Coast Guard, Ship Safety Branch Registro Italiano Navale
Det Norske Veritas Register of Shipping
Dutch Scheepvaartinspectie The Marine Board of Queensland
DDR-Schiffs-Revision UND-Klassifikation United States Coast Guard
Germanisher Lloyd USSR Register of Shipping
Korean Register of Shipping
1.5 USES AND APPLICATIONS
Series 2000M
Approved for use in air cooling circulating water; auxiliary equipment cooling; ballast/segregated bal-
last; brine; drainage/sanitary service/sewage; educator systems; electrical conduit; exhaust piping;
fire protection mains (IMO L3) fresh water/service (nonvital); inert gas effluent; main engine cooling;
potable water; steam condensate; sounding tubes/vent lines; and tank cleaning (saltwater system);
submersible pump column piping; raw water loop systems and drilling mud pumping systems.
Series 2000M-FP
Designed for use where pipe is vulnerable to mechanical abuse or impact or for dry deluge service.
Series 5000M
Approved for use in seawater chlorination.
Series 7000M
Approved for use in ballast (adjacent to tanks); C.O.W. (crude oil washing); deck hot air drying (cargo
tanks); petroleum cargo lines; portable discharge lines; sounding tubes/vent cargo piping; stripping
lines and all services listed for Series 2000M in hazardous locations.
2
PSX™•L3
Designed and approved for use in fire protection ring mains and for services in confined spaces of
living quarters where flame spread, smoke density and toxicity are critical.
PSX™•JF
Designed and approved for dry deluge service where pipe may be subject to a directly impinging jet fire.
1.6 JOINING SYSTEMS
Bondstrand® marine and naval pipe systems offer the user a variety of joining methods for both new
construction and for total or partial replacement of existing metallic pipe.
All Series:
1-to 16-inch ....................Quick-Lock® straight/taper adhesive joint;
2-to 24-inch (2000M) ......Van stone type flanges with movable flange rings for easy bolt alignment.
1-to 36-inch ....................One-piece flanges in standard hubbed or hubless heavy-duty configuration.
2-to 36-inch ....................Viking-Johnson or Dresser-type mechanical couplings.
1.7 FITTINGS AND FLANGE DRILLINGS
NOV FGS offers filament-wound fittings, adaptable for field assembly using adhesive, flanged, or rub-
ber-gasketed mechanical joints. Tees, elbows, reducers and other fittings provide the needed com-
plete piping capability.
Bondstrand marine and naval flanges are produced with the drillings listed below for easy connection
to shipboard pipe systems currently in common use. Other drillings, as well as undrilled flanges, are
available.
ANSI B16.5 Class 150 & 300;

ISO 2084 NP-10 & NP-16;
JIS B2211 5kg/cm2;
JIS B2212 10kg/cm2;
JIS B2213 16kg/cm2;
U.S. Navy MIL-F-20042
1.8 CORROSION RESISTANCE
Bondstrand pipe and fittings are manufactured by a filament-winding process using highly corrosion-
resistant resins. The pipe walls are strengthened and reinforced throughout with tough fiberglass and
carbon fibers (Series 7000 only) creating a lightweight, strong, corrosion-resistant pipe that meets
U.S. Coast Guard Class II and U.S. Navy MIL-P-24608A (SH) standards for offshore and most ship-
board systems.
1.9 ECONOMY
Bondstrand offshore piping and Bondstrand marine and naval pipe systems have corrosion resistance
surpassing copper-nickel and more exotic alloys, but with an installed cost less than carbon steel.
Numerous shipyards have recorded their Bondstrand installation costs on new construction projects and
report savings from 30 to 40 percent compared to traditional steel pipe.
3
4
2.0 Design for Expansion & Contraction
2.1 LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO THERMAL EXPANSION
Like other types of piping material, in an unrestrainted condition, Bondstrand fiberglass reinforced
pipe changes its length with temperature. Tests show that the amount of expansion varies linearly
with temperature, in other words, the coefficient of thermal expansion in Bondstrand pipe is con-
stant, it equals to 0.00001 inch per inch per degree Fahrenheit (0.000018 millimeter- per millimeter
per degree centigrade).
The amount of expansion can be calculated by the formula:
L = L T
where L = change in length (in. or mm),
= coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./°F or mm/mm/°C),
L = length of pipeline (in. or mm), and
T = change in temperature (°F or °C).
Example: Find the amount of expansion in 100 feet (30.48 meter) of Series 2000M pipe due to a
change of 90°F (50°C) in temperature:
a. English Units:
L = L T
where = 10 x 10-6 in./in./°F

T = 90°F
L = 100 ft. = 1200 in.
L = (1200 in.) (10 x 10-6 in./in./°F) (90°F)
L = 1.08 in.
b. Metric Units:
L = L T
where = 18 x 10-6 mm/mm/°C

T = 50°C
L = 30.48 m = 30480 mm
L = (30480 mm) (18 x 10-6 mm/mm/°C) (50°C)
L = 27.4 mm
Note that 27.4 mm is equal to 1.08 in. which is the calculated thermal expansion for the same length
of pipe due to the same amount of temperature change.
In normal operating temperature range, the length change - temperature relationship can be repre-
sented by a straight line as illustrated in Figure 2-1 on the next page.
5
MM / 100 M OF PIPE
LENGTH CHANGE
Fig. 2-1
TEMPERATURE CHANGE (DEG F)
TEMPERATURE CHANGE (DEG C)
2.2 LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO PRESSURE
2.2.1 Unrestrained System
Subjected to an internal pressure, a free Bondstrand pipeline will expand its length due to thrust
force applied to the end of the pipeline. The amount of this change in the pipe length depends on the
pipe wall thickness, diameter, Poisson’s ratio and the effective modulus of elasticity in both axial and
circumferential directions at operating temperature.
p ID2
L = L — lc p ID2
4t Dm El 2t Dm Ec
The first term inside the bracket is the strain caused by pressure end thrust while the second term,
lc p ID2
2t Dm Ec
is the axial contraction due to an expansion in the circumferential direction, the Poisson’s effect. The
result is a net increase in length which can be calculated by the simplified formula:
p ID2 El
L = L 1 — 2lc
4t El Dm Ec
where L = length of pipe (in. or cm.),
p = internal pressure (psi or kg./cm2),
lc = Poisson’s ratio for contraction in the longitudinal direction due to the
strain in the circumferential direction.
Ec = circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg./cm2),

6
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg./cm2),
Dm = mean diameter of pipe wall = ID + t,
ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm.), and
t = thickness of pipe wall (in. or cm.)
Example: Find the length change in 10 meters of Bondstrand Series 2000M, 8-inch pipe which is
subjected to an internal pressure of 145 psi (10 bars) at 75° F (24°C).
Fig. 2-2
a.English Units:
The physical properties of the pipe can be found from BONDSTRAND SERIES 2000M
PRODUCT DATA (FP194):
lc = 0.56
Ec = 3,600,000 psi
El = 1,600,000 psi
ID = 8.22 in.
t = 0.241 in.
Dm = 8.46 in.
p = 145 psi
L = 394 in.
Note: Physical properties vary with temperature. See Bondstrand Series 2000M Product Data (FP194).
7
145 psi (8.22 in.)2 1,600,000 psi
L = (394 in.) 1 - 2 (.56)
4 (.241 in.) (8.46 in. ) 1,600,000 psi 3,600,000 psi
L = 0.147 in.
b. Metric Units:
lc = 0.56
El = 113490 kg/cm2
Dm = 21.5 cm
ID = 20.9 cm
t = 0.612 cm
p = 10 bars = 10.02 kg/cm2
L = 1000 cm
L = (1000 cm) 10.02 kg/cm2 (20.9 cm)2 113490 kg/cm2

1 - 2 (.56)
4 (.612 cm) (21.5 cm ) (113490 kg/cm2) 253105 kg/cm2
L = 0.373 cm
Table 2-I provides the calculated length increase for 100 feet (30.48 meters) of Bondstrand Series 2000M
Pipe caused by 100 psi (7 kg/cm2) internal pressure. The Table is valid through the temperature range of
application. (The effect of temperature on length change due to pressure is small.)
Table 2-I
Size Length Increase
(in.) (mm.) (in.) (mm)
2 50 0.2 5.0
3 80 0.3 7.8
4 100 0.3 7.6
6 150 0.4 10.2
36 900 0.4 10.2
Obtain length increase for other pressure by using a direct pressure ratio correction. For example, to
find the length change caused by 150 psi pressure in a 6-inch pipe, multiply 0.4 inch by the pressure
ratio 150/100 to obtain an amount of 0.6 inch length increase.
8
2.2.2 Restrained Systems
MECHANICAL COUPLING
(Dresser Type)
W.T. BHD.
Fig. 2-3
In the piping system, shown in Figure 2-3, all longitudinal thrusts are eliminated by the use of fixed
supports; therefore, the pipe is subjected only to load in the circumferential direction. Without the
end thrust present, the first term in the equation is dropped and the length change becomes:
-lc
p ID2
L = L 2t Ec Dm
where L = length of pipe (in. or cm),
p = internal pressure (psi or kg/cm2),
lc = Poisson’s ratio
Ec = circumferential modulus of elasticity, (psi or kg/cm2)
ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm),
t = thickness of pipe wall (in. or cm),
Dm = mean diameter of pipe wall = ID + t.
Example: Find the change in length in 12 meters (39.4 feet) of restrained Bondstrand Series 2000M,
8-inch diameter pipe operating at 10 bars (145 psi) internal pressure.
a. English Units:
lc = .56
p = 145 psi
ID = 8.22 in.
t = 0.241 in.
Dm = 8.46 in.
Ec = 3,600,000 psi
L = 472 in. 9
145 psi (8.22 in.)2
L = (472 in.)(-.56)
2 (.241 in.) (8.46 in. ) 3,600,000 psi
L = -.175 in. or .175 in. reduction in length
b.Metric Units:
lc = .56
p = 10.02 kg/cm2
ID = 20.9 cm
Dm = 21.5 cm
t = 0.612 cm
Ec = 253105 kg/cm2
L = 1200 cm
10.02 kg/cm2 (20.9 cm)2

L = (1200± cm) (-.56) 2 (0.612 cm) (21.5 cm) (253105 kg/cm)2
L = - .442 cm or .442 cm reduction in length
As indicated by the formula and demonstrated by the example, in a restrained installation where a
mechanical coupling is used, application of pressure will result in a contraction of the pipe. This
shortening effect is found favorable in most applications where the designer can use the reduction in
length to compensate for thermal expansion. Conversely, allowances should be made where operat-
ing temperature is significantly lower than the temperature at which the system is installed.
2.3 LENGTH CHANGE DUE TO DYNAMIC LOADING
Piping installed on board ship is often subjected to another type of load at the supports which results
from sudden change of the support’s relative location. This dynamic loading should be accounted for
in the design. The degree of fluctuation in length between the two support points depends on the
ship’s structural characteristics, i.e., the ship size, the size of the dynamic load, etc. This type of
movement in the piping system should be considered with other length changes previously dis-
cussed; however, calculation of expansion and contraction due to dynamic loading is beyond the
intended scope of this manual.
2.3.1 Equipment Vibration
Under normal circumstances, Bondstrand pipe will safely absorb vibration from pumping if the pipe
is protected against external abrasion at supports.
Vibration can be damaging when the generated frequency is at, or near, the natural resonance fre-
quency of the pipeline. This frequency is a function of the support system, layout geometry, tempera-
ture, mass and pipe stiffness.
10
There are two principal ways to control excessive stress caused by vibration. Either install, observe
during operation, and add supports or restraints as required; or add an elastometric expansion joint
or other vibration absorber.
2.4 FLEXIBLE JOINTS, PIPE LOOPS, Z AND L TYPE BENDS
Bondstrand piping is often subjected to temperature change in operation, usually in the range of
50°F to 100°F (32°C to 82°C). Since a piping system operating at low stress level provides
longer service life, it is good practice to reduce the amount of stress caused by thermal and/or pres-
sure expansion. This can be accomplished by using one or more of the following:
A. Flexible Joints
a.1 Mechanical coupling (Dresser-type), or
a.2 Expansion joint.
B. Pipe Loops
C. Z type configurations or change of direction at bends.
2.5 DESIGN WITH FLEXIBLE JOINTS
Both Dresser-type couplings and expansion joints are recognized as standard devices to absorb
thermal expansion. They are easy to use and commercially available.
2.5.1 Mechanical Couplings (Dresser-type)
These are primarily designed to be used as mechanical connection joints. The elastomeric seal offers
some flexibility that will relieve thermal expansion in the pipe; however, this can only absorb a limited
amount of axial movement, usually about 3/8 in. (10mm) per coupling. Thus, more than one coupling
must be used if the expected movement is greater than 3/8 in. (10mm).
It should be noted here that fixed supports are always required in a mechanical system. In moderate
temperature and pressure application, such as often found in ballast piping systems, the total expan-
sion of a 40-foot Bondstrand pipe is within the coupling recommended limit. For additional informa-
tion on mechanical type couplings see Appendix A.
2.5.2 Expansion Joints
Expansion joints are widely accepted as standard devices to relieve longitudinal thermal stress.
Unlike the mechanical coupling, this joint offers a wider range of axial movement giving more flexibili-
ty in design. This is advantageous in long section of pipe such as in cargo piping which sometimes
runs the entire length of the ship. An expansion joint is normally not needed in ballast piping system
where short sections of pipe are anchored at bulkheads.
When an expansion joint is used in the pipeline to relieve longitudinal stress, it must be fairly flexible,
such as a teflon bellows which is activated by the thrust of a low modulus material.
Support for expansion joints must be correctly designed and located to maintain controlled deflec-
tion. Besides adding weight, most of these joints act as partial structural hinges which afford only
limited transfer of moment and shear. Where the expansion joint relies on elastomers of thermoplas-
tics, the structural discontinuity or hinging effect at the joint changes with temperature.
When using an expansion joint in a pipeline carrying solids, consider the possibility that it could stiff-
en or fail to function due to sedimentation build up in the expansion joint. Failure of the expansion
joint could cause excessive pipe deflection. Regular schedule maintenance and cleaning of the
expansion joint is recommended to assure adequate function of the piping system.
11
2.6 DESIGN WITH PIPE LOOPS
Where space is not a primary concern, expansion loops are the preferred method for relieving the
thermal stress between anchors in suspended piping systems since it can be easily fabricated using
pipe and elbows at the job site.
Loops should be horizontal wherever possible to avoid entrapping air or sediment and facilitate drainage.
• For upward loops, air relief valves aid air removal and improve flow. In pressure systems, air
removal for both testing and normal operation is required for safety.
• For downward loops, air pressure equalizing lines may be necessary to permit drainage.
• In both cases, special taps are necessary for complete drainage.
The size of the loop can be determined by using the “Elastic-Center Method.” The concept is out-
lined as follows:
Fig. 2-4
Consider a properly guided expansion loop as shown in Figure 2-4. The centroid “0” of this structure
is located at the center of the guides A and B, and the line of thrust will lie parallel to a line joining
the guides. The only force that acts on this loop is in the x direction and can be found by the equa-
tion.
Fx = EI
Ix
where = total linear expansion which will be absorbed by the loop,

Fx = force in the x direction,
E = modulus of elasticity of the pipe,
I = beam moment of inertia of the pipe, and
Ix = moment of inertia of the line about the x axis of the centroid.
2 2 2
3
Since Ix = + + =
4 2 2 2 4 2 4
12
Fx = 4 EI
3
Substituting M = Fx and
2
SA = M D
2I
and arranging the required length in terms of other known values we obtain:
1/2
= ED
SA
Where M = bending moment, maximum at elbows,

SA = allowable stress,
D = outside diameter of pipe,
= required length of the expansion loop.
It should be noted here that similar result can be obtained using the Guided Cantilever Method of
pipe flexibility calculation.
Where
= 1
F 3
=
M 2
=
SA 2
2 4 EI 4EI 2ED
1/2
and again =
ED
SA
Calculation example: Determine the required expansion loop for 8-inch Bondstrand Series 2000M
piping subjected to the following condition:
Operating temperature: 65°C (149°F)

Installation temperature: 20°C (68°F)
Total length of pipe between anchors: 100 meter (328 ft)
From PRODUCT DATA SHEET FOR BONDSTRAND 2000M (FP194) we obtain at 150°F (66°C):
Allowable bending stress = 548 kg/cm2 = 183 kg/cm2 (2600 psi)

3
Thermal expansion coefficient = 18 x 10-6 m/m/°C (10 x 10-6 in/in/°F)

Modulus of elasticity at 65°C = 91,400 kg/cm2 (1,300,000 psi)
Pipe O.D. = 22.1 cm (8.7 inch)
First determine the total thermal expansion for the entire length of the pipe section in question:
L = L T
= 18 x 10-6/°C (45°C) (100 x 102) cm
= 8.1 cm
13
Then 1/2
=
ED
SA
1/2
1/2
= 8.1 cm (91,400 kg/cm2) (22.1 cm) = 299 cm

183 kg/cm2
= 2.99 meter
Calculation of length can also be performed in English units:
1/2
= 3.18 in (1,300,000 psi) 8.7 in = 118 in

2,600 psi
= 9 ft. - 10 in.
which is equivalent to 2.99 meters.
14
Table 2-II tabulates the length of loop in feet and meters required to absorb expansion.
TABLE 2-II: REQUIRED LENGTH FOR EXPANSION LOOP
15
2.7 DESIGN USING Z LOOPS AND L BENDS
Similarly the Z-loop and L-bends can be analyzed by the same guide cantilever method.
= Fx 3 = M 2 = SA 2
4EI 4EI 2ED
= 2 ED 1/2
SA
Fig. 2-5
16
Note: In special cases where the pipe is insulated, longer length is needed to compensate for the
stiffer loop members.
The required length in this case should be adjusted by a factor
(EIinsulated pipe/EI )1/2

bare pipe
which was derived as follows: 1/2
bp
= M 2
bp bp
= 2 bp
EI bp
/2
2EI bp
M
1/2
ip
= M 2ip ip = 2 ip
EIip2
2EIip M
For the same application condition:
bp
= ip
1/2
ip
= bp
EIip/EIbp
Loops using 90° elbows change length better than those using 45° elbows. Unlike a 90° turn, a 45°
turn carries a thrust component through the turn which can add axial stress to the usual bending
stress in the pipe and fittings. Alignment and deflection are also directly affected by the angular dis-
placement at 45° turns and demand special attention for support design and location.
A 45° elbow at a free turn with the same increment of length change in each leg will be displaced 86
percent more than a 90° elbow. The relative displacement in the plane of a loop is also more of a
problem. Figure 2-6 illustrates the geometry involved.
Comparison of Displacement in 90° vs. 45° elbows caused by a Unit Length Change:
A. Relative displacement of
elbows permitted to move
freely in a pipe run.
B. Relative displacement
configuration of loops
Fig. 2-6
17
18
Table 2-III tabulates the length of loop or bend in feet and meters required to absorb expansion.
TABLE 2-III: REQUIRED LENGTH FOR Z TYPE LOOP AND L BEND

3.0 Design for Thrust (Restrained Systems)
3.1 GENERAL PRINCIPLES
Occasionally, the layout of a system makes it impossible to allow the pipe to move freely, as for
example, a ballast line running thwart-ships between longitudinal bulkheads. Or it may be necessary
to anchor certain runs of an otherwise free system. In a fully restrained pipe (anchored against move-
ment at both ends), the designer must deal with thrust rather than length change. Both temperature
and pressure produce thrust which must be resisted at turns, branches, reducers and ends. Knowing
the magnitude of this thrust enables the designer to select satisfactory anchors and check the axial
stress in pipe and shear stress in joints. Remember that axial thrust on anchors is normally indepen-
dent of anchor spacing.
Caution: In restrained systems, pipe fittings can be damaged by faulty anchorage or by untimely
release of anchors. Damage to fittings in service can be caused by bending or slipping of an improp-
erly designed or installed anchor. Also, length changes due to creep are induced by high pressures
or temperatures while pipe is in service. When anchors must later be released, especially in long pipe
runs, temporary anchors may be required to avoid excessive displacement and overstress of fittings.
3.2 THRUST IN AN ANCHORED SYSTEM
Both temperature and pressure produce thrust, which is normally independent of anchor spacing. In
practice, the largest compressive thrust is normally developed on the first positive temperature cycle.
Subsequently, the pipe develops both compressive and tensile loads as it is subjected to tempera-
ture and pressure cycles. Neither compressive nor tensile loads, however, are expected to exceed
the thrust on the first cycle unless the ranges of the temperature and pressure change.
3.3 THRUST DUE TO TEMPERATURE
In a fully restrained Bondstrand pipe, length changes induced by temperature change are resisted at
the anchors and converted to thrust. The thrust developed depends on thermal coefficient of expan-
sion, the cross-sectional area, and the modulus of elasticity.
3.4 THRUST DUE TO PRESSURE
Thrust due to internal pressure in a suspended but restrained system is theoretically more complicat-
ed. This is because in straight, restrained pipelines with all joints adhesive bonded or flanged, the
Poisson effect produces considerable tension in the pipe wall.
As internal pressure is applied, the pipe expands circumferentially and at the same time contracts
longitudinally. This tensile force is important because it acts to reduce the hydrostatic thrust on
anchors. In lines with elbows, closed valves, reducers or closed ends, the internal pressure works on
the cross-sectional area of the ends. This thrust tends to be about twice as great as the effect of
pressure on the pipe wall.
The concurrent effects of pressure and temperature must be combined for design of anchors.
Similarly, on multiple pipe runs, thrusts developed in all runs must be added for the total effect on
anchors.
19
3.5 FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING THRUST IN RESTRAINED PIPELINES
3.5.1 Thrust Due To Temperature Change In An Anchored Line
The thrust due to temperature change in a system fully restrained against length change is calculated
by:
P = TAEl
where P = thrust (lbf or kg),
= coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./°F or m/m/°C),

T = change in temperature (°F or °C),
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity at lower temperature (psi or kg/cm2),
A = average cross-sectional area of the pipe wall (in.2 or cm2),

See Table 4-IV.
For example:
= 10 x 10-6in./in./°F
T = 150°F
A = 4.23 in2 for 6 inch pipe
El = 1.6 x 106 psi
then P = (10 x 10-6)(150)(4.23)(1.6 x 106) = 10,150 lbf. or from Table 3-1
P = 6,770 x 1.5 = 10,150 lbf.
3.5.2 Thrust Due To Pressure In An Anchored System
In a fully restrained system, calculate the thrust between anchors induced by internal pressure using:
pDmID El
P = (-lc )
2 Ec
where P = internal pressure (psi or kg/cm2),
ID = internal diameter (in. or cm),
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2),
Ec = circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), and
lc = Poisson’s ratio.
Note: Use elastic properties at lowest operating temperature to calculate maximum expected thrust.
20
For example, assume that
ID = 6.26 in.,
Dm = 6.44 in.,
P = 100 psi.
El = 1.6 x 106 psi,
Ec = 3.6 x 106 psi, and
lc = 0.56
then P = 3.14 (100) (6.44) (6.26) (1.6) (0.56) =1,580 lbf (tension)
2 (3.6)
or read the value of 1,580 lbf from Table 3-Il.
3.5.3 Thrust Due To Pressure On A Closed End
Where internal pressure on a closed end exerts thrust on supports, calculate thrust
using:
P = ID
2
p
4
where ID = inside diameter of the pipe (in. or cm).
Values are given in Table 3-Ill.
For example: If there is 100 psi in a 6-inch (6.26 ID) pipe, thrust is
P = 3.14 (6.26) x 100 = 3,080 lbf

2
3.6 LONGITUDINAL STRESS IN PIPE AND SHEAR STRESS IN ADHESIVE
Stress in the pipe is given in each of the above cases by:
f = P
A
where f = longitudinal stress (psi or kg/cm2).
In the last example for pressure on a closed end:
f = 3,080 = 728psi
4.23
The allowable stress is one third of the longitudinal tensile strength at the appropriate temperature as
given in the Bondstrand Product Data Sheet. For Series 2000M and Series 7000M pipe the allowable
stress at 70°F is 8,500 psi/3.0 = 2830 psi (199 kg/cm2). For short-term effects such as those result-
ing from green sea loads, a higher allowable stress may be justified.
21
Shear stress in an adhesive bonded joint is:
P
=
DjLb
where = shear stress in adhesive (psi or kg/cm2),

Dj = joint diamater (in. or cm), see Table 3-IV.
Lb = bond length (in. or cm), see Table 3-IV.
For example: In the case of 100 psi pressure on a closed end 6-inch pipe, as previously calculated:
P = 3,080 lbf
3,080
= = 67 psi
3.14 (6.54) 2.25
The allowable shear stress for RP-34 adhesive (normally used with Series 2000M products) is 250 psi
(17.6 kg/cm2). The allowable shear stress for RP-60 adhesive (normally used with Series 7000M prod-
ucts) is 212 psi (14.4 kg/cm2).
22
TABLE 3-I
THRUST IN AN ANCHORED PIPELINE DUE TO TEMPERATURE CHANGE
FOR BONDSTRAND PIPING
Note: 1. For temperature change other than 100°F or 100°C use linear ratio for
thrust.
2. Calculations are based on elastic properties at room temperature.
3. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI

dimensions for 28 to 36 inch.
23
TABLE 3-II
THRUST FORCE DUE TO INTERNAL PRESSURE IN AN ANCHORED PIPELINE
Note: 1. For temperature change other than 100 psi or 10 kg/cm2, use linear ratio for tensile
force.
2. Calculations are based on elastic properties at room temperature.
3. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI dimensions for
28 to 36 inch.
24
TABLE 3-III
THRUST DUE TO PRESSURE ON A CLOSED END
Note: 1. For temperature change other than 100 psi or 10 kg/cm2, use linear ratio for thrust.
2. Calculations are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI dimensions for
28 to 36 inch.
25
TABLE 3-IV
ADHESIVE BONDED JOINT DIMENSIONS
Note: 1. Joint Diameters are based on IPS dimensions for sizes 2 to 24 inch, MCI
dimensions for 28 to 36 inch.
2. Adhesive bonded joints are available for field joining of pipe and fittings in size
range 2 to 16 inch. Only adhesive bonded flanges are available for field joints
above 16 inch.
26
4.0 Support Location & Spacing
4.1 GENERAL
This section gives recommendations on placement of supports and maximum support spacing.
These recommendations give minimum support requirements. Additional support may be needed
where pipe is exposed to large external forces as for example, pipe on desk subject to green wave
loading.
Techniques used in determining support requirements for Bondstrand are similar to those used for
carbon steel piping systems; however, important differences exist between the two types of piping.
Each requires its own unique design considerations. For example, Bondstrand averages 16 percent
of the weight of schedule 40 steel, has a longitudinal modulus 14 times smaller, and a thermal coeffi-
cient of expansion 50 percent larger.
4.2 ABRASION PROTECTION
Bondstrand should be protected from external abrasion where it comes in contact with guides and
support, particularly in areas of significant thermal expansion, in long runs of pipe on weather decks,
or in passageways which would be affected by dynamic twisting of the ship’s structure. Such protec-
tion is achieved through the use of hanger liners, rider bars or pads made of teflon or other accept-
able material. Refer to Table 4-I for details.
TABLE 4-I
PIPE HANGER LINER, RIDER BAR, OR PAD MATERIAL

FOR ABRASION PROTECTION
27
4.3 SPANS ALLOWING AXIAL MOVEMENT
Supports that allow expansion and contraction of pipe should be located on straight runs of pipe
where axial movement is not restricted by flanges or fittings. In general, supports may be located at
positions convenient to nearby ships structures, provided maximum lengths of spans are not
exceeded.
4.4 SPAN RECOMMENDATIONS
Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe at various operating temperatures are given in
Table 4-Il. These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping arrangements, i.e., those which
have no fittings, valves, vertical runs, etc., but which may include flanges and nonuniform support
spacings. The tabular values represent a compromise between continuous and single spans. When
installed at the support spacings indicated in Table 4-Il, the weight of the pipe full of water will pro-
duce a long-time deflection of about 1/2 inch, (12.7 mm), which is usually acceptable for appearance
and adequate drainage. Fully continuous spans may be used with support spacings 20 percent
greater for this same deflection; in simple spans, support spacings should be 20 percent less. For
this purpose, continuous spans are defined as interior spans (not end spans), which are uniform in
length and free from structural rotation at supports. Simple spans are supported only at the ends and
are either hinged or free to rotate at the supports. In Table 4-Il, recommendations for support spac-
ings for mechanical joints assume simple spans and 20 ft. (6.1m) pipe length. For additional informa-
tion regarding the special problems involved in support and anchoring of pipe with mechanical joints,
see Appendix E.
4.4.1 Formula for Calculating Support Spacing for Uniformly Distributed Load
Suspended pipe is often required to carry loads other than its own weight and a fluid with a specific
gravity of 1.0. Perhaps the most common external loading is thermal insulation, but the basic princi-
ple is the same for all loads which are uniformly distributed along the pipeline. The way to adjust for
increased loads is to decrease the support spacing, and conversely, the way to adjust for decreased
loads is to increase the support spacing. An example of the latter is a line filled with a gas instead of
a liquid; and longer spans are indicated if deflection is the controlling factor.
For all such loading cases, support spacings for partially continuous spans with a permissible deflec-
tion of 0.5 inch are determined using:
1/4
(EI)
L = 0.258
w
28
TABLE 4-II
RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM SUPPORT SPACINGS FOR
PIPE AT 100°F (38°C) AND 150°F (66°C) OPERATING TEMPERATURES
(FLUID SPECIFIC GRAVITY = 1.0)
Note: 1. For 14- through 36-inch diameters, loads tabulated are for Iron Pipe Size and are 7 to 12 percent
less than for Metric Cast Iron sizes. However, recommended spans are suitable for either.
2. Span recommendations apply to normal horizontal piping support arrangements and are calculated
for a maximum long-time deflection of 1/2 inch to ensure good appearance and adequate drainage.
3. Includes Quick-Lock adhesive bonded joints and flanged joints.
4. Maximum spans for mechanically joined pipe are limited to one pipe length.
5. Modulus of elasticity for span calculations:
E = 2,100,000 (psi)-6000 (psi/°F) x T (°F). See Table 4-III.
29
where L = support spacings, ft.
(EI) = beam stiffness (lb-in2, from Table 4-Ill and 4-IV)
w = total uniformly distributed load (lb/in.).
In metric units: 1/4
(EI)
L = 0.124 w
where L = support spacings (m)
(El) = beam stiffness (kg-cm2) (from Table 4-Ill and 4-IV)
w = total uniformly distributed load (kg/m)
For example: Calculate the recommended support spacing for 6-inch Bondstrand Series
2000M pipe full of water at 150°F:
1/4
1,200,000 x 19.0
L = 0.258 16.5 ft.
1.36
4.5 SUSPENDED SYSTEM RESTRAINED FROM MOVEMENT
Anchors may be used to restrict axial movement at certain locations (see Section 5 for anchor
details). Such restriction is essential:
• Where space limitations restrict axial movement.

• To transmit axial loads through loops and expansion joints.
• To restrain excessive thrusts at turns, branches, reducers, and ends
• To support valves. This is done not only to support the weight of valves and to reduce thrust, but
it also prevents excessive loads on pipe connections due to torque applied by operation of
valves.
Refer to Section 3 for determining thrust in an anchored system.
TABLE 4-III
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY FOR CALCULATIONS OF SUPPORT SPACINGS
30
In pipe runs anchored at both ends, a method of control must be devised in order to prevent exces-
sive lateral deflection or buckling of pipe due to compressive load. Guides may be required in conjunc-
tion with expansion joints to control excessive deflection. Tables 4-V and 4-VI give recommendations
on guide spacing versus temperature change for marine pipe with restrained ends.
4.6 EULER AND ROARK EQUATIONS
The Euler equation is first used to check the stability of the restrained line.
1/2
I
L =
T A
where L = unsupported length or guide spacing (in. or cm),
I = beam moment of inertia (in4 or cm4) see Table 4-IV,
= coefficient of thermal expansion (in./in./°F or m/m/°C),

A = cross-sectional area (in2 or cm2) see Table 4-IV,
T= change in temperature (°F or °C).
The equation gives maximum stable length of a pipe column when fixed ends are assumed.
In Tables 4-V and 4-VI this maximum length is reduced by 25 percent to allow for non-Euler behavior
near the origin of the curve.
31
TABLE 4-IV
PIPE DIMENSIONS AND SECOND MOMENT OF AREAS (SERIES 2000M)
IRON PIPE SIZE (IPS)
METRIC IRON SIZE
Notes:
1. Outside diameters approximate those for iron pipe size, ISO International Standard 559 - 1977 and for
cast iron pipes, ISO Recommendation R13-1965 as follows:
2. Values are for composite moment of area of structural wall and liner cross-section in terms of the
structural wall for Series 2000M. Beam second moment of area is also known as beam moment of
Inertia.
32
Using the length developed by the Euler equation, the weight of and the physical properties at the
operating temperature deflection of a horizontal pipe is calculated using the equation from Roark1:
-wL KL KL
y = (tan - )
2KP 4 4
1/2
where K = P/(El)
P =
2
(El)
= TAE
L2
El = longitudinal modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), see Table 4-Ill
w = uniform horizontal load (lb/in or kg/cm),
L = guide spacing (in. or cm).
If “y” is less than 0.5 inch (1.27cm), the “L” obtained using the Euler equation is the recommended
guide spacing. If “y” is greater than .5 inch (1.27cm), choose a shorter length “L” and solve the Roark
equation again for “y”. A final length recommendation is thus determined by trial and error when “y”
closely approximates 0.5 inch (1.27cm).
4.7 SUPPORT OF PIPE RUNS CONTAINING EXPANSION .JOINTS
The modulus of elasticity for Bondstrand pipe is approximately 1/14th that of steel pipe. For this rea-
son, the force due to expansion of Bondstrand pipe is not great enough to compress most varieties
of expansion joints used in steel piping systems. Bondstrand requires elastomeric expansion joints.
The use of elastomeric expansion joints has somewhat limited marine applications. These joints have
very limited resistance to external forces and, therefore, are not suitable for use in the bottom of
tanks. However, it can be used for piping systems installed in the double bottoms were hydrostatic
collapse pressure is not a requirement. During the installation careful consideration must be given to
the proper support and guidance.
(1) R.J. Roark, Formulas for Stress and Strain, 3rd Edition, McGaw-Hill Book Co., New York, 1954.
33
34
TABLE 4-V
GUIDE SPACING VS. TEMPERATURE CHANGE FOR PIPE WITH

RESTRAINED ENDS
Note: For horizontal pipe, values below the line may be taken from Table 4-II. For vertical pipe, use tabulated values
as shown.
TABLE 4-VI
GUIDE SPACING VS. TEMPERATURE CHANGE FOR PIPE WITH

RESTRAINED ENDS
Note: For horizontal pipe, values below the line may be taken from Table 4-II. For vertical pipe, use tabulated values as shown.
35
There are also very distinct advantages to these expansion joints. They reduce vibration caused by
equipment, are very compact and lightweight, and will compensate for axial movement.
When using an expansion joint to allow movement between anchors, the expansion joint should be
placed as close as possible to one anchor or the other. The opposite side of the expansion joint
should have a guide placed no further than five times the pipe’s diameter from the expansion joint
with a second guide positioned farther down the pipe. To determine the spacing for the second
guide, find manufacturer’s specifications on force required to compress the joint and refer to Figure
4-1 for recommended spacing.
The horizontal line at the top of each curve represents maximum support spacing for a totally unre-
strained system. The lower end of the curve also becomes horizontal at the value for maximum guide
spacing for a totally restrained system. This graph only shows values for pipes smaller than 12 inch
diameter. In large diameters, the slightly increased guide spacing is not great enough to compensate
for the added cost of the expansion joint.
The guide spacing for variable end thrust as produced by an expansion joint may be calculated as
follows:
1/2 1/2
I IEl
L = TA
= F
L = guide spacing (in. or cm.)
F = TAEl = force of compressing an expansion joint (lb or kg),
= coefficient of thermal expansion (in/in/°F or m/m/°C).

El = longitudinal modules of elasticity at the highest operating temperature
(psi or kg/cm2), see Table 4-Ill
T = change in temperature (°F or °C),
A = cross-sectional area (in2 or cm2), see Table 4-lV.
I = beam second moment of area (in4 or cm4), see Table 4-IV.
The values shown in Fig. 4-1 are calculated at 100°F (38°C) and reduced by 25 percent. Within the
cross-hatched area, the pipe will crush prior to compression of the expansion joint based on a com-
pressive allowable stress of 20,000 psi (1400 kg/cm2).
36
FIGURE 4-1
AXIAL FORCE COMPRESSING AN EXPANSION JOINT VS. GUIDE SPACING
(FEET)
(METERS)
MAXIMUM GUIDE SPACING

(POUNDS FORCE)
(KILOGRAMS FORCE)
37
4.8 SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL RUNS
Install a single support anywhere along the length of a vertical pipe run more than about ten feet
(3mm) long. See Section 5 for suggested details. If the run is supported near its base, use loose col-
lars as guides spaced as needed to insure proper stability.
Vertical runs less than ten feet (3mm) long may usually be supported as part of the horizontal piping.
In either case, be sure the layout makes sufficient provision for horizontal and vertical movement at
the top and bottom turns.
In vertical pipe runs, accommodate vertical length changes if possible by allowing free movement of
fittings at either top or bottom or both. For each 1/8 inch (3mm) of anticipated vertical length change,
provide 2 feet (62cm) of horizontal pipe between the elbow and the first support, but not less than 6 feet
(1.9m) nor more than 20 feet (6.1m) of horizontal pipe. If the pipeline layout does not allow for
accommodations of the maximum calculated length change, there are two possible resolutions:
• Anchor the vertical run near its base and use intermediate guides at the spacing shown in Tables
4-V or 4-VI, or
• Anchor the vertical run near its base and use intermediate Dresser-type couplings as required to
accommodate the calculated expansion and contraction.
Treat columns more than 100 feet (30m) high (either hanging or standing) as special designs; support
and provision for length change are important. The installer should be especially careful to avoid
movement due to wind or support vibration while joints are curing.
4.9 CASE STUDY: VERTICAL RISER IN BALLAST TANK
A 210,000 DWT Tanker trades between Alaska and Panama. Segregated ballast tanks next to cargo
tanks are served by 16 inch (400mm) Bondstrand Series 7000M pipe with RP-60 adhesive as shown
in Figure 4-2. Maximum working pressure is 225 psi (15.5 bars). Maximum cargo temperature is
130ºF (54ºC). Minimum cargo temperature is 70ºF (21ºC). Minimum ballast water temperature in
Alaska is 30ºF (-1ºC). Length of riser is 80 ft. (24.4m). Ambient temperature at time of pipe installation
is 70ºF (21ºC). Maximum ambient temperature in Panama is 110ºF (43ºC).
4.9.1 What relative movement is expected between bottom of riser and bulkhead assum-
ing no restraint on riser and no dresser-type couplings in the riser pipe?
Maximum relative movement due to temperature occurs when the steel bulkhead is at cargo temper-
ature (1300F) and the fiberglass pipe is at minimum ballast water temperature (300F); i.e. at time of
loading cargo in Alaska.
Expansion of bulkhead = L T
= 6.38 x 10-6 (80 x 12) (130 - 70)
= 0.37 inches
Contraction of pipe = L T = 10 x 10-6(80 x 12) (70 - 30)

= 0.38 inches
Total relative movement due to temperature

= 0.37 + 0.38 = 0.75 inch
Note that pressure in the pipe under these conditions will cause the pipe to lengthen and reduce the
relative movement between pipe and bulkhead.
Maximum relative movement due to pressure will occur at ambient temperature during ballasting in
Panama.
38
VERTICAL RISER IN BALLAST TANK
FIGURE 4-2
39
225 (15.19)2
L = (80 x 12) 1-2 (.56) 1.6
4 (.47) 1,6000,000 (15.66) 3.6
= 0.53 inches or see Table 2-I
Thus the maximum expected relative movement is 0.75 inch as caused by temperature.
4.9.2 Does the pipeline layout below the riser allow enough flexibility to absorb the expect-
ed relative movement?
The eductor is rigidly anchored to prevent vibration; therefore, the riser support forms a Z loop.
Interpolating from Table 2-Ill for a length change of 0.75 inch, the required leg length is 9.5 ft. Since
the layout provides only 3 ft., there is insufficient flexibility to absorb movement.
Two solutions are possible:
A. Anchor the riser pipe near the bottom and provide guides as required to prevent buck-
ling.
B. Insert Dresser-type couplings into the riser pipe to absorb the expected movement.
4.9.3 Solution A: Restrain the riser pipe
El at 30ºF = 2,100,000 — 6,000 (30) = 1,920,000 psi
Force on anchor, P = ElA L/L

= 1,920,000 (22.5) 0.75/(80x12)
= 33,750 lbf. due to temperature change
Note that pressure causes a reduction in anchor force due to temperature.
From Table 3-Il, the force due to pressure alone is
P = 9260 (225/100) = 20,840 lbf.
Thus the anchor must be designed for 33,750 lbf.
The guide spacing should be established for a condition of empty ballast tank in Panama (110°F) and
full cargo tank at 70°F. The pipe T = 110-70=40°F. From Table 4-VI the guide spacing is 52 feet.
Since the maximum unguided length is 30 ft., no additional guides would be required.
Check maximum tensile stress in pipe wall: In this case, assume hot cargo tank, cold ballast tank
and maximum pressure occur simultaneously.
f = (33,750 + 20,840)/22.5
= 2,426 psi < 2,830 psi allowable
Check shear stress in RP—60 adhesive (See Table 3-IV):
a = (33,750 + 20,840)/[ir(15.91)(4.00)]
= 273 psi > 212 psi allowable
Solution A is not feasible due to shear stress in adhesive.
40
4.9.4 Solution B: Dresser-type couplings. Contraction in riser pipe due to pressure:
225 (15.9)2
L = (80 x 12) (.56) 2(.47) 3,600,000 (15.19 + .47)
= 0.53 inches
Thus the total contraction due to pressure and temperature is 0.75 + 0.53 = 1.28 inches. Each cou-
pling allows 0.375 inch movement (See Appendix A) without gasket scuffing. However, considering
the infrequent nature of the worse-case condition, two couplings should be sufficient. Light duty
anchors will be required between couplings.
The riser bottom should be anchored against closed-end force. From Table 3-Ill, the force is:
P = 18,100 (225/100) = 40,740 lbf.
For anchor details see Section 5.
41
42
5.0 Anchor And Support Details
5.1 INTRODUCTION
Proper support of fiberglass piping systems is essential far the success of marine fiberglass installa-
tions. In dealing with installations of fiberglass pipe by shipyards, riding crews, arid owners through-
out the world, the need for a Chapter dedicated to commonly used installation details has become
evident.
The recommendations and details herein are based on sound engineering principles and experience
in successful fiberglass piping installations. They are offered as alternatives and suggestions for eval-
uation, modification and implementation by a qualified Marine Engineer. Taking short cuts to save
material or cost can cause grave consequences.
Notes: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, details are considered suitable for all approved piping systems.
2. Details are not intended to show orientation. Assemblies may be inverted or turned horizontal for
attachment to ship’s structure, bulkhead or deck. Good practice requires that support lengths in pipe
runs provide the minimum dimensions needed for clearance of nuts and bolts.
3. Location, spacing and design of hangers and steel supports are to be determined by the shipyard,
naval architect, or design agency. The necessary properties of fiberglass pipe are found in Chapters 2,
3 and 4.
4. Fiberglass piping systems on board ships are often designed to absorb movement and length changes
at mechanical joints. To control deflections, the designer must allow for the weight and flexibility (hinge
effect) introduced by mechanical couplings or expansion joints. See Appendix E.
5. Detailed dimensions are in inches and (mm) unless otherwise indicated.
6. Flange gaskets shall be 1/8 in. (3mm) thick, full face elastomeric gaskets with a Shore A Durometer
hardness of 60 + 5. A Shore flurometer hardness of 50 or 60 is recommended for elastomeric pads.
7. Refer to ASTM F708 for additional details regarding standard practice for design and installation of
rigid pipe hangers.
5.2 DETAILS
5.2.1 Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged One End (Figure 5—1 On Following Page)
All water tight bulkheads and deck penetrations must be accomplished in steel and/or a non-ferrous
metal capable of being welded water tight to the steel structure and must comply with classification
societies rules. Fiberglass pipe can be attached to this penetration by a mechanical coupling
(Dresser-type) between the metallic spool piece and fiberglass plain end. A step down coupling can
also be used when the diameter of the metallic spool piece differs from the outside diameter of the
fiberglass pipe.
Note: All spool pieces must be aligned with the longitudinal axis of the piping system within tolerance per-
mitted by the mechanical coupling manufacturer regardless of the deck or bulkhead slope.
43
Fig. 5—1
5.2.2 Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged Both Ends (Figure 5—2 )
The difference between this water tight spool piece and the previous one is the incorporation of
flanges at both ends of the water tight bulkhead. This spool piece penetration is commonly used if a
valve must be attached at the bulkhead penetration as required for design, safety reasons or classifi-
cation society rules.
The alignment between the steel and fiberglass flanges must be within the tolerance discussed later
in Paragraph 5.2.13 and shown by Figure 5—13. Special attention is required when valves are
mounted on the flanges; lock washers shall be placed on the steel side (compressed by the nut) and
flat washers on the fiberglass side (supported by the bolt).
Fig. 5—2
5.2.3 Adjustable Water Tight Bulkhead Penetration, Flanged or Plain End. (Figure 5—3)
This particular spool piece connection allows tack welding at the bulkhead prior to final assembly so
that the pipe is truly aligned, thus relieving fabrication stresses in the system. Two tanks can be
aligned simultaneously with the use of this adjustable bulkhead penetration for proper alignment of
the fiberglass pipe and fittings.
44
Fig. 5—3
5.2.4 Anchor Supports. (Figure 5—4)
This particular detail uses fiberglass saddle stock halfcollars to anchor the pipe and prevent longitu-
dinal displacement along the axis. The gap between each 1800 saddle and the flat bar type clamp is
1/8 in. (3mm). These steel clamps are fabricated by the shipyard conforming to I.P.S. or M.C.I. out-
side diameters.
Notes: 1. The steel clamp should fit squarely against the angle bar support where the clamp will be bolted.
Inserts, washers and spacers should not be used.
2. For thickness of the steel clamps refer to Note 3 under Paragraph 5.1.
5.2.5 Pipe Anchor Using 1800 Saddle Stock Full Collar (Figure 5—5 On Preceding Page)
This anchor support is accomplished in the same manner as Figure 5—4. It restricts the pipe from
axial movement. The additional saddles will increase the area of contact between the saddle and the
pipe to accommodate axial forces.
Calculations of thrust are discussed in Chapter 3. If the shear value of the adhesive to be used on a
particular systems is exceeded (see Section 3.6), alternate types of anchors should be used; espe-
cially at fittings. See Figures 5—8 and 5—9 for examples.
Fig. 5—4
45
Fig. 5—5
5.2.6 Anchor Supports Using Full Metal Clamp (Figure 5—6)
The flat bar clamp is designed to restrain the pipe from axial movement. Saddle stock is installed on
both sides of the steel clamp. In order to hold the pipe without damage see Table 5—1 below for
recommended space between the bottom part of the clamp and upper part of the clamp.
For small pipe diameters 1—6 in. (25—150mm) it is useful to use a 1/4 thick (6mm) neoprene pad
(Durometer A 50—60) compressed between the pipe and metal clamp. This will not prevent move-
ment of the pipe in the axial direction. To prevent movement, the pipe must be properly anchored
with saddle supports using half or full collars depending on the thrust imposed by the hydrostatic
pressure or temperature change in the piping system.
Notes: 1. The steel clamp should fit squarely against the angle bar support where the clamp will be bolted.
Inserts, washers and spacers should not be used.
2. For thickness of the steel clamps refer to Note 3 under Paragraph 5.1.
TABLE 5—I
Clearance At Bolts Clearance At Bolts

NPS (Without Liner) NPS (Without Liner)
(in) (mm) (in) (mm)
1 1/8 3 20 5/8 16
1 1/2 1/8 3 22 5/8 16
2 1/8 3 24 5/8 16
3 1/4 6 26 5/8 16
4 1/4 6 28 5/8 16
6 3/8 10 30 5/8 16
8 3/8 10 32 5/8 16
10 1/2 12 34 5/8 16
12 1/2 12 36 5/8 16
14 5/8 16
16 5/8 16
18 5/8 16
46
5.2.5 Pipe Anchor Using 180º Saddle Stock Full Collar (Figure 5—5)
This anchor support is accomplished in the same manner as Figure 5—4. It restricts the pipe from
axial movement. The additional saddles will increase the area of contact between the saddle and the
pipe to accommodate axial forces.
Calculations of thrust are discussed in Chapter 3. If the shear value of the adhesive to be used on a
particular systems is exceeded (see Section 3.6), alternate types of anchors should be used; espe-
cially at fittings. See Figures 5—8 and 5—9 for examples.
5.2.6 Anchor Supports Using Full Metal Clamp (Figure 5—6)
The flat bar clamp is designed to restrain the pipe from axial movement. Saddle stock is installed on
both sides of the steel clamp. In order to hold the pipe without damage see Table 5—1 below for
recommended space between the bottom part of the clamp and upper part of the clamp.
For small pipe diameters 1—6 in. (25—150mm) it is useful to use a 1/4 thick (6mm) neoprene pad
(Durometer A 50—60) compressed between the pipe and metal clamp. This will not prevent move-
ment of the pipe in the axial direction. To prevent movement, the pipe must be properly anchored
with saddle supports using half or full collars depending on the thrust imposed by the hydrostatic
pressure or temperature change in the piping system.
Fig. 5—6
Fig. 5—7
47
5.2.7 Anchor Supports Using Flat Bar Top Half and Steel Shape Bottom (Figure 5—7 Previous Page)
This type of anchor support is similar in purpose to that shown in Figure 5—6. Many shipyards prefer
this type.
Caution: Dimensions of the steel clamp must provide for a loose fit around the fiberglass pipe when attached to
the steel angle shape below. If the pipe is clamped against the flat steel surface on the bottom half, the
force imposed at the tangential point of contact between the pipe and steel can damage the fiberglass
pipe. (See Table 5—I). For diameters greater than 8 inches this problem is less severe due to increased
thickness of the pipe wall. (See Chapter 4, Table 4—IV)
Note: The supports shown in Figs. 5—4, 5—5, 5—6 and 5—7 are designed to restrain axial movement of the
pipe when they are fitted with 180 deg. saddles.
5.2.8 Thrust Support For 90º and 45º Elbows (Figure 5—8 on Following Page)
The thrust support plate of Figure 5—8 is used when the hydrostatic force or thrust in the piping sys-
tem will exceed the shear strength of the adhesive bonded joint. It is recommended that this type of
support be used in transferring the load from the joint directly into the body of the fitting. The fitting
will absorb thrust imposed on the piping system. The support plate will be permanently attached to
the standard foundation detail produced by the shipyard with addition of a torsional support plate
bolted directly onto a flange of the elbow to prevent a torsional displacement of the fitting.
It is recommended that a .394 in. (10mm) thick neoprene pad with a Durometer A of 50-60 be
installed between the thrust support plate and the outside of the elbow completely covering the
inside curved surface which will contact the pipe. The neoprene pad should be fully compressed
against the thrust plate. If the thrust plate support cannot be made into a smooth radius, an alterna-
tive method is to weld together straight plates (Lobster-Back configuration). In this case the neo-
prene pad must be sufficiently thick so that when the pad is compressed between the fitting and the
Lobster-Back support, a full contact of the outside diameter of the pipe is accomplished with the
compression of the neoprene pad. This assures that the forces will be transmitted directly to the
steel thrust support plate and no slippage will occur by an improperly compressed neoprene pad.
Note: It is recommended that a mechanical coupling (Dresser-type only) be incorporated on either side of the
fitting using thrust support plates to allow axial movement in the piping system and relieve part of the
thrust imposed on the fitting. This practice has been used successfully in previous installations. See
Note in Section 5.2.9.
5.2.9 Thrust Support Plate For Tees (Figure 5—9 On Page 5.8)
The thrust support plate of Figure 5—9 is used when the hydrostatic force or thrust in the piping sys-
tem will exceed the shear strength of the adhesive bonded joint. It is recommended that this type of
support be used in transferring the load from the joint directly into the body of the fitting. The fitting
will absorb thrust imposed on the piping system. The thrust support plate for the tee is simpler in
design than the previous thrust support for elbows. The construction is straight and simple without
compound curvature and can be accomplished by rolling the plate to conform to the outside diame-
ter of the tee.
48
Fig. 5—8
49
Fig. 5—9
The accommodation of the neoprene pad will be the same as Figure 5—8 with the objective to trans-
fer the thrust force of the piping system into the thrust support plate and not into the flange or bond-
ed joints of the tee. Because of the geometrical configuration of the tee, a torsional plate will not be
required. All the rest of the recommendations previously discussed in Figure 5—8 are also applicable
to the tee support.
Note: It is advisable to coat the U bolts which hold the elbows and tees against the thrust support plates
with Amercoat, urethane or similar coatings to protect against corrosion, and also cushion between the
fittings and the U bolt. Another method used by some shipyards is to introduce a neoprene sleeve
around the U bolts. This Note applies to all supports using U bolts.
5.2.10 Anchor Support Plate Bolted to a Flanged Fitting (Figure 5—10 On Following Page)
This anchor support is used for flange fittings when the hydrostatic forces imposed by the design of
the piping system do not exceed the adhesive shear stress value. (See Section 3.6 of this manual.)
Figure 5—10 shows the plate pattern covering a minimum of four bolts (for all pipe sizes). Figure 5—
10 shows a design used by shipyards to anchor large diameter elbows. See Note 3 on page 5.2.
5.2.11 Steel Supports for Large and Small Valves (Figure 5—11 On Page 5.10)
The steel supports shown in Figure 5—11 apply for various kinds of valves. Valves in sizes 4 in. and
under are relatively light can normally be supported with a single support. Gate valves and similar
large and heavy valves in sizes 6 in. and up require two supports to accommodate the weight and
directly transmit it to the ship’s structure. Valves such as globe or gate valves with reach rods
extending to the above decks require double support.
See Table 5—Il below for required number of bolts in support plates.
50
Fig. 5—10
Flanged plates must be properly designed to support the weight of valves and transmit it directly to
the ship’s structure. It is recommended that all steel components in a piping system be supported.
This will prevent shifting the weight to the fiberglass piping system.
TABLE 5—Il
Required Minimum Required Minimum

Number Of Bolts Number Of Bolts
Flange Attached To Flange Attached To
Size Support Plate Size Support Plate
1 2 20 8
11/2 2 22 8
2 2 24 10
3 4 26 10
4 4 28 10
6 4 30 12
8 4 32 12
10 6 34 12
12 6 36 12
14 6
16 6
18 8
Note: Flanges should be two-hole oriented as a general practice in shipbuilding.
51
Fig. 5—11
5.2.12 Guidance Support for Fiberglass Pipe. Teflon Sliding Pad (Figure 5—12)
This simple design has been adopted almost universally for guides in ship construction. Teflon has
self—lubricating properties which help to reduce friction between the surface of the pipe and the
steel without inducing abrasion on the fiberglass component. Teflon also is inert to most chemicals
and petroleum derivatives used in tank ships, white product, and chemical carriers. The minimum
thickness of the teflon pad is recommended to be 1/5 inch (5mm). Teflon thickness should be
increased proportionally to the largest size of the piping system i.e., 1/4 inch (6mm) for 20 inches and
above. The teflon pad can be utilized (or installed) in different configurations, some shipyards feel
that the teflon pad in conjunction with the holes for the U bolt will be sufficient. Others shipyards pre-
fer to have an indentation on the teflon pad to prevent any sliding in the center between the two
holes supporting the pad. The third anchor point will be in the center of the teflon pad and the metal
bar as shown as an alternative on Figure 5—12. It is also recommended that the U bolts be coated
with Amercoat, urethane or hot dip coating to prevent corrosion.
5.2.13 Maximum Flange Misalignment Allowance (Figure 5—13)
The Table in Figure 5—13 shows allowable misalignment for flanges from 1—16 inches diameter and
from 18—36 inches diameter. It is recommended that these allowances not be exceeded in order to
accomplish a proper seal between flanges without inducing unacceptable stresses.
52
Fig. 5—12
Fig. 5—13
53
5.2.14 Pipe Misalignment Between Supports (Figure 5—14)
The Table in Figure 5—14 shows allowable misalignment for different sizes of pipe assuming 20 ft.
(6m) between supports. Figure 5—14 also provides a formula to calculate the maximum misalign-
ment between supports for other support spacings.
Note: When joints are made with mechanical couplings, see manufacturer’s literature for permissible
misalignment.
Fig. 5—14
2
C
H=H x 20
400
Where
H = Total allowable
misalignment in (in.)
C = Support span in (ft.)
H = See Table
20
Notes: 1. For supports spans other than 20 feet the total misalignment can be calculated using the
above formula
2. Misalignment applicable applicable to any direction parallel to axis
54
6.0 Internal and External Pressure Design
6.1 INTERNAL PRESSURE
2st
Pi =
(OD—t)
Where: Pi = rated internal pressure, psi or kg/cm2,
s = allowable hoop stress, 6000 psi. (422kg/cm2) for Series 2000M

and 7000M Bondstrand pipe,
OD = minimum outside diameter (in. or cm) see Table 4—IV,
t = minimum reinforced wall thickness (in. or cm) = tt — ti,
tt = minimum total thickness (in. or cm) see Table 4—IV,
tl = liner thickness, 0.020 in. (0.51 cm) for Series 2000M, zero for
Series 7000M.
(OD - t) = ID + t + 2tl
ID = inside diameter (in. or cm).
To convert pressure in psi to bars, divide by 14.5. To convert pressure in kg/cm2 to bars, divide by
1.02.
Based on the formula given above, the rated operating pressure for Series 2000M and Series 7000M
pipe is tabulated in Table 6—I. This provides long—term performance in accordance with the cyclic
Hydrostatic Design Basis (ASTM D2992, Method A) and provides a 4 to 1 safety factor on short—
term hydrostatic performance as required by proposed ASTM Marine Piping Specifications.
Note: Fittings and/or mechanical couplings may reduce the system working pressure below that
shown in Table 6—I. See Bondstrand Product Data Sheets FP168 and FP169 and coupling manufac-
turer’s literature.
55
TABLE 6—I
Rated Internal Operating Pressure for Series 2000M and Series 7000M Pipe
Rated Internal
Nominal Operating Pressure
Diameter at 2000F (930C)
in. mm psi bar
2 50 550 38
3 80 450 31
4 100 450 31
6 150 300 21
8 200 300 21
10 250 300 21
12 300 300 21
14 350 300 21
16 400 300 21
18 450 300 21
20 500 300 21
24 600 300 21
28 700 300 21
30 750 300 21
36 900 300 21
Note: Fittings and flanges have a lower pressure rating than the pipe.
6.2 EXTERNAL COLLAPSE PRESSURE.
2Ec ta3
Pc =
(1-cl) ID3
Where Pc = external collapse pressure (psi or kg/cm2),
Ec = effective circumferential modulus of elasticity (psi or kg/cm2), see Table

6—Il,
ta = average reinforced wall thickness (in. or cm), .875 is used because the
minimum thickness is 87.5% of nominal.
= (tt / .875) — tl
tt = minimum total thickness (in. or cm) see Table 4—IV,
tl = liner thickness, 0.020 in. (0.51 cm) for Series 2000M, zero for Series
7000M,
ID = pipe inside diameter (in. or cm), see Table 4—IV,
l = Poisson’s ratio for contraction in the circumferential direction due to

tensile stress in the longitudinal direction, see Table 6—Il,
c = Poisson’s ratio for contraction in the longitudinal direction due to the

tensile stress in the circumferential direction, see Table 6—II.
56
To convert external pressure in psi to bars, divide by 14.5. Atmospheric pressure at sea level is 14.7
psi. To convert kg/cm2 to bars, divide by 1.02.
When installing pipe in the bottom of tanks, the pipe must resist the combined external fluid pressure
and internal suction. It is assumed that a positive displacement pump can pull a maximum of 75 per-
cent vacuum. The designer should also allow for a safety factor of 3 in accordance with proposed
ASTM Specifications. Thus the allowable hydrostatic head, H in ft. is:
H = 2.31
[ Pc
3.0
— 11.0
]
Tabulated values of allowable hydrostatic head are shown in Table 6—Ill on page 6.6 for tempera-
tures of 1000F(380C) and 2000F(930C). For example, calculate the collapse pressure and
allowable hydrostatic head in English units for 12 inch Series 2000M pipe at 2000F:
ID = 12.35 inch
tt = 0.351 inch
tl = 0.020 inch
ta = (.351/.875) — .020 = .381 inch
Pc = 2(2.20 x 106).3813 = 181 psi

[ 1 - .7 (.41)] 12.353
H = 2.31
[ 181
3.0
— 11.0
] = 114 ft.
Or read the appropriate values from Table 6—Ill.
Table 6—Il
Elastic Properties for Calculation of External Collapse Pressure for Series 2000M and 7000M Pipe
Temperature Ec c l
ºF ºC psi kg/cm2
70 21 3.15 x 106 2.21 x 105 0.56 0.37
100 38 3.06 x 106 2.15 x 105 0.57 0.38
150 66 2.90 x 106 2.04 x 105 0.60 0.39
200 93 2.20 x i06 1.55 x 105 0.70 0.41
Note: Ec is based on external collapse tests per ASTM D2924. Values of Poisson’s ratio are based on
tests per ASTM D1599
57
TABLE 6—Ill
External Collapse Pressure and Allowable Hydrostatlc Head
for Series 2000M and Series 7000M Pipe
1000F(380C) 2000F(930c)
Nom. Pipe Collapse Allowable Collapse Allowable
Size Pressure Hydrostatic Head Pressure Hydrostatlc Head
(in) (mm) (psi) (Bars) (ft) (in) (psi) (Bars) (ft) (in)
2 50 2,331 160 1,770 540 1,855 565 1,403 427
3 80 637 43.9 465 142 507 35.0 365 111
4 100 703 48.5 516 157 559 38.6 405 123
6 150 234 16.1 155 47 186 12.8 118 36
8 200 231 15.9 153 47 184 12.7 116 35
10 250 231 15.9 153 47 184 12.7 116 35
12 300 228 15.7 150 46 181 12.5 114 35
14 350 228 15.7 150 46 181 12.5 114 35
16 400 228 15.7 150 46 181 12.5 114 35
18 450 227 15.6 149 45 181 12.5 114 35
20 500 227 15.6 149 45 181 12.5 114 35
24 600 226 15.5 149 45 180 12.4 114 35
28 700 226 15.5 149 45 180 12.4 114 35
30 750 226 15.5 149 45 180 12.4 114 35
36 900 225 15.5 148 45 179 12.3 112 34
58
7.0 Hydraulics
7.1 INTRODUCTION
When comparing Fiberglass and carbon steel piping systems it becomes evident that selection of
Fiberglass pipe can result in significant savings due to favorable hydraulic properties.
7.2 HEAD LOSS
The frictional head loss in a pipe is a function of velocity, density, and viscosity of the fluid; and of
the smoothness of the bore, and the length and diameter of the pipe. Therefore, the best means of
minimizing this pressure drop in a particular piping service is to minimize the internal roughness of
the pipe. This internal roughness causes movement of the fluid particles in the boundary layer adja-
cent to the pipe wall, which causes flow through the pipe to be impeded.
Fiberglass pipe has a smoother inner surface than new steel piping. There is an even more significant
difference between the inner surface of Fiberglass and steel pipe after the pipes have been in service
for a while. In most systems Fiberglass maintains its low head loss performance for life.
Fiberglass does not scale, rust, pit or corrode electrolytically or galvanically. It resists growth of bac-
terial algae, and fungi that could build up on the inner surface. Also, Fiberglass has high chemical
and abrasion resistance. In marine applications, where pipelines are usually short, the major portion
of the total pressure drop in a system occurs in the valves and fittings. It is customary to express the
resistance of valves and fittings in terms of equivalent length of pipe, these are added to the actual
length for purposes of pressure drop calculation for the total system.
7.3 FORMULAS FOR CALCULATING HEAD LOSS IN PIPE
The Hazen-Williams equation is convenient for calculating head loss. For full flow, this equation, with
a C factor of 150, predicts head loss with sufficient accuracy for nearly all water piping situations.
Fluids other than water require a more universal solution such as given by the Darcy-Weisbach equa-
tion. This section gives the information needed to solve these head loss problems for fluids such as
crude oil and salt brine. Head loss for two-phase fluids such as sludges and slurries is not covered.
7.3.1 Hazen—Williams Equation (For Water Pipe, Full Flow)
An equation commonly used for calculating head loss in water piping is that published by Hazen and
Williams. Solving for head loss, this equation becomes
[ ]
1 . 852
Q
HL = 1046
C ID2.63
Where HL = head loss (feet per 100 feet of pipe),
Q = discharge (gallons per minute), (U.S. gallon)
C = Hazen-Williams Factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and
ID = inside diameter of pipe (inches).
59
In International System (SI) units, this equation is
HL = 1068 [ Q
C ID2.63 ] 1 . 852
where HL = head loss (meters per 100 meters of pipe),
Q = discharge (cubic meters per second),
C = Hazen—Williams factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and
ID = inside diameter of pipe (meters).
7.3.2 Darcy-Weisbach Equation (For All Fluids, Full Flow)
The solution of the Darcy-Weisbach equation is complicated by the fact that the Darcy friction factor,
f, is itself a variable. Solutions for f may be obtained using handbooks, or by using a programmable
calculator, for both laminar and turbulent flow conditions.
Figure 7-1 gives the head loss versus discharge for water flowing in Bondstrand pipe based on the
Darcy-Weisbach equation
HL = f
[ L
ID
V2
2g ]
Where HL = frictional resistance (meters),
f = Darcy friction factor,
L = length of pipe run (meters),
ID = internal diameter of pipe (meters),
V = average velocity of fluid (meters per second), and
g = gravitational constant = 9.806 meters per second2.
The frictional resistance is obtained in feet by the same equation if all units of length are changed to
feet and the gravitational constant is changed to 32.2 feet per second2. When using Figure 7-1, con-
vert discharge in gal/mm to cu in/sec by multiplying by 0.0000631.
The variable Darcy friction factor can be determined for any fluid in the turbulent range of flows by
use of the Moody equations.
f = 0.0055
[ 1 + [ 20,000

ID
+
106
R ]
1/3
]
in which = pipe roughness (meters),
ID
R = = Reynold’s Number,

Where = kinematic viscosity of the fluid (square meters per second).

60
If the Reynold’s Number falls below 2000, the flow can be assumed to be laminar. Then the Darcy
friction factor becomes
64
f =
R
Roughness Parameter —
The smoothness of the inside pipe surface over the life of Bondstrand pipe produces lower frictional
head loss compared to most other piping materials. The lower head loss means lower pressures will
be required to produce an equivalent discharge, thereby also conserving pumping energy.
Tests of Bondstrand pipe show that the roughness is 5.3 x 106 meters (1.7 x 106 feet). There is a high
probability that this low level roughness will be sustained, and will not be increased due to corrosion
and incrustation as often the case with steel piping, which may double in roughness under certain
conditions.
Kinematic Viscosity of Fluid —
Increase in fluid viscosity leads to increased head loss. Table 7—I illustrates the effect of kinematic
viscosity on head loss for several common fluids. Kinematic viscosity is defined as the absolute vis-
cosity divided by the density. It varies with temperature. The kinematic viscosity for water at room
temperature is 0.000001115 square meters per sec (0.000012 sq. ft per sec)
Figure 7-2 shows how head loss and flow are affected by kinematic viscosity. The transition between
laminar flow and turbulent flow in 6-in. pipe is seen in the plot for a fluid having a kinematic viscosity
of 0.001 square feet per second.
7.4 HEAD LOSS IN FITTINGS
Head loss for water flow in fittings 2 through 36 in. in diameter may be determined by the above
methods after obtaining their equivalent pipe lengths using Figure 7-3. For example, find the equiva-
lent pipe length (Le) for water flowing through a 6-in. diameter elbow at a rate of 0.003 meters3 per
second. Beginning at the bottom of the chart given in Figure 7-3 at a flow of 0.003 meters3 per sec-
ond, proceed vertically to intersect the 6-in. diameter curve, and read Le = 6 meters on the left ordi-
nate. Multiply this value by the resistance coefficient, K, given for 90 degree elbows in Table 7-Il to
obtain equivalent pipe length,
Le = 6 x 0.5 = 3 meters.
Head loss in the fitting is then determined as the head loss in this equivalent length of pipe. The
resistance coefficients from Table 7-III may be used in similar fashion for reducers.
Although the Darcy friction factor, f, for water was used in the development of Figure 7-3, the equiva-
lent pipe length obtained may then be used to estimate head loss for the actual fluid in the system.
With a known Darcy friction factor, the equivalent length of pipe for any size and type of fitting can
be determined using the appropriate resistance coefficient, K, from Table 7-Il and the equation
Le = K ID/f
provided Le and ID are given in the same units.
61
Figure 7—1
62
Head Loss For Water as a Function of Flow Rate
Figure 7—2
Effect of Kinematic Viscosity on Head Loss vs. Discharge for 6-inch Pipe Flowing Full
Table 7-I
Head Loss for Various Flowing at 500 GPM in a 6-Inch Bondstrand Marine Pipe
63
64
Figure 7-3
Equivalent Pipe Length of Fittings
TABLE 7-Il
Resistance Coefficients for Bondstrand Fittings and Metal Valves
Description K
45º Elbow Standard 0.3
45º Elbow Single Miter 0.5
90º Elbow Standard 0.5
90º Elbow Single Miter 1.4
90º Elbow Double Miter 0.8
90º Elbow Triple Miter 0.6
180º Return Bend 1.3
Tees >T 0.4

>T 1.4
>T 1.7
Gate Valve Open 0.17

3/4 Open 0.9
1/2 Open 4.5
1/4 Open 24.0
Diaphragm Valve Open 2.3
3/4 Open 2.6
1/2 Open 4.3
1/4 Open 21.0
Globe Valve Bevelseal, Open 6.0
1/2 Open 9.5
Check Valve Swing 2.0
Disk 10.0
Ball 70.0
Note: Coefficients are for fittings with no net change in velocity.
65
TABLE 7-Ill
Resistance Coefficients for Bondstrand Reducers, Tapered Body
SIZE K SIZE K
11/2 X 1 0.5 12 X 8 0.8
2 X 1 2.8 12 X 10 0.1
2 X 11/2 0.3 14 X 10 0.12
3 X 11/2 3.7 14 X 12 0.01
3 X 2 0.7 16 X 12 0.08
4 X 2 2.9 16 X 14 0.03
4 X 3 0.1 18 X 14 0.16
6 X 3 3.1 18 X 16 0.02
6 X 4 0.7 20 X 16 0.13
8 X 4 3.3 20 X 18 0.02
8 X 6 0.1 24 X 18 0.17
10 X 6 1.5 24 X 20 0.07
10 X 8 0.2 30 X 24 0.22
7.5 CARGO DISCHARGE TIME AND ENERGY SAVINGS
The advantage of low friction loss in Fiberglass smooth bore pipe has been explained in EB-19,
“HEAD LOSS IN BONDSTRAND VERSUS STEEL.” This section will focus on another aspect of this
topic, namely energy savings in cargo tank discharge, and how loading and unloading time can be
reduced by using Bondstrand piping products.
7.5.1 Pump Flow Rate
Consider a typical pump operating at a certain pressure P1 to overcome friction loss in the piping
system as shown in Figure 7-4. At this pressure the pump will discharge a certain flow rate Q1. This
same pump will discharge a higher flow rate Q2 if somehow the friction loss in the pipeline can be
reduced, bringing the pump’s operating head down to a lower level, P2. The increase in volume flow
rate, as a result of the reduction in operating pressure, depends largely on the pump performance
characteristics which vary from pump to pump. This flow variation with pressure can be found in the
pump manufacturer’s literature, thus it is omitted from further discussion here.
Fig. 7-4
Pumping Pressure vs. Discharge
66
7.5.2 Full—Pipe Flow Of Water In Low—Friction Fiberglass Pipe
Let’s now focus our discussion only to the pipeline and examine how low friction pipe can improve
the volume flow rate of the system.
For example consider two pipelines - Schedule 40 steel and Bondstrand Series 2000M pipe - both
designed to transport water 100 meters. We will compare the volume flow rate. The friction head loss
in the pipelines can be calculated by the Hazen-Williams formula as stated before. In metric units:
[ ]
1 . 852
Q
HL = 1068
C ID2.63
Where HL = head loss (meters per 100 meters of pipe)
Q = discharge (cubic meters per second),
C = Hazen-Williams Factor (C = 150 for Bondstrand), and
ID = inside diameter of pipe ( meters).
With the same energy consumption rate to overcome the friction loss in the pipeline, the rate of dis-
charge will be different due to the differences in friction coefficient in the pipe. In other words, using
the same head loss for both pipe, we obtain:
[ Qsteel
] [ QBS
]
1 . 852 1 . 852
HL = 1068 = 1068
Csteel IDsteel2.63 CBS IDBS2.63
Rearrange the above expression to show the flow rate in Bondstrand pipe in terms of flow rate in
steel pipe:
[ ][ ]
CBS IDBS 2.63
QBS = Qsteel
Csteel IDsteel
Examining the above formula, we can conclude that for the same head loss, Fiberglass pipe will
deliver more volume flow rate that that of the same nominal diameter steel pipe since the product
CBS IDBS
of and is always greater than 1.0.
Csteel IDsteel
Table 7-IV lists the calculated value of the flow ratio QBS / Qsteel where CBS = 150 and Csteel = 120 or
70. A “C” value of 120 represents a very slightly corroded steel pipe. A “C” value of 70 represents a
severely corroded steel pipe.
67
Table 7-IV
Flow in Bondstrand and Steel Pipe for Same Head Loss
Bondstrand Steel
NPS Pipe ID Pipe ID C=120 C=70
(in) (mm) ( inches) (inches) QBS/QSteel QBS/QSteel
2 50 2.095 2.067 1.30 2.22
3 80 3.225 3.068 1.43 2.45
4 100 4.140 4.026 1.35 2.31
6 150 6.265 6.065 1.36 2.33
8 200 8.225 7.981 1.35 2.31
10 250 10.350 10.020 1.36 2.33
12 300 12.350 12.000 1.35 2.31
14 350 13.290 13.25 1.26 2.16
16 400 15.190 15.25 1.24 2.13
18 450 17.080 17.25 1.22 2.09
20 500 18.980 19.25 1.20 2.06
24 600 22.780 23.25 1.18 2.02
7.5.3 Flow Of Fluids Other Than Water
In Marine applications, however, most cargo tankers carry fluids other than water. In such cases, cal-
culations of head loss are slightly more complicated because direct comparison of volume flow rates
between the two pipes is not possible. Comparison of volume flow rate can only be done in steps as
illustrated below:
Step 1:
The head loss of one pipeline, usually the steel line, is chosen as a standard for comparison. This is
determined using the Darcy-Weisbach method as discussed before.
HL = f L V2
ID 2g
Where HL = frictional resistance (meters),
f = Darcy friction factor,
L = length of pipe run (meters),
ID = internal diameter of pipe (meters),
V = average velocity of fluid (meters per second),
g = gravitational constant = 9.806 meters per second2.
68
The variable Darcy friction factor can be determined for any fluid in the turbulent range by use of the
Moody equation,
f = 0.0055
[ 1 +
[ 20,000

ID
+
106
R ]
1/3
]
in which = pipe roughness (meters), and
R= V ID = Reynold’s Number,

where = kinematic viscosity of the fluid (square meters per second).
Step 2:
From the head loss calculated in Step 1 above, the flow velocity (the only unknown quantity in the
equation for Bondstrand system) can be found by trial and error. A programmable calculator will
speed this calculation considerably. Subsequently, the volume flow rate can be easily determined.
For example, 1000 cubic meters of 1400F, 24.4 degree Baum~ crude oil with kinematic viscosity of
0.00001115 square meters per second is to be unloaded through a 1000-meter long standard
Schedule 40, 8-in. diameter steel pipeline at a rate of 500 cubic meters per hour. How much time can
be saved unloading the same amount of crude through Bondstrand Series 2000M, 8-in. pipeline?
Steel Pipe Bondstrand Pipe

Data Given Schedule 40 Series 2000M
Inside Diameter (in) 0.2027 0.2089
Roughness (in) 0.0000457 0.0000053
Flow Velocity (m/sec) 4.30 To Be Found
Reynold’s Number 78200 To Be Found
Step 1:
The total head loss is calculated for the steel pipeline.
HL = .0055
[ 1 + ( 20000
0.0000457
0.2027
+
1000000
78200
1/3
)
] 1000 ( 4.30 )2
.2027 ( 2 ) 9.806
HL = 94 meters
69
Step 2:
With 94 meters of friction head loss, the flow velocity for Bondstrand piping system can be found
from the equation.
94 = .0055
[ 1 + ( 20000
0.0000053
0.2089
+
1000000
V
+
0.0000115
0.2089
)
1/3
] 1000 V2
.2089 ( 2 ) 9.806
By trial and error V = 4.55 meters per second, and R = 85,250.
As illustrated in the above example, for the given conditions, Bondstrand Series 2000M 8-in. pipe will
deliver 560 cubic meters per hour, emptying the tank in less than 1.8 hours, a 10% saving in both
unloading time and energy.
It is important to note here that the roughness value of new steel was used. The difference in volume
flow rate would have even been higher had the roughness value of old steel pipe been used in the
calculation.
7.5.4 Energy Savings Using Bondstrand Fiberglass vs. Steel Piping
Users of piping products have long known that Fiberglass piping has far lower friction factors than
carbon steel piping. It is equally important to recognize the energy cost savings which accrue over
the life of the installed system as a result of the lower friction factors.
The largest savings is found simply in lower pumping costs, where the power consumption can often
be cut in half. For example, let us assume a 6-in. line is to deliver 500 gallons per minute of water on
a year-round basis and determine energy cost per 100 feet. At this flow the average velocity is about
5 feet per second. Over a 10-year service life, a Bondstrand line can be expected to maintain a
Hazen-Williams “C” factor of 150, whereas for carbon steel the average “C” factor can be estimated
to be about 110. In English units:
HL = 1046 [ Q
C ID2.63 ] 1 . 852
Where HL = head loss (ft. per 100 ft. of pipe), Q = discharge (gpm),
ID = internal diameter of pipe (inches), and
C = Hazen-Williams frictional factor depending on smoothness of pipe bore.
For a 100 foot run in the example described above, this formula yields 1.28 feet for Bondstrand and
2.65 feet for schedule 40 carbon steel pipe. To overcome this head loss, the horsepower demand
may be calculated as
For Bondstrand:
500 gpm x 8.34 lb of water/gal x 1.28 ft
= .162 hp
33,000 ft-lb/mm/hp
For Steel:
500 gpm x 8.34 lb of water/gal x 2.65 ft
= .335 hp
33,000 ft-lb/mm/hp
70
Then, the energy required for full-time operation for a one month period is:
For Bondstrand:
.162 x 24 hr/day x 30 day/month
= 146 hp-hr/month
.80 efficiency
For Steel:
.335 x 24 hr/day x 30 day/month = 301 hp-hr/month
.80 efficiency
It is impossible to make a generalization on the cost of electricity on board ship which is dependent
on the efficiency of the ship’s plant; however, if we assume that the ship is connected to shore
power, we could expect to pay approximately 10 cents per kilowatt-hour or 7.5 cents per horsepow-
er-hour. This cost is significantly lower than ship-based generation. The cost per month is then
For Bondstrand:
146 hp-hr/month x U.S. $.075/hp-hr = U.S. $10.95/month/100 ft. of pipe
For Steel:
301 hp-hr/month x U.S. $.075/hp-hr = U.S. $22.58/month/100 ft. of pipe
Difference = U.S. $11.63
For a ship using 500 feet of Bondstrand fiberglass pipe the annual savings could be:
U.S.S11.63/month/100 ft. x 12 months x 500 ft. = U.S. $69,780 (Annual Savings)
The annual savings shown above for one ship during one year of operation can increase substantially
if the owner implements the usage of fiberglass for all the vessels in his fleet.
If you add up this savings over a ten-year period for every hp-hr for every 100 feet the saving is very
significant and Bondstrand pipe can be used for the life of the vessel while steel pipe probably must
be replaced several times.
In addition to time and energy saving, there are also savings due to purchase and maintenance of
significantly smaller pumps in terms of horsepower rating.
71
References
1. “Flow through a Circular Pipe,” PPX Program 628040, Texas Instruments’ Calculator Products
Division.
2. King, Reno C., “Fluid Mechanics,” Piping Handbook 5th ed. (King, Reno C. and Sabin Crocker,
McGraw-Hill Book Co., N.Y., 1967), pp. 3-135.
3. Hydraulic Institute Engineering Data Book, Hydraulic Institute, Cleveland, 1979, pp. 23-42.
4. “Solution to Pipe Problems,” PPX Program 618008, Texas Instruments’ Calculator Products
Division.
5. Guislain, Serge J., “Friction Factors in Fluid Flow Through Pipe,” Plant Engineering, 1980, pp. 134-
140.
6. Hydraulic Institute Engineering Data Book, op-cit, p. 15-19.
7. Nolte, Claude B., Optimum Pipe Size Selection, Gulf Publishing Co., 1979, pp. 268-275.
8. Anin, M.B. and Maddox, R.N., “Estimate Viscosity vs. Temperature,” Hydrocarbon Processing,
Dec., 1980, pp. 131-135.
9. Ehrlich, Stanley W., “Cryogenic-Systems Piping,” Piping Handbook, (McGraw-Hill Book Co.,
5th ed., N.Y., 1967), pp. 11-37,38.
10. “Flow of Fluids Through Valves, Fittings and Pipe,” Technical Paper 410, Crane Co., 1976,
p. A-26.
72
APPENDIX A
USING METALLIC PIPE COUPLINGS TO JOIN BONDSTRAND
Over the years, metallic pipe couplings have proven to be reliable and economical in certain
Bondstrand piping systems. However, when joining Bondstrand, the recommended procedure is
somewhat different than when joining rigid pipe materials such as steel and ductile iron. This bulletin
describes the joining of Bondstrand pipe using Viking Johnson Couplings* along with a brief review
of the couplings’ design, construction and operating features. Because of the similarity of design, the
same recommendations generally apply also to the use of Rockwell** or Dresser*** couplings.
DESCRIPTION
Viking Johnson mechanical couplings are manufactured in many different sizes and configurations to
meet many pipe joining requirements. Ease in close quarter installation and disassembly allow them
to be used in many areas where other pipe jointing methods would be impractical. The elastomeric
seals in the couplings help absorb movements such as length changes due to temperature or the
flexing of a ship, and help dampen vibrations such as are produced by a pump.
The Viking Johnson Coupling consists of a cylindrical center sleeve, two end flanges, two elastomer-
ic sealing rings and a set of ‘D’ neck cup-head bolts. (See Figure1)
Tightening the bolts pulls the end flanges together, compressing the sealing rings between the pipe
wall and center sleeves, producing a flexible, reliable seal.
FLANGE
Fig. 1
SEALING RING
SLEEVE
a. Sealing Ring Materials
The grade ‘T’ ring is made from Nitrile and is, according to Viking Johnson literature the ring
most commonly used. It is recommended for use on lines carrying gases, air, fresh and salt
water, petroleum products, alkalies, sugar solutions and some refrigerants, and for tempera-
tures from —20º to +100ºC (-4ºF to +212ºF). Other grades such as EPDM — ‘E’
Polychloroprene — ‘V’, Polyacrylic — ‘A’, Fluoroelastomer — ‘0’, and Silicone, — ‘L’, are also
available.
* Viking Johnson is a trade name of the Viking Johnson International division of the Victaulic Co. Plc — England
** Rockwell is a trade name of the Municipal and Utility Division of Rockwell International Corp.
*** Dresser is a registered trademark of Dresser manufacturing Division of Dresser Industries Inc.
A.1
DESCRIPTION (cont.)
b. Pressure Plating
Maximum pressure ratings of the Viking Johnson Couplings are determined on the basis of
Barlow’s formula using a working stress equal to two—thirds the minimum yield of the center
sleeve material. All pressure ratings exceed the minimum requirements for 10 bar (150 psi)
piping systems.
c. Chemical Resistance
Viking Johnson Couplings can serve in most chemical environments. This is accomplished
by changing the type of sealing rings and using different types of protective coatings on the
coupling.
d. Electrical Grounding
On special order, Viking Johnson provides a stud welded connection for grounding the cen-
ter sleeve to the end flanges. Wires from the end flanges are bolted onto the stud on the
center sleeve, and the connection is bolted down. Connecting the wiring on the center
sleeve may be carried out prior to the assembly on the Bondstrand pipe ends.
e. Locating Plug
Where there is any possibility of coupling movement along the pipe, due to repeated expan-
sion and contraction or under vibration conditions, it is preferable to use a locating plug
which centralizes the coupling over the pipe ends. If the coupling is to be slipped back along
the pipe at a later date, the plug can be removed and subsequently refitted. Locating plugs
are mandatory with most approval authorities when couplings are used on board ships. (See
Figure 2).
JOINT FUNCTION
The sealing ring used in the Viking Johnson coupling is not intended to slide. The coupling will
accommodate up to 9.5mm (3/8 in.) longitudinal pipe movement per joint as the rings deform (roll
slightly) in response to such movement.
Important: Where pipe movement out of the coupling might occur, proper anchorage of the pipe
must be provided.
Cross section of center sleeve Cross section of center sleeve

without center register with locating plug
Fig. 2
Cross section of center sleeve

with molded stud register
A.2
Individual couplings must be protected against movements greater than 9.5mm (3/8 in.). Anchorage
must be provided to prevent excessive accumulation of movement, particularly at all points which
produce thrust, including valves, bends, branches and reducers.
LENGTH CHANGES IN BONDSTRAND
Bondstrand pipe lengths change due to both temperature and pressure. Estimate these changes by
referring to Chapter 2 “Design for Expansion and Contraction” contained in this manual.
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
Joining of Bondstrand pipe using Viking Johnson Couplings is similar to joining of steel pipe, but
there are important differences. You may need suitable coatings for the cut and sanded surfaces.
(See step d. below). Also, you will need the following tools:
1. Torque wrench reading in increments of 5 foot—pounds or metric equivalent.
2. Hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel.
3. Duster brush or clean rags.
4. Bondstrand pipe shaver or belt sander.
Although Bondstrand pipe can be supplied with prepared ends, you may need to cut pipe to length
on site. If so, you will need one or more of the following:
1. For 100mm, 4-in. and smaller pipe, emery cloth strips to “shoeshine” pipe ends.
2. For 150mm to 300mm (6 to 12 in.) pipe - Bondstrand MBO Pipe Shaver (NOV FGS CC
#34342) plus arbor sizes as required. Arbors used are same as for M74 shaver.
3. For 350 to 600mm (14 to 24 in.) pipe — Bondstrand M81 Pipe shaver (NOV FGS CC #34354).
4. For 350 to 900mm (14 to 36 in.) pipe - Bondstrand M81 Pipe shaver (NOV FGS CC #34355).
Caution: Be aware that the standard assembly instructions for these couplings are intended for rigid metallic
pipe materials and MAY DAMAGE THE BONDSTRAND PIPE. Instead, follow this step- by-step proce-
dure:
a. Cutting Pipe to Length
When necessary to cut a pipe to length, measure the desired length and scribe the pipe
using a pipefitter’s wrap-around. Place the pipe in a vise, using 6mm (1/4 inch) thick rubber
pad to protect pipe from damage. Cut pipe with hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel. Pipe
should be square within 3mm (1/8 in.). Use a disc grinder or file to correct squareness as
required.
b. Sand Cut Ends of Pipe
End surfaces of the plain end pipe should be either hand sanded using a 40—50 grit alu-
minum oxide sanding surface or, if many ends are to be prepared, use a 6mm (1/4 inch) drill
motor, 1700-2000 RPM, and flapper type sander available from NOV FGS. Be sure to remove
all sharp edges by sanding the inside and outside edges of the pipe end. Do not touch the
sanded surface with bare hands or other articles that would leave an oily film.
A.3
c. Prepare Gasket Sealing Surfaces
Machining the surface of Bondstrand pipe is not required for a tight seal between the gasket
and pipe wall. However, the winding techniques used in the manufacture of Bondstrand
fiberglass pipe sometimes produce a somewhat oversized outside diameter. This increase in
diameter sometimes may not permit the Viking Johnson Coupling to slide over the pipe ends
when installing plain-end pipe section.
d. Coat the Cut and Sanded Surfaces
Ends must be clean and dry. Select and apply a coating to the sanded end surfaces of the
pipe and allow to dry thoroughly. A coating such as Amercoat 90, manufactured by NOV FGS
Protective Coating Division, is suitable for water and other mildly corrosive services.
Note: On special order, NOV FGS can supply full-length Bondstrand pipe for couplings with ends prepared in
accordance with steps b, c, and d.
e. Lubricate the Joining Surfaces
Clean and lubricate the sealing rings and the outside surface of the pipe with the coupling
manufacturer’s recommended lubricant. The ring lubricant makes it easier to slip the rings
onto the pipe, and enables rings to seat properly when tightening bolts.
f. Mount and Assemble the Coupling
Slide the end flanges onto the pipe, followed by the lubricated sealing rings. Align the pipes,
being careful not to bump or damage the pipe ends, and assemble the couplings over the
center of the joint. The assembly of the coupling to Bondstrand fiberglass pipe should take
place with the pipe supported in its final installation position.
g. Tighten the Bolts
Torque each bolt to 7 N-m (5 ft-lbs) in a diametrically opposite sequence. At 7 N-m (5 ft-lbs)
torque, check to make sure that both end flanges are compressed evenly on the sealing
rings. If the end flanges are not even, loosen the nuts and re-check alignment of pipe. Also
check to make sure that the end flanges are not binding on the pipe wall or the center sleeve
and that there is clearance between the pipe ends.
Caution: Excess torque can damage pipe. Instructions that accompany Viking Johnson Couplings show general
assembly instructions and specify 70-90 foot-pounds (100-125 N-m) torque. This torque has been
shown to damage Bondstrand pipe.
h. Check Bolt Torque
After each bolt has been tightened to the required torque, re-check the torque on all bolts in
the same sequence. Bolts previously tightened may have relaxed as subsequent bolts were
tightened.
TESTING
Be sure all pipe, fittings and appurtenances are properly and securely anchored before testing.
Remember, the couplings themselves will not resist longitudinal load. Replace all air in the piping
system with water and test to 1-1/2 times the operating pressure for four hours, or as required by the
project specifications.
A.4
TROUBLE SHOOTING
If proper procedures have been followed, no difficulty should be experienced. If troublesome prob-
lems occur, try the following suggestions:
1. Loosen all bolts and nuts.
2. Check for alignment of assembly. Rebuild to correct alignment if out of alignment.
3. Check the alignment of assembly. Replace damaged rings.
4. Measure the diameter of the pipe at the ring location. This measurement should be within the
limits shown on Table 1.
Table 1
Permissible Outside Diameter Limits at Pipe Ends for Metallic Pipe Couplings
Note: Tolerances apply only for a length of 6 inches back from pipe ends
A.5
STRAUB-FLEX COUPLINGS*
Straub-Flex couplings may be used as mechanical joints for Bondstrand pipe much like Dresser-type
couplings. Tests of the Straub design show that the seal is effected without grinding or sanding of
the pipe’s outer surface. The coupling is suitable for fire, salt water and crude oil lines and various
other services normally provided by Series 1600, 2000. 2000M, 6000 and 7000 piping, either sus-
pended or buried. It may also be used with Series 4000 and 5000 piping in certain slurry applica-
tions.
The coupling design, shown in Figure 1, incorporates a stainless steel outer casing split longitudinally
at one point on the circumference. The casing encloses a rubber gasket with a patented lip seal,
which is pressed in place by a relatively low radial pressure. The coupling is installed on plain-end
pipe using a torque wrench with a hex bit to tighten two socket-head cap screws. These features
permit installation on Bondstrand pipe using the same bolt torques as recommended for steel pipe.
Straub-Flex couplings are not designed to withstand longitudinal forces. They allow 3/8-in. (10mm)
longitudinal pipe movement per joint without slippage of the gasket lip on the pipe surface. Individual
joints should be protected against movements greater than 3/8-in. (10mm) to prevent gasket wear.
Anchorages must be provided to prevent excessive accumulation of movement, particularly at thrust
points such as valves, turns, branches or reducers.
The rubber gasket both dampens vibration and allows flexing of joints such as in piping on a ship.
With proper support the coupling also allows up to 2 degrees of angular movement. This added flexi-
bility, along with the coupling’s added weight, must be considered in the analysis of deflections and
spans in suspended systems.
Fig. 3 Straub-Flex Coupling
* Straub. Flex is a trade name of Straub Kupplungen, AG, Wangs, Switzerland and Thornhill, Ontario, Canada.
A.6
MATERIALS
Casing
Straub-Flex Type LS couplings have type 304 stainless steel casings and galvanized steel lock bolts.
Type LS Special couplings are made of the same materials but have thicker casings. Types 316 and
316L stainless steel casings and stainless steel lock bolts are available on special order.
Gaskets. Two synthetic rubber gaskets are available:
a. EPDM (ethylene propylene diene rubber)—a high quality synthetic rubber with excellent
resistance to fresh or salt water, clean air, and sewage, and resistant to most moderately
corrosive liquids in a pH range from 2 to 11. This rubber is not recommended for use with
petroleum products.
b. Buna-N (nitrile rubber)—-a synthetic rubber for use with oil, gasoline, natural gas and most
petroleum products.
PRESSURE RATING
All types of Straub-Flex couplings shown in Table 1 are rated for at least 150 psi pressure. Contact
the manufacturer for possible lower ratings if stainless steel bolts are specified. Ratings include an
allowance for test pressures up to 50 percent higher than rated pressure according to the manufac-
turer. Higher pressure ratings are available in all sizes.
The pressure ratings are for continuous service at 180ºF (82ºC) with the EPDM gasket, and for con-
tinuous services at 160ºF (71ºC) with the Buna-N gasket.
OPTIONAL PROTECTION SLEEVE**
Heat-shrinkable thermoplastic sleeves may be used to provide a moisture and soil barrier around the
couplings after joint assembly. An adhesive inside the sleeve seals it against the pipe on the outside
to encapsulate the coupling.
ELECTRICAL GROUNDING
A Straub-Flex coupling may act as a joint insulator. If electrical continuity is required across the pipe
joint for Bondstrand Series 7000 pipe, a separate electrical bonding strip should be placed across
the outside of the Straub-Flex casing, and connected to the pipe on both sides of the coupling.
LENGTH CHANGES IN BONDSTRAND
Bondstrand pipe changes length due to changes in temperature and pressure. Estimate these
changes by referring to Chapter 2 “Design for Expansion and Contraction” contained in this manual.
** Heat-shrinkable sleeves are produced by the Pipe Production Division of Raychem Corp., Redwood City, CA., by
Chemplast, Inc., Wayne, NJ, and outside the U.S. by Canusa Coating Systems, Ltd., Rexdale, Ontario, Canada.
A.7
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
Using Straub-Flex couplings, joining Bondstrand is similar to joining steel pipe, except for sealing cut
pipe ends. Depending on chemical exposure, you may need a suitable coating to cover exposed
glass fibers on the cut ends. It is usually not necessary to sand or shave the outer surface of
Bondstrand pipe as the Straub couplings make a tight seal on the as-wound surface. Exceptions are
given in step “c” of this procedure.
You may use the standard joining instructions for Straub-Flex couplings as used with steel pipe. You
will need the following tools:
1. Torque wrench reading in increments of 5 ft-lbs (7 N-m.)
2. Hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel.
3. Duster brush or clean rags.
Steps “b” and “d” given below are recommended for piping in which the cut pipe ends must be pro-
tected against chemical attack or abrasion. In slurry applications, the user should be aware that the
joint cavity may fill with sediment, restricting flexibility.
a. Cut Pipe to Length
When cutting is necessary, measure the desired length and scribe the pipe using a pipefit-
ter’s wraparound. Place the pipe in a vise, using 1/4-inch (6mm) thick rubber pad to protect
pipe from damage. Cut pipe with hacksaw, saber saw or abrasive wheel. Pipe end cut
should be square within 1/8-inch (3mm). Use a disc grinder or file to correct squareness as
required.
b. Sand Cut Ends of Pipe
End surfaces of cut pipe should be sanded either by hand using a 40-50 grit aluminum oxide
sanding surface or using a 1/4-in. (6mm) drill motor 1700-2000 RPM with a flapper-type
sander available from NOV FGS. Be sure to remove all sharp edges by sanding the inside and
outside edges of the pipe end. Do not touch the sanded surface with bare hands or articles
that leave an oily film.
c. Prepare Gasket Sealing Surfaces
Machining the gasket sealing surfaces at the ends of Bondstrand pipe is not generally
required for a tight seal between the gasket and pipe wall. However, two-inch (50mm) pipe
will require shaving of the ends, since its average outside diameter of 2.42 in. (61.5mm) is
larger than can be fitted by the two-inch Straub-Flex coupling (Article No. 005761).
The coupling manufacturer recommends that the difference in outside diameters of mating pipe ends
be no greater than 0.12 in. (3mm), to avoid distortion of the coupling and damage to the cap screws
while joining. Using a diameter tape, measure the outside diameters of pipe ends to ensure that this
difference is not exceeded. If the difference is larger than permissible, milling or shaving of the larger
end is necessary. Because Bondstrand Series 2000M and Series 7000 pipe in sizes 10 and 12 in.
(250 and 300mm) have outside diameters larger than steel pipe, their ends must be shaved to mate
to standard outside diameters of steel pipe and fittings.
A.8
d. Coat the Cut Ends and Gasket Sealing Surfaces (Lined Pipe Only)
Surfaces must be sanded, clean and dry for coating. Select and apply a coating to the cut
ends and shaved gasket sealing surfaces of the pipe and allow to dry thoroughly. A coating
covers
exposed glass fibers and is suitable for water and other mildly corrosive services.
Bondstrand PSXTM-34 adhesive may also be suitable.
Note: On special order, NOV FGS can supply full-length Bondstrand pipe for Straub couplings with ends pre-
pared in accordance with steps b, c and d.
e. Fit the Coupling
With the pipe ends ready for joining, chalk a mark on each end at a distance equal to half
the coupling width. Joining of the pipe should be done with the pipe supported in its final
installation position.
Couplings are supplied loosely assembled. Slide the coupling onto the end of one pipe up to the
chalk’s mark. Align the second pipe end and slide it into the coupling, using care not to bump or
damage the pipe ends. Center the coupling over the two pipe ends, leaving a small clearance
between the pipe ends.
Note: Do not soap the inside surfaces of the gaskets or the outside surface of the pipe.
f. Tighten the Bolts
Using a torque wrench with a hex bit, alternately torque each of the two socket-head cap
screws to the recommended torques. Ensure that there is clearance between pipe ends.
TESTING
Because Straub-Flex couplings do not resist longitudinal load, make sure all pipe, fittings and appur-
tenances are properly and securely anchored before testing. Replace all air in the system with water,
and test to 1-1/2 times the operating pressure for four hours or as required by the project specifica-
tions.
TROUBLE SHOOTING
If proper procedures have been followed, no difficulty should be experienced. If a joint leaks, try the
following:
1. Disassemble the leaky coupling and an adjacent coupling and remove a pipe section for
examinaton of the rubber gasket and the pipe ends.
2. If the gasket is damaged, replace with another coupling.
3. If the pipe end is not within the diameter limits shown in Table 2, or has abnormally rough
surface or grooves, sand the pipe end surfaces and reinstall the pipe.
A.9
Table 2
Application Data for Straub-Flex Couplings
1. Article number gives OD range of coupling in millimetres.
2. 8 and 10 in. (200-250 mm) sizes must be ordered with special casing thickness because the standard coupling only pro-
vides (15 bar) and (12 bar) maximum pressure. Casing does provide > 225 psi (10 bar) minimum pressure rating.
3. Couplings with higher pressure ratings are available on special order.
A.10
APPENDIX B
GROUNDING OF SERIES 7000M PIPING
Electrical charges generated within flowing fluids with low conductivity such as liquid hydrocarbon
fuels can cause hazardous static charges to build up on the surfaces of the pipe. To overcome this
problem and still offer the advantages inherent in RTB piping, NOV FGS has developed special piping
systems-Bondstrand Series 7000 and 7000M. These piping systems provide electrical continuity
throughout by incorporating conductive elements into the structural wall of the pipe, flanges and the
interior surface of the fittings, and through the use of a specially formulated adhesive which provides
the conductivity required at the bonded joints.
Proper installation and grounding is important for the safe operation of Series 7000 and 7000M pipe
when carrying these charge-generating fluids. This bulletin explains how these products are to be
installed, grounded and checked to verify their electrical continuity.
ASSEMBLY OF PIPE
All Series 7000 and 7000M piping are assembled using electrically conductive Bondstrand PSXTM-60
adhesive. This special two-component epoxy adhesive is supplied in kit form. Detailed application
instructions are contained in “Bondstrand Assembly Instructions, PSXTM-60 Epoxy Adhesive,” FP827.
ADHESIVE MOUNTING OF GROUNDING SADDLE
Grounding saddles provide a positive method of electrically grounding the piping system. On the
pipe, determine where the grounding saddle will be located. Using a flapper sander, sand until the
surface gloss is removed from at least a 3-in. width around the pipe circumference as needed to fit
the saddle on the area selected. This exposes the conductive elements in the pipe wall and produces
a clean, fresh surface suitable for bonding the grounding saddle to the pipe surface.
Before bonding on saddle, place probes from a standard ohmmeter at least two in. apart on conduc-
tive elements exposed by sanding pipe surface. If measured resistance exceeds 106 ohms, more
sanding is required.
If measured resistance is below 106 ohms, bond the grounding saddle onto the clean, dry surface
within two hours using PSXTM-60 Epoxy Adhesive. After continuity checks recommended herein,
grounding cable must be attached to ship structure.
METALLIC FITTINGS
All metallic fittings must be individually grounded. Tees, elbows, etc. should be welded or otherwise
connected directly to the ship or other grounding structure. Metallic mechanical joints such as
Dresser or Straub must be grounded. If mechanical joints are used, at least one grounding saddle will
be required for each length of pipe.
B.1
ELECTRICAL CONTINUITY CHECK
Prefabricated Spools.
This may be done in one of three ways:
a. Non-Flanged Prefabricated Spools.
After shop fabrications but before onboard installation and grounding, spools should be
checked for electrical continuity. Sand lightly around the pipe surface at each end of the
spool where the steel hose clamps will attach. Mount the two steel hose clamps over the
prepared surface and measure the resistance between them as shown on Figure 1.
Fig. 1 Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Non-flanged Prefabricate Spools
b. Flanged Prefabricated Spools.
Flange assemblies should be checked by placing a bolt with washer and nut through each of
the flanges and tightening, then measuring the resistance between the flanges at each end
of the assembly as shown on Figure 2.
Fig. 2 Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Flanged Prefabricate Spools
B.2
C. Flanged One End Only Spools.
This assembly should be checked by following the procedure established in b. above for the
flanged end and the procedure established in a. above for the plain end as shown in Figure 3.
Fig. 3 Electrical Continuity Check Diagram for Flanged One End Only
Apply sufficient voltage between the hose clamps to measure the electrical resistance in the spool
using a standard generator- type insulation tester* capable of applying up to 1,500 volts dc. The
measured resistance should not exceed 106 ohms.
Onboard Check During New Construction.
Piping should be checked electrically as installation proceeds onboard ship. After mounting a
grounding saddle (A) as shown on Figure 4, the length of piping from the grounding saddle to the
end of the pipe run should be electrically insulated by placing a layer of nonconducting rubber (B)
temporarily between the remaining unattached supports and the free end of the pipe.
Attach a steel hose clamp over the pipe surface at the free end and use the tester to measure the
resistance between the hose clamp and the ship structure. Current must flow back through the pipe,
fittings and joints to the nearest grounding support clamp to complete the circuit as shown in Figure
1. As before, the measured resistance must not exceed 106 ohms between any two grounding sup-
ports.
After the electrical continuity of the piping has been verified, the non-conducting rubber pads at the
grounding supports should be removed. Proceed to bond the pipe into the remaining grounding sad-
dle.
* NOV FGS recommends the use of a Megger Mark IV Insulation Tester, Cat. No. 211805, James G. Biddle Co., or equal.
B.3
Onboard Check During Drydock for Maintenance and Repair
Fiberglass piping systems using Series 7000 and 7000M pipe and fittings should be checked during
each drydock inspection while the tanks are “gas freed” to ensure that the systems are still properly
grounded. This can be done using either of the following procedures:
a. Electrically Isolated Piping
The straps attached to the grounding saddle utilized to ground the piping system must be
disconnected and the pipe electrically isolated from the structure of the ship shown on
Figure 4. Tightly fasten two steel hose clamps at opposite ends of the pipe spool being test-
ed and measure the resistance between them using a standard generator—type insulation
tester capable of applying 1,500 volts dc. The resistance should not exceed 106 ohms. Now
attach one of the grounding cables to the structure of the ship and in like fashion check the
resistance between the pipe and the structure of the ship.
Important: To ensure that each grounding saddle is functioning properly, no more than one grounding strap at
a time should be connected to the ship’s structure during the test.
b. Grounded Piping
If it is impossible to electrically isolate the system, each section of pipe must be checked
separately. This may be done by placing a steel hose clamp on each section of pipe (defined
as a length between bonded joints) and measuring the resistance between it and the nearest
grounding location as described above.
Fig. 4 Test Setup For Electrical Continuity Check of Piping During New Construction and Drydock Periods
B.4
APPENDIX C
SIZING OF SHIPBOARD PIPING
Shipyards and design agencies have used various methods to evaluate and select velocities for each
application. These methods have yielded acceptable sizes, pressure drops and efficiency losses and
have allowed adaptation of the nearest standard pipe size in the preliminary design stages.
The method discussed herein uses the inside diameter factor to calculate maximum velocities and
flow in gallons per minute for Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) 1 to 36 with Iron Pipe Size (IPS) and Metric
Cast Iron (MCI) internal diameters.
For Bondstrand fiberglass piping systems a maximum allowable velocity of 15 ft./sec. has been
established. This is to prevent erosion which might occur at higher fluid velocities. Table 1 shows
inside diameter factors
[ID]
1/2
; [ID ] 1/3 [ ]
; and ID 2
For NPS 1 to 36 IPS and MCI internal diameter configurations. Table 2 shows fourteen inside diame-
ter functions for different shipboard piping systems.
Applying the IDF (inside diameter function) for a given piping system, maximum velocity value for dif-
ferent pipe sizes can be obtained as follows:
Example A:
Calculate the maximum velocity and maximum flow rate for a 6-in. IPS fiberglass pipe to be used in
a feed discharge system.
IDF for feed discharge = 220 ID1/2 = (From Table 2)
I.D. Factor for 6 in. (IPS) = ID1/2 = 2.50 (From Table 1)
V(fpm) = 220 x 2.50 = 550 fpm.

550
V(fps) =
60
= 9.17 fps (Max. allowable velocity)

9.17 fps < 15 fps (Ok to use fiberglass)
C.1
To establish maximum flow rate:
ID2 x Vfpm
Q(gpm) =
24.51
39.19 x 550
Q(gpm) =
24.51
Q(gpm) = 879.42 (gpm)
Where:
Q(gpm) = Maximum (Gallons per minute) Flow Rate.
V(fpm) = Maximum Allowable Velocity (Feet per Minute)
ID2 = Pipe inside diameter (in2) (See Table 1)
24.51 = Constant
Table 1
C.2
Example B:
Check for maximum velocity and maximum flow rate for a sea water discharge for 10-in. IPS.
IDF for water discharge = 300 ID1/2 = (From Table 2)
I.D. Factor for 10—inch (I.P.S.) = ID1/2 = 3.22 (From Table 1)
V(fpm) = 300 x 3.22 = 966 fpm

966
V(fps) =
60
= 16.1 fps (Maximum allowable velocity)
16.1 fps > 15 fps. (not recommended to use with fiberglass)
To establish maximum flow rate:
ID2 x Vfpm
Q(gpm) =
24.51
107.12 x 96824.51
Q(gpm) =
24.51
Q(gpm) = 4,221.87 gpm (Maximum Flow Rate)
Where:
Q(gpm) = Maximum (Gallons per minute) Flow Rate.
V(fpm) = Maximum Allowable Velocity (Feet per Minute)
ID2 = Pipe inside diameter (in.2)
24.51 = Constant
Based on the required system flow rate, the correct pipe size can be determined by trial and error.
C.3
Table 2
* See Table 1 for inside diameter coresponding to the NPS selection.
Note: For bilge suction use V=400 fpm (feet per minute) for all NPS selections
C.4
APPENDIX D
Miscellaneous data
D.1 Adhesive Requirements (PSXtm-34 ; PSXtm-60)
The number of joints that can be made using 3 oz., 5 oz., or 8 oz. Kits of PSXtm-34 and/or PSXtm-60
are shown on the Table below.
Nominal KIT SIZE

Pipe Size 3 oz. 5 oz. 8 oz.
1 10 — —
1.5 6 10 —
2 4 7 10
3 3 5 8
4 2 3 6
5 1 2 5
6 1 1 3
8 .50 1 2
10 .50 1 2
12 .50 1 1
14 — .50 1
16 — .50 1
Note: a. Joint sizes 18 thru 36 require minimum of 2 persons

to make up a joint.
b. Minimum required curing time with heating blanket is
45 minutes for all size joints.
D.1
D2. Rated Pressures, Volumes and Weights of Pipe
Note: 1) System internal operating pressures may be limited by mechanical joints, fittings or anchoring requirements to
values below the rating of the pipe itself.
2) Pipe design resists collapse due to combined internal suction head and external fluid pressure. For example, a
63-psi (4.3-bar) external pressure rating allows for 120 ft (37 m) of water plus a 75% (suction head) with a
safety factor of 2 to minimum ultimate collapse pressure
D.2
APPENDIX E
PIPING SUPPORT FOR NON-RESTRAINED MECHANICAL JOINTS
This bulletin offers suggestions for supporting and anchoring Bondstrand piping systems joined with
bolted coupling mechanical joints which do not offer axial restraint. These bolted couplings are the
standard designs offered by Dresser, Viking- Johnson, Rockwell, Straub, R.H. Baker and others
which seal by means of an elastomeric gasket or gland seal against the outside diameter of the pipe.
The flexibility allowed by bolted couplings must be accounted for in calculating allowable span
lengths. Also, provisions for anchoring against hydrostatic thrusts must be incorporated into the
design.
Span Recommendations
Recommended maximum spans for Bondstrand pipe joined with bolted couplings can be determined
by use of the following equation:
[ ]
1/4
EI
L = 0.207
w
Where L = support spacing (ft),
EI = beam stiffness psi (lb-in2), see Tables 4—3 and 4-4
w = Total uniformly distributed load (Ib/linear in.),
In metric units:
[ ]
1/4
EI
L = 0.0995
w
Where L = support spacing (in),
EI = beam stiffness psi (kg-cm2), see Tables 4—3 and 4-4
w = Total uniformly distributed load (kg/mm).
These spans are intended for normal horizontal piping support arrangements as shown in Figure 1;
i.e., those which have no fittings, valves, or vertical runs incorporated within the span.
Anchoring Recommendations
Bolted couplings, not designed to withstand longitudinal forces, allow 3/8-in. (10mm) longitudinal
pipe movement per joint without slippage of the gasket lip on the pipe surface. Individual joints
should be protected against movements greater than 3/8-in. (10mm) to prevent gasket wear as well
as preventing, in severe cases, the pipe from moving out of the coupling. Anchors must be provided
at thrust points such as valves, turns, branches, or reducers, as well as at locations where excessive
movement may occur (see Figure 1).
Figure 2 shows how mechanically coupled pipe should be supported and anchored at fittings.
Supports must be designed to carry the weight of the pipe and its contents. Anchors are located at
the terminal points of the piping system or where there is a change in direction and should be
designed to withstand thrusts due to internal line pressure.
E.1
Fig. 1 Support Arrangements
Note: Each Pipe length (L) should be anchored at least once to keep pipe ends from moving out of couplings
or jamming together and abrading.
Fig. 2 Support and Anchors at Fitting
Note: Anchors may be affixed to pipe using saddles as shear conntectors or bolted to flanges
E.2
1 bar = 105 Pa = 14.5 psi = 1.02 kg/cm2
1 MPa = 106 Pa = 145 psi = 10.2 kg/cm2
1 GPa = 109 Pa = 145,000 psi = 10,200 kg/cm2
1 in = 25.4 mm
1 ft = 0.3048 m
1 lb•in = 0.113 N•m
1 in4 = 4.162 x 10-7m4
1 ft/sec = 0.304 m/sec
1 gpm = 6.31 x 10-7 m3/sec
°C = 5/9 (°F - 32)


FP 707 A 04/12
PDS® and PDMS Engineering and design support services
for Bondstrand® Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) pipe systems
Introduction
PDS and PDMS are commonly used CAD/CAE applications for plant design, construction
and operation. For both applications, NOV Fiber Glass Systems can supply Bondstrand
piping specifications and related files.
These piping specifications and related files are created specifically to identify
Bondstrand piping material standards. Specifications may be modified to suit specific
contractor needs based on project requirements, or company standards. NOV Fiber
Glass Systems may provide revisions to these specifications or files as and when the need arises. The reference data
files and configuration files will continue to have revisions to fine-tune the deliverables.
Upon completion of modelling of the piping system in PDMS or PDS, isometric drawings with “idf” or “pcf” extensions
can be issued to NOV Fiber Glass Systems.
Catalogues
The following Bondstrand Glassfiber Reinforced Epoxy (GRE) catalogues are available in:
PDS PDMS
Series 2410 / 2410 C Series 2000M - 7000M
Series 2414 / 2414 C Series 2000M - FPPC (Pittchar)
Series 2416 / 2416 C Series 2000M - FPFV (Favuseal)
Series 2420 / 2420 C Series 2410 to 2432
Series 2425 / 2425 C Series 3410 to 3425
Series 3410 / 3410 C Series 2416 FM
Series 3425 / 3425 C Series 2000M-WD - 7000M-WD
Series 2000M / 7000M Series 2416-WD - 2420-WD
Series PSX - L3, 16 bar Series PSX - L3, 16 bar
Series PSX - L3C, 16 bar Series PSX - L3C, 16 bar
Series PSX - JF, 16 bar Series PSX - JF, 16 bar
Series PSX - JFC, 16 bar Series PSX - JFC, 16 bar

From time to time new catalogues are developed and added to the above list. Please contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems
when catalogues for a specific Bondstrand product are not listed above.
Important notice
Prior to installing the data-files, customers are requested to contact NOV Fiber Glass Systems to ensure the latest data is
used. We appreciate receiving your feedback on discrepancies, errors and data related queries at fgspipe@nov.com
These system design data are believed to be reliable. It is intended that the data-files be used by personnel having
specialised training in accordance with currently acceptable industry practice.
We recommend that your engineers verify the suitability of the selected Bondstrand Series for your intended
applications. Since we have no control over your design methods, we expressly disclaim responsibility for the results
obtained or for any consequential or incidental damages of any kind incurred.



FP 934 B 06/12
January 2003
CEAC GL 2003-0101
Fiberglass Pipe for Offshore

Exploration and Production Systems
Engineering Guideline
Table of Contents
1 General 1 4.2 Pressure Ratings 9
1.1 Introduction 1 4.3 Line Layouts 9
1.2 Scope 1 4.4 Piping Stress Analysis 9
1.3 Industry Standards & Guidelines 2 4.5 Special Design Considerations 10
1.4 Definitions 4 5 Project Engineering 12
2 Advantages Of Fiberglass Pipe 4 5.1 Evaluation of Alternative Materials 12
2.1 Light Weight 5 5.2 Cost Analysis 15
2.2 Corrosion Resistance 5 5.3 Product Selection 15
2.3 Cost 5 6 Project Execution 15
2.4 Fire Endurance 5 6.1 System Design 15
2.5 Safety 5 6.2 The Procurement Process 16
2.6 Flow Characteristics 5 6.3 Installation 20
3 Application Guidelines 6 7 References 21
3.1 Common Applications 6
3.2 Regulatory Agencies and Classing Appendix A –Fire Endurance Requirements 22
Societies 6 Appendix B - Example Cost Analysis For
3.3 Fire Endurance Requirements 7 Alternative Piping Materials 25
3.4 Conductivity Requirements 8 Appendix C – Schematic of Piping System
4 Engineering Considerations 9 Example 32
4.1 Hydraulic Design 9
1 GENERAL
1.1 Introduction
This document provides guidance for the use of fiberglass pipe in offshore exploration and
production (E&P) operations. The document is intended for use by engineers involved in the
evaluation of alternative materials for piping systems, design of piping systems, the
specification of piping materials for procurement, and the procurement of piping materials.
The intent of this document is to provide guidance for the evaluation of fiberglass as an
alternative material and to cover issues that are unique to fiberglass pipe.
1.2 Scope
This guideline document is applicable to the use of FRP pipe on offshore production
systems, fixed platforms and floating production systems such as tension leg platforms
(TLP’s), SPAR’s and floating production/storage/offload systems, (FPSO’s). This
recommended practice is also applicable to mobile offshore drilling units (MODU’s).
This document is applicable to pipe and fittings manufactured from fiber reinforced
thermoset resin by filament winding, centrifugal casting, resin transfer molding (RTM) or
CEAC 1
January 2003
hand lay-up. Fiber reinforced thermoset pipe will be called “fiberglass” pipe and fittings in
this document.
1.3 Industry Standards and Guidelines
Various organizations have developed standards or specifications that can be adapted to
piping systems for offshore platforms. The publications listed below are useful to persons
responsible for material selection, system design, vendor selection, materials procurement or
installation. The application area and the function of each document is shown in Table 1.0.
The latest edition should always be used. If the document is in revision, the latest revision
draft may be the most useful.
1. ABS GUIDE FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING FACILITIES ON OFFSHORE
INSTALLATIONS 2000
2. ASTM F1173-2001 “Standard Specification for Thermosetting Resin Fiberglass Pipe
and Fittings to be used for Marine Applications”
3. UKOOA “Specification and Recommended Practice for the use of GRP Piping
4. ISO 14692 “Specification and Recommended Practice for the use of GRP Piping in the
Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries”
5. IMO Resolution A.753(18) “Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships”
6. US Coast Guard NVIC 11-86, “Guidelines Governing the Use of Fiberglass Pipe on
Coast Guard Inspected Vessels”
7. US Coast Guard PFM 1-98, “’Guidelines on the Fire Testing Requirements for Plastic
Pipe Per IMO Resolution A.753(18)”
8. API RP14G “Recommended Practice for Fire Prevention and Control on Open Type
9. API RP 5000 “Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for Electrical

Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1 and Division 2”
10. API Specification 15LR “Specification for Low Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe”
11. API Specification 15HR “Specification for High Pressure Fiberglass Line Pipe”
12. ANSI/API RP 500-1998 “Recommended Practice for Classification of Locations for
Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1 and Division 2.
13. ASME B31.3-1996 Edition, Process Piping, Chapter VII, “Nonmetallic Piping and
Piping Lined with Nonmetals”
14. ANSI/AWWA C950-95 “AWWA Standard for Fiberglass Pressure Pipe
15. AWWA Manual M45, “Fiberglass Pipe Design”
16. NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
CEAC 2
January 2003
Table 1.0 FIBERGLASS PIPE INDUSTRY DOCUMENTS

APPLICATION AREA
Marine Marine Offshore E&P Offshore Onshore Chemical Water

Systems E&P Systems E&P Process Supply
Worldwide GOM
Worldwide GOM Buried Pipe
IMO USCG UKOOA
A.753(18)
Guideline NVIC 11- This CEAC ABS Guide API RP 500
ABS Guide 86
Document
ASTM ASTM F1173

ASTM F1173
Fire Test ASTM F1173 USCG
F1173
Requirements PFM 1-98 PFM 1-98
ASTM F1173 API 15 HR
Procurement* ASTM ASTM UKOOA ASTM F1173 API 15 LR ASME AWWA C950
F1173 F1173 B31.3
ISO 14692
UKOOA
Design ISO 14692 API 14G AWWA M45
API 14G
UKOOA
Installation ISO 14692
* - Includes performance requirements (pressure ratings, fire integrity, conductivity etc.) and quality assurance requirements in manufacturing
and shipping.
CEAC 3
January 2003
1.4 Definitions
The following definitions provide clarification for regulatory requirements related to the use
of plastic pipe offshore. While API RP 500 is the source for most of the definitions, some
have been taken from USCG documents.
1. Flammable: Capable of igniting easily, burning intensely or spreading flame rapidly.
2. Flammable fluid: Any fluid, regardless of its flash point, capable of feeding a fire, is to
be treated as flammable fluid. Aviation fuel, diesel fuel, hydraulic oil (oil based),
lubricating oil, crude oil, and hydrocarbon, are to be considered flammable fluids.
Flammable liquid (Class I Liquid): Any liquid having a closed-cup flash point below
37.8°C (100°F) as determined by the test procedures and apparatus specified in
NFPA 30. Flammable liquids are subdivided into classes IA, IB and IC.
3. Combustible liquid: Any liquid having a closed cup flash point at or above 100°F
(38°C) as determined by the test procedures and apparatus specified in NFPA 30.
Combustible liquids are subdivided as follows:
• Class II liquids – liquids with flash point at or above 37.8°C (100°F) and
below 60°C (140°F).
• Class IIIA liquids – liquids having flash points at or above 60°C (140°F) and
below 93°C (200°F).
• Class IIIB liquids – liquids having flash points at or above 93°C (200°F)
4. Flash point: The minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off vapor in sufficient
concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air immediately above the liquid surface.
5. Hazardous location: Synonymous to Classified Area.
6. Classified Area: A location in which flammable gases or vapors are, or may be, present
in the air in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures.
7. Class I, Division 1 location: A location in which ignitable concentrations of flammable
gases or vapors are expected to exist under normal operating conditions
8. Class I, Division 2 location: A location in which flammable gases or vapors may be
present, but normally are confined within closed systems or are prevented from
accumulating by adequate ventilation.
9. Hazardous liquid: any liquid that is combustible, flammable or toxic.
10. Essential systems: Systems that are vital to the safety of the vessel, fire fighting and
protection of personnel.
2 ADVANTAGES OF FIBERGLASS PIPE

Fiberglass pipe products have unique characteristics, which offer distinct advantages in
offshore piping systems. Some of the advantages are highlighted below.
CEAC 4
January 2003
2.1 Light Weight

Fiberglass pipe systems are 40 to 50 percent of the weight of competitive metallic pipe
materials. Piping systems typically constitute 5 percent of total topsides weight. If 20
percent of the piping is replaced with fiberglass, a weight savings of 30 to 50 tons can be
achieved through the use of fiberglass pipe.
2.2 Corrosion Resistance
Fiberglass pipe products do not corrode as metallic products do. Fiberglass firewater
systems are reliable because there is no corrosion debris to clog the nozzles. Corrosion
inhibitors are not required in piping systems that handle corrosive fluids. Fiberglass systems
require little maintenance and should provide good service for the entire life of most
projects.
2.3 Cost
The installed cost of fiberglass pipe systems may be less than coated steel and is typically
less than that for corrosion resistant alloys (CRA). Low maintenance cost is also a major
advantage of fiberglass systems. The life cycle cost of fiberglass systems is typically
substantially less than carbon steel as well as CRA systems. Fiberglass pipe requires less
maintenance and since hot work is not required, interruptions in production are not a factor
during repair or modification procedures.
2.4 Fire Endurance
Fiberglass products can offer significant performance advantages for fire water systems.
Fiberglass pipe is more resistant to hydrocarbon fires than Schedule 10 copper-nickel pipe.
Fiberglass has low thermal conductivity, which keeps the ID of dry deluge piping from
getting as hot as metal piping in a fire. (Dry metal piping can get very hot in a fire resulting in
the formation of high pressure steam when the deluge system is activated.) Some fiberglass
products are resistant to jet fires and others have very low smoke and toxicity ratings that
allow usage in inaccessible spaces in accommodation and control areas. The fire endurance
of normally wet (water filled) systems is very good.
2.5 Safety
Improved work place safety is a very significant advantage of using fiberglass piping
materials. The light weight of fiberglass results in fewer back and hand injuries during
construction. Hot work is not required during fabrication or repair of fiberglass systems and
that eliminates many potential injuries that can occur during construction and during
operations.
2.6 Flow Characteristics
Fiberglass pipe has excellent flow characteristics. The smooth I.D. surface of fiberglass
results in less resistance to fluid flow. The Hazen Williams coefficient for fiberglass is 150 as
compared to 130 for new welded galvanized steel. Accounting for the good flow
characteristics of fiberglass in the hydraulic design of piping systems can result in significant
cost savings. The cost savings can be realized in either of two ways. The proposed pipe
CEAC 5
January 2003
diameter may be decreased while maintaining the specified flow rate, or smaller pumps can
be specified with the original pipe diameter and flow rate [Reference 1]. The smooth I.D.
surface of fiberglass also inhibits the build up of marine growth.
2.7 Marine Growth
The smooth bore of fiberglass pipe also results in good resistance to marine growth. Marine
organisms may attach themselves to fiberglass surfaces under static conditions, but are
normally removed from the bore by flow of the effluent.
3 APPLICATION GUIDELINES
3.1 Common Applications
There are many piping systems on an offshore production platform. In the Gulf of Mexico
(GOM), fiberglass piping generally can be considered for water systems that are non-
essential, non-hazardous and non-flammable (see definitions in Section 1.4). However,
fiberglass products can also be used in firewater systems, an essential system, if the chosen
products pass the specified fire tests and are approved by the authority having jurisdiction
(see Section 3.2). The following is a list of the more common offshore applications at this
time.
• Fire water systems
• Seawater cooling systems
• Injection water
• Produced water
• Potable water
• Drain piping
• Sanitary piping
• Ballast water
• Column piping
• Crude oil cargo piping for FPSO’s
3.2 Regulatory Agencies and Classing Societies
Fiberglass piping systems on offshore E&P facilities will be subject to review and approval
by the regulatory organizations with jurisdictional authority in the region of deployment. The
U.S. Coast Guard (USCG), for example, has regulatory responsibilities for floating facilities
in the GOM, and they have some responsibilities for fixed platforms as well. The U.S.
Minerals Management Service (MMS) is another regulatory agency with jurisdiction over
platforms in the GOM. The USCG and the MMS share the jurisdiction for various areas on
GOM platforms in accordance with the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) that that
has been issued by these agencies. The Norwegian Petroleum Directorate (NPD) and the
CEAC 6
January 2003
UK Health and Safety Executive (HSE) have regional jurisdiction for E&P facilities in the
North Sea.
The USCG requirements for fiberglass pipe are stated in NVIC 11-86 , GUIDELINES
GOVERNING THE USE OF FIBERGLASS PIPE ON COAST GUARD INSPECTED
VESSELS and IMO Resolution A.753 (18), GUIDELINES FOR THE APPLICATION
OF PLASTIC PIPE ON SHIPS. Policy file memoranda such as PFM 1-98 are issued to
clarify the IMO document.
The American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), a classing society, often has responsibility for
enforcement of USCG requirements in the GOM. ABS has guidelines (rules) for plastic
pipe that usually reflect USCG requirements. The ABS rules for plastic pipe are stated in
Appendix 1 of the ABS GUIDE FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING FACILITIES ON
OFFSHORE INSTALLATIONS 2000. There are several classing societies including Det
Norske Veritas (DNV), Lloyds Register (LR), Bureau Veritas (BV) and Nippon K (NK-
Japan). Any one of these societies may be responsible for the enforcement of regulatory
requirements on behalf of the authority having jurisdiction.
Offshore projects may also be located in parts of the world where there is no regulatory
agency. In this case owners often choose to have a classing society oversee the
construction of E&P systems. Each of the classing societies has “rules” that can be used to
assure the integrity of materials and designs for offshore facilities.
It is best if commercial products are qualified to the performance requirements of the
regulatory agencies and the classing societies prior to use on a project. Products that have
been qualified by these agencies are said to have Type Approval. The approval process is
incumbent on the manufacturers of fiberglass products since many agencies are used
globally in the E&P business. Products without Type Approval must be approved by the
authority on a project to project basis. This adds a time consuming step to the process, so
project teams will not usually accept products not having Type Approval.
It is important to know what set of requirements are assured by a Type Approval
certificate. A Type Approval granted by the USCG provides assurance that the product
meets all the performance criteria required by the USCG. However, a classing society may
grant a Type Approval to any specification desired by the manufacturer. A list of products
with ABS Type Approval can be found at http://www.eagle.org/typeapproval/contents.html.
3.3 Fire Endurance Requirements
The USCG and ABS both provide a list of piping applications that might be considered for
the use of fiberglass in the “Fire Endurance Requirements Matrix”. This matrix covers the
various piping applications and the locations of all eligible piping systems on offshore
facilities. The ABS fire endurance matrix is shown in Appendix A of this document. The
categories having Level 3 (L3), Level 3 wet/dry (LWD) or zero (0) fire endurance
requirements are current candidates for fiberglass piping. Level 3 endurance requires
survival of a 30-minute fire test conducted on pipe samples filled and pressurized with
stagnant water. Level 3 wet/dry endurance requires survival of fire tests conducted on pipe
samples that are dry for 5 minutes, then filled with water for 25 minutes (flow allowed). A
CEAC 7
January 2003
fire endurance of 0 indicates an application category that has no fire endurance

requirements. The fire endurance levels are defined under the fire endurance matrix in
Appendix A.
The fire endurance matrix allows fiberglass pipe in many applications. The matrix has many
cells with either Level 3 (L3) or no (0) fire endurance requirement. Most applications of
interest for offshore platforms, however, are in the open deck areas (column K) of the fire
endurance matrix. If one considers the “sea water’ applications on open decks, all non-
essential systems are allowed to use fiberglass products that have no fire endurance rating.
Fiberglass products with L3 ratings can be used in firewater ring mains if installed in
accordance with the requirements of PFM 1-98. Fiberglass products with LWD or “jet
fire” ratings are allowed for dry deluge systems. Fiberglass products have not yet been
qualified to Level 2 endurance tests, so none are presently allowed in seawater systems for
essential services. Seawater systems that are allowed in other areas of the platform include
ballast water piping in enclosed areas and column pipes.
Fresh water systems have similar restrictions. Fiberglass products without fire endurance
ratings can be used for potable water, for condensate returns and for non-essential services.
Fire endurance ratings of L3 are required for fresh-water cooling of essential service
systems.
Fiberglass piping can be used for deck drains in most locations. Fiberglass can also be used
for sanitary drains. Phenolic-based fiberglass products have unusually low smoke and
toxicity characteristics and can be used for sanitary piping in inaccessible or concealed areas
of accommodation, service and control spaces. Drain lines that transmit hydrocarbons, even
in low concentrations, are not currently allowed in fiberglass by the USCG.
3.4 Conductivity Requirements
IMO RESOLUTION A.753.(18), Section 2.2.5.3 states that all plastic piping in
hazardous areas must be electrically conductive regardless of the fluid conveyed. The IMO
requirement applies to all hazardous areas, both Division 1 and Division 2. The ABS rules
include an identical requirement. Where electrically conductive pipe is required by ABS, the
resistance per unit length of pipes and fittings must not exceed 1x105 Ohm/m, and the
resistance to earth (ground) from any point in the system must not exceed 1.0 megohm.
Most pipe manufacturers provide conductive products for the offshore market.
CEAC 8
January 2003
4 ENGINEERING CONSIDERATIONS
Fiberglass pipe systems can be quite robust with proper attention to system design. It is
also true that inadequate attention to system design can result in premature system failures.
Piping analysis and design are similar to metal systems, but input values for stress allowables
and elastic properties are different. Fiberglass systems have some unique characteristics that
designers must take into consideration.
4.1 Hydraulic Design
Fiberglass products have advantages in hydraulic performance as compared to steel
products. The ID of fiberglass products is normally larger than carbon steel for the same
nominal diameter. The smooth interior surface of fiberglass has a Hazen Williams coefficient
of 150, resulting in less friction loss and higher flow rates per unit horsepower. Further, the
interior surface remains smooth over time. The interior surface of carbon steel is not as
smooth when new, and the roughness will increase 30 to 40 percent over twenty years
service. These factors can have a significant impact on pipe size, pump size (horsepower) or
electric power usage over time. Reference 1 provides useful guidelines for the optimization
of the hydraulic performance of fiberglass systems.
4.2 Pressure Ratings
The pressure ratings for fiberglass offshore piping systems are normally based on the
pressure limits of connections and fittings. The pressure rating should include a safety factor
of 4.0, minimum, if based on short term burst tests of fittings and connections. Pressure
ratings may also be based on long or medium term pressure endurance tests as defined in
Appendix A, ASTM F1173. Manufacturers should always provide the basis when pressure
ratings are cited.
4.3 Line Layouts
Fiberglass pipe and fittings do not have standardized dimensions. A line layout for an
offshore system or spool isometric drawings for one product will usually apply to a second
product, but the pipe cut lengths may vary from product to product.
4.4 Piping Stress Analysis
It is very important that a piping stress analysis is performed on each fiberglass system. A
static analysis should be performed on wet systems considering the effects of all combined
loading. A dry system such as deluge piping should be analyzed for the dynamic conditions
created when a deluge system is activated and filled suddenly with pressurized water. The
analysis of all systems should include considerations of water hammer and other dynamic
pressure conditions.
It is important to obtain the properties and the stress allowables needed for stress analysis
directly from the manufacturer. The manufacturer should provide design allowables as well
as typical properties. Allowables are needed for both long term and short term loads. The
analysis software needs to have provisions for non-isotropic pipe materials.
CEAC 9
January 2003
The following are typical properties for a ± 55° filament wound glass/epoxy pipe products.
The manufacturer should be consulted to obtain appropriate design properties for any
specific product.
70°° F 150°° F 200°° F

Tensile Modulus, Hoop direction (msi) 3.7 3.4 3.2
Tensile Modulus, Axial direction (msi) 1.6 1.4 1.2
Beam Bending Modulus (msi) 1.7 1.3 1.0
Shear Modulus (msi) 0.9 0.8 0.8
Axial Tensile Strength
Short Term (0:1) (ksi) 11.4 10.3 9.2
Long Term (2:1) (ksi) 8.8
Long Term (0:1) (ksi) 6.4 5.8 5.3
Hoop Tensile Strength
Short Term Weep (2:1) (ksi) 24.0
Long Term (2:1) (ksi) [HDB] 17.7
Poisson’s Ratio 0.4 0.4
Thermal Expansion Coefficient
Axial (in/in/°F) 10.0
Thermal conductivity
BTU/(ft.2)(hr.)(°F/in.) 2.8
The analysis needs to check for excessive stress that may result from internal pressure
combined with loadings caused by thermal expansion, bending, momentum, water hammer,
etc. Fiberglass pipe is generally designed to resist internal pressure and does not have the
same level of reserve strength in the axial direction as steel pipe. All service conditions that
produce axial stress or bending stress need to be included in the stress analysis to preclude
failures due to excessive axial stresses. The analyses are needed to locate and size anchors
and guides for the system. Manufacturers will provide assistance with the stress analysis and
most will take responsibility for the analysis for a fee.
4.5 Special Design Considerations
Fiberglass pipe for the marine market normally has added thickness to provide more
resistance to impact loading, handling and vacuum. However, fiberglass materials are not
ductile like carbon steel and some additional design considerations are needed.
CEAC 10
January 2003
Supports
Special attention is needed in the design of supports for fiberglass systems. The following
rules should be followed in design of supports, anchors and guides:
§ Avoid point loads
§ Protect against abrasion with support pads
§ Comply with recommended maximum support span dimensions
§ Provide independent steel supports for valves and other heavy components
§ Avoid excessive bending. (Small branch lines will be subjected to excessive
bending if the main line is not anchored in the area of the branch line.)
§ Provide adequate support for vertical runs
Abuse
Fiberglass pipe may need protection during installation and service to prevent inadvertent
damage. Situations that may result in damage to the pipe include:
§ Small diameter piping that may be stepped on for personnel support
§ Piping subject to impact from dropped objects
§ Piping subject to impact from booms, cables, chains etc.
§ Impact shielding may be needed in some situations.
Transient Pressure Loads
Fiberglass piping is more susceptible to damage from transient pressure loads than carbon
steel. Special attention should be given to the following system design features:
§ Minimize pressure spikes due to pump startups.
§ Reduce valve closure speeds to eliminate water hammer.
§ Incorporate air release valves at high points in system to bleed all air from
system.
§ Incorporate vacuum breakers in long vertical runs to prevent pipe failure from
internal vacuum pressure during system draining.
§ Train all personnel in the correct operation of system valves.
It is important that transient pressure loads are minimized to preclude premature failures in
the piping system.
CEAC 11
January 2003
5. PROJECT ENGINEERING
Projects for offshore production facilities are often organized into five phases:
Phase I: The evaluation & development of alternative system concepts
Phase II: Feasibility studies & selection of one system concept
Phase III: Front-end engineering for selected concept
Phase IV: Detailed engineering, construction & installation
Phase V: Operation and evaluation
Fiberglass is an alternative piping material that could be of interest for any offshore facility.
The consideration of alternative materials for piping systems normally occurs in the third
stage of the project when engineering options are explored. A materials engineer can
provide a list of qualified commercial products, potential vendors and specifications for
fiberglass piping.
5.1 Evaluation of Alternative Materials
Some project personnel may have limited experience with alternative piping materials. If
alternative materials such as fiberglass are to be considered, the project team will need
updated information to make valid comparisons and good engineering decisions in product
selection. One member of the team should be assigned responsibility for collecting
comparative data for commercial products that are appropriate for offshore facilities.
Comparative product data should include the following information:
§ Brand names & product series
§ Fire endurance rating
§ System pressure ratings by diameter (pipe & fittings)
§ Basis for pressure ratings
§ System temperature ratings
§ Type Approvals
§ Fittings construction method
§ Construction resin
§ Special features (low flame spread, electrical conductivity, etc.)
A spreadsheet incorporating the above data will be quite helpful in selecting the best
candidate products. An example is shown in Table 5-1.
CEAC 12
January 2003
Table 5-1, Features of Commercial Pipe Products
System
Pressure/ Fittings Constructio
Pipe Applicable Fire Temperature Qualification Type Joint Constructio n Manufacture
Applications Products Series Features Endurance Ratings Other Documents Approvals Style n Resin r
USCG
150 psi, or ABS Oven
Series 1
225 psi (1" - 40")/ Bell Spigot Filament Cured
Product A Level 3 Company X
Conductive Adhesive Wound Epoxy
fiber 200F USCG (265F Tg)
throughout IMO A.753(18) ABS
Series 2 wall USCG PFM 1-98
Impact
resistant
exterior-
provides 2
minute dry Flame Oven
225 psi (2" - 24")/
jet fire Spread, USCG Bell Spigot Filament Cured*
Product B Level 3 Company Y
Series 1 resistance Smoke, ABS Adhesive Wound Phenolic
266F
Firewater Toxicity* (370F Tg)
Ring Main Conductive
fiber
throughout IMO A.753(18)
200 psi (2"-12")

Ambient
150 psi (14"-18")
Series 1 USCG Butt & Wrap/ Hand Cure
Product C Level 3 100 psi (20" - 24")/ Company Z
ABS Hand Layup Layup Vinyl Ester
Conductive IMO A.753(18) (230F Tg)
150F
Series 2 exterior USCG PFM 1-98
Oven
230 psi (2" - 16")/ USCG
Series 1 Bell Spigot Filament Cured
Product D Level 3 Company ZZ
ABS Adhesive Wound Epoxy
200F
Resin rich IMO A.753(18) (300F Tg)
Series 2 liner USCG PFM 1-98
CEAC 13
January 2003
Table 5-1, Features of Commercial Pipe Products (Continued)
System
Pressure/ Fittings Constructio
Pipe Applicable Fire Temperature Qualification Type Joint Constructio n Manufacture
Applications Products Series Features Endurance Ratings Other Documents Approvals Style n Resin r
Firewater
Jet fire test Deluge
Series 1 results for 2" Jet Fire (dry/wet)
Flame Oven
& 225 psi (1" -16")/
Spread, USCG Bell-Spigot Filament Cured*
Product E Modified Company Y
Smoke, ABS Adhesive Wound Phenolic
Level 3 266F
Conductive Toxicity* (370F Tg)
(wet/dry)
fiber
throughout IMO A.753(18)
Jet Fire,
Jet fire test Ambient
Level 3, & 200 psi (2" - 4")/
Series 1 results for 2" USCG Butt & Wrap/ Hand Cure
Product F Modified Company Z
ABS Hand Layup Layup Vinyl Ester
Level 3 150F
Conductive IMO A.753(18) (230F Tg)
(wet/dry)
Series 2 exterior USCG PFM 1-98
* - Oven cured on mandrel & post cured after mandrel removed
CEAC 14
January 2003
5.2 Cost Analysis

Economics is one of the most important factors in the evaluation of alternative materials.
Materials can be compared based on material costs, installed costs or life cycle costs. It takes
more effort to determine installed costs or life cycle costs, but these steps are essential to
develop a valid cost comparison of alternative materials. A cost analysis example is included in
Appendix B. This example includes installation and maintenance cost estimates for fiberglass,
Schedule 80 carbon steel and Schedule 40 copper nickel piping systems. The costs shown are
based on several assumptions and the reader is encouraged to perform an independent analysis
using material, labor and maintenance costs that are applicable to the project under
consideration.
5.3 Product Selection
Product selection should be based on the best match of product features and the performance
requirements for a given piping system. There is considerable variation in the features of
available fiberglass products as shown in Table 5-1. It is important that the characteristics for
each product are well understood and are evaluated carefully before selecting final candidates.
The projected cost is always an important consideration in product selection. Pipe
manufacturers will provide budgetary prices for use in the selection of acceptable product
candidates for a given project. However, budgetary pricing information needs to be evaluated
carefully. For example, fittings constitute a high percentage of the materials cost for a typical
offshore system, so the price for fittings is far more important than the price for pipe. Also,
manufacturers offer different levels of service with the sale of piping materials. It is important to
understand what services are included with budgetary price estimates so a direct comparison is
made.
If possible, two or more products should be selected for consideration in the procurement
stage of the project. Two or more approved products will assure that competitive prices are
obtained for the project. Two approved products also provide assurance of a second source
of qualified product in the event that adequate supplies are not available from the first source.
6 PROJECT EXECUTION
6.1 System Design
Detailed design of offshore piping systems are normally accomplished by the engineering
contractor for topsides facilities. A quality assurance review of the design phase should be
considered to assure that the interests of all stakeholders, system owner (Owner), operators
and regulators, are addressed in each phase of the system design. The quality plan can address
the assumptions, the criteria and the analyses required to address all the requirements of
applicable specifications, regulatory rules and Owner requirements. Oversight of the design
review should be the responsibility of an Owner employee or a project team member.
Detailed design of a piping system will include hydraulic design, selection of pumps and valves,
routing of the pipe, location of air release valves to bleed air from the system, design of anchors
CEAC
15
January 2003
(and guides) and structural analysis of the system. The structural analyses should be conducted
using software that complies with the specifications for the project. The structural analysis
should consider all static loads, dynamic loads (filling of the dry deluge system) and combined
loads specified in the design requirements provided by the project team. The location of guides
and anchors should be adjusted and the system reanalyzed until the specified safety factors are
realized throughout the system. Stress allowables and physical properties for the fiberglass pipe
should be obtained from the manufacturer and approved by the Owner. After approval, the
results of the detailed engineering work should be used to specify the piping system in the job
specification. The job specification will be used for the procurement process.
6.2 The Procurement Process
Two key documents are needed to assure that qualified products are selected in the
procurement process, a job specification and a procurement specification.
The piping engineer should prepare the job specification and it should contain all the data and
the performance requirements that are applicable to a specific project. The data should include
a line lay out that will enable potential vendors to prepare an accurate materials list. The job
specification should also include all the performance specifications for the job as summarized
below:
• System type
• Pipe diameter
• Design temperature
• Design pressure
• Piping fluid
• Location
• Layout drawings
• Bill of materials
• Regulatory Authority having jurisdiction
Procurement Specification
The procurement specification can be an industry document from ASTM, API or ISO. ASTM
F1173 is written specifically for offshore facilities. The procurement specification may also be
an internal company specification that references an industry document. The procurement
specification will define the general performance requirements that products must satisfy to
qualify for the job. General performance requirements will include properties such as pressure
ratings (pipe and fittings), fire endurance, flame spread, electrical conductivity, etc.
Procurement specifications may include test procedures that must be used as well as the test
results that must be obtained. The procurement specification should also define the quality
CEAC
16
January 2003
assurance procedures that must be used in manufacturing, handling and shipping.

Manufacturers who want to participate in the procurement process must submit the data
required to show that proposed products do in fact meet the requirements of the procurement
specification. The procurement officer should work closely with the piping engineer and others
with the expertise needed to evaluate the qualification data from prospective suppliers.
Table 6-1 shows criteria covered by IMO Resolution A.753(18), USCG PFM 1-98, ABS
Rules for Plastic Pipe Installations, ASTM F1173-01 and ISO 14692, all procurement
specifications applicable to fiberglass piping systems for offshore platforms.
The use of Type Approvals can streamline the procurement process. With Type Approvals,
third party agencies such as ABS assume the task of qualifying commercial products to one or
more of the applicable specifications. The agencies also perform periodic audits to assure
ongoing compliance with the specifications. It is important, however, that the user understands
which requirements are assured by any given Type Approval. Table 6-2 demonstrates the
criteria or specifications that are usually covered by USCG Type Approvals and by ABS Type
Approvals.
CEAC
17
January 2003
Table 6-1 Alternative Qualification Specifications for FRP Pipe on Offshore Platforms
and the Criteria Covered by Each
Qualification Criteria IMO Res. USCG ABS Rules, ASTM ISO

A.753(18) PFM 1-98 Plastic Pipe F1173-01 14692
Installations
Service Parameters
Acceptable Applications Yes Yes
Diameter Range Yes Yes Yes
Maximum Service Temperature Yes Yes Yes
Performance Criteria for Products
Pressure Rating Method Yes Yes Yes Yes
Fire Endurance Yes Yes Yes Yes
Flame Spread, Smoke & Toxicity Yes Yes Yes Yes
Conductivity Yes Yes Yes Yes
Qualification Test Requirements
Pressure Tests Yes Yes Yes Yes
Fire Endurance Tests Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Flame Spread Tests Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Smoke & Toxicity Tests Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Conductivity Tests Yes Yes Yes
Manufacturing QA
QC Plan Yes Yes Yes Yes
ISO 9001, or equivalent Yes Yes Yes
QC Tests & Inspections Yes Yes Yes
Fabrication & Installation QA
Per Mfg. Recommendations Yes
Certification of Bonders etc. Yes Yes Yes
Installation Guidelines Yes Yes Yes
CEAC
18
January 2003
Table 6-2 Typical Performance Criteria or Specifications Covered by

Fiberglass Pipe Type Approvals for Offshore Applications
Criteria or Specification Covered USCG ABS

Type Approval Type Approval*
Yes Yes
Product Designation
Pipe Diameters Yes
Max Service Temperature Yes
USCG NVIC 11-86 Yes
IMO Resolution A.753(18) Yes Yes
USCG PFM 1-98 Yes Yes
ABS Rules, Plastic Pipe Installations Yes
Quality Assurance Program for Manufacturing Yes
Periodic Audits Yes Yes
* - ABB may provide Type Approvals to other specifications. The user must check the Type Approval
certificate to ascertain coverage of each specific approval.
Purchase of Manufacturer Services

The procurement documents should state clearly the services that are expected of the
manufacturer. Fiberglass pipe manufacturers provide piping material, pipe and fittings, but they
often offer the additional services listed below, services that can be extremely valuable to a project
team.
• Assistance with system design
• Stress analysis of piping systems
• Fabrication of pipe spools
• Training of fabrication and supervisory personnel
• Fabrication of systems on the construction site
• Fit-up of fiberglass system to mating valves, vessels, piping etc.
• Proof test of piping system
• Training of operations personnel
• Inspection services
CEAC
19
January 2003
The procurement documents should clearly define the level of service desired in each of these
areas.
Turnkey Purchase Option
Fiberglass pipe manufacturers usually offer the option of supplying a turnkey installation as
opposed to supplying materials and selected services. A turnkey procurement means that the
manufacturer takes full responsibility not only for the quality of the piping material, but also the
fabrication of spools, the installation of the piping on the platform, fit up of the fiberglass piping
to mating hardware such as pipes and tanks, and proof test of the installed system. Turnkey
installations may also include an extended warranty with associated inspection and maintenance
services.
6.3 Installation
Certification of Installation Personnel
Fiberglass pipe can be installed by the manufacturer, by a subcontractor to the manufacturer or
by the general contractor. All the above are used successfully. However, it is extremely
important that fiberglass pipe is always installed by personnel who are trained and certified to a
specification approved by the owner. ASME B31.3, for example, provides procedures for the
installation personnel. This includes the laborers who make up the joints and install the fittings,
and the inspectors who supervise the work. Training and certification of installation personnel is
a very important requirement for successful installations of fiberglass piping.
Construction Quality Assurance
It is recommended that the Owner establish a formal quality assurance (QA) program to
review the manufacture and construction phase of the project. Owner inspectors should review
the manufacturing facilities and operations periodically to assure that the quality provisions of
the procurement specification are satisfied. The QA plan for the construction phase should be
written, reviewed and agreed to by all stakeholders prior to the start of construction activities.
The Owner’s inspector or his representative should have oversight responsibility for all the
fabrication work and fit up work that is conducted on the construction site. The Owner’s
inspector should assure that all construction personnel are trained and certified. The Owner’s
inspector should witness the proof test of the total system.
Proof Test
All closed fiberglass systems should be tested with hydrostatic pressure after installation. The
test should be conducted in accordance with specifications approved by the owner. The ISO
14692 specification provides good guidelines for conducting a system pressure test. Fiberglass
systems are usually required to withstand a test pressure of 1.5 times the operating pressure or
1.1 times design pressure for a minimum of one hour without visible signs of leakage.
Individual pipe joints and fittings are subject to proof testing of 1.5 times pressure rating on a
lot basis during the manufacturing process. Individual spools may also be subjected to proof
testing before installation. Therefore, the primary purpose of the system proof test is to identify
CEAC
20
January 2003
system leaks and it is not usually necessary to subject the entire system to pressure 1.5 times
the system rating.
6.4 Project Quality Assurance Plan
A formal quality assurance (QA) plan is recommended for project execution. The QA plan should
include a review of each stage of the project; system design, procurement and construction. The
QA process should identify the project team members involved and define the roles and
responsibilities of each member. The QA review process should be clearly defined. A basic QA
plan is outlined below.
Piping stress analysis review

• Analysis software capabilities
• Design properties provided by the manufacturer
• Load cases and combined loads to be analyzed
• Analysis output, maximum stresses, deflections, anchor locations, etc.
Procurement process review
• Job specific specifications
• Purchase specification
• Product qualification data or Type Approval
Construction process
• Certification requirements for bonders, laminators and supervisors
• Inspection program for manufacturing of pipe and fittings, spool fabrication, installation
on construction site and fit-up to non-fiberglass system components.
• Construction site engineering change process
• Execute inspection program
System proof test
• Proof test plan
• System readiness for proof test
• Witness proof test
• Witness system draining and preparation for service
CEAC
21
January 2003
7 REFERENCES
1. Cagle, Larry, “Fiberglass Pipe’s Fringe Benefit”, Chemical Engineering, November 1991,
by McGraw Hill, Inc.
2. Smith Fiberglass Manual No. C3345, August 1999, “Competitive Materials Installed Cost
Comparison
3. NACE Publication 3C-194, “Economics of Corrosion”
CEAC
22
January 2003
CEAC
23
January 2003
APPENDIX A – ABS FIRE ENDURANCE REQUIREMENTS
CEAC
24
January 2003
CEAC
25
January 2003
Appendix B - Example Cost Analysis for Alternative Piping Materials
Cost of Materials - Pipe and Fittings

Economics is an important factor in engineering studies of alternative piping materials. This section is
included to provide an example cost analysis for alternative piping materials. This example provides
comparative values for three alternative materials. The format and much of the data is taken from Reference
2. The materials are fiberglass, Schedule 80 carbon steel and Schedule 40 copper-nickel.
It should be noted that Schedule 40 carbon steel and Schedule 10 copper-nickel are lower cost metallic
systems that might also be candidates for an off shore system. The reader is encouraged to perform an
independent cost analysis using data that is applicable to the piping materials and the system under
consideration for a specific project.
A cost analysis for fiberglass and competing corrosion resistant piping materials should start with a
spreadsheet of the weights and the cost of competing pipe materials. Table B-1 shows typical unit weights
for fiberglass, Schedule 80 carbon steel and Schedule 40 copper-nickel piping for 2”, 3”, 4” and 6”
diameters. Table B-2 is a summary of typical prices for each piping material at 2”, 3”, 4” and 6”
diameters.
Table B-1, Pipe Weights (Lbs/ Foot)
Pipe Materials 2” 3” 4” 6”
Fiberglass 0.8 1.2 2.0 3.1

Sch. 80 Carbon Steel 5.0 10.3 15.0 28.6
Sch. 40 Copper-Nickel 90/10 4.2 8.8 12.9 19.7
Table B-2, Pipe Material Cost per Foot

Pipe Materials 2” 3” 4” 6”
Fiberglass $7.50 $9.30 $11.60 $17.55
Sch. 80 Carbon Steel 3.00 6.18 8.75 17.80
Sch. 40 Copper-Nickel 90/10 8.74 17.17 23.05 43.82
CEAC
26
January 2003
Cost of Installed Piping Systems

Weight and cost data for competing piping materials can provide a preliminary comparison of competitive
materials. However, it is best to compile data for installed piping systems. Table B-3 is a materials list for
the piping system used in Reference 2 and illustrated in Appendix C of this document. The cost of
alternative piping materials and the corresponding installation labor can be assembled in a separate
spreadsheet to determine the total installed cost of systems constructed from competing materials.
Labor units for the installation of carbon steel pipe and fittings are shown in Reference 2 and attributed to
“The Richardson System Process Plant Construction Estimating Standards”, Volume 3, 1997 edition,
published by Richardson Engineering Services, Inc., Mesa Arizona. The labor units for copper-nickel
were assumed to be 30 percent greater than those for carbon steel. The labor units for fiberglass were
provided by a manufacturer of fiberglass systems for the offshore market. A summary of the installation
labor for four-inch (4”) piping systems is shown in Table B-4.
An average labor rate of $29.10 was assumed to calculate the total labor costs for an installation of 4”
piping in the configuration shown in Appendix C. The installed costs for the competitive materials in 4”
piping are summarized in Table B-5.
Table B-3 Typical Pipe System Materials List
Item CS or CuNi Fiberglass

Pipe 280’ 280’
Elbows, 90° 11 11
Tees 3 3
Reducer, FxF 2 2
Flange 13 13
Coupling 2 0
Bolt sets 17 17
Pipe to Pipe Bonded joints 7
Welded Joints 58
CEAC
27
January 2003
Table B-4 Labor Units in Hours for 4” Pipe
Pipe Elbow Tee Reducer Coupling Flange Bolt Field Erection

Cut & Butt
(Hr/ft) Set
Bevel Weld
Fiber- 0.185 0.850 1.275 0.850 0.850 0.425 1.700 (1) (1)
glass
Sch 0.298 6.200 9.300 5.400 3.100 1.900 1.700 0.840 6.900
80 CS
Sch. 0.387 8.060 12.090 7.020 4.03 2.47 2.21 1.092 8.97
40
CuNi
(1) Field cutting, tapering and adhesive bonding included in pipe and fittings labor units
Table B-5 Installed Cost Comparison for 4”Pipe
PIPE FITTINGS BOLTS & FIELD FIELD TOTAL

MATERIAL MATERIAL ADHESIVE LABOR LABOR INSTALLED
COST COST COST COST COST COST
(PIPE) (FITTINGS)
Fiberglass $3,250 $5,766 $830 -- $2,8602 $13,706
Sch 80 CS 2,450 524 722 $2,428 6,623 12,747
Sch 40 6,454 2,798 722 3,153 8,610 21,737

CuNi
(2) Field labor cost for pipe and fittings
Cost of Maintenance
Maintenance should be considered in the analysis if the cost of maintenance is significantly different for the
piping materials under consideration. The effect of maintenance costs on total cost or life cycle costs can be
quantified for each materials candidate. The analysis requires an estimate of the cash flow required for
installation and maintenance on each system for each year of the project life. Annual cash flow would
include expenditures for inhibitors, cathodic protection, exterior coatings, inspection, cleaning, repairs,
deferred production, etc. If it is normal to replace the system once or twice during the project life, the total
cost of the replacement should be included in the cash flow schedule. The anticipated expenditures can be
entered in a net present value (NPV) spreadsheet to determine the total cost for each material option.
CEAC
28
January 2003
The following is an example of cash flow summaries that might be assumed for the materials that have been
discussed above.
System 1: Fiberglass Pipe, 4” diameter (nom), 225 psi pressure rating
Installed cost - $13,706 (Table 5-5)
Maintenance Costs
Flush system every 2 years - $2,000
Exterior coating at year 12 – $4,500
Repairs at years 12 & 18 - $5,000 each
System 2: Carbon Steel, 4” diameter (nom), Schedule 80

Installed cost - $12,747
Maintenance costs
Internal clean & flush every year - $2,000
Replace system at year 7 & 15 – $22,000
System 3: Copper Nickel, 90/10, 4” diameter (nom), Schedule 40

Installed cost - $21,737
Maintenance costs
Internal clean and flush every year - $2,000
Repairs at years 6, 12 & 18 - $6,000 each
Life Cycle Cost Analysis

The net present value (NPV) method can be used to compare the project life-cycle costs, or the total costs
for the alternative materials. Readers are referred to Reference 3, NACE Publication 3C-194, “Economics
of Corrosion” for a thorough explanation of the present value method. The NACE document describes a
spreadsheet tool that can be used to enter the annual cash flow associated with each material option, and
the spreadsheet is used to calculate the annual cost or the total cost for each. The results of the NPV
analysis, Table B-6, indicates the installed cost and the annual cost for a 25-year project life for each
material. The analysis also provides the results in terms of the net present value for projects of 10 and 25
years in duration. Based on the assumptions used in this example, fiberglass is the low cost option.
However, fiberglass may not always be the low cost option and the reader is encouraged to perform a cost
analysis that is specific to the materials and the system under consideration for a given project. The entry
data for NPV analysis is shown in Table B -7.
CEAC
29
January 2003
Table B-6 Comparative Results of NPV Analysis for Offshore Piping Materials
Piping Material Initial Cost Annual Cost NPV (10yrs) NPV (25yrs)
(25yr Proj)
Fiberglass $12,598 $2,077 $12,458 $22,176
(4”D, 225 psi)
Carbon Steel 12,747 4,230 28,174 45,153
(4”D, Schedule 80)
Copper-Nickel 90/10 21,373 3,714 26,102 39,647
(4”D, Schedule 40)
Table B-7 Net Present Value Input Data

Initial Data
Project Piping System for Offshore Platform
Financial
Factors
Inflation 4.00%
Cost of Capital 8.00%
Tax Rate 34.00%
System 1 Fiberglass Pipe, 4" D, 225 psi
Initial $12,598 Estimated Life 25 Salvage $ 0 Abandonment 0
Yearly Expense Costs
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10
0 2,000 0 2,000 0 2,000 0 2,000 0 2,000
0 11,500 0 2,000 0 2,000 0 7,000 0 2,000
Year 21 Year 22 Year 23 Year 24 Year 25
0 2,000 0 2,000 0
CEAC
30
January 2003
Carbon Steel, 4" D, Schedule

System 2 80
Estimated Abandonme
Initial $ 12,747 Life 25Salvage $ 0 nt 0
2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 22,000 2,000 2,000 2,000
2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 22,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000
System 3 Copper-Nickel, 90/10, 4" D, Schedule 40
Estimated Abandonme
Initial $ 21,373 Life 25Salvage $ 0 nt 0
2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 8,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000
2,000 8,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 8,000 2,000 2,000
2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000
2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000
CEAC
31
January 2003
APPENDIX C - PIPING SYSTEM USED IN COST ANALYSIS EXAMPLE
CEAC
32

(GRE) NOV Fiber Glass Systems Catalogue For GRE Pipe

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

(GRE) NOV Fiber Glass Systems Catalogue For GRE Pipe

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

(GRE) NOV Fiber Glass Systems Catalogue For GRE Pipe

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BONDSTRAND

GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY AND

With manufacturing locations all over the world,

NOV Fiber Glass Systems Engineering Service

Bondstrand GRE systems are assembled using

NOV Fiber Glass Systems’ scope of supply may

Bondstrand fittings are tested to 1.5 times their

NOV Fiber Glass Systems has extensive testing

additional fire protection

DoubLe o-ring wiDe range oF

Fittings Bondstrand GRE and Phenolic pipe series

bonDstranD conDuctiVe piping systems

Canada Europe, Africa, Caspian

Supply Chain Solutions

Tubular and Corrosion Control Solutions

One Company . . . Unlimited Solutions

© 2012 National Oilwell Varco. All rights reserved

GLASSFIBER REINFORCED EPOXY PIPE SYSTEMS

Corrosion of metallic piping is a well known

Leaking seawater lines are a nuisance

Corrosion For many shipowners and offshore

Since 1957, Bondstrand GRE piping

IMO recognizes the

Mexico, Caribbean, MANUFACTURING

Supply Chain Solutions

Tubular and Corrosion Control Solutions

One Company . . . Unlimited Solutions

© 2012 National Oilwell Varco

Uses and applications ● Ballast water ● Fire water ● Saltwater/seawater

A complete library of Bondstrand pipe and fittings in PDS and PDMS-format is

Approvals ISO/FDIS 14692 is an international standard intended for offshore applications on

Characteristics Maximum operating temperature: up to 121°C;

Joining Systems Quick-Lock® joint

Quick-Lock® adhesive-bonded joint Taper/Taper adhesive-bonded joint

Description Bondstrand Bondstrand Bondstrand Bondstrand

* Also available without liner.

Joining system & Pipe

150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):

150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):

150-1000 mm (6-40 inch):

Typical physical Pipe property Units Value Method

Pipe property IPD cured Units 21°C 93°C Method

Bondstrand 2000G/3410 (IPD-cured) at 21°C with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

Bondstrand 2000G/3410 (IPD-cured) with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

Span length ondstrand 2000/2410 (MDA) and 2000G/3410 (IPD) at 21 °C

Elbows 22½º Filament-wound 22½°elbows with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Average

Nominal Laying Overall Laying Overall Average

* 2, 3 and 4 inch branches of these reducing tees will be Taper/Taper;

Nominal Laying Overall Average

* Connected dimension based on Quick-Lock flange.

Nominal Laying Overall Average

Couplings Filament-wound couplings with integral Quick-Lock (1-4 inch) or

Nominal Laying Overall Outside Average

Nominal Laying Gap Average

Assembly Instructions for Quick-Lock adhesive-bonded joints FP 170

Conversions 1 psi = 6895 Pa = 0.07031 kg/cm2

North America South America Europe Asia Pacific Middle East